Jnited States
          Environmental
          Protection Agency
Office of
Research and
Development
EPA 600/9-79-040
October 1979
          Energy, Minerals and Industry
&EPA    Decision Series
energ
enviro
Proceedings of the
       Conference
on the
Interagency
Energy/Environment
R&D Program
entl

-------
the energy/environment
R&D decision  series
     Some of the basic problems facing our society today involve the use
of our energy resources and the consequent effects on our environment.
These  problems  affect everyone,  and everyone has an interest in their
resolution.  But the technical  aspects of these problems make it difficult
for a major  portion of the interested public to understand and participate
in the decision-making process. This volume contributes to the bridging of
this information gap.

     The Energy/Environment  R&D Decision  Series  was inaugurated late
in 1976. The series  presents, in  an easily  understood and  informative
manner,  selected  key issues and  findings of  the  Federal  Interagency
Energy/Environment  Research  and  Development  Program,  which  was
initiated  in  fiscal  year  1975.  Planned  and coordinated by the Environ-
mental Protection  Agency  (EPA), the Interagency  Program  sponsors more
than  1,000  research  projects ranging  from the analysis of  health and
environmental  effects of  energy systems to the  development of pollu-
tion  control  technologies.

     If you  have any comments,  please write to  Francine Sakin Jacoff,
Series  Editor,  RD-681, US EPA, Washington, DC  20460. This document
is available  through the National  Technical  Information Service, Spring-
field, VA 22161. Mention  of trade names and commercial products herein
does not constitute EPA endorsement or recommendation for use.
Symposium and Report Credits:


Conference Coordinator:    Kathleen Dixon
 Assistant Conference
 Coordinators/Associate
 Editors:
 Conference Support:
Susan Fields
Daryl Kaufman
Peter Mavraganis
Gary Sitek
Robert Spewak
Andrew Trusko


Ann Gerard
Deborah Pierce
Deborah Wade
               Editor:
                              Elinor Jane Voris
Associate Editors:   Elizabeth Caldwell
               Paula Downey
               Diane O'Neill
                                    Art and Design:
               Jack Ballestero
               Howard Berry, Sr.
Graphic Support:   John Feeol
              William Hardesty
              Charles Runner


Photography:     American Petroleum Institute
              EPA Documerica

              Peter Mavraganis

-------
energy
environment IV
Proceedings of the
Fourth National Conference
on the
Interagency
Energy/Environment
R&D Program
JUNE 7 & 8 1979
Shoreham Americana Hotel
Washington, DC

SPONSORED BY:

The Office of Energy, Minerals and Industry
Within the Environmental Protection Agency's
Office of Research and Development

-------
                                                        contents
session 1:  energy
              Introduction                                        «*
              Steven R.  Reznek, Ph.D. (EPA)

              Keynote Address                                     •
              The Honorable Max Baucus (U.S. Senate)

              Overview on Energy Futures                           1 *
              Donald M. Kerr, Ph.D. (DOE)

              Questions and Answers                               17

              Environmental and Health  Effects Research:               23
                The View From DOE
              Ruth C. Clusen (DOE)
session 2:  environmental regulations
              Environmental Regulations: Air                       29
              Walter C. Barber, Jr. (EPA)

              Environmental Regulations: Water                     33
              Swep T. Davis (EPA)

              Impact of the Resource Conservation and Recovery        37
                Act on Utility Waste
              Steffen Plehn (EPA)

              Questions and Answers                              41
 session 3  control technology
              Sulfur Oxides Control:  Flue Gas Desulfurization           49
              Michael A. Maxwell (EPA) and Michael D. Shapiro (DOE)

              Nitrogen Oxides Control                              69
              George Blair Martin and Joshua S. Bowen, D. Eng. (EPA)
                                                                       III

-------
                                                                      CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
                               Questions and Answers                                 101

                               New Developments in Fine Particle Control                103
                               James H. Abbott, Leslie E. Sparks, Ph.D., Dale L. Harmon,
                                 and Dennis C. Drehmel, Ph.D. (EPA)

                               Disposal of Wastes From Coal-fired Power Plants           117
                               Julian W. Jones (EPA)

                               Artificial Fishing Reef Construction Using Coal Wastes       131
                                  (film)

                               U.S. Department of Energy Fluidized-Bed Combustion      135
                                 Program
                               Steven I. Freedman, Ph.D., and William T.  Harvey (DOE)

                               Control Technology Panel Discussion With  Questions       147
                                 and Answers
                               Frank T. Princiotta (EPA), Michael D. Shapiro (DOE),
                                 H. William Elder (TVA), and
                                 B. G. McKinney, Ph.D. (EPRI)
                                Questions and Answers
155
                session 4:  energy and the ocean environment
                               The AMOCO CADIZ Oil Spill                           161
                               Wilmot N. Hess, Ph.D. (NOAA/ERL)

                               Effects of Chemicals Used in Oil and Gas                 171
                                  Well-Drilling Operations in Aquatic Environments
                               Norman L. Richards, Ph.D. (EPA)

                               Questions and Answers                                183
                session 5:  atmospheric transformation and transport
                               Satellite Observations of Persistent Elevated Pollution       189
                                  Episodes (PEPE)
                               Walter A. Lyons, Ph.D. (MESOMET, Inc.)

                               Status Report on Project VISTTA                       211
                               William E. Wilson, Jr., Ph.D. (EPA)

                               Environmental Effects of Acid Precipitation               223
                               Norman R.  Glass, Ph.D., Gary E. Glass, Ph.D. (EPA),
                                  and Peter J. Rennie, Ph.D.   (Canadian Forestry Service)


IV

-------
                                                      CONTENTS (CONTINUED)


               Air Quality Studies in Support of the Ohio River           233
                 Basin Energy Study (ORBES)
               Michael T. Mills, Ph.D. (Teknekron Research,  Inc.)
                 and Lowell F. Smith, Ph.D. (EPA)

               Questions and Answers                                 247
session  6:  health effects  research



               Assessment of the Carcinogenic Risk From Energy-Related   251
                 Organics
               J. Michael Holland, William M. Eisenhower,
                 Larry C. Gipson, Lawton H. Smith, Thomas J. Stephens,
                 and Mary S. Whitaker
                 (Oak Ridge National Laboratory)

               Health Consequences of Nitrogen Dioxide Exposure         261
               Donald E. Gardner, Ph.D., Judith A. Graham, Ph.D. (EPA),
                 and Daniel Menzel,  Ph.D. (Duke University)

               Health Effects Panel Discussion                          295
               Elizabeth Anderson, Ph.D.,  Roy E. Albert, Ph.D. (EPA),
                 Richard Bates, Ph.D. (NIH), Jean French, Dr.  PH (HEW),
                 and Cyril  L Comar, Ph.D. (EPRI)

               Questions and Answers                                 301

               The Department of Energy's Diesel Research Program        305
               Tom J. Alexander (DOE)

               Automotive  Diesel Panel Discussion                       315
               Roger Cortesi, Ph.D. (EPA), Richard L. Strombotne,
                 Ph.D.  (DOT), Tom  J. Alexander (DOE),
                 and Charles Gray (EPA)

               Questions and Answers                                 321



               participants' index                            327



               federal agency acronyms                    330
                                                                            v

-------
            nerg
* l

-------
                            NATIONAL  CONFERENCE
                            ON  THE INTERAGENCY
                            ENERGY ENVIRONMENT
                                  PROGRAM
                                                               INTRODUCTION
                                                         Steven  R. Reznek, Ph.D.
                               Office of Environmental Engineering and Technology
                                            U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
CONFRONTING
LIMITATIONS
      In  December,  1973,  the  Arab  oil  embargo  forced  the  people  of  the
United   States  to   confront   the   consequences  of  critically   limited   natural
resources.  We continue to experience  these consequences, and  increasingly to  appre-
ciate the resultant economic, political, environmental and social difficulties.

      Since the initial OPEC price  rise  in the winter of 1974, we have experienced a
wintertime natural gas shortage, an extremely serious  upset at Three  Mile Island, a
prolonged suspension  of Iranian oil  production, and  a continuing escalation of the
price  of  petroleum. These events have proved so  perplexing that we do  not yet  have a
clear  understanding of where our  actual  energy  choices lie, or  what  the  implications
of those choices will be for the future of our economy,  environment, and indeed all of
society.   Furthermore, we have  been  unable to translate what knowledge  we do have
into  terms that will  lead to public acceptance and  ratification as  national policy.
CONFRONTING
TRADITIONAL FAITH
                                          During the 30 years between the Second World War and the  OPEC oil embargo
                                     certain  lessons were  demonstrated  and redemonstrated  until they  were  accepted
                                     without question.  We learned that technological development was not just desirable or
                                     rewarding, but  was absolutely essential  for survival in  a world of economically and
                                     politically aggressive nations committed to  the full exploitation of technology.  We
                                     learned  that fiscal  and monetary policy could control the behavior of our economy.
                                     We learned,  or thought we  learned,  that technological  innovation  coupled with eco-
                                     nomic  policies  to  ensure appropriate  allocations of labor and capital could sustain
                                     natural resource development and economic growth without bounds.
     The first resources to be scarce were those that were priced the lowest—clean air
and clean water.   The next—energy—was also priced far  too  low.  Now, to confront
these  problems of  polluted water and  air  and shortages  of energy,  we  must first
confront our traditional  faith  in  technology,  fiscal and monetary policies, and  the
limitlessness of natural resources.

-------
 A FUNDAMENTAL
 REALITY
                                             For many  years  the  cost  of energy decreased.   In the first 74  years  of  this
                                       century, our investments of capital and  labor  returned  increasing  amounts  of useful
                                       energy  in the form of electricity, home heat, and  transporation fuel.  The decreasing
                                       cost stemmed in part from expanded discoveries of sources of easily obtainable fuel,
                                       in part  from technological innovation, and  in part  from investments in the production
                                       and  transportation equipment capital  necessary to make  energy  delivery  efficient.

                                             Today, the cost of new energy sources is increasing, and  we  face an entirely
                                       different prospect.    Future  investments  of capital  and labor will  return less energy
                                       than before.   In the past an hour's labor, properly divided among  exploration, building
                                       capital equipment, and  operating drilling  rigs, would return  one barrel of oil.  Today,
                                       an  hour's labor  properly divided  between building and  using mining machines  will
                                       produce  coal with  an energy content equal to  about  one quarter  of a  barrel of oil.
                                       Simply  stated,  we  are going to use increasing amounts of our  productive capacity to
                                       obtain decreasing amounts of  energy.  The challenge  will be to make investment in
                                       these  high-cost/low-yield technologies attractive.
                                            This  situation  has  created  remarkably difficult  problems for our economic and
                                       social systems.   As a society, we have found it enormously difficult to accept the fact
                                       that  inexpensive fuels are disappearing and  that we must now not only pay more, but
                                       use less.   Foreign or domestic oil  interests may exploit this situation to realize large
                                       profits, but this does not deny the fundamental reality-we will have to pay more and
                                       we  must use less.   We must change  from a society oriented to resource exploitation
                                       to one oriented to resource conservation.
HARMFUL AND
BENIGN SOURCES
                                            The cost  of the new sources  of  energy  will be paid in  part economically and in
                                       part  in terms of environmental  quality and occupational or public  health.  Both coal
                                       and  nuclear power  can  cause widespread  degradation  of  environmental quality and
                                       human health.  Coal mining,  particularly underground  mining,  is a  dangerous occupa-
                                       tion.  Coal production can cause widespread  land and  hydrological  disturbance.  Coal
                                       combustion  can generate increased  air pollution.  When compared with oil  and gas
                                       production,  the increased  use of coal will accelerate  the  deterioration of clean air,
                                       water and productive land.

                                            Many of  the  adverse impacts  on health and environmental quality can be con-
                                       trolled or avoided.   Most  mined land can be reclaimed.  Particulate  matter and the
                                       oxides  of nitrogen  and  sulfur  can be  scrubbed from flue  gas.   Acid precipitation
                                       and its effects on agricultural  and forest production can be reduced.

                                            Controlling these pollutants increases  the monetary cost of energy, but failure  to
                                       control them lowers the  productivity of land  resources  and imperils the health of our
                                       population.  We can elect to pay the environmental and public health costs of using
                                       coal  now with  reclamation practices and flue  gas cleaning technology,  or, they can  be
                                       paid  later with  barren lands and  premature  deaths.
      Most  new sources of fossil energy, e.g.,  oil from the Artie or the Outer Con-
tinental  Shelf, coal  burned directly or processed to synthetic liquid  or  gaseous fuels,
and  oil shale,  potentially  threaten environmental  quality.   Other new energy  sources
such as unconventional natural  gas, geo-  or oceanic thermal gradients, biomass-derived
fuels  and  solar energy seem  environmentally benign.   The  vastness of the scale  on
which  energy  supplies will be used, however, dictates a careful and thoughtful evalua-
tion  to ensure that  these sources are, in  fact, developed using materials  and practices
that  do not create environmental or public health problems.

      In  addition to the problems of mine drainage,  disturbed land, and air pollution,
coal  use  presents two as yet unresolved environmental questions.   Mining, conventional
combustion, coal processing and pollution controls all generate large volumes of  solid
wastes.   At present  too little  is known about how these wastes  should be handled to
prevent serious future  problems.  We know that partial  and complete combustion will
form or  concentrate metallic and organic  pollutants in ashes and sludges.  However, we

-------
ADDITIONAL ENERGY-
RELATED CONCERNS
ENERGY/
ENVIRONMENT
do  not know the  geo-chemical  behavior  of  these  materials.   Processing  operations
require incomplete combustion and will generate pollutants that may have carcinogenic
or other  chronic health effects.   If coal  is to be the future source of liquid  or gaseous
fuels, we must develop a  much  improved understanding  of health risks from the new
pollutants that will be generated.

      The conversion of our automotive  fleet to diesels would save energy,  but diesel
soot contains  many of the complex organic materials that are known to  cause cancer
or other  chronic health problems.  Offshore and  Arctic  petroleum development intro-
duces contaminants into  particularly fragile environments.   Materials such  as drilling
mud  biocides, geological  fluids and spilled oil degrade ecosystems that are  vulnerable
and  slow  to recover.   Oil shale  development poses environmental  problems similar to
those of  coal  including the requirements for  large quantities of water.  Perhaps the
ultimate  limit  on fossil fuel  use will  be caused  by the accumulation of CO2 in the
atmosphere.  A doubling of the concentration of carbon dioxide  may  result in climatic
changes.    Expanded use  of  coal and oil shale could  produce  these changes  in the
beginning of the next century.

      The reality of diminishing supplies of petroleum and natural gas will change our
society.  The  rate  of change  and the future form of society will be determined by the
choices we make  now.   One of those  choices will  be how to apportion the  costs
between  pollution  controls and environmental  impacts.   Of  late, a note has crept into
energy discussions that is contrary to  good  decisionmaking and  responsible public
policy.  Environmental  concerns are being unfairly blamed for blocking energy develop-
ment, when in actuality the problem appears to lie in the uncertainties of investment.
For  example,  discussions  in the  press of the Tellico  Dam decision, the Sohio pipeline,
and  the  New  Source  Performance  Standard for coal  combustion have  been less than
comprehensive or well-informed and  have failed to report all the economic and  envi-
ronmental considerations.

      The Interagency  Energy/Environment R&D  Program was designed to provide for
the  exchange  of information  needed for knowledgable decisionmaking.   At this, the
Fourth National Conference  on the  Interagency  Energy/Environment R&D  Program,
we  will explore our present understanding of many of the issues concerning  the use of
our  remaining supplies of nonnuclear fuels.   The  purpose pf the  conference  is to
provide the information necessary for  making  better choices  between meeting control
costs now and paying  for impacts in the  future.  Research will generate the knowledge
needed for decisionmaking.  Proper discussion of the available knowledge  in forums
such  as this will lead to  unprejudiced  decisions that best  serve the public interest.

-------
                                                                                                - I
                                      The Honorable Max Baucus
                                                                                              KEYNOTE ADDRESS
                                                                                             The Honorable Max Baucus
                                                                                    United States Senator From Montana
REEXAMINE  AND REDEFINE
A NEW CONSCIOUSNESS
      Thank you for your warm welcome.

      When asked to speak at this conference,  I realized that  there are no two words
whose meaning has changed more in the past decade than energy and environment. As
I  prepared for  this speech, I  was forced to reexamine and redefine what these words
mean.

      Growing up in Montana, I felt the pride in the out-of-doors that most Montanans
feel.   I could walk to a stream,  bend  down, and drink the water as it flowed by.  I
remember herds of deer and  elk  in the valleys right  near my parents' ranch outside
Helena. And, of course,  I was never more  than 15  minutes from a good trout stream.

      Today  there  is a  new  consciousness in  Montana.  The  President's decision  to
decontrol  the price of old  oil means that previously marginal  oil  reserves now become
productive, and rigs are springing up all over the state.

      Eastern  Montana's  plains  contain  some of  the world's  richest  deposits  of
strippable coal, and massive  equipment is  peeling away much of the land.   How will
development  of these resources, so vital  in our  national energy  picture,  affect the
countryside of my state? That's the question many  Montanans are asking.

      Not everyone is as lucky as  I have been. Not everyone enjoys tromping through a
mountain  valley where  the only  other creatures are  the birds  and animals who live
there. What happens, though,  when some geologist discovers oil in that mountain valley
and the hills are dotted with drilling rigs and  the streams become filled  with  drilling
wastes? Is that oil  worth the destruction to the valley? What price are  we willing to
pay for energy? These are  the central  questions we must ask  ourselves. These  are the
questions that perhaps more  than  our supply of gasoline will determine how enjoyable
our lives are in  5, 10, 25 and  50 years.

-------
HORROR STORIES
AVAILABLE  LEGAL TOOLS
INVESTIGATIVE STRIKE
FORCE
      If we have learned anything in recent years about  increasing energy production,
it's that we must not develop energy resources without fully considering the risks they
may cause to our environment. Whether it is  nuclear waste from  Three Mile Island,
waste from oil  drilling rigs,  or sludge from coal, we have learned that lesson the hard
way. There is waste material produced from producing energy, that's for sure. As more
and  more energy is  consumed to produce  more and more products, more and more
toxic waste is produced.

      You all know  the horror  stories:  radiation leakage at  Three  Mile  Island, PCB's
strewn along  North Carolina roadsides, Love Canal, and on and on.  American  industry
generates about 100  billion  pounds of hazardous wastes  every year. That is about the
total  weight  of every car now on the road. But only  10 percent of  those wastes are
disposed of properly. The rest  are buried  somewhere threatening to poison the  water we
drink, the air we breathe, the food we eat. It's a time bomb just waiting  to go off. No
one  knows where or when that's going to  happen.  I don't think I'm telling you any-
thing you don't already  know. Nor do I believe you are willfully ignoring the import-
ance of our problem. But that doesn't alter my conclusion:  The Federal Government
does not have a comprehensive, aggressive strategy to defuse that bomb.

      We don't need  new  legislation. The  Safe  Drinking Water Act, the Toxic Sub-
stances  Control  Act, the Clean Water Act, and the Clean Air Act  were enacted in
response  to growing evidence that we were polluting  our environment.  There are 21
Federal  statutes to combat the hazards  of toxic waste from uranium mill tailings to
lead-based paint, and  criminal penalties are  prescribed for  violators  of these acts when
they engage in  conspiracy or fraud. We don't  need new  laws. We must simply enforce
the laws  already on the  books.  Legal tools are available.  They are not being used. The
financial  incentive to dump toxic wastes is high, but the risk  of  prosecution is not.
Why  aren't  these tools  being used? In  April,  I  chaired a hearing  to look into that
question. We found  that the  Justice Department has  only one full-time attorney to
prosecute  hazardous  waste  cases. That's not just the  Hooker Chemical/Love Canal
case—that's all hazardous waste  cases. Hooker Chemical,  on the other hand, has hired
three law firms for  its defense against the government. I don't think the Federal
Government  and  the people  of the United States have  much chance  against those
odds. It's a  little  like Calvin  Murphy trying to guard Wes Unseld, Bobby Dandridge,
and  Elvin  Hayes  at the  same  time. The Government's litigation  staff is  pitifully
inadequate.

      The problem  is compounded by EPA's delay  in promulgating regulations under
the  Resource Conservation and  Recovery  Act  of  1976.  The  regulations under this
act—potentially the most powerful weapon in the battle—will not  be completed  until
December  of this year, more than a year-and-a-half  late. These regulations  will, of
course, be  subject to  court challenges. To survive any challenge they must be in accord
with Congressional  intent. We can't afford to have the regulations thrown out com-
pletely, as in  the case of the Clean Water Act.

      Nevertheless, there are a few things we can do. First, the key to any successful
prosecution   is  thorough, competent investigation.  Polluters  and  dumpers won't be
deterred unless the government wins the cases in  court. But, incredibly, EPA has yet to
hire  a single  investigator with law enforcement training.  That's an institutional failure
of massive proportions.  EPA  estimates there are over 2,000 hazardous waste dumps
across the United States that pose an imminent and substantial danger to  public health.
With a threat that large, EPA desperately needs an investigative strike force, and their
training should be comparable to that given FBI  or  IRS agents. Investigators should be
capable  of identifying hazardous waste  dumps,  tracking  down the  owners, or former
owners, and establishing whether organized crime is involved.

-------
LAW ENFORCEMENT ETHIC
COORDINATION  OF
FEDERAL AGENCIES
HAZARDOUS WASTE
HOTLINE
THE STAKES ARE  HIGH
     Second,  the strike  force should  be guided by  a  professional  law enforcement
ethic. To me  that  means a  commitment to tough, uncompromising  investigations-a
willingness to follow through  until  the  job is  done. It's an  attitude that  must be
established at  the beginning. All too  often the Federal Government is willing to settle
cases  out of  court—to negotiate  a  civil  remedy  when  criminal sanctions  are  clearly
called for. EPA  and the Justice Department  must demonstrate that they are willing to
go  to  the mat  on  these cases.  It's time to serve notice that the  law enforcement
agencies  of  this government are determined  to  prosecute  to the fullest extent  of the
law those who willfully violate our  country's antipollution statutes. The only way to
defuse a  time bomb is  to have the courage and  resources to take the bold steps neces-
sary. The battle  against environmental  terrorism cannot be fought with timidity  or  a
strategy of compromise.

     Third, coordination is a crucial factor in any effective law enforcement  program.
Several agencies of the  Federal Government  already are involved  in different aspects
of waste  management.  For  example, the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and  Firearms
has jurisdiction to investigate hazardous wastes wherever there is a threat of explosion.
That's the case  in  Elizabeth, New Jersey, where a warehouse  is filled with  corroded
drums that  are leaking toxic chemicals.  Who knows how many people might be injured
or killed?   Sites posing this kind of threat should  be  identified immediately and the
Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and  Firearms should be  called in  to investigate  wherever
its  jurisdiction  warrants. Moreover,  the  Department of  Transportation's  Bureau of
Hazardous  Materials  Transportation should  be  called in  wherever  its   jurisdiction
warrants.

      In  addition, greater cooperation with all the states should be encouraged. State
highway  patrols could  monitor roadside  dumping of  hazardous wastes.  Local  health
officials  could  monitor toxicity  levels in  the  local  water supply  and report  their
findings to  EPA. I  would also  like to point out  that each citizen has a role to play in
the enforcement of pollution  control. It should be remembered  that  the successful
prosecution of  those  responsible  for dumping thousands of  gallons of PCB's along
North Carolina highways was initiated by one alert, concerned citizen.

      Perhaps  the EPA  and  the Justice  Department should establish a hazardous waste
hotline so that citizens can  alert the government to surreptitious dumping and provide
evidence  of illegal waste management practices.  The American people have every  right
to  expect that  our nation's laws controlling pollution  and waste will be vigorously
enforced and  I am  convinced they, too, will play their  part in  this crucial effort. We
must  remember, regulations are only part of the answer. We must clean up  the present
regulatory process.  Too  often delays  caused  by  a cumbersome  bureaucracy  thwart
efforts to enforce the law.

     The stakes are high. Each generation of Americans becomes the custodian of our
natural resources.   Each generation, in  turn, has the obligation  to pass this  inheritance
on  to future generations. Is  Montana going to lose its pristine valleys and trout streams
before my son is old enough to enjoy  them? Or, will we  strike a balance where these
invaluable and irreplaceable  resources are protected?  Finding  that balance and being
willing to act with courage and fairness  is  our challenge.

-------
                                      Donald M Kerr Ph D
                                                                             OVERVIEW ON ENERGY  FUTURES
                                                                                                  Donald M.  Kerr, Ph.D.
                                                                                              U.S. Department of Energy
SERIOUS DEBATE
OIL  IMPORTS
     Since  the  oil embargo  of  1973, the American  people have engaged  in  an  in-
creasingly serious  debate  over oil  supply and  prices.  Our  standards  of living have
been called  into  question  as  world  oil prices  have risen and  relative  world supplies
have either  decreased or remained  stagnant. There  is an emerging consensus that  we
must reduce our oil  import  bill  which is draining  over $50 billion  a  year  from our
economy. What we do not have,  however, is a consensus of how we should go about
this task. The President's National Energy Plan  sets two cornerstones upon which  we
can build toward  this goal. The  first  is conservation and the second, to which I  will
address  myself,  is the increased  usage of coal  and other alternative energy sources.

     Given  the  meager prospects for  impovement  in world oil  supply and the long
leadtimes for  the introduction  of  other  alternatives, the United  States will  require
much greater use of coal in order to grapple effectively with the energy problems of
the 1980's  and  1990's. Without  greatly expanded use of coal, this country just may
not make it. In the abstract, the need to increase coal production  and  use is recognized
by all.  In practice, countless  decisions, arrived at independently by various levels of
government, tend  to  militate  against the  use of coal. If this Nation  is to cope effec-
tively with  economic and  national  security problems during the rest of this century,
the obstacles to  increased  coal  production and use must be removed by an effective
national commitment  to coal.

     Two years  ago  the President presented  the National  Energy Plan (NEP)  to  the
American public  and  to Congress.  The NEP  proposed measures that would keep oil
imports  at  6  to 7 million barrels per day  (MMBD)  in  1985. While  many of these
measures were  enacted, three elements critical  to greatly increased coal  use have  not
been implemented:

   •  Domestic oil and gas  prices  have  not moved rapidly to  world levels.

   •  An industrial user's tax and  rebate  mechanism, reinforced by  a  regulatory pro-
     gram,  was not enacted.

   •  A stable regulatory regime has not been established.
                                                                                                                      11

-------
 SOMBER ASSESSMENT
 LESS OIL IN THE 1980'S
LAGGING COAL GROWTH
As a result of  these and  other  factors, the  use  of  coal  in  1985 is  expected to be
substantially  less than projected earlier  and the demand for  imported  oil higher by at
least  2  MMBD.  At the same time,  developments in  the world oil market  have made
it  increasingly doubtful that an additional 2 to 3 MMBD will  be available.

      The  extended curtailment  of  Iranian exports  and the  reduced  level at which
production was  resumed have brought closer the time when  world oil demand  exceeds
availabe  supply.  There have been no other developments that have favorable oil supply
implications  for  the  near-  or long-term.  This more  somber assessment  of world oil
prospects is based on  the following considerations:

   •  The  situation in Iran has not stabilized and current  exports of 2 to 3 MMBD
      could be stopped again at any time.

   •  Saudi Arabia has delayed  capacity  expansion  and has imposed  restrictions on
      production.

   •  Elsewhere   in  OPEC,  no additions  to capacity  can  be anticipated and  current
      capacity continues to erode due to  maintenance difficulties and maturing fields.

   •  The disappearance  of spare capacity  makes the U.S. more vulnerable to  random
      disturbances  in  the intricate global  oil  supply  system. The Nation is also more
      vulnerable  to politically-inspired  embargoes,  imposed by  any  one of several
      small  producers, that would have been  little more than an inconvenience  a few
      years ago.

   •  Outside of OPEC,  no new  oil  provinces have been discovered, despite continued
      drilling, to supplement  the last large finds in  the North Sea, North  Slope, and
      Mexico; and  there  is  no  improvement  in  the energy  outlook  for  the Soviet
      Union.

   •  The  position  of the  price moderates  in  OPEC has been weakened by the change
      in  Iran and the  successful demonstration that less oil  brings more money.

      Consequently, there  will be even  less oil  in the  1980's  than was expected 2 years
ago  and quite possibly no  more than is available today. If  additional oil is not avail-
able, increased demand will  push world oil prices  up causing higher  rates of inflation
and  reducing  output  and  employment.  Under these circumstances, further  increases in
U.S.  oil  imports could  be  obtained  only by  bidding available supplies  away from
Europe,  Japan,  and the less developed  countries.  If further increases  in oil  imports are
not  available  on acceptable terms, our  Nation will have to  meet  its additional energy
needs from domestic resources.  Although  conservation has  reduced growth in energy
demand  to half the rate of GNP  growth, there is still  a great demand that must be met
by domestic production. Domestic oil and gas output cannot be  expected  to  increase
sufficiently,  even with greater  investment. The  use  of solar  and renewable energy
resources will increase steadily in coming  years, but  long  leadtimes in  developing and
placing  these  new  technologies in  commercial  use will push their main contribution
into   the  next century.  Finally,  increases from  nuclear power may  be reduced  as a
result of Three  Mile  Island. The  only conclusion that can be drawn  is that coal must
play  the  major  role in  meeting the  Nation's incremental energy needs  for  the rest of
this  century. The alternative is no longer  imported oil because it will not be available.
The  only other alternative  is a permanent slowdown of the economy.

      Notwithstanding the critical need for coal, growth in domestic coal use is  lagging.
To meet the Nation's energy needs, coal consumption will have to have  risen from 623
million tons  in 1978  to  1.0 billion tons by 1985  and 1.6 to 2.1  billion tons by 2000,
depending  on the  contribution  of  nuclear power. This will require at least  a  4.5%
annual increase  in  coal use. Yet, over  the last 5 years, annual  growth has averaged
2%,  and  has even  been less in  recent years.  The difference between  a  2% and 4.5%
annual rate of growth in coal use by the year 2000 is approximately  600 million tons
of coal or the equivalent of 6 million barrels of imported oil  per day. Additional oil in
that  quantity  is  not  likely to  be available. Two  major factors will  determine how
12

-------
ECONOMICS
ECONOMIC INCENTIVES
ADVANCED
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
quickly  and to what extent we  may make use of our abundant coal supplies. The first
is economics; the second; environmental regulations and technology.

      In terms of economics, the critical  factors will be the relative cost of synthetic
fuels  produced by coal and future world oil prices. The current world market price for
oil is  approximately $16-$17/barrel. The current estimated  cost of synthetic fuels from
coal  ranges from  $23-$35/barrel. Therefore, although the  economics today  do not
seem  to make sense, viewed in the perspective of unpredictable rises in world oil prices
and the leadtimes  needed  to  construct  and put on-line synthetic plants, the critical
decision time  for the U.S.  is now. The economics  of alternative energy sources such as
synthetic  fuels from coal  and  alcohol fuels cannot be judged on a strict dollar-for-
dollar basis with world oil prices.  We  must  also  look at  the drain  on our domestic
economic  resources which  our  huge oil import bill causes. We must ask ourselves the
question:  Is $17 a barrel  paid abroad really  cheaper than $23 a barrel  paid  into the
U.S. economy?

      Until the  year  2000, close to 90% of all  the  coal consumed  in  this country
will be  burned directly. Therefore,  a  primary objective of our national coal program is
to ensure  that environmentally  sound technologies are available  to allow us to burn
this coal.  The economics of liquefaction technologies are issues which  must be resolved
in the 5- to 10-year period to  come. An  immediate hindrance to the increased usage of
coal  must  be  addressed  if we  are to build upon  the  cornerstone which the NEP has
laid.

      There is  an  unavoidable  conflict and a need to  balance the necessary increased
usage  of  coal  with air quality.  If the  Nation  is  to have reliable sources of power,
then  hard  decisions must  be  made. The environmental  control  technologies which
we are  pursuing can help to alleviate much of the conflict but the State and  Federal
Governments  must  realize  that in the  short term,  technology is  not the total  answer.
The balance between increased coal usage and environmental integrity  is not one which
can be struck  entirely at the national level. In many cases, individual states have passed
air quality  control standards  more stringent  than the national  ambient air  quality
standards.  Some  thought  must  be  given  to  relaxing these standards if increased  coal
usage is to be  achieved.

      We must also consider economic incentives and depreciation allowances in order
to promote the usage of  coal as a boiler fuel  in  existing facilities. In a similar vein,
the Federal Government  must  seek to  streamline licensing  procedures  for  coal-fired
utility and industrial users of coal.

      There is a limit to what the Department of Energy can do by itself. We can  seek
to speed up the licensing of such plants; to increase coal  production; and to improve
technologies  such  as  atmospheric fluidized  bed   combustion and advanced  control
technologies, but other elements of the Federal government, such  as the Environmental
Protection Agency, the  Department of Transportation and  the Department of Interior,
also  have  significant  roles to  play  if we are to  obtain our goals of increased  coal
utilization.

      Three methods of removing pollutants from coal  exist:

   •  Coal  cleanup  (examples are chemical and physical preparation)

   •  Combustion techniques (examples are atmospheric and pressurized fluidized  bed,
      and  MHD)

   •  Flue gas or gas  stream  cleanup (key  areas  addressed  in environmental  control
      technology  program)

In order for these  systems to  become commercially practical, careful  control must be
maintained of  the  type  and amounts of impurities in the gas which can  be accepted
without  undue corrosion, erosion,  and/or  contamination  of   system  components.
Requirements  in this  area  may, in fact,  be more severe than  EPA emission standards,
                                                                                                                      13

-------
CLEANUP SYSTEMS
 FLUE GAS
 DESULFURIZATION
FLUE GAS CLEANUP
especially in  the  area of participates. DOE's funding for this area increases from $2.4
million  in FY 1979 to a request of $10.4 million in  FY  1980.

      Efforts are oriented  primarily toward turbine cleanup systems and  molten car-
bonate  fuel  cell cleanup  systems.  Both  hot low-Btu  gasifier/gas turbine and pres-
surized  fluidized  bed/gas turbine  systems  will be studied. The  aerodynamics/materials
problems linked  to the high-speed turbomachinery do not exist  with  the fuel  cell;
however, the molten  carbonate fuel cell is susceptible to catalyst poisoning, electrode
damage, and  electrolyte contamination.

      Flue  gas  cleanup and  gas stream cleanup, along with  technology support, bring
the total budget request for FY  1980 to over $43 million, a 600% increase  over  the
1979 amount-the  largest growth  in the FY 1980 DOE  budget. Since improvements in
flue-gas cleanup technology can have an immediate  application commercially,  DOE  has
accelerated  its  program  in  this area.  Funding has been boosted  from $2.7 million in
fiscal 1979 to a request of over $25 million in fiscal 1980.

      Efforts are  concentrated  in three areas:

   •  Advanced flue gas desulfurization
   •  Advanced flue gas cleanup
   •  Lime/limestone scrubber  reliability

      Advanced flue  gas desulfurization projects will evaluate  a number  of  potential
processes, many  of which  are  sufficiently developed to  permit a narrowing of choices
for application in early 1982 through 1985:

   •  One  of the advanced  scrubber technologies incorporates  scrubbing  the flue  gas
      with  a solution quite similar to conventional lime/limestone slurries, but then
      regenerating the  scrubbing  solution  rather than  discarding it as  a  sludge.  The
      primary  by-product  is sulfur dioxide, which can  be converted into sulfuric  acid
      or elemental  sulfur.  Capital costs  of  the more  complex  process are  generally
      higher, but operating costs  potentially can be reduced if the sulfur  by-products
      can be sold.

   •  Systems  using a  dry  material to absorb the sulfur pollutants from coal burning
      are also  showing  promise.  Candidate  materials  include  limestone,  nacholite  (a
      natural sodium  bicarbonate), trona  (a  natural hydrous sodium  carbonate),  and
      high  alkali  fly  ash. These processes produce a dry solid waste with no  sludge
      disposal problems.

   •  A  third  process  uses  a  clear liquid, usually  a sodium-based solute, to remove
      the sulfur  dioxide. By adding  lime or limestone  to the  liquid  after it  has been
      in contact  with  the  combustion  gases, the  sulfur can be removed  as calcium
      sulfate, a relatively benign  substance  which  can  be  used  as a landfill  material,
      as a soil conditioner, or in building materials.

      Advanced flue gas cleanup includes  methods of removing or minimizing nitrogen
oxides,   along  with particulates  and  trace  metals. Primary  focus is on  developing
advanced centrifuge methods,  filters,  and electrostatic  precipitators based on conven-
tional systems. An  activity  is also  being conducted  to evaluate  new ideas for removing
sulfur from hot gases, including the use of irradiation techniques  using electron beams,
lasers,  or  plasma-jets.  Currently  about 40  utility-size  flue-gas cleanup facilities  are
operating in the U.S. and about 100 more  are being  built or designed.

     Combined-cycle  generating plants  powered by high-temperature, low-Btu gases
from  direct  coal gasification  or  high-temperature  gases from  pressurized fluidized
bed combustion may prove to be an extremely  attractive approach for large-scale coal
use.
14

-------
WET SCRUBBING
RENEWED
COMMITMENT
      The most widespread application of flue  gas cleaning is wet  scrubbing. A water
slurry  of  lime  or limestone is  brought into  direct contact with  the combustion gases,
typically in  a spray tower  or similar device. Sulfur is removed  mainly as calcium sulfite
and  in  the  form of  a  wet sludge.  Sludge disposal costs represent up to 20% of the
capital  and  operating costs of a flue  gas desulfurization system. Sludge is difficult to
concentrate  and solidify and requires large amounts of land and careful management to
avoid soil and  water pollution. Methods of  chemically  treating  the sludge to produce
suitable landfill material are often  prohibitively  expensive, and there are doubts about
their long-term effectiveness in cool  climates.

      The  strategy  in   improving   lime/limestone  scrubbing  reliability  is,  first,  to
collect,  correlate,  and evaluate  detailed  experience  and  then  conduct  parallel
experimental programs using eastern and western coals. Three 10-megawatt scrubbers at
the Tennessee  Valley Authority's Shawnee facility in Kentucky will be used to support
eventual field tests of equipment to  increase  reliability.

      The President  has stated  clearly and bluntly that the Nation's energy problems
are serious  and getting worse. To help  solve  those problems, it  is imperative that
the United States  stop  using so much  petroleum and start using more abundant fuels.
Although  the  contribution of  nuclear  power,  solar  energy,  and  renewables will  be
helpful,  the  greater  use of coal  is indispensable.  If  this  Nation  can overcome  the
unintended  obstacles to greater coal  use, then the  prospects  for  our  security and
well-being are reasonably good. The time  is  right for a  renewed commitment to coal.
                                                                                                                        15

-------
          &
answers
                                 Joseph D. Martinez
                    Institute for Environmental  Studies
                           Louisiana State University

                                    S. Thomas Bond
     Concerned  Land and Natural Resources Owners,  Inc.

                                     Peter H. Debes
          College of Environmental Science and Forestry
                                 Syracuse University

                              Barbara Johnson, Ph.D.
                         City  University of New York

                                      Richard Wood
                   Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation

                                       Jack  Corbett
                        Interfaith Coalition on Energy
QUESTION

     Regardless of public concern about nuclear energy,
it seems courageous to face the energy problem head on
and expand nuclear  energy as  well as coal, recognizing
that it is in many ways more  environmentally acceptable
than  coal and  is a workable  technology. In view of the
urgency  for energy, how can the administration continue
to place nuclear  energy in the same category  with solar
energy, which is some distance in the future?

RESPONSE: Dr. Donald M. Kerr (DOE)

     The  Department  of Energy  (DOE)  is  pursuing
nuclear  as  one  of  many alternatives  for the future.
Nuclear  technology  that  could  be deployed   now has
already been developed. In fact, there are reactor vendors
in the  private  sector and the Nuclear Regulatory  Com-
mission  is available to license power stations as they  are
built. We, therefore,  are not investing R&D funds in the
present commercial versions of light water reactors, other
than  in  some  generic studies  in three  specific  areas:  (1)
more efficient utilization of uranium within those reactors
to make  the cost of  power less and reduce the require-
ment for uranium, (2) improvement of light water reactor
safety,  and (3) design improvements to reduce radiation
exposure for workers in the nuclear industry.  Under our
congressional mandate, we are,  of  course, continuing to
                                                              17

-------
develop  an advanced  breeder  reactor.  The point is that
incremental  increase  in  the  energy  supply  will  come
through  deployment of coal technologies in the near-term
because  we  can  build those plants  faster than  we  can
build  new  nuclear  generating  capacity. We  do  believe,
however, that it is  important to maintain  the  nuclear
generating capacity now in  place and also under construc-
tion because  we  don't have any  alternative to it at the
present time.

QUESTION

     A  good article about Mexican  oil  appeared  in
Science  magazine in  the  fall  of 1978 and another in
Current  History  last  February. Dr. Maki,  whose area is
economics and international law, assumes that Mexican oil
reserves  are  roughly equivalent to the  reserves in  Saudi
Arabia. He says that the discovery of enormous amounts
of crude oil and  natural gas in southeastern Mexico  raises
the  possibility that, for at least  the next  20 years,  the
United States can simultaneously  reduce its consumption
of insecure oil imports and cut back sharply on  the size
and intensity of  its commitment  to  perfecting either or
both of its alternate energy  options,  nuclear and  coal. Is
Dr.  Maki  that  far  off,  or is  this  something which is
coming up and may have greater importance in the future
than we now realize?

RESPONSE:  Dr.  Kerr

     As  I am responsible for  energy technology, I  can't
comment responsibly  about  the amount of Mexican  oil.
The geologists and  those  doing  the drilling  in Mexican
reservoirs will  know  best whether  it  is there, and pro-
duceable.  As  there  are uncertainties  about  both  the
supply   of  Mexican  oil  and,   more   importantly,  the
Mexican Government's willingness to  make  it available to
the  United States, I  believe there  is in no way  a  lessened
need for us to develop domestic alternative sources. You
might write to DOE's Assistant Secretary for International
Affairs  for a statement concerning  the position of  the
Department on this subject.

QUESTION

     We  have heard  about the  need for  utilization  of
coal but no mention of  conservation  as a principal means
of reducing the urgency of the situation.  It  would seem
that conservation might  provide one  of the largest  single
ways of meeting the emergency and  yet in our study  of
the conservation education program of DOE last semester,
we  found that it was  woefully inadequate, almost nonex-
istent.  Would you comment on  the Department's position
concerning conservation?

RESPONSE:  Dr.  Kerr

     Although  I  primarily emphasized the   need for
alternative  energy supplies this  morning,  DOE  stresses
conservation.  These  are  the  two cornerstones  of the
National  Energy  Plan.  It  is  through  implementation

-------
by  industry,  in  particular, and  not  necessarily  by DOE,
that the one-to-one relationship between energy supply
growth  and GNP growth  has changed so  that increments
of roughly one half are now involved. We have  an Assist-
ant Secretary  for Conservation and Solar  Applications to
effectively  communicate a conservation ethic and imple-
ment it in terms of new plants, new industrial  processes,
and  particularly in  new ways of living our  private  lives,
which  is  very difficult.  Many  dedicated  people in the
Department  support  conservation  as  the  nearest-term
energy supply.

QUESTION

     Is  all of the  Federal  support  for research  and
development for energy done through DOE?

RESPONSE: Dr. Kerr

     The  majority  is,  although other departments  fund
programs.  NASA,  for  example, has  direct  appropriated
funds for  energy research, the National Science Founda-
tion  conducts  basic  and  exploratory  work,  and  the
Environmental  Protection Agency  (EPA) and the Depart-
ment of Interior are also active in the energy field.  The
Department  of  Transportation   is  pushing   hard  for
improved   efficiency  in  automobiles and  transportation
systems. Furthermore,  many  states  have invested  their
own  funds in  energy  research  and  development  and
frequently  we are  able to enter into partnership  with
them on  particular projects. Although DOE  is the domi-
nant  Federal  agency  involved, there  are  many others
participating as well.

QUESTION

     Is there  an available source that gives a comprehen-
sive  picture of the financial  investment  of the Federal
Government in the  various energy fields, such as solar and
wind, and other energy  R&D investments?

RESPONSE: Dr. Kerr

     When our  fiscal  1980  budget was  presented  to
Congress,  there  was a briefing sent with it.  It attempted
to aggregate not only the DOE-proposed investments, but
those of  some  other  agencies as well. With  respect to
solar, for example, there is a direct investment in  R&D
but in addition, there are tax credits that have been made
available that  must be considered  in  coming up with the
total Federal  investment which presently approximates $1
billion.

QUESTION

     Dr.  Kerr, your summary of utilization  targets and
control  technology  ideas  for  increased  coal  utilization
seemed  to focus mainly on  the  electric power sector.
Would  you  comment  on  coal utilization  and control
technology targets for what may be the more critical oil-
using sectors  of  transportation,   space,  and process
heating?
                                                                   19

-------
                                                   RESPONSE: Dr. Kerr

                                                         One  reason the Department is  pushing  very hard to
                                                   develop  synthetic fuels from coal  is to serve those other
                                                   market sectors. We are  working on  direct usage of  coal
                                                   for industrial process heat applications, but a greater need
                                                   is to  displace imported petroleum  in the middle distillate
                                                   and  ultimately  in  the gasoline markets. To that  end, we
                                                   have  solvent refined coal pilot  plants under construction.
                                                   Plants such  as the  Exxon  solvent plant and the  H  coal
                                                   plant  in  Kentucky should not be  viewed  as  synthetic
                                                   gasoline  plants, as  they  produce a  wide range of products
                                                   such  as  a  material  equivalent to residual oil. In the pilot
                                                   plants,  we are investigating  ways  to  alter  the  slate of
                                                   products and to maximize those  in the middle distillate
                                                   region.

                                                   QUESTION

                                                         We have a  strong  conservation program  in  the
                                                   churches and  the  synagogues  comprising the Interfaith
                                                   Coalition on Energy.  Some  of us  in  the  Coalition  are
                                                   particularly  concerned that DOE  and, for  that matter,
                                                   even  EPA  have not  taken a  serious  look  at the  coal
                                                   reactors  that  are  based  on  blast  furnace technology.
                                                   Enclosing  blast  furnaces  helped  clean  up  the  city of
                                                   Pittsburgh,  which demonstrates the  value of the technol-
                                                   ogy.  The reactor burns the lowest-grade,  high-sulfur coal
                                                   in an enclosed system, producing  heat, steam,  and elec-
                                                   trical generation in  the  daytime and at night a gase-
                                                   ous  fuel to  be stored or distributed.  There  is no  smoke
                                                   stack to spew  out  sulfur-bearing compounds. The residue
                                                   is not an ash to be dumped but a slag to be used for such
                                                   things as  construction   material,  cinder  blocks,  paving
                                                   streets,  or  possibly  encapsulation  of noxious   wastes
                                                   such  as  those  at Love Canal.  DOE talks about scrubbers
                                                   and  cleaning  up  flues,   when  there has  been a  system
                                                   before them for 2  years  that doesn't have a flue, doesn't
                                                   need scrubbers, and doesn't require  the disposal of ashes.
                                                   Why  hasn't the proposal  for this  proven system been
                                                   addressed by DOE?

                                                   RESPONSE: Dr. Kerr

                                                         You    have  described  a  pyrolysis  system.  One
                                                   attractive  aspects about  this  system is that although it
                                                   does  yield  heat and  consequently  steam,  and  environ-
                                                   mental  emissions can be controlled, it doesn't do what
                                                   is  most  needed  right  now  in terms of  entering,  for
                                                   example, the distillate market.  Hydrogen has to be added
                                                   to coal  to get better fuels. A  totally enclosed  plant  very
                                                   similar  to  what you  have just described  and  in  which
                                                   hydrogen  is added to the  coal will give a mixture of
                                                   products that  includes liquids and clean  solids. If the next
                                                   phase of the plant is properly  equipped, the sulfur  can be
                                                   precipitated  out and  the  end  product  will be  a  slag.
                                                   There is  no  question that there are  attractive,   totally
                                                   enclosed  processes  that  would  reduce  emissions.  The
                                                   reason for focusing on flue gas cleanup and  the like  is to
                                                   find  ways to use existing installed plant capacity.  As we
                                                   become  able to afford new plant capacity we will look to
                                                   some of these  advanced methods.
20

-------
COMMENTS

     There  are those  of us  who  consider  the  use of
nuclear  power  to  be  detrimental to  human  health. My
suggestion  is  that in  the  future every  plant  utilizing
nuclear  power  be labeled  as doing  so,  thus allowing
the public  to  make  an informed decision  about whether
they wish to invest in a particular stock.

                                                                   21

-------
                                      Ruth C Clusen
                                                    ENVIRONMENTAL AND HEALTH EFFECTS RESEARCH:
                                                                                            THE VIEW FROM  DOE
                                                                                                        Ruth C. Clusen
                                                                                             U.S. Department of Energy
TEST OF COMMON SENSE
RUNAWAY REGULATION
THE CAUSE IS RIGHT
     My office  recently received  a  Freedom  of Information request  that was a bit
unusual.  The writer, who claimed to be  an  environmentalist, wanted a list of three
valid laws that could not be  carried  out  because they failed  to meet  the test of com-
mon sense. I  can't tell  you yet what our  answer will be. The lawyers are still looking
at it. But the writer may have a point: Do our environmental laws always make sense?
As one who  is sworn to obey the laws of the land, I cannot  do other than uphold, to
the best  of my ability,  the statutes that  come within my purview. Nevertheless, I  can
understand why  the  common sense quotient of  some legislation  might be questioned.

     A former  Deputy Administrator of  the  Environmental  Protection Agency, John
Quarles,  recently wrote  an  essay for the Washington Post headlined "Runaway Regula-
tion?  Blame  Congress." I  shall not  comment  on  his  argument  that Congress  is at
fault for the proliferation of regulations.  He says the implications of statutes seldom
are understood fully at  the time of  enactment.  The  result is  that the  public rebels, he
argues. Mr.  Quarles  made  a point  in his  essay that I  believe is worth quoting. He
wrote:  "The  irony—and the tragedy—of  these  characteristics of regulatory legislation is
that they generate criticism of the basic regulatory programs despite the fact that those
programs may be entirely sound. In the environmental area, progress toward control of
pollution would  be  impossible  without  strong regulation. The principal programs do
make sense . . . ."

     Congress, which was designed to be a representative body, does  indeed represent
the American people. Many in  this country argue with  the content of our laws. Few
argue, however, with the basic  goals of those laws. And  that  is the test of our form of
representative government.

     People  want a clean, safe,  healthy  environment   in which to  live. And  they
want it to stay  that way for  their  children and grandchildren.  The  instinct of  self-
preservation  is  manifest in  mankind's  concern for future  generations.  Despite the
implicit argument of the  Department of  Energy's correspondent  that there are laws
that do not  make sense,  I  believe that  he will receive no  list  from  DOE.  Sure, we
have done  our  bit  in pushing  the  Federal  Register  past 27,000  pages in  1978, with
                                                                                                                    23

-------
  MELDING SEEMINGLY
  CONFLICTING GOALS
  ACTION  IS DEMANDED
 NATIONAL ENERGY PLAN
perhaps a higher number  this year, but the cause is right. Clean air, clean water, and
clean soil  are  necessary  for  this generation's well-being and  for  that  of  succeeding
generations. The laws do make sense. We believe that. And we must administer them in
that belief. For  there  are  no more common-sensible  goals than  maintaining energy
supplies and improving our environment.

     The  first day's program of this Fourth  National  Conference  emphasized the
efforts  of EPA  and DOE  in  the  search  for compatible  solutions to the  energy/
environment dilemma. Today's program emphasizes environmental and health effects  of
energy research and  development. The hypothesis that a dilemma exists seems to  be
countered  by the existence  of research aimed at saving us from that seeming predica-
ment.  Does this  nation, through its  government, really have to choose between two
separate  but equal  propositions?  Is it  really either all the energy we can produce with
concurrent filth  and hazards or pristine safety  with  creeping  starvation?  Is  it  DOE
versus  EPA in  the gladiatorial ring? Obviously  the answer to all those questions is no.
If the answer were yes, we would not be participating in this joint conference.

     The fact  of this conference also means, however, that  there  are big problems  in
melding  energy and environmental  goals. That's why EPA in  its  pursuit  of environ-
mental  protection contains  units concerned  with energy  production. In like  manner
DOE,  in  its pursuit of energy development  has programs aimed at protection of the
environment. And both  agencies  have been instructed by the people's representatives  to
work out  that melding of seemingly  conflicting goals while at the same  time side-
stepping economic  pitfalls. Let me be  candid with you. My  Office of Environment  is
part of the Department of Energy. My office shares the mission of DOE to make sure
that this  country's energy needs are  met. Some  call my office the  millstone around
DOE's neck. Others would call us sycophants.  But the  best way to state our job is  to
quote the  Energy Organizational  Act  of 1977.  That law says that the ultimate goal  of
the Office of Environment is  "to assure incorporation of national environmental  goals
in the  formulation  and implementation of energy programs, and  to advance the goal  of
restoring, protecting, and  enhancing  environmental quality, and  assuring public health
and safety." And I  say that is  just common sense.

     There are and should  be no conflicts between our agencies or any others within
the Federal establishment. Yes, there are difficulties in  policymaking.  But  the  cynical
response of doing nothing is not  permitted. There must be trade-offs. The law demands
trade-offs.  The courts cannot decide,  because  these  are  basically  political  questions.
Politicians  constantly risk their  careers trying to balance goals that seem at odds.
Action, any action, will arouse  opponents. Yet action is demanded,  and  it is taken.
Government employees, for the most  part, are  outside  partisan politics. But they are
part of the American body  politic. They are paid to  make tough decisions in fulfilling
the laws they  administer.  They must  analyze the issues  and communicate that analysis
to all  levels of public and  private  communities.  And  they  must  make sure that the
effects of policy decisions are founded  on careful and comprehensive analysis.

     That quality  of decision cannot be reached without superior research findings.
We in the  Office of Environment strive for  superior research. Right now a committee
from the  National Academy  of Science is looking at the  quality of our research into
the health  effects of  low-level ionizing radiation. A report is due this summer. DOE's
nonnuclear energy research bylaw is subject to  a continuous review  by another agency,
now the EPA.  This year EPA is looking at DOE's environmental planning and review
procedures.  DOE is working  with EPA, the Department of Transportation,  and the
National   Institute  of Occupational  Safety  and  Health  on  the emissions  of diesel
engines. Those  are  three  examples of how the  Office of  Environment is reaching for
quality in its research efforts.

     The President's  second  National  Energy Plan constitutes marching orders for the
Department of  Energy  and  its  components. The plan anticipates that decontrol  of
domestic oil prices  will  restrain the overall use of oil by reducing  its importation and
stimulating production at home. That should increase reliance over the coming years
on  coal  and  nuclear power,  and bring on the  development of a shale-oil  industry.
24

-------
SYNTHETIC FUELS
EMISSION PROJECTIONS
SOLID-WASTE PROJECTIONS
Those developments will  make necessary intensive efforts to resolve the environmental
problems connected with  the use of those fuels.

     Some synthetic fuels, such  as shale oil  and coal liquids and gases, are expected to
become economically attractive in  the  '90s.  The  air pollution that could be caused by
the burning of  those fuels will  have to be  controlled. Water problems are associated
with the production of shale oil. Large quantities of water will be consumed in mining
and  processing the oil  shale, disposing  of  waste, and in replanting stripped  areas.  In
addition, there  are problems with water supply  contamination. Synthetic fuels  based
on  coal will require  increased mining, and the processing can result in the release  of
toxic substances inside and  outside  the  plants. Actual environmental  effects are still
uncertain  because no commercial-sized  plants have been  built.  Research is underway,
however, to develop information on  which to base standards and  controls for protect-
ing public health and  safety.

     The  major unresolved technical  problem of nuclear energy  is the disposal  of
radioactive wastes. Also,  the siting and operation of nuclear plants must be done with
care because of  public concern  with radiation releases.

     Solar  energy  is  relatively  benign for  environmental  purposes when compared
with conventional fuels.  Some  solar processes,  however, could  consume significant
amounts of water or use large  land areas.  And  combustion of biomass adds carbon
dioxide to  the atmosphere.

     We in the  Office of  Environment  have the  lead among Federal agencies  in re-
search  on  the  effects  of  increased  C02 levels in the  atmosphere.  In the last century
and  a quarter the amount of carbon  dioxide in the  earth's air cover has gone up by 10
percent. About one-fourth  of  that increase  has occurred within the past 10  years. If
the trend  continues,  it is conceivable  that  the levels  could increase by two  or  three
times in the next century.  Existing computer models  predict a  2  C to 3 C rise in the
average  surface  temperature for  each doubling of  the carbon dioxide  level.  We must
know more about this phenomenon; thus the research effort.

     Other air  emissions  are known  to be environmentally hazardous. The  Clean
Air Act Amendments of  1977  call  for stricter emission controls by 1985. Enforcement
of  those will  reduce emissions  of  particulates, hydrocarbons, and carbon monoxide
by  the  year 2000, according to  projections. Sharp  reductions are  expected in particu-
late emissions through the upgrading  of controls on  existing and new coal-fired generat-
ing plants  and  industrial  boilers. Sulfur  oxide emissions  in  2000 are projected  to be
the same  or slightly  less than in 1975. Increases in sulfur dioxide from coal burning
would  be counteracted  by improved efficiency in control  devices. Total nitrogen  oxide
emissions  are  expected to increase  by  more  than 30 percent by the turn of  the cen-
tury. In certain regions, nonattainment of air quality standards, or regulations  prohibit-
ing significant deterioration of air quality, may restrict  energy development.

     Water pollution remains a  widespread  problem despite  national efforts that have
improved water quality during the last decade. The nation's energy needs are  expected
to quadruple water consumption by  the  end of this century. Coal mining and process-
ing operations  could cause  substantial increases in total dissolved solids  releases.  Other
releases into waterways would  be of  oil, greases, and sulfates. Total dissolved solids are
projected  to double  by  2000,  but  total suspended   solids  are expected to  decrease
slightly. Nutrients and biological energy demand  from  energy sources are projected to
remain  near their 1975 levels.

     Now  to  turn  to  solid waste.  Noncombustible  solids  currently remaining after
conversion  of  solid  fuels and  sludges  from  energy-related  pollution  control devices
account for about 17 percent of all  solid waste produced in this country. Projections
for the  end of this century show increases of several times as the result  of greater coal
usage.   Challenges are posed for dealing with  larger  landfill volumes,  leaching and
transport of undesirable contaminants, and disposal  of hazardous wastes.
                                                                                                                       25

-------
  RADIOACTIVE POLLUTANTS
  THE ENERGY/SAFETY
  SCALE
      What  about  radioactive  pollutants?  The  energy  plan  projects nuclear power
plant increases from threefold  to sixfold  by 2000. Three  types of pollutants  must
be handled: solid wastes such as spent fuel and  reactor  parts, liquid waste containing
low  levels of pollutants from  nuclear plant cooling, and, finally, reactor off-gases. The
combustion of coal and oil  may  also  produce radioactive pollutants, but to a much
lesser degree than from the nuclear processes. Radionuclide emissions by  2000 may  be
up  ninefold over 1975.  But the potential  level  of exposure to  the  public would  be
far   below  that  from  natural  sources, medical  uses,  and   other  technology-caused
emissions, such as plane travel.

      The  United  States  need not make  premature decisions about  the use of new
technologies  as long as  further information  about their  environmental and  health
characteristics  is  developed along with the technology. The same  is true  for  their
technical and  economic  feasibilities. That's why it is necessary  to develop a number
of options. We would have the flexibility to turn from  one technology to  another
or from one source to another  if one  or more supply options proved to be unaccept-
ably hazardous. It is the job of  my Office of Environment  to  help the country prepare
to make  those decisions.  We  do not  work alone, either within the  Department  or
within the Federal  establishment. It  is  a  cooperative venture.  And  it is also  a  very
difficult one.

      Nevertheless,  we must all  work  toward solutions.  We   must balance our  energy
requirements with health and  safety demands. We can ignore neither side of the scale.
Our  children and grandchildren depend upon us. We have got to use common sense.
26

-------
                    ental
               lations

V *e
• ' r* t,

-------
                                                                        ENVIRONMENTAL  REGULATIONS: AIR
                                                                                                   Walter C.  Barber, Jr.
                                                                             Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
                                                                                   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
A  LONG DEBATE
SETTING THE STANDARD
     The  Clean  Air Act  amendments  of  1977  concluded a  long  debate between
environmentalists and  industry  over  the adequacy  of  our  new source performance
standard for steam  electric power plants. At that time there was evidence that we
were going to  burn a lot  more coal  and we needed to again  look  at the question
of whether low  sulfur coal should be treated to nearly  the  same degree as high sulfur
coal. There was substantial concern that the eastern coal markets would be displaced
by  imported low sulfur  coal—to the  eastern markets, imported  means bringing it in
from the west—and there  was  substantial  concern  in  the  environmentally oriented
community that doing less  than the  best in the  west would result in increased emis-
sions, feasibility  impairment,  and general degradation  of air quality in  and  around
the parks.

     That  the Act required  EPA to review the standard clearly indicated that Congress
felt the standard of  1.2  pounds per million  BTU's was inadequate; Congress remanded
the standard to  EPA to  strike another energy environment  and  economic balance for
steam electric power plants,  giving  particular  consideration  to  the  question  of the
degree  of control required for low sulfur coal-fired power plants. We  did that.  It took
a long  time.  Most of you probably followed the  saga in the press and  in the  Federal
Register. We  promulgated that rule and it appeared in the Federal  Register.

     In  setting the standard,  our  approach  was  to look  at  both  individual  plants and
model  plants. We were also  concerned about what the environmental impacts  relating
to individual plants were. At  the same time, we needed to take a careful look at what
a more  stringent standard might  do  to the overall energy  economy;  what we were
going to do to  both existing and  new plants; and what the  net effect on the environ-
ment, the  economy, and the  coal markets  would be. That is the exercise that took
so long  and that has been debated at  some  length. The  final standard calls for essen-
tially full control  of all  coal-fired power plants.  It provides an opportunity  for the
sulfur oxide  emissions  to meet a slightly less stringent standard in the  event that the
coal is  low  enough in  sulfur and it allows new technologies that have  substantial
economic and energy benefits  to penetrate the marketplace.
                                                                                                                    29

-------
SO2 EMISSIONS
REDUCED
 FULL CONTROL
 VS PARTIAL CONTROL
 NEGATIVE ASPECT
 OF  REVISING STANDARD
     Total  coal  production  in  the United States  is currently  650 million  tons.  By
1995  that amount will   increase two and a half to  three times.  Had we  not changed
the standards, that is had we left  it at  1.2 pounds per million BTU, we would have
had from the power  plants subject to the standard-and  those  are the power  plants
that will come on line between late 1983 and  1984 along with a set of plants that will
come  on line  between  1984 and 1995-7 million tons of SC>2  emissions in 1995. So,
basically, the  revision to  the standard will reduce by  more than 50 percent the S02
emissions associated with the subset of plants that are subject to this standard.

      From  power plants, we now have about  19 million tons of SC>2 emissions nation-
wide. Had  we not changed the  standard,  we would have almost 24 million tons in
1995. The  way we promulgated the change in the  standard, we  expect to have about
20-1/2  million tons  in  1995.  Three  million tons is the difference between what  we
would  have  under the  old standard  and  what we would have under the  new. We
had a difference  of about  3.9 million tons between the old standard and the  new one,
but we won't  see that  3.9-million  ton difference because as we make power  plants
more  expensive,  and  it is obvious  that  we are making them more  expensive, people
tend to build fewer new ones and  to  use the  old ones.  Old  power plants are substan-
tially  dirtier than new  power plants.  The  average coal-fired  power plant in  existence
now emits  about 80 pounds of  S02 per  ton of coal  burned. The  power plants that we
are talking about are going to emit  about 12 pounds of SO2 per ton of coal burned so
we are going to get a substantial  shift in the SO2 emissions  from power plants.

      Most  of what  I am  going  to talk  about today has to  do with SO2. There  is a
pretty  vigorous  particulate standard  that  was  promulgated—0.03  per million  BTU,
which  is about a 70-percent reduction  from the current standard  and  which will
require  aggressive application of either  precipitators  or baghouses  on these power
plants.  There  is a marginal increase in stringency in  the NOX emission  limit  from the
current  0.7, down to the 0.5 or 0.6  range.

      The current standard shows about 23.7  million tons,  and the revised standard
about  20.5  million. This  breakdown is  the total  national emissions. There  are two
alternatives:  the  so-called  full  control alternative  that  was favored  by the  environ-
mentally oriented community  and the partial  control or 33-percent alternative recom-
mended to  us by the  Department of Energy, which  was similar to the  recommendation
provided by the utilities.  The  most stringent alternative  results  in more emissions than
the alternative we have  adopted, which may be  counterintuitive, but that is the way it
works.  That is particularly significant in the  east  where there is a  several  hundred-
thousand-ton difference. The reason is simply  that existing  power plants are used more
as the standard becomes more stringent and the full control across-the-board alternative
is substantially more  expensive.  As a result,  it encourages people to run coal plants
that emit 80 pounds of S02 per ton rather than build  coal plants that  emit 12 pounds
of S02  per  ton.

     Congress directed  us  not to create  an unreasonable incentive to bring low sulfur
coal into the East thereby displacing eastern coal markets. Our analyses showed that, if
we didn't change our standard, by 1995 we would have about 122 million tons of coal
coming  east  of the Mississippi. Under the revised standard we  would have 70 million
tons,  or about 50 million tons less.  Congress  did  not want  us to disrupt  the coal
markets. Under the present standard, Appalachia produces 400  million tons and  the
Midwest, 150 million tons. This production  increases with our revised standard.

      Even  if we  retained the current standard of 1.2 pounds per million BTU, we are
going  to have 1.4 million barrels a  day of  oil being burned  in  power  plants  in  1995,
which means we will be putting just  as much  oil into power plants in 1995 as we are
putting  into power  plants now. Making the  standard  more stringent unfortunately
encourages  people to put  more oil into power  plants; under the most stringent alterna-
tive it  would be  400,000 barrels  a day;  under the  alternative we  have selected it
would be about 200,000 barrels  a day. That is  one of the negative aspects of revising
the standard.

     The plants  that we have  now  or that are being  constructed are subject to the
current  1.2-pound NSPS. There  will be between 15 and 16 million tons a year of S02
30

-------
ECONOMIC IMPACTS
INCREMENTAL
ANNUALIZED COST
EMISSION RATE  CEILING
emissions  in 1995; they dominate the system. As we make the standard more stringent
we  can  bring 7.5 million tons down to 3.1 million tons. None of the alternative stan-
dards brought  that  number any  lower than the finally selected one at 3.1 million
tons.  If we don't change the standard,  the emissions from  all power plants, would be
about the same as with the revised standard. Once again, this is because making things
more expensive under the full control option encourages people to use the  SIP/NSPS
plants more.

     We have  used four or five indicators of economic impacts, one being the average,
monthly residential bills  in  1995.  If we don't change the standard they are going to be
$53; if  we do  change  the standard they are going to go up 21/2 percent which  is  about
$1.30 a month. Indirect  consumer impacts, the increased cost of purchases, are going
to be about the same,  another $1.30. To the average residence, in  1995 this standard is
going to cost $2.50  over an electric bill that now runs about $53 direct, and the $53,
which is in current dollars,  compares with a current average residential  bill of $26.  So,
for reasons that don't have a lot  to do with this standard, everybody's electric  bill is
going to double. That is because we  are going to use more electricity for  more  and
different kinds of appliances and  labor, transportation, and fuel rates are going  to go
up, as well  as  construction  rates, at a level faster than  the  rate of general inflation.

     Another  indicator  is  the total increased  utility  capital requirement. There  was
concern that  this standard  would make  it difficult  for utilities to  find money to
operate. We looked  fairly  carefully at  the availability of capital to  build new power
plants and found about $770 billion  between now and  1995 had to be spent on new
capital  plants.  This  standard basically  adds between  zero and  $10 billion  to that.
The total capital change obviously reflects decisions  not to  build new power plants.
The capital cost of the control  equipment that we are talking about would be in  the
tens of  billions of dollars, in the 1995 timeframe, about $30 billion.

      Incremental  annualized cost was an indicator  as  to how much  of  the total
national electric bill  this standard was going to cost; the total national  electric bill in
1995 is estimated at  $175 billion. This  standard increases it somewhere between $3
and  $4  billion, depending on the choice  made. This  makes the decision  process diffi-
cult because, on  one side,  the most stringent alternative, the full control, is only $414
billion more than the  $175 billion we already  have to collect.  On the other side,  it is
$11/2 billion  more than the  alternative that we  selected,  and $1 billion is still  a  lot of
money even when compared with  $100  billion.

      The present value of incremental  utility revenue requirements  is just  that—all
of the costs accrued to the utility through the useful life of those plants brought back
to  the  present  ends  up  being  about  $30 billion and  the incremental  cost  of S02
is about $1,000 a ton. Under the most stringent  standard  it  got  up to $1,400 a ton.
None of them  got under $1,000 a ton.  So, compared with our current  several  hundred
dollars a ton for SO2 control costs, this one is not cheap.

     A fair amount of debate in the final stages of this standard surrounded the level
of  the  maximum emission  rate.  We  looked at  the  ceiling  question. The  press  was
interested because there were coal miners who  felt  that we  were prejudiced against
the very high  sulfur  coals prevalent in the  northern Appalachian and midwestern area.
It  turns out that the way  we have structured  the standard and  the way coal reserves
are deployed around the country, there  isn't  very much  of that coal  likely  to burn
relative  to the  other available coals. We therefore looked at very  low ceilings, as low as
0.6 pounds per million BTU averaged  monthly  and decided to consider  making every
plant emit no more  than 0.6 pound per  million BTU. That turned out to be a fairly
cost effective way to get S02 out of  the  air, and the economists reveled in the idea of
shifting  our coal market from the high sulfur  coals to the low  sulfur coals. One  risk
when using national-scale economic models is that they do things which don't have  a
lot to do  with  reality.

      When pushed down to 0.6, all that  is done is to take people who are now mining
0.8- and 1.0-pound coal  and shifting  them over to 0.6-pound coal. It is all new mines.
Instead  of mining that coal we  will mine 0.4-,  0.5-,  and 0.6-pound coal. We have  two
to three hundred years worth of  coal.  Let us  just shift our emphasis.  But it  turns out
                                                                                                                      31

-------
  EFFORT TO STRIKE
  A FAIR BALANCE
that  a  lot of people have invested large sums of money to assemble the reserves which
they are planning  to mine over the  next  10 years and not all of those  reserves happen
to be in the less than  0.6-pound range. It became evident to us that we were going to
disrupt  coal markets over the next 10 years until this big shift could take place. That
didn't seem to be  particularly  compatible with the effort  to shift to coal for our new
generating requirements.  So that is where  we ended up. We ended up with a  1.2-pound
ceiling.  This is what the  roughly 350 power plants will  be doing in practice. The way
we  have structured the  standard there  is  some encouragement for them  to  get under
the 0.6 level.  We expect that of the 350  power  plants,  roughly  278 will be less than
0.6 in  terms of average  monthly emissions. We expect that  about  50 will be between
0.6 and  1  and  that about  22, between 1 and 1.2.  That is  one  issue,  I think, that is
fairly well developed in  the preamble of the regulation and  you may come  to a clear
understanding by reading that.

      I would just  close  by  saying that writing rules that are  going to affect the energy
industry from  the environmental  perspective has become  substantially more complex
and  more time consuming. We are endeavoring to deal with these monumental prob-
lems that are  associated  with billions of tons of  coal, millions of tons of sludge, and
billions  of  dollars  to the consumer. We  have  come  a long  way since  1972 when  we
could put a rule like this in the Federal  Register  with a few marks on the back of an
envelope as to cost  estimates. I  think  that this standard  represents an effort by the
Agency  to  strike a fair  balance. If you look carefully at  the numbers in the Federal
Register, you  will  see that we  have gotten what  is nearly, if not entirely, the environ-
mentally preferable  option.  We  have  identified  a way to  give the utilities enough
flexibility so that they  can save about a  billion dollars a year.
32

-------
    Swep T Da
THREE GROUPS OF WORK
PRIMARY FOCUS
                                                                     ENVIRONMENTAL  REGULATIONS: WATER
                                                                                                           Swep T. Davis
                                                                                   Office of Water Planning and Standards
                                                                                    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
      In  industry, water regulations  traditionally have not had the cost impact and
generated the controversy  that air  regulations have. The  problems that  air regulations
have to deal  with, either directly or  indirectly,  run head on  into energy industries or
energy policy, which  is not the case with water regulations. This is.changing somewhat
because the relative importance of  energy is increasing in the water regulations. These
increases can be explained, first, by the  fact that an energy-cost increase will make the
energy factor more  important simply by increasing the  overall costs of those regula-
tions  and,  second, by  the  fact that the  phenomenon is exacerbated somewhat because
the second round of  technology  requirements,  primarily those for industry,  are ex-
pected to be much more  energy intensive than  the first round of standards. There is a
much greater reliance,  for  example,  on  reuse  and  recycle technologies, and these, in
general, require greater amounts of  energy.

      The work  we are doing in  water as it relates to energy can be  put into three
groups. The first contains  cases of  direct regulation of energy that currently is a major
industrial factor  in the energy field, examples being the steam  electric utilities industry,
the petroleum  refining industry,  and  the coal  mining  industry.  The  second  group
contains  the  emerging  energy technologies which, by definition, are not  now regulated,
but which  we are working on  so  that when they finally become commercial, regula-
tions  for water pollution will already be understood by the  industry. The  third group
contains  those  cases where we regulate  industries that  are not energy  industries but,
because they are  in  the  process  of  complying with  water regulations, would have
energy requirements and an energy  impact.

      I will  focus only on  the first  two groups.  Although  there are  greater energy
impacts on the  nonenergy  industries, I  think the energy factor,  in most cases, is still
not the  constraining   factor but that overall cost  and  economic trade offs  are.  But
compared with the cost of air control  regulations, the energy impacts  in those indus-
tries are  relatively minor.  The  commercial  energy  industries in  this country and the
ones that we regulate  in  the water  pollution programs are the primary ones that  we
                                                                                                                       33

-------
FOCUS ON TOXIC
POLLUTANTS
PETROLEUM REFINING
INDUSTRY
STEAM ELECTRIC
UTILITIES
worry  about  right now.  They are steam  electric  utilities,  petroleum  refining,  coal
mining, and ore mining. I  will comment  mainly on the steam electric and  petroleum,
the two industries in  which  we have  progressed the most in developing our current
round of regulations.

     The regulatory  work  in the  Water Act generally  lags behind the Clean Air Act
by  1 to 2  years because the Water Act itself was passed at a somewhat later date. The
whole  regulatory effort in water, going back to its statutory basis, is lagging somewhat
behind  the air program. My comments will  therefore be dealing  with  regulations that
are still 6 months to a year away.

      In the  petroleum refining and steam electric utility industries, our  focus  in this
round  of regulations has primarily  been upon toxic pollutants. In the 21  industries we
are looking at,  which  include these two  industries, we have found some measure of
toxic pollutants in practically every industry.  We are setting aside  industries that do
not  show  substantial  amounts of toxics or that  have 1983 standards that  already
control them  substantially and we  are  focusing on only the remaining industries. Even
within  those  industries, for example within the petroleum  refining  industry, we have
found   in the  untreated waste streams about  6 or 7  of  the 129  pollutants we  are
focusing on.  Of those 129, about 41 are found even in the treated  waste waters after
what we call  best practical  technology  of  the 1977  requirements.  Of  that 41, we,
nevertheless,  will focus on  a  still much smaller number for regulatory  purposes, partly
because all of them are not found consistently enough or in high enough quantities to
worry  about  and partly because from a  practical point of view it doesn't make sense to
attempt to regulate every pollutant.

      Basically,  there  are three regulatory approaches we are  looking  at  in the petro-
leum refining industry. The  first  is the  reuse  and  recycle  technologies  that are well
established within  this  industry.  Practically all  industries  recycle  to  one  degree or
another as  a result of the  1977  requirements.  The 1984 best available technology
(BAT)  requirements  will  probably  include  some  degree of additional  recycling and
reuse as part of the overall  regulatory structure. The second regulatory  approach would
be the  end-of-pipe treatment  and the primary  one being studied  is powdered activated
carbon. There is a substantial difference  in the cost of powdered activated carbon and
granular type  activated carbon. A rough estimate  of  what  it would cost annually,
including output and  maintenance cost, for  the entire industry  to  install and  operate
powdered activated carbon is $66 million  a year, which  is relatively  small  compared
with what we are  spending for air pollution control. The cost for  granular activated
carbon  would be approximately five times that amount, or about $360 million a year.
For  a  very minor  sacrifice in  pollutant  control, there is about  a fivefold savings in cost
by  using powdered activated  carbon. The third regulatory  approach  is no-discharge of
waste water pollutants which  is simply  an extension of the  reuse and recycle approach.
It has  been demonstrated  in  the petroleum  refining  industry and it is most commonly
found   in the  western states where water  shortages have forced these  industries to
develop much more advanced  waste-water management practices. We currently know of
about 50 or 55  refineries that now  practice this.

      Like  the petroleum refining  industry, the steam electric utility industry is, to an
even greater  extent, a very high  volume industry.  This is true  not only for thermal
waste  streams but also for the so-called chemical waste streams, which  may  be  rela-
tively small within this industry but compared with  many other industries are still very
large. We find that the pollutant  problem is one of quantity, as opposed  to concen-
tration  level.  In many cases  the concentrations are  extremely low.  However, because
the pollutants are often heavy metals or are very persistent in the environment, their
concentrations are very high in volume  and can  still be of concern.

     Within  the steam electric  utilities industry we have focused  our attention primar-
ily  on cooling water waste and ash transport streams.  By far the largest in  volume is
the  cooling water waste stream in which the concentration levels of pollutants  are
extremely low.  Rather than focusing on  individual organic  toxics, we will be primarily
focusing on residual chlorine  and the concern about chlorine itself being toxic, at least
in the  higher concentrations. Residual  chlorine  greatly increases  the probability of
chlorinated hydrocarbons being created  in the waste streams before discharged.
34

-------
EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES
OIL SHALE
GEOTHERMAL
Probably the  more controversial and the more expensive  in terms of regulations that
might finally  be  proposed and  promulgated are ash transport streams.  They come in
two  or  three  different forms. We focus mainly on  fly ash from electric type precipi-
tators and  on bottom ash. Although we are not focusing  on it very much, there  is a
third  waste stream soon  to  be  generated,  at  least  in  an  official sense.  It is ash that
results from the scrubber process.  Depending  on  the kind of waste  stream, we are
considering  alternative chemical additives for dealing with some of the problems that
we  find  in  cooling water streams. Petroleum refining reliance upon  water reuse from
recycle  is a primary alternative  mode of ash transport.  End-of-pipe treatment is most
applicable for ash transport but  the extremely high  volume of the cooling water stream
makes it a  much  more difficult option to  consider from  an  economic  point of view.

      Last, but not least,  management practices themselves are  being studied. The ways
in which  plants  are  operated  can  greatly alter and reduce  potential  environmental
impacts from,  for  instance,  the cooling water  stream.  This  is an option  we will  be
trying to  fit  into the whole regulatory package. It is  a  much  more  effective and a
much cheaper approach than  trying to do end-of-pipe treatment.

      Because of the large size  of the plants  involved  in the  utilities  industries, the
volume  of the waste streams, and the large numbers of plants,  it is easy to conceive
a price tag for water regulations  and control in  excess of $1 billion.

      Although  none  of  our regulatory  efforts at  this point  include  the  emerging
technologies, there  is a great deal of effort in terms of actual dollars and man-years of
effort under way in my office.  There is even greater effort in other parts of EPA  and
in other agencies,  such as the Department of Energy and  the  Department  of Interior.
Our  objective is  to try to get  ahead of a power  curve in the emerging technologies
and  to  determine in advance what types of pollutants can be generated, how  serious
they  might be,  and what type  of technology  or  management steps can be taken to
deal  with them.  We  also must  try  to lay  these out and make them well-known to
the  industry  before  they reach the  commercial stage so that the  proper kinds of
controls  can be included  in  the design. We have had very bitter experiences, in some
cases, with the earlier regulatory  effort;  it isn't possible many  times to adequately
deal  with the toxic problem and other  pollutant problems in a retrofit situation  and
even  when we can deal with them, it is at great expense  and with great controversy.

      Three technologies  that I will discuss next  are  oil  shale, coal gasification  and
liquefaction, and geothermal  which  are only in the development stage.  Based on what
we  have done so far, mainly work in research  and  development, there could be signifi-
cant  concentrations of toxic pollutants generated  from oil  shale. One advantage of
looking  at  this early  is that  there are a  number of  options for dealing  with  oil shale,
including  studies that indicate  feasibility of zero discharge of waste water pollutants.
Industry is considering zero discharge types of requirements  in designs in oil shale
technologies. A big factor is that a tax credit  is being  considered in Congress for oil
produced  from oil shale  which  would provide  a substantial incentive for this techno-
logy to  be  accelerated  commercially.

      We are also exploring coal gasification and liquefaction for toxic pollutants. We
have  found,  in some  cases,  inorganics from the coal itself, phenolic compounds,  and
some aromatics. It  is early to say what  can be done, but these are pollutants that we
have been  able to deal with  in  other industries. We  are starting to do feasibility work
on  bench scale  plants and,  we  hope in the  near  future, to start doing research  and
development on commercial power scale facilities.

      We are not focusing very  hard on the entire toxics list in the case of geothermal.
There are  a  relatively small  number  of pollutants that we would be concerned about
but  I can't give  you  any quantitative sense  of how great a  problem  this would  be.
It is  simply  the  list  we  would  expect.  It  includes  boron, bromine, ammonia,  arsenic
and  mercury. There  are  numerous  ways of dealing with them,  including treatment
technologies  and  process  approaches which we will try to  explore  as  we learn more
about the exact quantities of pollutants generated.
                                                                                                                       35

-------
   Steffen Plehn
REGULATION
FOR SAFE DISPOSAL
                                                                 IMPACT  OF THE RESOURCE  CONSERVATION
                                                                    AND RECOVERY ACT ON  UTILITY WASTE
                                                                                                           Steffen Plehn
                                                                                                   Office of Solid Waste
                                                                                   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
      The Resource  Conservation  Recovery Act  (RCRA),  which was passed in 1976,
has two  goals: to protect the public  health and the environment  from the improper
disposal  of  solid  waste and to encourage and facilitate the conservation and recovery
of  resources from solid waste.  Under this Act,  EPA has essentially three programs.
Taking  them  in  reverse  order,  there is  a program to  encourage  the recovery of
energy and  materials primarily from the municipal solid waste stream. This program
intersects with many utilities with  regard to the use of solid  waste, or fuel  derived
from  solid  waste,  for the production  of energy.  Statistically  the  energy value of
municipal solid waste  in  standard  metropolitan areas is equivalent to  about 400,000
barrels of oil  a day. In Europe, and  particularly in Japan, that waste  is  turned  into
steam and then into electricity,  or used directly  as steam. We are well behind those
countries but  are coming  along.  The  technologies we  now have  and our  most diffi-
cult problems are those that relate to institutional constraints for getting communi-
ties  organized  to procure and  operate  those plants,  but  we  have  a  program to
accomplish this.

      Congress  set up  two programs  for  the  safe  disposal of wastes.  One is under
subtitle  C of the RCRA and the other under subtitle D. For regulation of hazardous
wastes,  Congress called for  a cradle-to-grave  Federal  program  that  they hoped all
states would adopt  and implement. For  all other solid wastes, Congress  determined
that the  primary responsibility  should  rest, as  it now does, with  state and local
governments and  that  the Federal  Government's role should be limited to developing
criteria  that would  define sound  landfill  disposal.  The  states would  then  develop
regulatory programs consistent with the Federal criteria.

     We  proposed  a  regulation  about  a  year  ago  which we  expect  to  promulgate
in July.  The regulation will establish performance requirements, will ensure that  land
disposal will not  pollute ground water, surface water, or  add to air pollution and that
land disposal sites are  not placed  in  environmentally sensitive areas which are flood
plains, wet lands,  et cetera.
                                                                                                                     37

-------
CRADLE-TO-GRAVE
PROGRAM
CHARACTERISTICS
OF HAZARDOUSNESS
SPECIAL WASTES
      Under subtitle C of RCRA, hazardous waste is defined as solid waste that may
cause  or  contribute   to  an  increase  in  serious  illness  or  mortality  because  of  its
quantity;  concentration; or physical, chemical, or infectious characteristics or may pose
a substantial present or potential hazard to human health or to the environment when
improperly treated, stored, transported, disposed of, or otherwise managed.

      As  I said  earlier, the  Act provided for a cradle-to-grave regulatory program for
wastes. Congress determined that  wastes  are  so mobile  that they  must  be  brought
into a  regulatory system at the time they  are  created  and must be regulated until
the  time  they are finally disposed  of. We are required to promulgate  seven regula-
tions which  (1) define what a  hazardous waste is; (2)  establish  the  responsibilities of
generators of wastes;   (3) establish  the responsibilities of transporters of wastes; (4)
set design and  operating standards for  facilities  at  which wastes are either  treated,
disposed  of, or stored; (5)  define  a  permitting  system for  those facilities; (6)  estab-
lish  the rules  under which we would authorize states to run the program; and, finally,
(7) define a regulation requiring notification by  generators of  wastes as soon  as the
regulations are promulgated.

      The  Act  provides  two specific means  by  which  a  hazardous  waste  can  be
identified. One  is simple  tests that test for four  characteristics of hazardousness.
These  are whether the waste is (1)  ignitable, (2)  corrosive,  (3)  reactive, or (4)  toxic.
Feeling that we  needed  more  help from the world,  we also proposed two additional
characteristics for public  comment:  (1)  radioactivity  and (2) organic toxicity  or more
specifically  mutagenicity, bioaccumulation,  and  other elements  relating to  organic
toxicity. The  second  means by which a waste can be determined to be hazardous is if,
based  on  available evidence, the administrator determines that it is.

      In bur  proposed  regulation  we listed about  150 waste  streams  or particular
wastes  which we believe the  evidence  indicates are hazardous.  Many  of those are
in  the area of  organic  toxicity because  our characteristic  for determining  organic
toxicity is not sufficiently  well developed  and validated to serve as a keystone for this
regulatory program.

      As  we were  developing this hazardous wastes regulation, we realized that some
of  the high  volume wastes  that are produced in  the process of electricity generation
could  potentially be  hazardous. We concluded that there was a possibility that when
tested, fly ash and bottom ash could possibly  be toxic, corrosive, or reactive.  Because
of  trace metal concentrations in sludge, scrubber sludge could potentially be toxic. We
also concluded  that   it would  not  be appropriate to apply the range  of design and
operating standards  which  are  now developed to ensure that  the Love  Canals of the
future do not occur to large volume and comparatively low hazard  wastes.

      We, therefore, proposed a special classification for handling those  wastes  which
we call special wastes. Coal  utility  and  other steam power  plant wastes, coal mining
and milling  wastes, and uranium  mining  wastes  are specifically identified as special
wastes. Such  wastes would  be  exempt from financial responsibility requirements and
treatment, storage, and disposal requirements that  would be applied to other hazardous
wastes. We need to   know  a lot  more  than we now know about how to properly
manage special wastes.

      If  wastes  violate any  of  these  characteristics, they would then be subject  to
a very limited number of requirements: waste analysis, the siting of new sites, security,
record keeping, and closure and monitoring.

      Industry was extremely concerned  about what proportion  of these  wastes might,
in fact, tilt against  these characteristics. Since December, industry and we have been
doing  a  lot of testing to see what the  score  is.  At  TVA, 10 samples of fly  ash and
bottom ash were tested for characteristics of hazardousness. In  nine of those, neither
the  fly ash  nor  the   bottom ash flunked  and the 10th sample  appears  not  to have
either, but  it needs more work. If  those particular data  are an  indicator, fly  ash and
bottom ash would be  affected by this regulation as it was proposed.
38

-------
OTHER FEDERAL
STATUTES
AGGRESSIVE AND FORCEFUL
ENFORCEMENT
     Working in conjunction  with  EPA's  Office  of Reseach  and Development, we
have begun to accumulate data for analysis to  determine  management standards for
the protection of the  environment and the public health. We are currently  in  the
process  of selecting  sites for  this analysis.  We  will then conduct full field investiga-
tions, including  monitoring of surface  water, ground water,  and the air at about 10
mining and 16 utility sites. We expect that by  1982 the results of these studies will
put us in a position to propose regulations for  the  management of wastes.  An amend-
ment  to  RCRA proposed  by  Senator  Huddleston  says  that  EPA  would not proceed
under subtitle C of RCRA with any regulation of these utility wastes until the studies,
which  I  have described, are  complete.  At  that  time  we will decide whether to have
regulations. Whether that amendment will survive, I  don't know, although my expecta-
tion is that it will.

     Two  other  federal  statutes  affect the management of  solid waste. One  is  the
Surface  Mining Control and Reclamation  Act under the Department of Interior which
regulates surface mining  and also waste disposed on the surface as the result of  under-
ground mining. We and  the  Department of Interior's Office of Surface Mining have
overlapping authority  for the  regulation of those wastes. We  have been working with
the Department of  Interior to  delegate  our responsibilities under  RCRA to the Office
of Surface Mining. We find their disposal criteria satisfactory  except that they do  not
require ground water monitoring of all disposal sites. We believe that these sites should
be  monitored so that action can be taken to deal with  problems before  an aquifer is
polluted.

      Another Act  of interest  is the  Uranium  Mill  Tailings  Radiation  Control Act
which  Congress passed  last fall. This includes  the  disposal  of uranium  mill tailings,
both  radiological and nonradiological  hazards.   The law says  that  EPA  is  to  write
the regulations under this Act, and that  the  Nuclear  Regulatory  Commission  is to
enforce them through their permitting system.  The statutory dates for  these regula-
tions are November 1979 for  inactive sites and May 1980 for active sites.

      It  is important  to understand  that  the  Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act addresses, almost solely,  the  management  of  hazardous wastes from the time
of  its  promulgation.  The  Act  mandated the establishment in 1976  of  a regulatory
structure  that  would, over time, regulate  all waste  disposal.  We have just recently
come to  the  realization that  the problem  of past  inadequate  disposal of hazardous
wastes is  of an order of magnitude far greater  than anyone had  understood. We had
very limited legislative authority and  virtually no resources with which to address this
problem. We are therefore reorienting  and augmenting our efforts.

     There are  now  more than 100 people working  on the  problem of inactive and
abandoned sites, with  144 cases under investigation. Seven imminent hazard cases have
been  filed under RCRA and  other  EPA authority. Where we  can make a case and
locate a  responsible party, we are proceeding with  enforcement aggressively and force-
fully. We look forward to the proposal of  legislation to  establish what is colloquially
referred  to as the  superfund, which  would integrate our responses  to  inactive and
abandoned sites with  our Spills  Response  Program for oil  and hazardous materials
under Section 311  of the Clean Water Act and, also, provide resources to contain  those
sites for which there is no evident and solvent owner and which  pose a threat to public
health.
                                                                                                                      39

-------
         mm'^^f^ mm^wm m^y
          &  answers
                                  Leon Green, Jr.
                          General Atomic Company

                          Dr. Margaret E. Hamilton
          Delaware Chapter, National Audubon Society

                                  Howard Hagler
                   Resource Planning Associates, Inc.

                                   Robert Roach
                         National Audubon Society

                                Jean B. Cornelius
                 Avon Lake League of Women Voters

                              Robert  C. Gabler, Jr.
                              U.S. Bureau of Mines

                                   Mark Gottlieb
                       Office of Radiation Programs
                U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

                              John A. L. Campbell
                            Peabody Coal Company

                            Benjamin Linsky, P.E.
                           West Virginia University

                                   Alex Wormser
                              Wormser Engineering
QUESTION

     Will coal ash be regarded as hazardous because of its
radioactivity?

RESPONSE:  Mr. Steffen Plehn (EPA)

     Yes. We  have announced in an advance notice of
proposed rule-making our current thinking as to how to
approach radioactivity as a hazard,  not only with refer-
ence to coal but elsewhere. We have  received comment on
that and will be working to  improve and  finalize  our
thinking. I  expect that  in 1980 or early 1981 we  will
propose a characteristic and move toward  its inclusion in
the hazardous wastes regulatory program.
                                                          41

-------
                                                  QUESTION

                                                       The  Department of  Energy  is committed  to an
                                                  educational  conservation program,  but  you are  antici-
                                                  pating an increase in energy consumption and a doubling
                                                  of the average electric bill. How can these two viewpoints
                                                  be reconciled?

                                                  RESPONSE:  Mr.  Walter C. Barber, Jr. (EPA)

                                                       Doubling the average electric bill does not mean the
                                                  same as using twice as much electricity. There is a growth
                                                  rate  in  electrical  demand nationwide, some of it asso-
                                                  ciated with  increased use  by  individual consumers and
                                                  some  of it  associated with  general growth  in  the  econ-
                                                  omy.  It  is  not the  sole contribution to increased cost;
                                                  that  has to do also with increased  fuel, transportation,
                                                  and  labor  costs.  The  Department of  Energy and the
                                                  Environmental  Protection  Agency  worked  together to
                                                  develop  these  projections. The  total growth rate used as
                                                  the basis  of the  Department of  Energy's  projection  is
                                                  about 2 percent per year.

                                                  QUESTION

                                                       Your comparison  of  the  1975 and the  1995 coal
                                                  production  showed  some  rather startling  increases in
                                                  regional projections,  particularly in the  Midwest and the
                                                  northern Great Plains. How realistic are those projections,
                                                  and how do they relate to the rest of  the information
                                                  you displayed?

                                                  RESPONSE:   Mr. Barber

                                                       The  question  is one  of how we  are  going  to get
                                                  the coal.  An  estimate has  been  made  of the  country's
                                                  total electrical demand, a demand which  must be met by
                                                  some  means.  Because  of limitations on nuclear  power
                                                  generating  construction,  we  project  that  most of the
                                                  demand  will have to be  met by  coal-fired power  plants.
                                                  The  model used to  estimate coal is  an  economic model,
                                                  which says that those two areas of the country are going
                                                  to a) experience   increased  demand, and  b)   have  coal
                                                  available at a reasonable price. Whether the coal industry
                                                  can produce  enough  coal is another question, but  it  is
                                                  consistent with the estimates the Department of Energy
                                                  has been developing.

                                                  QUESTION

                                                      What plans are being made  for public or community
                                                  participation in  the siting of storage facilities for toxic or
                                                  hazardous substances?

                                                  RESPONSE:  Mr.Plehn

                                                      The problem  of  siting  is the most difficult problem
                                                  that will have to  be solved  if we are  to  achieve  safe
                                                  hazardous-waste management.    Everybody  insists that
                                                  wastes be  disposed  of properly,  but  nobody wants the
                                                  disposal  to  be within his own  range.  Public opposition
                                                  is a very difficult problem.  In an effort to involve citizens
42

-------
in learning about and  participating  in the siting of such
storage  facilities, we have started a program  called waste
alert. We are conducting a series of  regional  conferences,
to  be  followed  by state conferences.  Douglas  Costle,
Administrator  of  the  U.S.  Environmental   Protection
Agency, appeared  before  the National Governors' Asso-
ciation  last February to  bring  the  disposal  problem to
their attention. He said  that  it  is EPA's strong belief that
each  state must  develop  procedures consistent  with  its
own constitution  and laws to address the  siting  problem
systematically:  to  ensure  that  all the  technical  require-
ments for candidate sites are identified, to provide for full
public participation in  the evaluation  of those sites,  and
also  to  assist  in  the final  selection  of  sites.  Although a
number  of states  are   moving  in this direction it  still
remains our most difficult  problem.

QUESTION

    A headline this morning announced  that the Envi-
ronmental Protection Agency had decontrolled all electric
utilities  in  Ohio.   They  will  not be  required  to  have
scrubbers,  and they will be  allowed to burn high-sulfur
coal.  Those who have fought to force the utilities to get
scrubbers were banking on the backing of EPA.  What are
the reasons for eliminating the standards?

RESPONSE:   Mr.  Barber

      The Federal Government, in the absence of an Ohio
State Implementation Plan,  adopted emission limits for
essentially  all the  major  power  plants in  Ohio. We are
going to take another look at two power plants owned  by
Cleveland Electrical Illuminating. Those  two  plants were
modelled using  state-of-the-art  techniques  at that time.
We have decided that the  models used when  we set those
initial emission limits some years ago were inappropriately
applied.  Rather than force those power  plants into com-
pliance  with  potentially, and perhaps substantially, erro-
neous emission  limits,  we are going to  reevaluate  the
air  quality data  associated with  them  and set a revised
emission limit before they  buy  scrubbers. We have  seen a
fairly clear error  in  the  application of  the modelling
techniques to  these two  plants  in  particular, so we are
going to maintain the status  quo in those plants until the
modelling is completed.

COMMENT

      We have  been studying  recovery  of ash  samples for
various  metals from approximately 11  plants. All but one
of these  samples  arrived  in  plastic containers. That  one
arrived  in  a tin-plated,  steel  can. Within about 3 weeks,
the  wet  bottom  ash  ate  completely  through the can,
meaning that  it was clearly a corrosive material and that
it definitely would  fit the definition of a hazardous waste.
The  effects of the  other samples are  not known, because
they were  in plastic, but some of the wet ash samples are
quite corrosive  because  they are very  caustic.
                                                                     43

-------
                                                  QUESTION

                                                       In regard to policy concerning control of radioactive
                                                  substances, to what  extent  does the Resource Conserva-
                                                  tion  and  Recovery Act  (RCRA)  allow development  of
                                                  control technologies  to deal  with this, and to what extent
                                                  is it  EPA's responsibility  to develop these  technologies?
                                                  Or is this more the responsibility of the private sector?

                                                  RESPONSE:  Mr. Plehn

                                                       The basic orientation of RCRA is the  establishment
                                                  and  effective implementation of  a  regulatory structure.
                                                  There  is ample  authority for  EPA  to  work  on control
                                                  technologies  for  any  particular  waste. The  degree  to
                                                  which  EPA  will  do that work depends  heavily on  the
                                                  resources  available. Up to  now, the work done in  the
                                                  Office  of Solid  Waste has been very limited in that area.

                                                  RESPONSE:  Dr. Steven R. Reznek  (EPA)

                                                       The Office of  Energy, Minerals  and Industry  is
                                                  working  on  the  disposal  of uranium-mining  operations.
                                                  Once the first  concentration step occurs,  however,  the
                                                  Office  of Research  and  Development  is  no  longer  in-
                                                  volved. We aren't doing anything about developing  radia-
                                                  tion  protective methods.

                                                  QUESTION

                                                       There  seems  to  be a question whether the  coal
                                                  industry  can  meet the energy needs. The problem right
                                                  now is actually  one of over-capacity with estimates of
                                                  approximately  WO  mil/ion   to  150 million  tons  over-
                                                  capacity.  The industry is closing  down mines; we can't
                                                  sell coal  because of the soft market, and this in a time
                                                  of great  national concern about  the energy  crisis.  The
                                                  reasons for  this  are hard to pin down,  but one major
                                                  reason  is air pollution regulations. My company  had
                                                  to close  a very  large mine  complex in Ohio  because of
                                                  air pollution  problems.  There is concern in the industry
                                                  about  the  role  that health  effects  will play  in setting
                                                  new  sulfur standards. As  there  is very  little information
                                                  about this aspect, would you tell us how large a role you
                                                  expect health effects to play?

                                                  RESPONSE:  Mr. Barber

                                                       The New  Source Performance Standard  is a tech-
                                                  nology-based  standard, the  intent  of which is to ensure
                                                  that  as we  put  in  new capital stock over the next  50
                                                  years we  do it cleanly  and obviate the need to  make
                                                  massive retrofits  of  our  existing plants. Certainly health
                                                  effects data  are sparse. There are  two disparate opinions
                                                  resulting  from that:  one opinion says, when in doubt  do
                                                  nothing;  another  opinion says, under conditions of uncer-
                                                  tainty  take some prudent action.  Other heads  than mine
                                                  will  decide  on  the  degree  of  stringency to  be applied
                                                  under  conditions of uncertainty, but for every one who
                                                  thinks  we  are  proceeding  at too aggressive  a pace  on
                                                  sulfur  oxide  issues, there  is one who believes we  are
                                                  proceeding at too lax a pace.
44

-------
QUESTION

     Although it is expensive  from an energy viewpoint,
as we have enough coal, isn't expanded use of dry cooling
a  feasible  way  to  get rid of some of the troublesome
chemicals and thermal  water pollution,  particularly  in
the East and Midwest,    where  water is in increasingly
short supply?

RESPONSE:  Dr. Reznek

     The Office of Research and  Development has done
an  extensive  study  of how much water is necessary  to
produce  energy, either electricity  or synthetic fuels, and
they have  looked  with great care at  alternatives to wet
cooling.  A  combination  of wet  and dry cooling  is quite
an  attractive alternative,   particularly  in  the  northern
areas  of  Montana  and the  Dakotas and in  West Virginia.
Although there  is  a  cost penalty, it is  not too far out of
range.  In areas where  water has  to be  transported a long
distance  to  a plant, building  the plant at  the coal and
deciding  to  go wet/dry is  the economic choice. To go to
dry by itself and  eliminate all cooling water, either for
electricity generation or for some of  the other processes
in these  energy  technologies that are coming along, going
to  total  dry cooling, eliminating all  cooling water for
electricity  generation  or  for  some  of the newer tech-
nologies, is  an extremely  expensive proposition though  it
can be done. Two plants  are using it today but  at great
expense, and it actually changes the  price  of electricity
substantially.  The  normal  price for   irrigation  water  is
between  $10  and $12 per acre foot, the volume of water
that would  cover  an  acre in area.  Energy would pay
between  $100  and $200  per  acre  foot  of  water  per
year,  raising the production cost of electricity by  about
2  percent.  You would cut  that in  half,  however, for
delivered electricity, so there is about a 1 percent  increase
for zero water  being  put  into the plant and  going out,
except for the small amount of feed water.

RESPONSE:  Mr. Swep T.  Davis  (EPA)

     The Office of Water Planning Standards and  Regu-
lations is basically setting  nationwide standards. Often we
come  across  a  case where something  unique has  been
done,  that  is feasible only because  of a  unique set  of
circumstances. Sometimes  that   can  be  built  into  the
national  standard,  but usually  it  is very difficult to do so.
Also,  our primary focus right now is  on  toxic chemicals.
Consequently, although  there  are some  toxic chemicals
associated  with  the thermal  stream,  they   are relatively
minor  compared to what  is contained in other industrial
waste  streams,  and  we  are not  focusing  on them.  It  is
true that water  shortages exist all across, the country, but
the  primary  purpose  in   setting  regulations  is  not  to
conserve water;  the primary focus is  on  toxic chemicals.
We would  prefer  industry  response in the form  of tech-
nology  solutions that have secondary effects of  benefit
for conserving water and  other raw materials.  Our role is
not to leap  ahead  of the  normal economic process  and
drive it solely for water conservation purposes.
                                                                   45

-------
                                                    QUESTION

                                                         Does the sulfur that can be removed from coal by a
                                                    cleaning  process at a  mine  subtract  directly from  the
                                                    sulfur that has to be removed at the point of use, and is
                                                    that  true  for  industry  as  well  as  for  electric utility
                                                    application?

                                                    RESPONSE:   Mr. Barber

                                                         The standard applies only to electric utilities,  and
                                                    the percentage of removal is an overall  percentage from
                                                    the mine  to  the stacks. The  sulfur,  therefore, can  be
                                                    removed  anywhere along the way  with  credit.  The  law
                                                    requires  that  we set  a  similar standard  for industrial
                                                    boilers, and we  expect to propose  such a  standard in the
                                                    summer or fall of 1980.

                                                    QUESTION

                                                         A  special  waste category  for  fly ash is now being
                                                    proposed for industrial waste. Is that likely to be applied
                                                    to industrial boiler waste as well?

                                                    RESPONSE:   Mr. Plehn

                                                         As  it is  proposed,  it is expected to apply  to both
                                                    industrial waste and industrial  boiler waste.
                                                            -<* -  .    »  .
                                                                              \
                                                                               \
                                                                               A
                                                                               .'.
                                                                              ;-.-v
                                                                           .;'•   \

                                                                             • '-,-•:
                                                                         '-  '.- ';,).
46

-------
      session 3
chnology

-------
  Michael A Maxwell
EMISSIONS PROBLEM
REGULATORY FRAMEWORK
                                               SULFUR OXIDES CONTROL: FLUE  GAS DESULFURIZATION
                                                                                                   Michael A. Maxwell
                                                                      Industrial Environmental  Research Laboratory/RTP
                                                                                  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency

                                                                                                    Michael D. Shapiro
                                                                                       Division of Fossil Fuel Utilization
                                                                                            U.S. Department of Energy
                                     Mr. Maxwell:
     One of the Nation's major energy-related  environmental problems  concerns the
need  to control sulfur  dioxide (SO2>  emissions  from  stationary  fuel  combustion
sources. Recent  EPA estimates  place SOX emissions at about 26 to 30 million metric
tons per year(1). Most SOX emissions come from a relatively small variety of sources.
About 80  percent  of  all emissions are  from  stationary  source  fuel combustion and
about two-thirds of all emissions are from  the electric utility industry. The remaining
20  percent can  be  primarily attributed to  a few industrial processes: metals  smelting
and  refining, petroleum  refining, minerals  products  processing,  and  chemicals  manu-
facturing.  Approximately 60  percent of the industrial emissions are attributable to the
metals industries with the remainder being  divided somewhat evenly  among the  other
three areas.

     The Clean  Air Act as amended in  1977  includes a  number of provisions relating
either  directly  or indirectly  to the emission of  sulfur  oxides and other pollutants
including:

   • National ambient air quality standards  (NAAQS)

   • Performance standards for new or modified stationary sources (NSPS)

   • Prevention of significant  air quality deterioration in areas  cleaner than  required
     by Federal standards (PSD)

   • Methods for cleaning up nonattainment areas

The  states  and municipalities may  enact (and  some  have)  regulations that are more
stringent than Federal laws and  regulations.
                                                                                                                   49

-------
NEW SOURCE
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
      Federal  emission  limitations on  sulfur dioxide were initially imposed  on new
fossil  fuel-fired  steam  generators  by regulations promulgated on December 23, 1971.
These  regulations  apply  to steam generators with a heat input  of  more than 73 MW
(250  million Btu/hr) and  for which construction or modification  was initiated after
August 17, 1971  (the date of proposal of the  standards). The  regulations limit emis-
sions  to 520  ng/J  (1.2 Ib/million Btu) heat input for solid fuels (e.g., coal) and 340
ng/J (0.8 Ib/million Btu)  heat  input for  liquid fuels (e.g., oil). As an example, this
limitation  requires removal of  more than 70  percent of  the sulfur dioxide  emitted
when burning a coal containing 3 percent sulfur  and  having a heating  value of 28,000
J/G  (12,000 Btu/lb). These limitations apply to almost  all  utility boilers and some
large industrial boilers.

      On June 11,  1979,  EPA  promulgated revised  new source performance standards
for new or substantially  modified steam  generating units (fossil-fueled), having more
than 73 MW (250  million Btu/hr) heat input (2). These  standards  apply to any units
for which  construction  began after September 18, 1978. For other stationary  sources,
performance standards are to be set  by  1982 for all  currently  unregulated major source
categories.  The law requires that all major stationary sources use the best available
control technology (BACT) to  substantially reduce  emissions.  In the case of coal-fired
power  plants,  the  law  specifically defines BACT  as the best continuous  emission
control available.  The use of dispersion methods (such as tall stacks and cutbacks in
operation  during  adverse  weather  conditions)  alone  instead of  emission reduction
technology cannot  be used as final compliance measures.
 SOLID FUELS
      The 1979 revised standards require that emissions for solids or solid derived fuels
(except solvent refined coal)  be limited  to  1.2 pounds  of SO2 per million  Btu  heat
input. A  90-percent reduction is also required for (controlled)  emissions between  0.6
and  1.2 pounds of S02 per  million Btu. When SO2 emissions are 0.6 pounds  per
million  Btu,  a 70-percent  to  90-percent  reduction  in  potential emissions is  required.
A minimum  of  70-percent reduction  is  required even  if the (controlled) emissions
are less than 0.6. The percent reduction  requirement is to be determined on  a contin-
uous  basis and  will be based  on a 30-day  rolling average. The percent reduction is
computed  on  the  basis of overall SO2  removal,  including precombustion  treatment
and removal of sulfur in the ash.
 LIQUID FUELS
      For gaseous and  liquid fuels (not derived from  solid fuels) the limits for S02
emissions are 0.8  pounds  per  million Btu  heat input and  90 percent reduction  in
potential  emissions. The  reduction requirement  does not apply if SO2  emissions are
less than 0.2 pounds of SO2 per million Btu of heat input.

      Anthracite  coal  is  exempt  from the  percentage  reduction  requirement but is
subject to the maximum  emission rate of  1.2  pounds of S02 per  million Btu of heat
input. Other  exemptions of various  kinds apply to facilities in noncontinental U.S.
areas and to resource recovery facilities.

      Solvent  refined coal (SRC) is subject to the emission limit  of 1.2 pounds of S02
per  million  Btu of  heat  input  but requires  only an 85-percent  removal  of S02  on a
24-hour  per day  basis. Commerical SRC demonstration plants will be  permitted an 80-
percent removal  requirement.
PREVENTION OF SIGNIFICANT
DETERIORATION
     The  1977 amendments specified that sulfur oxides emissions cannot  cause an
increase over an area's baseline concentration of sulfur oxides where the air  is cleaner
than the  ambient  standards. A  system  of maximum  allowable  increases  has been
established with the smallest  increase allowed in Class 1 areas, more in Class II, and  the
most in Class III; however, no area may exceed the national ambient standards. Manda-
tory Class I  areas  include those  international parks, national  memorial  parks, and
national wilderness  areas  greater than 5,000 acres, and  national parks of more than
6,000 acres in  existence  at  the  time  of legislation. All  other areas are initially desig-
nated Class II.  Certain  Federal  areas may be redesignated Class  I;  states  have  the
authority  to  either upgrade  other areas to  Class  I  or downgrade them to  Class  III.
However,  certain Federal  areas  of 10,000  acres or more may not  be  redesignated as
Class III. The  law does not rule out growth  in cleaner than standard areas but requires
50

-------
IMONATTAINMENT AREAS
major  new  sources to obtain a  preconstruction permit,  for which a modeling  study
must be carried  out  at  the  applicant's expense, showing the projected  impact of the
new source  emissions  on the  air quality of the area.

      For areas where ambient air quality exceeds the standards, the 1977 amendments
provide for an offset policy. Before  new sources  of emissions  are  permitted, action
must be taken to more  than  offset  the new emissions  by reducing existing ones. The
objective  is to continue reducing  a  nonattainment  area's  emissions until standards are
achieved but to allow some growth of  less polluting industries in the interim.
CONTROL OPTIONS
LOW SULFUR  FUELS
                                           As mandated by  the Clean  Air  Act,  EPA has also  promulgated primary  and
                                      secondary national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS) for SC^.  Primary  standards
                                      are  designed to protect the public health and secondary standards are meant to  protect
                                      the  public  welfare. These  standards are given  in Table 1. Whereas the NSPS directly
                                      limit emissions from certain new sources, the  NAAQS  indirectly control emissions from

                                      TABLE 1
                                      National Ambient Air Quality Standards for SO2

Annual Mean
Maximum 24-hour Concentration*
Primary
80 ,ug/m3
(0.03 ppm)
365 jug/m3
(0.14 ppm)
Secondary
-
-
                                      Maximum 3-hour Concentration*
                                                                                                          (0.5 ppm)
 *l\lot to be exceeded more than once a year.

all  sources. To  meet the primary  standards,  the  Clean  Air Act amendments require
each  state to adopt  (and submit  to the EPA Administrator) a State Implementation
Plan  (SIP)  to  provide for  implementation,  maintenance,  and enforcement of the
primary standard  as  soon as  practicable  but  not  later than  3  years from the date of
approval of the  SIP  Requirements of the SIP to implement, maintain, and enforce the
secondary  standard  must  specify a reasonable time at which such secondary  standard
will be attained. The Clean  Air Act amendments of 1977 require review of the criteria
documents and NAAQS for  sulfur  oxides before  1980.

      To control SOX emissions from combustion sources, one can:

   •  Use  low sulfur fuels

   •  Remove sulfur from the fuel  before  combustion  (coal cleaning and
      fuel  processing)

   •  Remove sulfur during combustion  (fluid  bed  combustion [FBC] )

   •  Remove sulfur from  the  flue gases after combustion (flue  gas desulfurization
      [FGD])

   •  Combinations of the above

      The   use  of  naturally  occurring  low-sulfur  coal  is  the most  straight-forward
control  option. However,  projected  production  capacity  is limited and most low sulfur
coal reserves are in the West, far  away  from Midwestern  and Eastern  requirements.
It  has been estimated that low  sulfur coal production will supply less than 44 percent
of  the  anticipated  demand  in 1980.  Utilization of  low  sulfur  coal  east of the
Mississippi  leads to substantial transportation  costs, yielding overall  power production
costs  comparable to the use  of  FGD with local high  sulfur coals. The recently revised
NSPS could essentially  eliminate the clean coal option without FGD  for new sources
since  the best low  sulfur coal can barely meet  the 1971 NSPS.

                                                                               51

-------
 PHYSICAL COAL CLEANING
 CHEMICAL COAL
 CLEANING
 FLUID BED COMBUSTION
 FLUE GAS DESULFURIZATION
      Techniques for removing  sulfur from coal prior to combustion include physical
or chemical coal cleaning and the generation of clean synthetic fuels. The former deals
with  removal of  inorganic sulfur-containing  matter (e.g.,  pyrite  and  sulfate) that  is
physically  associated with  the  coal.  The  latter deals with  sulfur that is chemically
bound within the organic structure of the coal.

      Physical coal  cleaning (based  on the difference  in  specific gravities or surface
properties of the inorganic  matter and the remainder of the  coal) has been in use for
years.  From  20  percent  to  80  percent of  pyritic sulfur  can be removed depending on
the coal  and techniques  used. It has been estimated that less than 13.5 percent of our
coal reserves can be physically cleaned to  meet present NSPS. Obviously, in complying
with  more  stringent NSPS, physical  coal cleaning must  be  used with FGD  or in
combination  with other controls. Currently,  about 50 percent  of the  domestically
consumed coal  is physically cleaned to remove mineral  matter and mining residue. A
portion of the  metallurgical  grade  coals  is also cleaned  to  remove sulfur.  Cleaning
operations  for stem coals  have  not  previously been  designed and  operated to remove
sulfur  for compliance with  SO2 emission regulations. The  first U.S. steam coal prepar-
ation  plant designed to remove  sulfur for compliance with state and Federal  S02
emission regulations has  been operated at  Homer City, Pennsylvania. Two other sulfur
removing plants  are  being planned by the Tennessee  Valley  Authority (TVA).  None of
these steam coal plants incorporate the most advanced physical preparation techniques
now used in the  metallurgical and  mineral industries.

      Chemical  coal  cleaning  processes vary  substantially  because of  the  different
chemical reactions  which can be  used to remove sulfur and  other contaminants from
coal.  Chemical coal  cleaning processes usually entail  grinding the coal to small  particles
and  treating  these  particles with  chemical  agents at elevated temperatures  and pres-
sures.  The coal's sulfur is converted to elemental sulfur or sulfur compounds which can
be physically removed from the coal structure. Some chemical leaching processes, such
as the TRW-Meyers  Process, remove only pyritic sulfur.  Other less advanced  processes,
such as that  under development by  the Department of  Energy (DOE),  are capable of
removing  organic and pyritic  sulfur.  Chemical  coal cleaning processes  are currently
under  development  at  the  bench and  pilot  scales. Optimistically, several  chemical
processes could be ready  for commercial demonstration in 3 to 5 years.

      Fluid bed  combustion processes, both atmospheric  and pressurized, remove sulfur
from coal  during combustion by  burning  the  coal  in a  fluidized bed of limestone or
dolomite. The  sulfur  in the coal reacts with the  bed  reagent to form  dry  calcium
sulfate. A  portion  of the  fluid bed  is continuously withdrawn to remove the sulfur
compounds  either  by direct disposal  or  by regeneration  of the  spent bed  material.
These  processes  are  currently at the pilot/prototype development stage and may reach
commercialization by 1985-1990. This technology may be suitable for new large utility
and  industrial steam generators. One  advantage over the nonregenerable wet scrubbing
FGD  processes is that FBC processes  produce  a  dry solid  waste product rather than a
sludge. A  process  disadvantage is that fluid  bed combustors  require  a much higher
consumption of   limestone  for  the same  amount of sulfur removal  than does a wet
limestone FGD  system.  Consequently, the cost  may in fact  be  higher than  that for
FGD.

      Application of FGD  systems to  large utility steam generators appears to be  the
major  near-term  sulfur oxides  control  strategy.  Flue gas  desulfurization  involves  the
removal of sulfur oxides from combustion exhaust  gases most  commonly by  chemical
reaction with an absorbent  in aqueous slurry  or solution in an absorption tower. The
tower  is  known  as a scrubber, thus the common  terminology, wet scrubbing. Basically,
a scrubber  is a device in which  gas/liquid  contact occurs.  Other FGD  processes under
development  remove the sulfur  oxides  by dry techniques, employing either reagent
injection into the boiler/flue gas or  the use of spray dryers followed by fabric filters/
electrostatic precipitators. Application  of  FGD to utility boilers has  increased dramat-
ically  during the  1970's as can  be seen  in  Figure 1.  According to  the latest  EPA
survey, 162  utility boilers representing  over 71,000  MW  of  electrical generating
capacity  will have  FGD  systems  by  the  late  1980's (3).  A  summary  of the current
status  of these  systems  is  given in Table 2. As has been the case since the first U.S.
FGD  systems were installed in the late 1960's, the ordering trend continues to heavily
favor wet  lime/limestone  systems which  comprise  approximately 90  percent of  the
52

-------
TABLE 2

Number and Capacity of Utility FGD Systems
Status
Operational
Under Construction
Planned
Contract Awarded
Letter of Intent
Requesting/Evaluating Bids
Considering FGD Only
Total
Units
51
42

20
2
13
34
162
MW
17,822
15,763

10,517
1,100
9,110
17,174
71,486
          52
          48
          40
       o

       £ 32

       <
       o
       eo

       ui


       024
       CO

       CD
       cc
       LU 1C
       a. lo
       o
                i  T  ii   i   i   r
                        I   I   I   I   I
           0

          1968 69
      i   l      i   l   i   l   i   l   l
71   73
79    81    83     85
                               75    77

                                YEAR

FIGURE 1-Projected FGD operating capacity, 1968 through 1986
                                                                            53

-------
                                         units in operation, under construction or planned. However,  considerable interest has
                                         surfaced within the utility industry with regard to dry scrubbing systems for  low sulfur
                                         coal applications  which  offer the potential for simplicity  (hence  improved  reliability)
                                         and lower costs.  Three full-scale utility dry scrubbing systems are currently on order
                                         with startup scheduled for mid-1981-1982.

                                              The  spectrum  of FGD  processes currently  in operation in  the  U.S. for control
                                         of  SC>2 emissions from  full-scale utility systems is shown  in  Table 3.  These are sum-
                                         marized by   process  type,  number  of systems,  controlled  generating  capacity and
                                         percentage of the total for each type.

                                         TABLE 3
                                         Operating Utility FGD Systems


Process
Dual Alkali
Limestone Slurry
Lime Slurry Scrubbing
Lime/Alkaline Fly Ash
Limestone/Alkaline Fly Ash
Soda Ash Solution
Magnesium Oxide
Wellman-Lord/Allied Chemical
Total
Tables 4 and 5 summarize
applications in the U.S. (4). Where

No. of
Units
2
21
18
1
2
3
1
3
51
the current
the utility
Controlled Capacity,
Generating % of
Capacity, MW Total
553 3
7386 42
6677 37
405 2
1480 8
375 2
120 1
826 5
17822 100
status of industrial boiler FGD
industry has leaned heavily toward
lime/limestone systems, the vast majority of industrial boiler FGD applications employ
nonregenerable sodium based systems.
TABLE 4




Number and Capacity of Industrial Boilers FGD Systems
Status
Operational
Under Construction
Planned
Contract Awarded
Letter of Intent
Requesting/Evaluation Bids
Considering FGD Only
Total
FGD
Systems
126
24

5
0
2
6
163
Capacity
Boilers Sites TO'3 SCFM
232 36 5,465
48 12 1,102

7 4 196
00 0
2 1 140
16 4 1,603
305 57 8,506
54

-------
                                       TABLE 5
                                       Summary of Operating Industrial Boiler
                                       FGD Systems By Process Type
                                                               Process
                                                         Capacity, TO3 SCFM
                                      Sodium Hydroxide/Sodium Carbonate

                                      Dual Alkali

                                      Limestone

                                      Lime

                                      Caustic Waste Stream

                                      Ammonia
                                                            3,819

                                                              722

                                                               55

                                                               40

                                                              665

                                                              164
                                      Total
                                                                                                  5,465
THROWAWAY AND SALABLE
FGD PROCESSES
LIME/LIMESTONE
SLURRY SCRUBBING
      The various  FGD processes may be divided  into two categories: regenerable and
nonregenerable (perhaps more properly into salable product and throwaway processes).
The  regenerable or salable product processes  produce sulfur,  sulfuric acid,  liquid SC>2
and  possible gypsum if there is a  market for it.  (However, if impure gypsum  is pro-
duced and is disposed of as solid waste, the system would be classified as throwaway.)
Throwaway or nonregenerable systems  produce a  liquid, solid, or sludge  waste product
containing the  sulfur removed from the flue gases. Of the systems appearing  in Tables
3 and 5,  only  magnesium oxide and Wellman-Lord/Allied Chemical are salable product
processes.

      It is interesting to note that, although only 2 percent of the utility systems (the
soda  ash  systems)  produce a sizeable liquid waste stream, 83 percent of the nonutility
applications (soluble alkali, throwaway)  produce such a  stream. In general, disposal of
large  volumes of  liquid wastes  containing soluble solids is environmentally unaccept-
able.  Also,  the  cost of soluble  alkali reagents is  higher  than calcium based  alkali.  In
most  cases  a  permit for such operations must be secured  from the appropriate regu-
latory authority.  Since utility  systems are  generally larger  than  nonutility  systems,
discharge  permits  for  such  operation  may  be less likely  obtainable and reagent cost
considerations  thus  become  more  significant.  Most soluble throwaway  systems either
treat  the  soluble  waste stream  to  reduce chemical oxygen demand (COD)  and then
feed  the  waste  through some municipal wastewater process  or  simply  evaporate the
liquid.

      Brief  descriptions of  most  of the significant  U.S.  operating process types are
given  below.

      In  concept,  lime  or limestone  slurry scrubbing  processes  are very simple.  In
practice,  however, the  chemistry and system  design for a full-scale operation  can  be
more  complex  than  seems evident at first glance. These systems use a slurry of  lime or
limestone in water to  absorb SO2  from power plant flue gas in a gas/liquid  scrubber.
The  slurry  generally ranges  from  5 percent  to  15 percent  solids.  Various  types of
scrubbers  or gas/liquid  contact devices  are employed commercially: spray towers, grid
towers, plate towers, Venturis, marble-bed scrubbers  (packed beds of glass spheres), and
turbulent-contact  absorbers (lightweight  hollow plastic  spheres—ping-pong balls—held
between  restraining grids in a countercurrent scrubbing tower). These scrubbers  usually
operate with a liquid-to-gas (L/G) ratio  of 6  to 15 1/normal m3 (40 to 100  gal/1,000
actual ft)  (3).

      The overall  absorption reaction taking place in the scrubber and  the hold-tanks
for a  limestone slurry system produces hydrated calcium  sulfite:
                                                                                                                      55

-------
 ALKALINE  FLY
 ASH SCRUBBING
 SODA ASH SCRUBBING
      CaC03 + SO2 + 1/2 H20 * CaS03'1/2 H2O + CO2                         (D

With a lime slurry system, the overall reaction is similar but yields no C02:

      CaO + SO2 +  1/2  H2O > CaSO3'1/2 H20                                  (2)

(The  actual reactant in Equation  2 is Ca(OH)2, since  CaO  is slaked  in the slurrying
process.)

      In  practice, some of  the absorbed SO2  is oxidized by  oxygen which is also
absorbed  from the  flue gas.  This  shows  up  in  the slurry   as  either  gypsum
(CaSO4'2H2O) or as a calcium sulfite/sulfate mixed crystal [Ca(SO3)x(S04)y-z H20].
Slurry is recycled around  the  scrubber to obtain the high liquid-to-gas ratios required.
A  bleed stream is taken from the scrubber  liquid circuit to remove the calcium-sulfur
compounds  formed. This  is  accomplished   by  thickening,  filtration,  ponding, and
various combinations of these operations.  The calcium-sulfur  compounds are solids to
be disposed; the liquor separated is usually recycled to the  system.

      Lime and  limestone slurry  scrubbing systems can be engineered  for almost any
desired level of S02 removal. Present commercial utility systems are generally designed
for 80 percent to  90 percent removal; however, higher removals have been achieved.
The higher removal  rate is not incrementally very costly: investment savings realized in
designing for 80 percent  rather than  90 percent S02 removal amount to only about
3.2 percent to 4.5 percent(5).

      Western  U.S.  low-sulfur coals appear   particularly  suitable to S02 control by
scrubbing  the  waste gases  with a  slurry of the alkaline fly ash which results from the
combustion process (6). There are two ways to add the alkaline ash  to the  system:

   •  Collecting the fly ash in an  electrostatic  precipitator upstream of the scrubber
      and  then slurrying the dry fly ash with water so that it can be pumped  into the
      scrubber circuit

   •  Scrubbing the fly  ash directly from  the flue gas by  the circulating slurry of fly
      ash and water

      Most western  coals have a low sulfur content (less than 1.0  percent).  They also
usually have a low  heating value and consequently  require close control  to  hold their
combustion emissions within current Federal  limits for NSPS defined as mass emissions
per unit heat input. Whereas  typical  eastern bituminous  coals have heating values of
about  28,000 J/g   (12,000 Btu/lb), lignite  coals may have heating values  as low as
16,000 J/g (6,800  Btu/lb). The bituminous  coal could contain as much as 0.7 percent
sulfur and  still meet the  old  NSPS limitation of 520 ng/J without controls,  but the
lignite would  have  to have  no more  than about  0.4 percent sulfur due to its  lower
heating  value. Generally, the  coals best suited to this method are the western lignites
and  subbituminous  coals.  Certain  of these coals (e.g.,  those  from  North  Dakota,
Montana, and Wyoming) contain  up to 20 percent  ash; and the ash contains up  to 40
percent alkaline constituents  including oxides  of  calcium,  magnesium, sodium, and
potassium,  some of  which  are offset by acidic constituents. With  the revised NSPS, this
process  may, however,  have  to  be used  wth supplemental lime or  limestone  to meet
standards.

      The  soda ash  scrubbing method  of controlling S02 involves  scrubbing  the flue
gas with a  solution of  sodium  carbonate and bicarbonate to produce a mixture of
sodium sulfite and sulfate by these reactions:
                                           Na2C03 + S02 -> Na2SO3 + C02
                                                                              (3)
                                           2 NaHC03 + S02 + H2O * Na2SO3 + 2  H20 + CO2
                                                                              (4)
                                           Na2SO3 + 1/2 02 * Na2S04
                                                                              (5)
56

-------
MAGNESIUM OXIDE
SCRUBBING
WELLMAN-LORD SYSTEM
The sodium  carbonate  does  not have to  be pure. Nevada Power  Company uses trona
salt, a naturally  occurring mineral containing 60  percent NaHCO3, 20 percent NaC1,
10  percent sulfates, and 10 percent insolubles. This process has definite  limitations in
large-scale  utility  applications,  since it requires  a relatively  cheap source of sodium
carbonate  or  bicarbonate  and  an ability to dispose of large  volumes of waste  salt
solution.  Nevada  Power  is  located  near  trona  deposits—in an  area where natural
evaporation  rates  far  exceed  rainfall  and  where  land is relatively  abundant. The
company  processes its liquid waste in solar evaporation ponds and  deposits the crystal-
lized waste salts back at the mine.

     The magnesium oxide process is a regenerable or salable product process. It does
not produce  waste  material; SO2  removed from the flue gas  is  concentrated and used
to  make  marketable  (^804  or elemental sulfur. Employing a  slurry  of  MgO—or
Mg(OH>2—to absorb  SO2 from flue  gas  in a scrubber,  this process yields magnesium
sulfite  and  sulfate.  When  dried and  calcined,  the mixed  sulfite/sulfate produces a
concentrated stream  (10  percent to  15   percent) of SO2  and regenerates MgO  for
recycle  to the  scrubber. Carbon added to the  calcining step reduces  any MgS04 to
MgO  and  SO2-  In  commercial  applications, the scrubbing  and  drying   steps  would
normally take place at  the power plant. The regeneration and 1^804 production steps
might  be  performed at a conventional   sulfuric  acid plant. Alternatively,  a central
processing  plant  could  produce sulfur from mixed  magnesium sulfite/sulfate brought
in from several  desulfurization locations.

     The Wellman-Lord process  is also a  regenerable or salable product system.  When
coupled with other processing steps,  it  can make salable liquid S02, ^804, or ele-
mental sulfur.
DUAL ALKALI
                                            The Wellman-Lord  process  employs a solution of Na2SO3 to absorb SO2 from
                                      waste gases in a scrubber or absorber, converting the sulfite to bisulfite:
                                            NA2SO3 + SO2 + H2O * 2 NaHS03
                                                                               (6)
                                      Thermal  decomposition of  the  bisulfite  in an  evaporative  crystallizer regenerates
                                      sodium sulfite for reuse as the absorbent:
      2 NaHSO3  ^i Na2SO3 + SO2 + H2O
                                                                                                                     (7)
The evaporative crystallizer produces  a  mixture of steam and SO2 and a slurry  con-
taining sodium sulfite/sulfate plus some  undecomposed NaHSO3 in  solution. As water
condenses from the steam/S02 mixture, it  leaves a wet S02-enriched  gas stream  to
undergo further processing for recovery of salable sulfur values.

      Most  industrial boilers use  a  soluble alkali scrubbing process—basically  as  des-
cribed for  soda ash scrubbing,  and  using  sodium  carbonate, bicarbonate, hydroxide,
or ammonia based  alkali—which converts sulfur in  the flue gas to sulfite/bisulfite and
sulfate in  solution.  Disposal practices for spent scrubbing liquors include consumption
in  pulp/paper  manufacturing,  storage in evaporation ponds,  and  treatment  (mainly
by  air oxidation) and discharge to sewer system/waterways. Some sodium-alkali users
are  considering regeneration  of  scrubber liquor by  treating the  spent  liquor  with
calcium hydroxide. This  would  actually  give  them dual  alkali  systems  with the
attendant advantage of eliminating a  liquid-waste  stream.

      Table  5  shows that dual  alkali systems have become  the second  most prevalent
type of S02 control for industrial boilers. They may  become the first choice as more
sodium alkali  systems are converted  to dual  alkali  in the face of  new regulations that
may limit disposal  of liquid wastes containing large amounts of  dissolved salts.  Dual
alkali processes, like lime/limestone  slurry scrubbing, are throwaway systems. In the
operation as a  whole, lime is consumed  to produce a wet solid waste (mainly  calcium
sulfite/sulfate)  just  as  in  lime  slurry scrubbing.  In  addition,  however, dual alkali sys-
tems require a small amount of sodium alkali makeup.

      A solution of sodium sulfite/bisulfite  and sulfate in a scrubber will  absorb  SO2
from  the flue  gas  or other waste gas.  Only the sulfite is active  in absorbing S02,
forming bisulfite as  in the Wellman-Lord  system:
                                                                                                                      57

-------
                                            Absorption: S03 + S02 + H2O * 2 HSO
                                                                                (8)
                                       The bisulfite-rich  liquor,  treated with lime in a reaction tank, regenerates active alkali
                                       for recycle to the scrubber:
                                            Regeneration: 2 HSO 3 + Ca(OH)2 * S03 + CaS03 4- + 2 H2O

                                            SC>4 + Ca(OH)2 •> 2  OH ~ + CaS04 *
                                                                               (9)

                                                                              (10)
 RD&D PROGRAM RESULTS
 PROTOTYPE FACILITY
The  sulfate and  sulfite precipitate as a hydrated mixed  crystal, or as a gypsum phase
(CaSG-4'2 H2O) plus a hydrated mixed crystal, depending upon the concentration of
dissolved species.  Also, depending upon  solution concentrations, the mixed  crystal is
predominantly calcium sulfite,  with  up to about 25  percent calcium sulfate coprecipi-
tated.  Sulfite/bisulfite oxidation by oxygen  in  the  flue  gas  produces sulfate in  the
system.

     The 1970  and 1977  Amendments to the Clean  Air Act provide the authority for
EPA's  current research,  development, and  demonstration program in  the FGD area.
EPA's  FGD  RD&D  program is conducted  by the Industrial   Environmental  Research
Laboratory at Research Triangle Park, N.C. (IERL-RTP). The  primary  purpose of this
program  has been  to improve, develop,  and demonstrate reliable, cost-effective and
environmentally  acceptable  FGD processes for reducing SOX  emissions  from both
existing  and  new  stationary combustion  sources. EPA  has been aided in this effort
by at least two other Federal organizations,  the Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA) and
the U.S. Bureau of Mines  (USBM).  For example, EPA's  key program in the  nonregen-
erable  area  is the  lime/limestone prototype  test program at  TVA's Shawnee Steam
Plant  (near  Paducah,   Kentucky),  and  a   major   regenerable   process   (citrate)
demonstration unit is being built at a St. Joe Minerals plant based  on pilot plant work
by USBM. In addition, the Department of  Energy is expected to play a major role in
the FGD technology development area in  the near future.

      In  the  Federal Interagency  Energy/Environment Research  and  Development
Program,  FGD technology development has been given a high  priority. Studies by EPA
indicate  that  FGD  is competitive  in  cost with  advanced control  methods  such  as
chemical coal cleaning and fluidized bed combustion; therefore, FGD  should play an
important role in controlling emissions at least until  the end of the twentieth century.
FGD technology has  progressed rapidly in part due to financial aid  passing through  the
Federal  Interagency  Program.   A number  of  FGD  supporting  studies,  pilot  plants,
prototypes,  and  demonstration-scale  facilities have been  funded by  EPA supplementing
progress  in  FGD  development  by  the private  sector.  Some  of the more significant
current Federal  FGD  programs  are summarized  below.

     The focal  point of  EPA's lime/limestone  development  effort has involved  the
operation of a  prototype scrubbing test facility of TVA's Shawnee  Steam Plant in
Paducah,  Kentucky. This versatile facility  allows comprehensive testing of three 10 MW
scrubber types under a variety of operating conditions and has been in  operation sines
1972.  Bechtel Corporation of San Francisco designed the test facility  and directs  the
test  program. TVA constructed  and  operates the facility. Funding for the construction,
operating, and maintenance of the facility has  been provided by EPA.

     The major concerns  of  the  utility  industry  to  date regarding lime/limestone
scrubbing have  centered  on process  reliability, the large quantities of waste sludge
generated, and  the high  costs  (capital and  operating) of scrubbing. It  is toward these
areas of concern that the Shawnee program  has been directed.

     Major  objectives of the original test  program were:

   • To  characterize fully  the effect  of  important process  variables  on  S02  and
     particulate matter removal

   • To  develop   and  verify  mathematical  models to  allow scaleup  to  full-scale
     scrubber facilities
58

-------
OBJECTIVES OF
SHAWNEE TEST PROGRAM
 IN-HOUSE FGD PILOT
 PLANT
 BANCO SCRUBBER
   • To study the technical and economic feasibility of lime/limestone scrubbing, and

   • To demonstrate long-term reliability.

     The Shawnee program was subsequently extended  and the scope expanded to
investigate promising equipment and process variations to:

   • Minimize costs, energy requirements, and quantity (and improve  the quality) of
     the sludge produced

   • Maximize SC>2 removal efficiency

   • Develop a design/economic study computer  program, and

   • Improve system control and operating reliability, especially  in the  mist eliminator
     area.

Of particular  interest have been studies of forced  oxidation, increased alkali utilization,
MgO and organic  acid additives to increase 862  removal efficiency and to force sub-
saturated gypsum operation.

     The Shawnee  program  has  made  major contributions toward improvement of
lime and limestone  scrubbing technology.  Recent results are of  particular importance
since over  90 percent of the approximately 75,000 MW  of  coal-fired electrical gener-
ating capacity in the U.S. presently committed to the use of FGD systems involve the
use of lime/limestone processes. These results have shown substantial improvements in
lime/limestone scrubbing systems in the areas of  reliability, performance  and  waste
disposal. Limestone utilizations  exceeding  90 percent  have  been achieved  with both
single and double loop absorbers, thus reducing the limestone required and the calcium
sulfite  waste  material  produced for disposal. Forced oxidation of the calcium sulfite
waste to calcium  sulfate (gypsum) has  been successfully demonstrated, enabling sub-
stantial  reductions  in the volume of waste produced  and improvements in its disposal
properties(7,8).  Finally,  the use of additives such as soluble alkalis or  buffering acids
(such as adipic acid)  has been shown to  dramatically  enhance the  mass transfer charac-
teristics  of  limestone  scrubbers  and hence, enable attainment of SO2 removal effi-
ciencies exceeding 95 percent(9).

     The EPA FGD  pilot  plant operated  at IERL-RTP consists of two  scrubbers
having a flue  gas capacity of about  0.1  MW. They have been in operation since 1972
to  provide  in-house  experimental  support  for EPA's  larger, prototype scrubber test
facility  at the Shawnee  Steam Plant. The  IERL-RTP scrubbers  have 1  percent of the
capacity of the  Shawnee prototypes and are 1/1000 the size  of  a full-scale utility
system.  In addition to supporting  Shawnee, the pilot plant also provides  IERL-RTP
with the capacity to  independently evaluate new concepts in lime/limestone  scrubbing
technology.  Many of the  new concepts tested at Shawnee  (such as forced  oxidation
and  adipic acid additives) were first conceptualized  and developed in  the  IERL-RTP
pilot plant(10,11,12).

     The feasibility of replacing freshwater  makeup  for  limestone FGD systems with
cooling  tower or boiler blowdown has recently been established  in the IERL-RTP pilot
plant and operating limits defined(13).  Further refinement of this development should
make possible  the  integration of water  treatment  processes  with FGD systems using
forced  oxidation.  Such  systems will  maximize water reuse  and  minimize soluble salt
discharges.

     One of the pilot plant scrubbers was  recently modified to allow  testing of dual
alkali systems with either lime or limestone regeneration. This will permit the  in-house
pilot plant  to support  EPA's development  and  demonstration  efforts in dual alkali
technology as  it has supported the lime/limestone program in the past.

     EPA recently completed an 18-month test program at a lime/limestone  industrial
boiler FGD  system  installed to control  SO2 and particle emissions from seven small
coal-fired heating boilers  (approximately 23 MW  equivalent, total) at the Richenbacker
                                                                                                                      59

-------
 FULL-SCALE DUAL
 ALKALI DEMONSTRATION
 WELLMAN-LORD/ALLIED
 CHEMICAL DEMONSTRATION
Air Force  Base  near  Columbus,  Ohio.  The FGD  system was installed under contract
between  the  Air Force and  Research Cottrell, the U.S. licensee for the A. B.  Bahco
lime/limestone  scrubbing  process.  This process  was  developed by A.  B.  Bahco,  a
Swedish  company,  and appears  to be  particularly well suited for  industrial  boiler
applications in that it is  manufactured in standard sizes  in the  range  of  5-50  MW
equivalent  and is adaptable to a  high  degree of  automation.  The  application of the
Bahco  scrubber at Rickenbacker was the first such installation in the U.S. and the first
shutdown  in September,  a  new  baseline test was completed and  the demonstration
testing was reinitiated;  the system has been  in operation since that time. The integrated
system is consistently  achieving 91  percent S02 removal, particulate emissions of 0.04
lb/10^ Btu, and  a  sulfur  product  of 99.9 percent purity;  sodium carbonate makeup
anywhere on a  coal-fired  industrial boiler. The system  met or exceeded all emission
and operating cost guarantees. A final report on this program is currently available(14).

     Additional EPA-sponsored work conducted at the site involved the evaluation of
lime sludge (a waste product from water treatment plants) as an  alternate S02 removal
reagent.  Results  of the experimental program demonstrated that  lime sludge is effective
and offers  significant cost savings over conventional lime/limestone reagents.  Since lime
sludge  is widely available in many midwestern states where  high sulfur  coal is exten-
sively used, it could find application for industrial  boilers. A  report  describing these
results will  be published in November  1979.

      In  September 1976, EPA contracted with Louisville Gas and Electric (LG&E) for
a cost-shared,  full-scale coal-fired  utility demonstration  of the dual alkali process at the
280 MW Cane Run  No. 6 boiler. The  demonstration  project consists of four phases:

   •  Design and cost estimation

   •  Engineering design, construction, and mechanical testing

   • Startup and performance testing
                                              year of operation and  long-term testing
Construction was completed in April  1979 and  startup operations are currently under
way. Phase 4 is expected  to begin in November 1979.  The FGD system was designed
by Combustion  Equipment Associates and  Arthur  D. Little,  Inc. and was constructed
by  LG&E.  In  June 1977  a contract was  established  with Bechtel  National,  Inc. to
design  and conduct a test program to evaluate the system installed at LG&E. A report
on the  Phase  1 preliminary design and  cost  estimate for the system has been  pub-
lished(15). In  addition  to the design and cost estimate for the LG&E system, it also
gives cost projections for  similar hypothetical  systems  in the 500 and 1000 MW range.
The  report projects the LG&E  system costs at less than $60/kW capital cost and less
than 3 mills/kWhr annualized operating costs in 1976 dollars.

      EPA and Northern  Indiana  Public  Service Company  (NIPSCO)  have  jointly
funded  the  design and  construction  of  an  FGD  demonstration  plant  using  the
Wellman-Lord SO2 recovery process and the Allied Chemical SO2 reduction process to
convert  recovered S02 to elemental sulfur. The operational  costs for the system are
being  paid by  NIPSCO, and a comprehensive test and evaluation program, conducted
by  TRW Corporation,  has been funded  by EPA.  The demonstration system has been
retrofitted to the  115  MW coal-fired unit 11  at the  D.H.  Mitchell Station in Gary,
Indiana.

      The demonstration program  consists  of  the following phases: Phase l-the devel-
opment  of a  process  design,  major equipment  specification  and  a  detailed cost
estimate-was  completed  in  December  1972.  Phase  I l-the  final   design and con-
struction—was completed by Davy  Powergas, Inc. in August 1976.

      Since the  completion of startup activities, the plant has been operated by Allied
Chemical under contract  with NIPSCO. During the demonstration, a comprehensive
test  and  evaluation  program  is  being  carried  out  by  TRW,  under contract with
IERL-RTP.  Integrated  operation was achieved  in August  1977, at  which time the
60

-------
AQUEOUS CARBONATE
DEMONSTRATION
CITRATE DEMONSTRATION
PROGRAM
DRY SO2 CONTROL
PROGRAM
Acceptance  Test  was successfully  completed(16).  The demonstration  test year began
in September  1977 but boiler and interface problems prevented acceptable operations
until August 1978, after which 40 days  of successful integrated operations were com-
pleted.  Following system modification  and maintenance  during the  scheduled  boiler
and utilities costs are within design targets. The FGD plant is following normal boiler
operation (startup, shutdown, load changes, fuel  changes, etc.) during the demonstra-
tion. The primary  concern  during the testing is the collection and evaluation  of per-
formance and economic data. TRW has prepared  an interim report which presents the
data collected over the  first  year  of  testing(17). A  second,  final, report will  be
prepared at the end of  the second year of testing.

     EPA,  EPRI,  DOE  and  Empire  State  Electric Energy  Research  Corporation
(ESEERCO), a research organization  sponsored  by  New York's eight major  power
suppliers, have contracted to fund jointly the design and  construction  of a demonstra-
tion of Atomics  International's  sulfur-producing  aqueous carbonate process) 18). The
demonstration  is   being retrofitted  to a  100 MW boiler at Niagara  Mohawk  Power
Company's coal-fired Huntley Station  in Tonawanda, New  York.

     The demonstration  is  in four  phases. Phase  I, the design and cost  estimate,
was completed in May 1977. Phase  II, construction, is expected to be completed  by
mid-1982.  Phase   III, acceptance testing, and Phase  IV,  an  18-month demonstration
testing period, will follow.

     EPA and U. S. Bureau of  Mines (USBM) have entered  into a cooperative agree-
ment to pool  funds and technical talents to demonstrate the citrate process, a regener-
able sulfur producing process, which has been developed through pilot  scale by  USBM.
A concurrent development  program,  carried  out  by  an  industrial consortium  headed
by Pfizer Chemical Company, also led to  a pilot operation  of the process. Based on the
results  of these two pilot programs,  EPA and USBM  have initiated the demonstration
of this technology on  a 50 MW coal-fired boiler at St.  Joe Minerals Corporation in
Monaca, Pennsylvania(19).

     The demonstration  is  in four  phases. Phase  I, the design and cost  estimate,
was completed in November  1976.  Phase  II, detailed design, procurement,  and con-
struction, began in March 1977  and  was completed  in July  1979. Acceptance testing,
Phase  III, should  be accomplished  in  October 1979 at which time a  1-year test and
evaluation program, Phase IV, will be initiated.

     IERL-RTP  accelerated its dry S02  control  program  early  in  1979  through
support  of two surveys. One survey  concerns the economics of dry scrubbing and is
being  performed  by TV A.  The initial objective of this study is to provide an expedi-
tious economic comparison of the most  promising application of a lime sorbent dry
scrubbing system  treating  flue  gas from  western  coal (0.7  percent  sulfur,  high
alkalinity) with state-of-the-art wet  limestone scrubbing.  The report on  this  objective
is slated for mid-August  1979 and  will serve as an interim  in-house reference.  The final
report,  which  is to be  prepared  by TVA in mid-1980, will include process information
from  vendors and cover the three  methods of dry  FGD  technology—spray  dryer-
baghouse, dry sorbent duct  injection  (prior to baghouse), and  dry  sorbent  boiler
injection—limestone injection via low NOX  burner. The second  survey serves to sum-
marize  the  status of dry  FGD processes  in  the  United  States for both  utility and
industrial applications.  The  Radian Corporation has completed a draft report which is
now undergoing  EPA's  review. Publication of this state-of-the-art report  is  expected
by  mid-October  1979.  Quarterly  updates of this  survey for this  rapidly developing
technology field are planned during FY 80.

     Three  EPA-sponsored  demonstrations of dry  FGD  systems  are  in the planning
stages  with  three  different vendors.  One demonstration would  involve  a  full-scale
industrial-size  boiler (100,000  Ib  steam/hr),  using  Eastern coal (1-2 percent sulfur)
and a  spray dryer-baghouse system  with lime as sorbent. This  system at Celanese's
Amcelle Plant (Cumberland, Maryland) is  under  construction and is  expected to  be
operational in March 1980.  These  tests are expected to provide data relevant to estab-
lishing  NSPS for industrial boilers.
                                                                                                                    61

-------
 OTHER FGD SUPPORT PROJECTS
      Two  pilot-scale projects at Western  utilities are  under consideration. Both would
involve  spray  dryer-baghouse  systems and scrubber waste characterization. However, a
sodium  compound  (nahcolite)  would be a sorbent at  one site where evaluation of dry
sorbent  injection as an S02 removal method is  also an objective. At  the second site,
comprehensive testing over 6  months of a  system using lime as sorbent in a system
handling 5,000 to 10,000 acfm of flue gas is  planned.

      If plans materialize,  the full-load data  for  the full-scale industrial boiler scrubber
tests  should  be available by June 1980, and the final report should be  completed in
September  1980. Reports  for the two pilot demonstrations at utility sites are expected
to be completed by the fall of 1981.

      In addition  to the  current  pilot  and  demonstration  programs, previously dis-
cussed,  oLher EPA-funded support  activities  in the FGD area include  design and cost
evaluations  for advanced  S02  removal  technologies,  byproduct  marketing  studies,
bench-scale  research on  key  processing steps, investigation  of reductants for  S02 to
sulfur,  energy optimization  studies, and an  assessment of flue gas reheat needs. To
complement   these  control  technology  development  efforts,  companion technology
transfer efforts are also under  way.  Through a  series of briefings,  symposia,  capsule
reports,  summary reports,  and  a  survey  of   FGD installations, the industry  is  being
aided in its  efforts  to  stay  abreast  of the  rapidly advancing FGD technology. These
technology transfer  efforts include reporting the status of  the many full-scale ultility
and  industrial  FGD systems  designed,  constructed  and operated under  private funding.

      The use of high-sulfur coal will  likely continue to increase  in the  coming years as
a result  of  the Administration's National Energy Plan. The application of FGD  tech-
nology  to both utility and  industrial  combustion sources is  playing (and will continue
to play) a  critical role  in enabling these  sources to  comply  with  provisions of the
Clean Air Act.

      The Federal Interagency  FGD  program  participants have effectively  worked with
industry to further  the  development,  demonstration,  and  appreciation of FGD  tech-
nology.  Utility application of FGD systems now includes over 70,000  MW of  capacity
either in operation, under construction or planned. This represents an increase of 27
percent  over  the preceding year.
62

-------
 Michael D Shapiro
FOSSIL ENERGY
CLEANUP PROGRAM
TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
AREAS
Mr. Shapiro:

      The Fossil  Energy Cleanup Technology Program is a relatively  new part of the
overall  fossil  energy research  program, initiated this  fiscal year.   It is, nevertheless,
an integral part of DOE's  coal strategy, providing a critical link between the  national
goal  to use more coal and  the  simultaneous maintenance of a healthy environment.

      A major DOE  objective is  to  continue to expand U.S. coal  use  by continuing
present uses and  ensuring  that coal is a viable  option  for all new industrial and utility
uses.   Meeting this objective is not only an obvious adjunct to reducing dependence on
oil imports, but  a legal mandate established by this administration and the Congress
through  national  energy  legislation, primarily  the  Power  Plant  and Industrial  Fuel
Use Act.  In  the short term (between now and 1990), the primary mode of  continued
and expanded coal  use  is in direct  combustion  applications.   Direct firing of power
plants,  boilers,  and  furnaces will account  for 90  percent of total  coal use  in  this
period.

      The  level  of  coal  use  is  contingent on favorable  economics, good technical
performance,  and  compliance with environmental  limitations.   In  fact,  only  with
environmental  compliance  will expanded coal use be acceptable in  the  United States.
This  is reflected  not only  in the permitting  mechanisms established  in  the  major
environmental  laws, but also  in the implementing legislation for DOE's coal conversion
program,  where exemptions  allowing oil and gas use can be issued because of technical
inadequacies or the high costs of  pollution control  systems.

      Coal use  is controlled  under  several major  environmental laws.    Of  primary
importance  is  the Clean Air  Act.  The environmental  performance required for  both
utility and  industrial  coal-burning facilities depends on the age  and  location  of the
facility.   Most existing facilities  must  meet the emission limitations in  the  Clean Air
Act's  State  Implementation  Plans (SIPs).   New facilities that commence construction
before  proposal  of  EPA's revised  New  Source Performance Standards  (NSPS)  must
meet  the  current NSPS. However, future coal use will  be  increasingly affected by the
stricter standards in  upcoming  NSPS  revisions.  All  of  this  leads  to a   significant
demand  for control  of air emissions associated with coal  use.   Several  other Federal
laws,  aimed at toxics in drinking water, general  waterways,  and waste disposal,  regulate
solid  waste  and water discharge from coal  facilities. To date, these laws have  not had
a major impact on  coal-use economics, but  EPA  progress over the  next several years
will result in clearer and stricter requirements in these areas.

      With these short-term  and  long-term pollution control  needs in  mind,  an inte-
grated  Fossil  Energy  Cleanup Technology Program  has been  established.   The  goals
of this program are to identify,  research,  develop, refine, and  demonstrate a range of
engineering approaches capable of the following:

   •  Removing  flue  gas  pollutants for  compliance  with  environmental  standards.

   •  Removing  undesirable  components from  process streams produced during gasi-
      fication   and/or combustion,  thus  protecting utilization  equipment,  such as
      turbines, fuel cells, and heat exchangers.

      The DOE's overall fossil fuels program, focused  on the removal of contaminants
and pollutants, can be carried out before fuel use, during processing, and  after com-
bustion.  The cleanup technology program covers only the last two  areas,  which use
similar  hardware  and processes.  These areas of activity are shown shaded in Figure 2.
Other parts of the overall  energy system are treated elsewhere, all fitting together in  a
systematic effort to advance and  refine all practical methods of clean and inexpensive
fossil   fuel use.  Selection of the optimal path  is  a  case-by-case decision  related to
specific sites,  fuel prices, energy needs,  and regulations.

      The technology program is  organized  into three areas:

   •  Flue gas cleanup

   •  Gas stream cleanup

   •  Technology support
                                                                                                                        63

-------
   FOSSIL
    FUEL

CLEAN LIQUID
FUEL

CONVENTIONAL
COAL
COMBUSTION


FLUIDIZED-BED



_ __ __ ^_ __ —
PFB


































/GAS STREAM/
/ CLEANUP /
///////////////

//////////////
/GAS STREAM/
/ CLEANUP X
//////////////












»-






COMBUSTION
TURBINE









HEAT
EXCHANGER
TURBINE

COMBUS-
1TION,
TURBINE,
FUEL CELL

— k.
"••V












*








CO
<
U

_i
U-













w

^^ A FLUE GAS A ,^^c*
// CLEANUP // ^^1
'{(//"{(//it m

UI
_i
fe ^

z
o
u






                                         FIGURE Z—Cleanup technology control optics
 PROGRAM COSTS
Flue  gas  cleanup addresses  the removal  of air  pollutants from the  stack  gases of
conventional combustion units to  meet  environmental  standards.  Efforts focus on
improving  and  demonstrating the reliability of conventional  lime/limestone scrubbers,
developing  second-generation flue  gas desulfurization  (FGD)  technologies  that avoid
wet  sludge  disposal, and initiating  advanced technologies for removal of NOX partic-
ipates, and  heavy metals.  Gas stream cleanup includes the technology for  removal of
contaminants during combustion process  or  from the process stream  prior to utiliza-
tion.    The key concerns are  downstream hardware  and environmental  protection.
Primary emphasis is on developing  technologies to clean gas streams produced by  coal
gasifiers  or fluidized bed  combustors used  in gas turbines,  fuel cells, and  heat ex-
changers.  The objective is to remove sulfur compounds, particulates, and alkali metals.
Technology support  develops  the  crosscutting technologies  in  waste management,
instrumentation and process  controls, innovative concepts, and systems and economic
comparisons, supporting both the flue gas and gas stream cleanup  efforts.

      The funds appropriated for FY 1979 and the President's  request for  FY  1980 are
shown in  Figure 3.  Of the $7 million, $2.7 million has been  budgeted for the flue gas
cleanup program for FY 1979.   In addition, about half of  the technology support
budget is directly associated with flue gas cleanup problems, so the total budget related
to flue  gas  cleanup is about  $4 million.   In FY 1980, $25.05 million, plus  half of the
technology  support funds, for a total of  $28.55  million, has been requested for  flue
gas cleanup.
                                            The first project in flue gas cleanup is to demonstrate the full-scale reliability of
                                       lime/limestone systems at acceptable cost.  Our efforts to increase the reliability and
                                       reduce the costs of existing lime/limestone systems have many facets.  In the area of
                                       erosion  and corrosion, a cause  of many failures,  we will  gather information on the
                                       properties of materials that affect the rate of erosion and corrosion.  Any gaps will be
                                       filled  using advanced  instrumentation  on existing test facilities, including  the  three
                                       10-Mw  units at TVA's Shawnee plant  and the one at the  Grand  Forks Energy Tech-
                                       nology Center.
64

-------
                                                                                          Funding ($ Millions)
                                         Total
                                                                                  FY78
                                                           FY79
                                              0
7.0
             FY80
Flue Gas Cleanup
Gas Stream Cleanup
Technology Support
Capital Equipment

2.7
NO "2 4
PRIOR
FUNDING 1.9

0
25.05
10.4
7.0
0.8
43.25
ADVANCED FGD
PROJECT
PROPOSED PROCESSES
  FIGURE 3—Fossil energy cleanup technology budget summary

     Process chemistry influences scaling, plugging, and overall removal efficiency.  To
understand these phenomena  better, all existing data will be compiled  and data gaps
filled through parametric  analyses at existing  test units. The effectiveness of additives
to control  process chemistry will be tested  for a range of coals, and the cost effective-
ness of their  use will  be  determined.  In related research, forced oxidation of sludge
and closed-loop operations  will be  field  tested for their effectiveness in reducing the
potential wastewater and  solid waste impacts.  Automated control systems, in concert
with accurate process  monitoring systems, promise real potential to both reduce costs
and improve performance of  the scrubbing system.   Both the  development  and the
testing of such systems will  be supported.

     To communicate the results of DOE's efforts to the persons designing, construc-
ting, and operating  lime/limestone  scrubbers,  DOE,  in conjunction with the Electric
Power  Research Institute  (EPRI), will produce a design manual for new systems and a
maintenance  guide  for existing  units.  The design manual will help prospective FGD
users select the best system as a function of size, coal type, applicable  standards, and
resource costs  for the  site  in  question.  The maintenance guide will specify regular
testing and/or  maintenance  activities to reduce the frequency of unplanned shutdown
due to component failure,  plugging, or  scaling.  In  all of these work areas, when a
significant  improvement has been identified, DOE will support cost-shared  evaluation
of the  innovation at a  full-scale utility module.

      Lime/limestone systems essentially  trade air pollution for solid waste pollution
problems.  In  the  advanced  FGD  project  we hope  to develop smaller, cheaper, less
energy-consuming  systems that minimize solid waste  problems.  A large number of
processes have been proposed,  many of  which are sufficiently developed to permit a
narrowing  of choices for application from early 1982 through 1985. The processes are
grouped  as follows:

   • Dry process   nonregenerable

   • Double alkali process - nonregenerable

   • All regenerable processes

     The dry  processes, including sorbent injection,  use limestone, nahcolite, trona, or
the high alkali fly ash found  in  many western coals.  The primary advantages of these
systems  are  simplicity  and reliability.  Although they are not regenerable, the waste
produced is a dry, more  stable  solid that does not  require slurry ponds.  The double
alkali  process,  in  which the S02 removal  is done separately  from the  production of
calcium  sulfate sludge, can eliminate  plugging  and  fouling problems and  produce a
more  stable waste.  Regenerable systems, wet and dry, produce a potentially saleable
byproduct, such as elemental  sulfur or sulfuric acid,  but require a reducing agent,  such
as natural  or coal-derived gas.  The regenerable aqueous carbonate, Wellman-Lord, and
magnesium oxide processes, for example,  promise negligible secondary  waste generation
and are,  therefore, very attractive long-term  options.

                                                                                65

-------
 ADVANCED CLEANUP
 PROGRAM TARGETS
  INTERAGENCY ACTIONS
 JOINT  EFFORTS
      As our efforts on lime/limestone reliability are completed, process parameters of
advanced  FGD systems will be  investigated using the 10-Mw scrubbers at Shawnee and
Grand  Forks.  The target of the advanced flue gas cleanup effort is greater control of
the total  spectrum  of pollutants,  with technologies available at acceptable costs by
1990.

     For particulates,  the  focus is on improving conventional systems—electrostatic
precipitators  and fabric filters—to increase their efficiency in fine-particle control and
to modify them  for  use  under  more  rigorous  conditions.  Nitrogen  oxide research
emphasizes the  evaluation of ammonia reduction and integrated systems that remove
both sulfur and  nitrogen oxides.  The final element of the advanced cleanup program is
examining the potential for exhaust emissions control  for stationary  engines, such  as
turbines  and  diesels,  operating on  high  sulfur  oil,  coal  liquids,  or  coal.   We will
examine  the  environmental  impacts of  such  sources,  if  uncontrolled,  and identify
additional work needed.

     There   have  been  several  recent interactions  between  DOE's Office of  Fossil
Energy and  EPA's Office of Energy, Minerals and Industry.   We have signed an inter-
agency agreement  for  the transfer of funds between the agencies.  It allows for direct
funding through EPA and also for joint  funding of projects.   In  addition, we  have
prepared  a  cooperative  planning  document.    The  document includes  a  background
describing the need  for cooperation,  the  objectives of cooperation, the  scope  of the
arrangement, the strategy for joint efforts,  and management control plans.

     The joint  goals and objectives are to support the  increased use of coal, as speci-
fied  in  the  National Energy  Act;  to  ensure  that coal  is  managed  in  a  manner  that
will  protect  public  health and  the environment; to  improve the  reliability  and per-
formance of  available environmental  control  technologies  for  use  by the  electric
utilities and  industry; to minimize the capital  and annual costs associated with environ-
mental control;  and  to develop and  demonstrate methods of disposing of or using solid
waste created by coal use.  Project areas  included under  the cooperative arrangement
are SOX  control, both flue  gas clean up and  coal preparation; NOX control, including
flue gas treatment and  combustion  modification; particulate  and contaminant control;
waste  management;  and  system optimization, which includes  the  combined control
processes and supporting technologies.

     Strategy  for the  joint  efforts includes  separate funding  and transfer of funds
between  the  two  agencies, technology transfer, joint  cooperation on  steering  com-
mittees, and  cost  sharing of projects.   In  addition, to accomplish our goals,  we must
work very closely with EPRI, TVA,  the utilities, and  private industry.

66

-------
References
  1.   National Air Quality and Emissions Trends Report,  1976.  EPA-450/1 -77-002
      (NTIS No. PB279007), December 1977.

  2.   Federal  Register,  Part  II, "New  Stationary Sources  Performance  Standards;
      Electric  Utility  Steam  Generating  Units," pp.  33580-33624, June  11,  1979.

  3.   Smith, M., et al. EPA Utility FGD Survey: February-March 1979.  EPA-600/7-
      79-022d.

  4.   Tuttle, J., et al. EPA  Industrial Boiler FGD Survey: First Quarter  1979. EPA-
      600/7-79-067b, April 1979.

  5.   Slack, A.V.,  and G.A.  Hollinden,  1975.  Sulfur Dioxide Removal From  Waste
      Gases, 2nd Ed., p. 137, Noyes Data Corporation,  Park  Ridge, New Jersey.

  6.   Ness, H.N., et al.  "Power Plant  Flue  Gas Desulfurization Using Alkaline  Fly
      Ash  From Western Coals,"  Proceedings:  Symposium on  Flue  Gas Desulfuri-
      zation, March  1979, Volume  I. EPA-600/7-79-167.

  7.   Head, H.N., et al. "Results of Lime and Limestone Testing With Forced Oxida-
      tion  at the EPA Alkali Scrubbing Test Facility," Proceedings: Symposium  on
      Flue  Gas Desulfurization-Hollywood,  FL  1977, Volume I. EPA-600/7-78-058a,
      pp. 170-204,  March  1978.

  8.   Head, H.N., et al. "Results of Lime and Limestone Testing With Forced Oxida-
      tion  at the EPA Alkali Scrubbing  Test  Facility—Second Report," Proceedings:
      Industry Briefing on EPA Lime/Limestone Wet  Scrubbing  Test Programs. EPA-
      600/7-79-092, March 1979.

  9.   Head, H.N., et al.  "Recent Results From  EPA's  Lime/Limestone Wet Scrubbing
      Programs—Adipic Acid as a Scrubber Additive," Proceedings: Symposium on Flue
      Gas Desulfurization, March 1979, Volume  I. EPA-600/7-79-167.

 10.   Borgwardt, R.H.  "IERL-RTP  Scrubber Studies  Related to  Forced Oxidation,"
      Proceedings: Symposium on Flue Gas Desulfurization, New Orleans, LA, March
      1976, Volume I, pp. 117-144. EPA-600/2-76-136a.

 11.   Borgwardt,  R.H. "Effect of  Forced Oxidation on   Limestone/SOx  Scrubber
      Performance," Proceedings: Symposium on Flue Gas Desulfurization,  Hollywood,
      FL, November 1977, Volume  I, pp. 205-228. EPA-600/7-78-058a.

 12.   Borgwardt,  R.H. "Significant  EPA/IERL-RTP  Pilot   Plant Results," Proceed-
      ings:  Industry Briefing on EPA Lime/Limestone Wet Scrubbing Test Programs,
      pp. 1-9. EPA-600/7-79-092, March 1979.

 13.   Borgwardt, R.H.  "Combined  Flue  Gas  Desulfurization and Water  Treatment
      in Coal-Fired Power Plants." Paper  submitted for  publication to Environmental
      Science and Technology, July  1979.

 14.   Biedell,  E.L.,  et al.  EPA Evaluation of  Bahco Industrial Boiler Scrubber at
      Rickenbacker AFB.  EPA-600/7-78-115, June 1978.

 15.   Van  Ness, et  al. Project  Manual for Full-Scale Dual Alkali Demonstration at
      Louisville Gas and  Electric  Co.—Preliminary Design  and Cost Estimate.  EPA-
      600/7-78-010, January 1978.

 16.   Adams,  R.C.,  et  al.  Demonstration  of  Wellman-Lord/Allied Chemical  FGD
      Technology: Acceptance Test Results. EPA-600/7-79-014a.
                                                                            67

-------
                                      17.   Adams,  R.C., et  al.  Demonstration  of Wellman-Lord/Allied Chemical  FGD
                                           Technology:  Demonstration   Test  First  Year  Results.  EPA-600/7-79-014b,
                                           September 1979.

                                      18.   Binns, D.R.,  and  R.G. Aldrich.  "Design  of  the  100 MW Atomics International
                                           Aqueous Carbonate Process  Regeneration  FGD Demonstration  Plant," Proceed-
                                           ings:  Symposium on  Flue Gas Desulfurization, March 1979. EPA-600/7-79-167.

                                      19.   Madenburg,  R.S.,  et   al.  "Citrate  Process  Demonstration  Plant—Construction
                                           and  Testing," Proceedings:  Symposium  on  Flue Gas  Desulfurization, March
                                           1979. EPA-600/7-79-167.
68

-------
               !          I
                                                                                   NITROGEN OXIDES CONTROL
                                                               George Blair Martin
                                                         Joshua S. Bowen, D. Eng.
                                  Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory/RTP
                                             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
   George Blair Martin
CLEAN AIR ACT
OF 1970
CLEAN AIR ACT
AMENDMENTS
      Nitrogen  oxides  (NOX),  principally  nitric oxide  (NO)  and  nitrogen  dioxide
(N02>, are atmospheric pollutants having the potential for direct and indirect adverse
effects on human health and welfare. Human activity originates emissions, resulting in
NOX  concentrations  in urban atmospheres that  are  10 to  100 times higher than those
from  natural  sources in nonurban  areas.  Fuel  combustion  in  equipment contributes
about 99  percent of technology-associated NOX emissions.  For most equipment about
95  percent of  the NOX is emitted  as NO and  5 percent as NO2. In the atmosphere,
NOX  enters into complex photochemical reactions with hydrocarbons and sulfur oxides
and results in  the formation of undesirable secondary species, with a shift of residual
NO to NO2.

      The  adverse effects of NO2 and other pollutants on humans, animals, vegetation,
and exposed  materials  were among  the  factors  which led  to  passage of the  Clean Air
Act of  1970.  With  respect to  NOX, this Act  empowered the EPA (a)  to establish
primary and  secondary National  Ambient Air  Quality Standards  (NAAQS) for N02,
(b)  to require  a 90 percent reduction in  NOX emissions from light duty motor vehicles,
(c)  to establish New Source Performance Standards (NSPS)  for  stationary sources, (d)
to  set up  mechanisms  to ensure compliance  and enforcement,  and (e)  to provide
research, development,  and demonstrations of new  and improved,  commercially viable
methods for  the  prevention and  control of pollution from  the combgstion of fuels.

      The  Clean Air  Act Amendments of  1977  require EPA  (a) to revise the NAAQS
for  N02 to  consider short term effects  (not more  than 3 hours),  (b) to implement a
revised level of automotive NOX control, (c) to require NSPS based on use of the best
technological  continuous controls, and  (d) to promulgate regulations for  prevention of
significant deterioration of air quality.  The Amendments also require that any conver-
sion of sources to coal  firing be environmentally acceptable.
                                                                                                                    69

-------
                                      TABLE 1
                                      Major sources of NO
                                                            Source
                                                       Percent of Stationary
                                                           Source NO..
                                           Utility Boilers — Coal
                                           Utility Boilers — Oil and Gas
                                           Packaged Boilers — Oil and Gas
                                           Packaged Boilers — Coal
                                           Warm Air Furnaces — Oil and Gas
                                           Engines
                                           Miscellaneous Sources
                                                              31.2
                                                              14.7
                                                              15.0
                                                                5.9
                                                                2.7
                                                              21.1
                                                                9.4
                                      TABLE 2
                                      New source performance standards for steam generators
                                                                               NSPS (NO  as NO2)
                                                          Fuel
                                   ng NOX/J
IbNOJKTBtu
     X
                                                 Coal

                                                  Bituminous
                                                  Subbituminous
                                      257
                                      214
                                                 Lignite

                                                  Pulverized Fired            257
                                                  Cyclone Fired              343

                                                 Coal Derived Liquids         214

                                                 Oil                         129

                                                 Gas                         86
      0.6
      0.5
                                                             0.6
                                                             0.8

                                                             0.5

                                                             0.3

                                                             0.2
POLLUTANT FORMATION
     There  are  two  areas  under consideration for new or revised  NSPS  for steam
generators.  First,  the  available data  are  being reviewed  to  identify demonstrated
technology for industrial boilers (less than  73 MW thermal,  but greater than a not-yet-
established lower limit). NSPS for both gas turbine and  reciprocating engines are also
being prepared. The  gas turbine standard has been proposed at 75 ppm (at 15 percent
02>  for nitrogen-free fuels,  with  a  stepped  approach  for  fuel  nitrogen  up to  a
maximum of 125  ppm  (at 15 percent ©2)  for fuels with over 0.25 percent nitrogen.

     The primary emphasis in EPA's NOX technology  development program is on
combustion  modification  to prevent  pollutant  formation.  To  optimize  the control
technology for any given fuel,  it is necessary to understand the mechanisms  by which
NOX  is  formed  and destroyed  during  combustion. Two  distinct  sources  of NOX,
identified by the terms thermal NOX and fuel NOX, are discussed below. In addition,  it
70

-------
REGULATIONS
STANDARDS
FOR NEW SOURCES
PENDING REGULATIONS
     This  section of the  paper  provides information on  combustion-generated  NOX
which  is necessary  for  a  complete understanding of the EPA NOX control program.

     In the United States in  1976,  NOX emissions from human activity were estimated
to be  about 24.7  million metric  tons per year. Of this  amount, 45.0  percent  was
estimated  to come  from  mobile  sources, 51.7  percent from stationary combustion
sources, and the remainder from miscellaneous sources. The stationary source NOX can
be subdivided by  the type of  source and fuel  burned to give a  better picture of the
complexity of the problem. Table 1 represents the major divisions, but each source can
be further subdivided by equipment design.

     Existing regulations for NOX fall into  three categories:  (a) ambient air  quality
standards,  (b) stationary  new  source  performance  standards, and (c)  mobile source
standards.

     To provide a basis  for ambient  air quality standards, available  information  was
compiled and analyzed  by an advisory committee. The areas covered  included  not
only atmospheric chemistry, but also effects on  materials, plants, and humans. A major
conclusion  was that  the  ambient  concentration of N02 should be used as the basis of
the standards. This  was based  on two main  points. First,  NO is rapidly converted to
NO2 in the  atmosphere and, second,  toxicology  studies of  NO and  N02  show that
N02 is the more hazardous form at concentrations found in the atmosphere.

     As required by the  Clean Air Act of 1970,  National Ambient Air Quality Stan-
dards (NAAQS)  for  N02 were set  in 1971. The  primary standard is based  on a  level
required  to  protect public  health  and  the  secondary standard protects  the public
welfare from any known  or  anticipated adverse effect associated with  the presence of
air  pollutants in the ambient  air.  Both standards were set  at 100 jug/m3  for NO2-

     The Clean  Air Act of 1970 required the  EPA Administrator to set standards for
new sources. The only  source category  for  which  Federal New Source Performance
Standards (NSPS) are in effect is steam generators with a thermal  input greater than 73
MW  (250 X  106  Btu/hr). The initial NSPS for this class of equipment burning gas, oil,
and coal (except lignite) became  effective in  1971. The  coal standards were revised in
1979 and  a  coal-derived  liquids standard was added. The  lignite standard, which  was
promulgated  in  1978, is based on firing method; however, cyclone-fired  boilers are
only allowed for fuel  containing greater  than 25 percent  lignite from  North  Dakota,
South  Dakota, or Montana. The NSPS are  summarized in Table 2.

     The  basis   of  these regulations  is combustion  modification to  reduce  NOX
formation,  and  compliance  is  achieved  with flue gas recirculation, staged combus-
tion  and/or altered burner designs.

     Although the NOX control  strategy  in the Clean Air Act of 1970 was  predicated
primarily on high level  control  standards for the automobile, the 1977 Amendments
have eased the restrictions. The original standard  of 0.24  mg/m  (0.4g/mile) for  1978
has been retained only  as a research goal. This relaxation of the automotive standard
places  increased  emphasis  on control of  stationary source  NOX emissions. From the
current standard of  1.9 mg/m (3.2 g/mile), the standard is reduced to  1.2 mg/m  (2.0
g/mile) through the  1980 model year, and to 0.6  mg/m (1.0g/mile) for 1981 and  later.

     There are  pending regulations based on the  Clean  Air Act  Amendments  and on
establishment or revision of  NSPS for  stationary  sources. Each major area  is discussed
briefly.

     The Clean  Air Act Amendments require that the  EPA Administrator promulgate
a short term NOX ambient air  quality standard unless he finds that there is no signifi-
cant evidence that  such a standard is needed  to protect public health. The Act also
provides that the period of such  a  standard should  be from 1  to 3 hours. A review of
acute short term  N02 effects and the  prevalence of  critical levels  of NO2 in the
atmosphere is underway  and  will  be used as  the  basis of a decision for the  revision of
the existing standard.
                                                                                                                     71

-------
THERMAL NOX
FUEL NOX
 DILUENT ADDITION
 STAGED COMBUSTION
is  necessary  to  ensure  that  control technology does  not  adversely  affect  other
pollutants or system efficiency. A  brief discussion of these factors is also given below.

      The fixation of a small fraction of the molecular nitrogen in the combustion air
results in  the formation of thermal NOX. Since the activation energies of several of the
formation  reactions are  high,  the  rate  of formation  of thermal  NOX  is strongly
temperature dependent. Thermal NOX is  formed during the combustion of all fuels in
the regions of peak temperature that  occur in all diffusion flames.

      The oxidation of nitrogen compounds chemically  bound in  the  fuel  molecule
produces  fuel  NOX.  Since significant amounts of nitrogen (0.1 to 2 percent by weight)
are found in all heavy  fuels  (residual oil  and coal), fuel NOX is a major contributor to
the total  NOX  from these fuels.  Based on small scale experiments, 50 to 90 percent of
the  total  NOX from  residual oil  and  coal is  fuel  related,  even  though  it is  well
established that only a  fraction of  the fuel nitrogen  is  converted  to  NOX, with the
balance forming molecular nitrogen.  The  main factor affecting the conversion to NOX
is  oxygen availability. The reactions  appear  to be  relatively insensitive to temperature.

      In   general,  a  well designed  boiler that is  properly  maintained  and  operated
produces  low levels of carbonaceous pollutants (CO,  HC, carbon particulate). Other
pollutant  emissions  (SOX and  inorganic  particulate)  from  these  sources  are less  a
function of operation than of fuel composition and, in  some cases, firing mode. On the
other hand, stationary  engines can emit  significant amounts of CO and hydrocarbon.
Since the combustion control  techniques for NOX require changes  in the way fuel is
burned, they also  present the opportunity for optimizing  the total combustion process
to achieve low  levels of other pollutants.

      Several control techniques  can  be applied to stationary combustion. Combustion
modification  technology  is  the   most  cost  effective  and  energy  efficient for
conventional combustion sources. For any technique the degree of  control depends not
only  on  the  unit design but  also on the fuel. Although NOX reductions  in excess of 80
percent relative to  uncontrolled levels have been achieved  by combustion modification,
even  greater  control may  be  required.  This may  be obtained  either by advanced
combustion or  by supplemental techniques such  as  ammonia injection  and flue gas
treatment. The various techniques are described  briefly  below.

      The  most  effective  control   of  thermal  NOX  is  a  reduction  of  the peak
temperatures in the flame zone. One  approach is the addition of an inert diluent to the
fuel  or  air  stream,  thereby  lowering  the theoretical  flame temperature at which
combustion takes  place. The two most common  approaches are flue gas recirculation
(i.e.,  the addition of relatively cool combustion  gases recycled from the flue and mixed
with  the  combustion air) and water injection (i.e.,  addition of water or steam to either
the  air or fuel  stream). Of  the two, water injection is the more effective on a mass
basis due to the latent heat of vaporization effect; however, it imposes a stack heat
loss that can be avoided with flue gas recirculation. These techniques are most effective
for thermal NOX and appear to  have little effect on fuel  NOX. For  example, 70 to 90
percent maximum  reductions  have  been  observed for  natural  gas and distillate oil
in field and  laboratory studies; for heavy oil, the range is 20 to  50 percent; and for
coal,  10  to  30 percent. Flue  gas  recirculation  alone or in  conjunction  with  other
techniques  is  used to achieve emission  standards  for gas  and  oil  fired  utility
boilers. Its potential drawbacks are  increased mechanical  complexity and capital costs.
Water injection is the  state-of-the-art NOX  control technique for  gas turbine engines.

      Staged  combustion is based on  operation with a rich primary combustion zone in
the furnace to  reduce oxygen availability  and peak temperature, followed by secondary
air injection  to achieve carbon  burnout.  The reduced oxygen availability reduces the
conversion of fuel nitrogen to NO and the  reduced  peak temperature and  subsequent
heat  removal  prior to  secondary air addition reduces thermal  NOX.  One  method of
implementing this control is illustrated in  Figure 1. The air supplied to the burners
is less than the amount necessary  to completely combust the fuel, which  produces  a
fuel-rich  primary  zone.  Although  the  effectiveness  of  staged combustion  increases
significantly as the primary  stoichiometry  is decreased toward 75 percent of theoretical
air,  actual coal furnace primary zone stoichiometry  is limited  to 95 to  100 percent
72

-------
BURNER  DESIGN
theoretical  air by  operational considerations  (e.g., slagging, corrosion). The secondary
air  is added  above the  top row  of  burners  and  an equal or greater secondary zone
residence time is provided for carbon burnout. Although up to 90 percent reduction of
NOX  has  been  observed in coal fired  laboratory systems,  the maximum  practical
reduction achieved on field operating boilers under actual or experimental conditions is
30 to 50 percent.  Staged combustion is used in a number of  configurations to achieve
the NSPS for coal fired  steam generators and is  also employed  to meet standards for
oil and gas fired  units.

     Although  diffusion  flame  burners of  many designs   have  been used  in fuel
combustion  for  years, only  recently has  the modification  of  design approaches to
achieve emission control received strong emphasis. The essential elements of a diffusion
                                              SECONDARY
                                              AIR
                                                                                 LEAN
                                                                                 SECONDARY
                                                                                 BURN OUT
                                                                                 ZONE
                                                                      \ i
                                                                      i-
                                                                      <-.t
                                                                                  RICH
                                                                                  PRIMARY
                                                                                  ZONE
                                      FIGURE •\-Stagedcombmtion
                                                                                                                   73

-------
ADVANCED CONCEPTS
 NOX FLUE GAS
 TREATMENT
 FUTURE TRENDS
flame burner are a fuel  introduction system and a burner throat to supply combustion
air.  Design  variables  used  to achieve  stable combustion  and  good fuel  conversion
efficiency include fuel distribution  (controlled by injector  design) and the rate of air
mixing  (controlled  by throat velocity,  use of swirl, and/or design of the flame holder).
These  same variables  can  control fuel  and  air  mixing histories for  emission control;
however,  the  flame  characteristics  required  may be  significantly different  than the
conventional practice. The fuel and air mix initially in a primary reaction zone which
contains a wide  range of stoichiometries, from very rich to very lean. This character-
istic of diffusion flames appears to  result in  the partial  conversion of fuel  nitrogen to
NOX. The balance of the combustion  air  is  mixed with  the primary zone  products
farther  downstream and combustion is  completed. In addition, relatively  cool combus-
tion products  recirculate  within the combustion chamber and are  entrained  by the
flame. This entrainment can  provide a  diluent effect which reduces  peak temperature
and,  therefore,  reduces  thermal NOX.  Several  pulverized coal  burners designed to
reduce  NOX have been tested by boiler  manufacturers; reductions of 30  to 50 percent
relative to  uncontrolled levels have  been achieved.  A  modified burner  design is  cur-
rently used by one  manufacturer to achieve the NSPS for  coal fired utility boilers.
Entrained combustion gas recirculation burners have  achieved  NOX reductions in excess
of 50  percent  for clean fuels (natural gas and distillate oil). In addition, several  studies
of advanced burner designs for heavy oil and coal have shown the potential for 65 to
90 percent  reduction relative  to uncontrolled  emissions.

      Alternate combustion  approaches do not employ  classical diffusion flames and,
therefore,  may allow very  low  levels  of  NOX. For  example,  catalytic combustion,
which is still being  studied on the laboratory scale,  has shown the  potential  for NOX
emissions below  10 ppm for clean fuels. Further development is required to assess the
full  potential of this emerging technology in practical systems.

      The ammonia injection technique involves the injection of ammonia  (NH3) into
the  boiler firebox  above the  combustion zone and the subsequent  reduction  of the
NOX to N2 by homogeneous reaction.  The process  requires careful  NH3 to  NO ratio
control and injection  at the proper temperature. Reductions  of  90 percent have been
achieved  in the  laboratory and  40 to  60  percent  in  field operating boilers. Due to
reagent requirements, it is anticipated  that this technique  will be used to supplement
combustion control techniques where very low NOX  levels are  required.

      Many processes for  NOX flue  gas treatment  have shown the potential for high
removal   efficiency.  Selective catalytic  reduction  processes   using  ammonia  as  the
reductant are   the  most developed and most  promising flue  gas treatment  processes.
Although there are many variations,  anhydrous  ammonia  is  usually injected into the
flue gas after the boiler economizer, and the resultant mixture is passed over a catalyst.
The ammonia  selectively reduces the NOX  in the presence  of  the catalyst to molecular
IXI2 which then passes out of the NOX  removal  system and into the boiler air  heater.
Selective  catalytic  reduction  processes  can remove  90 percent of the NOX  from the
flue gas  of a  combustion  source.  In  Japan,  selective  catalytic reduction  processes
have been  successfully installed  on commercial-scale gas-and  oil-fired sources and are
planned for coal-fired sources. A variation of the process can simultaneously remove 90
percent of  the NOX and SC>2 in  combustion flue gas. The process uses copper oxide to
absorb  the  SOX, and the resulting  copper sulfate acts  as  a  catalyst  in  the reduction
of  NOX  to N2  with ammonia.  A multiple reactor system  is required  to allow for
continuous  treatment of the flue gas  and regeneration  of the reactor saturated with
copper  sulfate. In  the  regeneration cycle,  hydrogen  is used  to  reduce the  copper
sulfate, and a  concentrated S02 stream  is  produced which can be used  to generate a
salable by-product.

      The  uncertainties  of key  variables make the  quantitative  prediction of  future
trends very difficult;  however, several  factors appear to  indicate the need  for more
stringent  NOX  control capabilities in several areas. Some of these are discussed briefly.

      The National  Energy Plan calls  for a  significant  increase in coal  utilization by
industrial  and  utility sources. The  actual increase  depends  on (a)  coal  production
capability, (b)  energy consumption  growth rate,  (c)  nuclear energy expansion rate, (d)
economics,  and  (e)  environmental  regulations. A first  step  is that  virtually all  new
74

-------
ALTERNATE FUELS
NO* CONTROL PROGRAM
LOW NOX COAL BURNER
utility  boilers are coal fired. The result on  NOX emissions from this  source  can be
generally illustrated  by the fact that the current NSPS for coal-fired utility boilers are
2.3 and 3.5 times those for oil- and gas-fired  boilers, respectively.  With the 1971 NSPS
for coal-fired  utility boilers, one  recent projection indicates that  the increase in  total
NOX emissions from 1972 to 2000 would be from 30 to 80 percent dependent on the
assumptions  of  energy  growth  and  nuclear  capacity.  Progressively higher  levels  of
emission controls through  1988  are required to  significantly  reduce the  rate  of
increase. Therefore,  major emphasis on emission controls for coal-fired  industrial  and
utility  boilers  appears to be imperative.

     Significant  effort is underway in the United  States to  develop and  commercialize
processes  for  producing alternative gaseous,  liquid,  or solid fuels from coal  or shale.
Although   most  of  these  processes  significantly reduce  two  of  the  objectionable
components (sulfur  and mineral  matter) associated  with coal,  they do not eliminate
chemically bound nitrogen.  Typically, liquid  fuels derived  from  coal and shale  have
nitrogen contents from 0.5 to over 2.0 percent by weight.  Although this nitrogen can
be at least  partially  removed  by hydrotreating, it is potentially an expensive and energy
intensive process. Similarly,  low  and medium  Btu  fuel  gas produced from  coal has the
potential  for  containing  up to  4000  ppm  NH3 and  cleanup,  particularly  at  high
temperature, remains difficult. Evidence indicates that combustion modification should
be  equally or  more effective for  alternative  fuels than  for coal and heavy petroleum
oil. Further development of the technology on the specific fuels  is required.

     Very  low levels of NOX maV De required  under several circumstances. First, the
short-term  NO2  standard  being  considered  may  require stringent  control in  certain
areas.  The degree of  control and the specific  sources requiring control  for any given
location have  not been established. It  is also not obvious if large point sources or area
sources will  be  the  prime target  of  control.  Second,   regulations  requiring  the
prevention of significant deterioration may  require very low levels  of NOX in  certain
areas  if development  is to  take  place. Finally,  certain local situations may require
increased  NOX control capability.  All of these  factors provide impetus for establishing
the  optimum  control  achievable  by  (a)  conventional  combustion,  (b)  advanced
combustion, and  (c)  post combustion treatment.
     The  EPA's Industrial Environmental  Research  Laboratory at  Research  Triangle
Park, N.C., is  vigorously pursuing  a program  to develop and demonstrate NOX control
technology for a broad range of  combustion  sources  burning a  variety  of fuels. Based
on  both experience  and projections, major program emphasis is  on coal  combustion in
industrial  and  utility boilers. Other source/fuel combinations are  also covered,  based on
similar  considerations. The program's technical  approach is based on a balanced  and
coordinated mix  of  technology  application, technology development, and fundamental
research. In general, technology  being readied  for evaluation in field  applications has
been   developed  under  EPA  sponsorship.  Optimization of the  technology  at  the
development  stage  has resulted   from an  empirical  experimental  approach  and  a
complementary   fundamental  understanding  of  critical  phenomena   in  the   NOX
formation  and destruction processes. The overall program has been  discussed in detail
previously  in Energy/Environment III   (EPA-600/9-78-022).  The purpose of this paper
is to summarize the significant technical progress  over  the past  year. Specific program
areas are discussed in detail below.

     Many, if not  all, new  utility and industrial  boilers with a thermal input  greater
than 35 MW  will  be fired  with  pulverized  coal. Wall-fired, field-erected watertube
boilers constitute  a  dominant fraction of the capacity in these  boiler classes. The low
NOX coal  burner has  the  potential for  direct application to new and existing boilers.
The program consists  of three major  elements:  (a) burner design and scale-up criteria,
(b)  extension  of the  applicability of the technology,  and  (c)  field evaluation  of its
performance on practical boilers.

     Since the control of both thermal and fuel NOX from pulverized coal combustion
is strongly  dependent  on the temperature and  stoichiometry in  the primary  zone, the
most direct  approach  is  to redesign  the  burner  to  achieve  the required fuel/air
distribution. In  1971  the  EPA  initiated a small scale  study  to  identify  the important
burner  design  parameters  for NOX control.  This study identified a  distributed  air
burner  concept that had the potential for  very  low NOX  emissions with both high
                                                                                                                       75

-------
                                       carbon utilization efficiency and  acceptable flame characteristics. This pilot scale work
                                       was carried out at thermal heat inputs of 1.5 to 3.0 MW, which is a factor of 10 to 40
                                       less than practical pulverized coal burners currently in  use. Due to difficulties in  scaling
                                       burner thermal  performance by  even a factor of 2, current design  practice is to make
                                       incremental  capacity changes, or simply install  more  burners of the same size.  There-
                                       fore, to obtain  industry  acceptance of the  low NOX  burner technology,  it was neces-
                                       sary to identify scaling criteria and  to  evaluate the burner performance at as close to
                                       practical size as possible. A  project was initiated  to develop scaling criteria for low
                                       emission burners. As  an  essential part of the program, a unique combustion facility
                                       capable of firing coal and other fuels at a thermal  input  up to  40 MW was designed,
                                       constructed, and used to study burner scale-up. The basis of the  low NOX coal  burner
                                       is a distribution of  the combustion air to control the  reaction history of the coal. This
                                       is shown conceptually in Figure 2. The coal  is introduced with primary air and the
                                       initial  devolatilization reaction takes place  at  a very rich stoichiometric  ratio  (SR^)
                                       which results in evolution of fuel nitrogen  intermediates (XN) under  conditions where
                                       oxidation to fuel  NOX is low. Secondary air is introduced in a  way  which provides a
                                       gradual leaning  out of the reaction  zone to a  stoichiometry (SR2>  which  is still fuel-
                                       rich. This gradual mixing allows formation of NOX  and  a  subsequent  reduction by XN
                                       to  form N2- Both the temperature and stoichiometry  history of this rich reaction zone
                                       determine  the level  of NOX that can be achieved. Finally, tertiary  air is mixed with the
                                       reaction products to  give a lean burnout zone (SRs).  In this zone  any residual XN
                                       species are  converted predominantly to NOX, any  nitrogen remaining in the  char is
                                       ponverted  predominantly to N2,  and fuel species  (char, CO,  HC, H2> are  oxidized to
                                       give complete  combustion. Complete  reaction of the carbon  in  the char is espcially
                                       important from the  standpoint of both efficiency and emission performance.
                                         FIGURE 2—Conceptual sketch of low NOX burner system
                                            The design of one experimental burner used to achieve these conditions is shown
                                       in  Figure 3.  The design incorporates  a retractable oil  gun for use on  startup and a
                                       divided secondary air channel to provide flexibility  on turndown.
 DESIGN FOR THREE
 FIRING RATES
76
      In  an attempt  to  optimize the burner  performance, several other burner con-
figurations have been evaluated. The initial evaluations of burner configurations  are
carried out at 4 thermal MW and promising designs are scaled up for  testing at 16 and
35 thermal  MW. The results for  one design operating at  optimum conditions for all
three  firing rates are shown  in Figure 4 where NOX emissions are plotted versus  the
combustion air supplied  through the primary and secondary channels. In all cases  the

-------




SWIRL VANES — ft


1

1 .
< /^
>C^/
COAL &_/^x^
PRIMARY



1
SECONDARY
AIR

J


yi
/M





V /I
Xl





— i






































i /
K







K




TE
|













i-**'
1

RTIARY
AIR
r













^



	 1
- 	 i

\
W


*-




^
'•'•'•f'-'i











RETRACTABLE
OIL
\\r\~7~f\ P


CERAMIC

dr" QUARL




^ COMBUSTOR
"*" WALL
 FIGURE 3-Sketch  showing major features of 15-thermal-MW distributed mixing burner
   400
 E  300
 a
 a
o
cc  .
a.
o
I-
<
 X
O
200
   100
        COAL - UTAH
        PRIMARY AIR - 25 percent THEORETICAL
        OPTIMUM BURNER CONDITIONS

           O4 THERMAL  MW
           Q 16 THERMAL MW
           A35THERMA1 MW
    0
     30               40                50               60
               PRIMARY PLUS SECONDARY AIR (THEORETICAL), percent

: FIGURE 4-Effect of burner scale on Nox emissions
                                                                        70
                                                                           77

-------
 FUEL SCREENING
overall combustion air is  125 percent of  the  theoretical  amount for complete com-
bustion.  The 4  thermal  MW burner  produces higher  emissions than either of the two
large  burners. The  16 thermal  MW burner  produces emissions  below 86  ng/J (approx-
imately equivalent  to  175 ppm at zero percent (02) for all primary zone conditions),
while the 35 thermal  MW burner achieves  that level  with  50 percent of theoretical air
through the burner. The  three burners are geometrically scaled to provide an evaluation
of that  approach  to  scale-up.  Other  burner design and/or scale-up approaches  give
similar overall  trends, but have  a  significant  effect on the operating conditions to
achieve minimum emissions. The  16  and 35  thermal  MW burners are in the size range
of the burners  used  on  practical boilers which provides additional confidence  in the
applicability of the technology.

      Of all  the fossil fuels currently  used in the  United  States, coal  is not only the
most  abundant, but  also  presents  the  most  complex problem of  combustion  and
emission control. In  addition, there  is no  typical coal;  properties of  a given coal can
vary  within the same seam. In  spite of the  wide ranges of composition that affect both
the way the fuel burns  and the  pollutant emissions, a general picture of the important
pollutant formation mechanisms can be  presented by discussing phenomena that occur
in terms of a  single coal particle.  In  fact, coal  probably  does not burn as single
particles and the following discussion is phenomenological. For combustion in practical
systems,   pulverized   coal  is   mixed   with   a  fraction   of   the    combustion
air (called  primary  air) and introduced  into  the  furnace through the fuel injector of the
burner.  The amount  of primary air is  determined  by both the fuel properties  and
burner design;  however,  it  is normally 10 to 30 percent of the theoretical  air required
for  complete combustion. The  actual  stoichiometry under  which  any  fuel particle
reacts will depend  on the fuel and air mixing history.  The sequence of events occurring
for a single coal particle is shown in Figure  5, which indicates two combustion modes
(volatile  evolution  and char burnout) as  discussed below. Although  every coal particle
undergoes  similar types  of processes, the environment under which pollutant formation
reactions occur  is governed by  the aggregate coal  particle  cloud  reaction history.
 VOLATILE PORTION
      As the coal  particle is heated by radiation and convection, the volatile portion of
the coal substance begins to evolve. The initial products contain carbon and hydrogen
and probably  represent side chains and cross linkages between the ring structures in the
coal molecule. These  initial  volatiles  react with  the  surrounding air and  partially de-
plete  the available oxygen. As the temperature increases and the  ring structures begin
to fragment,  nitrogen-containing  intermediates  (designated XN) are evolved and  begin
to react with  oxygen  to form NOX.  Subsequent  reactions of XN  with NOX and other
species  produce molecular l^. The  amount of  nitrogen evolved in  the volatile fraction
depends on the ultimate  particle  temperature; the fate of the XN compounds depends
on  the  local stoichiometry around the particle. For fuel lean conditions,  a substantial
fraction will  be  converted to  NO.  For  fuel  rich environments,  the production  of
molecular  nitrogen increases  until an optimum  stoichiometry is reached; then,  for even
richer stoichmetries, the residual nitrogen species  (XN) are retained unreacted  and  burn
in leaner secondary combustion zones.  It also  appears that some of the NOX formed
can be  reduced to N2  by  heterogeneous  reaction with  coal particles or char.
 DEVOLATILIZATION
      During  this  devolatilization  process, inorganic and  organic sulfur  species are
 released  as  sulfur  intermediates  (designated  XS).  In  general,  the  XS  species are
 essentially quantitatively converted to sulfur oxides (SO2 or S03> at some point during
 the  combustion  process;  however, these  species  may undergo  different reactions or
 may  influence  other  reactions  in  this  devolatilization  zone. Two examples may be
 cited. First,  a significant amount of the sulfur in some western coals can  be retained in
 the  ash,  probably  as a sulfate; however, this  retention may be enhanced if the sulfur
 could be  captured during devolatilization. Second, sulfur  species can  influence the
 conversion of nitrogen species (XN) to NO and other products; therefore, the history
 of sulfur  intermediates relative  to  nitrogen  intermediates  (XN)  is  important in the
 devolatilization  zone.  Finally,  a  portion of  the  mineral  matter from  the  coal  is
 vaporized in the devolatilization zone  and subsequently condenses and/or  coalesces to
 form submicron  particulate. The temperature  and stoichiometry  during devolatilization
 probably influences the potential for fine particulate formation.
78

-------
CHAR COMBUSTION
      Following  devolatilization, the residual  coal matter  (called char) is burned  out.
The composition of  the char depends strongly on the conditions in  the devolatilization
zone; however,  its  major components are generally  carbon  and mineral matter with
variable amounts of nitrogen and sulfur  species.  By the  nature of coal combustion,
char combustion occurs  under predominantly fuel lean conditions. By design, carbon
burnout is nearly complete, thereby maximizing energy efficiency and minimizing the
carbonaceous particulate.  The  residual nitrogen species in the char form NO and  N2
during burnout in a mode of combustion which appears to  promote N2 formation. The
sulfur  species are either oxidized to SC>2 or retained  with  the mineral matter.  The
residual mineral  matter  forms particulate (flyash)  in the 0.1  to  50 /urn size  range.
Simultaneous with char burnout, residual gaseous species  (CO,  \\i, HC) must also be
burned out. This mechanistic understanding of pollutant formation processes forms the
basis for optimization  of combustion techniques for  emission control  which  are based
on  tailoring  the air and  fuel  mixing history to minimize  all objectionable species.
FUEL SCREENING
EXPERIMENT
      The effect of coal  type on NOX emissions  has  not  been previously studied  in a
systematic  manner  under completely comparable conditions.  In view of the potential
for the nitrogen  evolution and the fuel-air  mixing  histories for different coals, a  fuel
screening experiment was required to assess the  applicability of the low NOX burner
technology to the  range of  U.S.  coals.  Initial screening  is carried out at small scale,
followed by  more  limited testing in  large  burners.  The  small scale experiments are
                                         PORES;CRACKS
                                         OR FISSUHES
                       INCLUSIONS OF
                      MINERAL MATTER
                                                                             HETEROGENEOUS
                                                                              NO REDUCTION
            MINERAL MATTER
             VAPORIZATION
                                                                                       CHAR BURNOUT   NITROGEN
                                          HOMOGENEOUS NUCLEATION
                                          AND COLLISION COALESCENCE
                                              o o  o
                                             ° o°  o
                                         SUBMICRON ASH
                                            <0.1 pm
                                                                         HETEROGENEOUS
                                                                         CONDENSATION
                                                                          FLY ASH
                                                                         0.1 -50,jm
                                         FIGURE 5--Pollutant formation during pulverized coal combustion
                                                                                                                     79

-------
                                     carried out in a downfired refractory furnace shown in Figure 6. The burner shown is
                                     an axial diffusion flame burner; however, other burner types are also used to assess the
                                     effect of  primary air-fuel  mixing  on emissions.  The oxidant can be either air or an
                                     artificial  argon-oxygen mixture, which eliminates thermal  NOX.  The system is being
                                     used to screen a large number of U.S. coals under both unstaged and staged  conditions.
                                                                                       COAL PLUS
                                                                                     TRANSPORT AIR
                                                                       AXIAL
                                                                        AIR

c
c
c
c
c
c
F
r
c
f C
C
c
c
c
o
o
o
o
o

o
o
o
o



=1
ID
ZJ
Z)
3
Zl
ZI
13 _
=] 1
ZJ
ZJ
                                       \
                                                                   HIGH TEMPERATURE
                                                                      REFRACTORY
                                                                                            INSULATING
                                                                                            REFRACTORY
                                                              FLUE
                                            AUXILIARY PROPANE BURNERS
   FIGURE 6-Small experimental facility
80

-------
 NITROGEN RANGE FOR
 U.S. COAL
       The fuel NOX levels versus fuel nitrogen content for representative coal  types are
 shown in Figure 7  for the premixed fuel  lean combustion mode. The data  show the
 wide  range of nitrogen content for U.S. coals from 0.83 percent for  an  anthracite to
 nearly 1.9  percent for  medium  volatile  bituminous.  The  NOX  values  shown are
 moderately  to  significantly  higher  than  those  measured  for similar type  coals  in
 practical  boilers. This is  believed  to be caused by the premixed  system  giving higher
 conversion of nitrogen compounds than occurs in diffusion flame  burners. While the
 NOX  levels show a general trend to increase with increased fuel  nitrogen, this is not the
 only  variable as illustrated by comparing coals of similar type and/or nitrogen content.
 For instance, for the two lignites at about 1.2 percent nitrogen, the lower point  is only
 60 percent of the upper  value. Similarly for the four high volatile bituminous coals at
 1.4 to 1.6 percent  nitrogen, the emissions  range from  800 to over 1200 ppm with the
 lowest nitrogen  content  coal  giving the  highest number. Note that the highest number
 is produced by  a Utah coal (1.4 percent nitrogen) which has  been used for the bulk of
 the burner scale-up  work. These data appear to indicate that the  manner in which the
 nitrogen  is bound  in  the  coal affects the fractional conversion to NOX at a  constant
 operating condition. Although it has been  postulated that the fraction of the nitrogen
 evolved with the volatile  matter  is the important variable,  a technique for character-
 izing the differences has not yet been found.
                                             1300
                                         -  1200
                                          r^
                                         °  1100
                                         1  1000
                                         EC
                                         UJ
                                         °-  900
                                         CD
                                         §  BOO

                                         B-
                                         |  m
                                          &  500
                                         1  400
                                         S  300
                         LEGEND
                 • BITUMINOUS - HIGH VOLATILE
                 • BITUMINOUS - MEDIUM VOLATILE
                 * SUB-BITUMINOUS
                 * LIGNITE
                 * ANTHRACITE
    PREMIXED
5 PERCENT 02 IN STACK
                                                       I
                                                                    I
                                                                          |
                                                                                 I
                                                                                       I
                                                       |
|
     0.8

FIGURE
                                                      0.9
                      1.0     1.1     1.2     1.3     1.4     1.5     1.5
                           COAL NITROGEN CONTENT, PERCENT DRY-ASH FREE
            7-Effect of coal nitrogen on fuel NOX
                                                                                                          1.7
                                                                                                                1.8
                  1.9
STAGED COMBUSTION
      The primary  interest  is in  the effect of fuel on  the  NOX levels achievable under
staged combustion  conditions related  to  the  low NOX burner.  The NOX emissions as a
function of nitrogen content are shown in Figure 8 for a fuel-rich premixed primary at
the optimum stoichiometry. The overall  stoichiometry  is  brought  to  125 percent of
theoretical air by the  addition of secondary  air at a fixed  axial location. Under staged
conditions the  differences  between  coals are much  smaller and NOX emissions are
between 300 and 400 ppm  almost independent of the fuel nitrogen content. Both the
two  lignite  (around 1.2 percent nitrogen) and  the  two bituminous coals (1.4 to 1.6
percent nitrogen) have retained their  relative position  although the absolute  difference
is  less than  100 ppm. The  absolute levels are also greater than  those observed with the
low  NOX  burner  (Figure   4).  There  are  a  number of factors that  may  account for
this  including:  (a)  effects  of scale,  (b)  the premixed  primary provides  a less  rich
primary  for  the   same burner  stoichiometry  due to  mixing effects  in  the  large
burner,  (c)  the   premixed  primary  stage  does  not  have  the  distribution  of
stoichiometries  which  may  lead  to   lower  levels  in  the  burner,  and  (d) the higher
temperatures  in  the  refractory  lined system may affect both fuel  devolatilization
history and  thermal   IMOX  formation. Limited  tests  show  that a  three-stage  system
with  a very  rich  first  stage  (40 percent theoretical air),  a  less  rich  second  stage
(60 to 90  percent theoretical  air)  and  a  lean third stage  (125 percent theoretical
air) gives lower  emissions  than the  two-stage  system.  It has also  been shown that
interstage cooling can  decrease NOX levels even further.
                                                                                                                        81

-------
  FIELD EVALUATION
 MAJOR PROJECT TASKS
                                               600
    o'  500
    |
    GC
    S  400
                                               300
                                               200
                                            =  100
                                                           STAGED PREMIXED
                                                           125 PERCENT THEORETICAL AIR OVERALL
                                                           OPTIMUM PRIMARY STOICHIOMETRY
                         LEGEND
                  LIGNITE
                  BITUMINOUS - HIGH VOLATILE
                  BITUMINOUS - MEDIUM VOLATILE
                  SUB-BITUMINOUS
                                                  0.9
                                                         1.0
                                                                                                                1.8
                                                                                                                       1.9
                       1.1     1.2     1.3     1.4     1.5      1.6      1.7
                         NITROGEN CONTENT, PERCENT DRY MINERAL-MATTER FREE
   FIGURE 8-Achievable NOX emissions in  the small experimental facility

      Overall, the fuel screening studies  have been  very  valuable in  identifying fuels
with  different  emission potentials. From  these  results  a  smaller number of fuels are
being selected for testing in the larger  scale burners (3 to 35 thermal  MW). If similar
trends are  shown  to exist, the screening procedure  will  be established  as  a  viable
technique for low cost testing of specific fuels.

      Although  the  performance of the experimental burner  is encouraging, to be of
practical value,  the  burner  must be evaluated  on actual boilers  operating over  normal
duty  cycles. The  evaluation must  include  not only emissions measurements but also
system  operability  and  thermal performance. Projects  for this  evaluation  have  been
started for  both industrial  and  utility  boilers. The scope of both projects is virtually
identical and the major difference  is in  boiler  size and duty cycle. Industrial  boilers are
defined as ranging from  35 to  175 thermal MW  (nominally equivalent to  100,000 to
500,000  Ib  of steam per hour);  utility  boilers are defined  as going up to 300 electrical
MW. The major  tasks are as follows:

   •  The Program Definition Task  provides for host  boiler selection engineering design
      of  a   commercial  prototype low  NOX  burner,   definition of  the  required
      measurement plan, and an overall  program plan.

   •  The Burner  Prototype Construction  and Testing Task provides for construction
      of one prototype of the burner and testing in the  large watertube simulator used
      in  the  burner  development  work.  This  testing  will  allow  comparison  of
      experimental   burner  results, optimization   of conditions  over  the expected
      operating range, and resolution of mechanical problems. In addition, an example
     of the commercial  burner from each  host boiler will  be tested in the  large water-
     tube simulator  to provide a direct  performance comparison.

   • The  Boiler Baseline Characterization Task provides for an analysis of the emission
     and thermal  performance of  each  host boiler prior to modification as a basis of
     comparison.  This includes  operation  over a  wide  range  of  conditions and with
     operating  modifications to establish the minimum NOX achievable.

   • The  Burner Installation Task provides for fabrication of  the required  number of
     burners, (see second task, above)  and installation on each boiler. It also includes
     instrumentation  for  performance  evaluation,  corrosion  panels  at  appropriate
     locations,  and  a  TV camera for  remote observation of the flame zone.  Following
     installation, the  boiler is to  be  operated  over a  range of conditions  and an
     optimum operating point  is to be established.

  •  The  Long-Term  Performance Evaluation Task provides for an  18-month test
     period  over the  normal boiler duty cycle. Gaseous species  and selected thermal
82

-------
CORROSION  TESTING
STOKER BOILERS
     performance measurements will be made continuously, with three to five 30-day
     detailed evaluation  periods equally spaced over the period.

   • The Industry Coordination Task  provides  for a  periodic review of  the  project
     status  by interested parties, including manufacturers and users. This activity will
     be  coordinated  with  the  Technical  Review  Panel  in  the  ongoing  burner
     development activity.

   • The Boiler  Restoration  Task provides for  removal  of the low  NOX burners and
     restoration of the host boiler to the initial configuration.

   • The Data Analysis  Task provides  for  an  analysis  of the data from the pilot scale
     study  and   a  continual   evaluation   of  performance during  the  field  boiler
     operation. The goal is to  generalize the results and allow a projection of burner
     performance in other systems with different fuels.

   • The Design  Approach  Documentation Task will  combine a factual summary of
     the  experience  on  each  boiler with  the data analysis from  the Data Analysis
     Task,  above, to provide a  general  guide for application of the low NOX burner to
     a wide range of boilers and fuels.

     The industrial  boiler project is being  conducted by  Energy and  Environmental
Research  Corporation (EER) with  Foster Wheeler  Energy  Corporation as a  major
subcontractor.  The utility project  is being performed by Babcock and Wilcox with a
subcontract  to  EER. Both projects are scheduled  for completion in late 1982.


     Current  new boilers over 73 thermal  MW input, which  are designed to meet the
NSPS,  incorporate staged combustion and/or improved burners in conjunction with the
normal  firing  design. There  has been mixed  evidence  for  the  existence or extent of
accelerated waterwall corrosion  with  the fuel-rich conditions that may be produced in
the lower part of the  firebox. Therefore, a project  has been initiated to  fully evaluate
these effects on four boilers of different firing configurations operating at or below the
NSPS of 300  ng  NOX/J  (0.7 Ib  NOX/106  Btu).  The evaluation of corrosion rates will
include  the use  of  both  removable corrosion  panels and  ultrasonic tube thickness
measurements before and  after  a 24-month operating period.  Evaluation  of emissions
will  include both  continuous gaseous pollutant measurements and Level  1  analysis for
potentially hazardous  pollutants. This  project will provide both a quantitative defini-
tion of any  problem and identification of needed control  approaches.

     Three  host  units  have  been selected, one each  manufactured  by Combustion
Engineering  (CE)  [410 electrical  MW], Babcock and Wilcox  (B&W)  [450 MW], and
Foster  Wheeler  [626 MW] . The fourth unit will be selected at  a later date based  on
test  results. Baseline  emissions  have  been  measured on  two units (CE and B&W) and
NOX levels  are at or  below the pending  revised NSPS. The corrosion panels  will be
installed  on all  three  units during scheduled outages over the next year. If possible,
part of the corrosion panels will be removed  for  analysis during  another scheduled
outage  after  one year  and  replaced  with new panels which  will  subsequently  be
removed and analyzed.

     The stoker  boiler firing system can be used for commercial and industrial boilers
in the  range  of  4  to  120 thermal MW;  however,  above  approximately 40 MW,
pulverized coal may be  cost competitive.  With the  emphasis on increased use  of coal
for  industrial  steam  generation,  NOX  control for  stoker-fired  systems  must  be
considered. The program  covers field testing, a combustion modification program, and
laboratory work.  Each of these program areas is discussed below.

     Under joint sponsorship of DOE and EPA,  the  American Boiler Manufacturers
Association  and KVB, Inc. are performing  emission field testing on 10 stoker coal-fired
boilers over a  range  of steam capacities and designs. Reports on the first two systems
have been issued.
                                            A  contract is  in negotiation  to  modify the firing system on  five field operating
                                      boilers to provide for NOX control. Two of the systems will  be spreader stokers which

                                                                                                                       83

-------
                                       is the firing mode used in  larger size boilers, while three will be of the  mass feed type
                                       used  in smaller boilers.  Based on available information, the contractor  will  design the
                                       applicable control techniques and install the equipment on the boilers.  Each boiler will
                                       be operated  over a  range of  conditions to  determine  the  optimum NOX  control
                                       achievable.  Each  boiler will  be  operated for  a minimum of  30 days at its optimum
                                       condition and  comprehensive emission testing will be performed.
 LABORATORY WORK
 TANGEIMTIALLY FIRED
 BOILERS
 FLAME STUDIES
     While  the work on practical boilers  can provide  valuable  guidance  for NOX
control  by  modification of  current  stoker designs,  a  better  understanding of the
pollutant formation  processes is required to  establish the approaches for the maximum
achievable control  for new designs. While the reaction of coal in the overthrow region
of a spreader  stoker  appears  to  have  some similarity to pulverized coal  firing, the
pollutant formation  processes are  not  well understood due to both the larger  coal size
and the use of mass  burning on a grate to complete the combustion. In the overthrow
region  the  coal is devolatilized and partially reacted  in the  hot gases rising from the
grate. The  larger coal particles then fall on to the grate  and burn  in the mass mode
with combustion air  supplied  from underneath. The  smaller particles may be carried
out of  the combustion zone by the hot gases without ever reaching the grate.

     A grant  has  recently  been  awarded  to provide the required  understanding of
these  combustion  processes. The  approach  is to examine each  region of the  stoker
separately,  then to  integrate the  knowledge into a prototype system for testing.  The
overthrow region will  be  simulated with a small tower furnace where  coal  with particle
sizes typical of spreader  stokers will be reacted in either co- or counter-flowing streams
of hot  gases.   The  temperature composition and  stoichiometry of the gases will be
varied to determine  the  effects on both sulfur and  nitrogen  specie evolution from the
coal. Both  the  effluent gas and residual solids will  be analyzed. The  mass burning will
be simulated with  a  fixed bed experiment where  beds of  various thickness will be
burned  under   a variety  of conditions.  Based on the results of these  experiments, a
model  stoker will be constructed  to evaluate the combination of the two combustion
modes  in the optimum manner for a new stoker design.

     For boilers without NOX  control, tangentially  fired   boilers  generally  produce
lower  NOX emissions than  other  firing methods;  however,  pilot scale  data on the
lowest  achievable NOX levels for  tangential boilers are not  available.  In view of the
pilot scale  performance of the low NOX burner for wall-fired boilers, a study  has been
initiated  to generate  that data. A pilot scale furnace  will be used to study tangential
firing at  0.5 to 1.0 thermal  MW.  Examination of the design  approach and pictures of
the fireball  of  a tangential  unit  suggests  that  at  least two phenomena need to be
studied.

     First,  the characteristic  flame  originating  from  each  fuel  injection  elevation
strongly  resembles the axial  diffusion  flames studied by  Heap, i.e., an axial  fuel jet
completely surrounded by a  flame sheet. This  configuration was  shown  to  produce
lower NOX  levels than more highly  mixed  swirl  burners. It  could be postulated  that
this factor  accounts  for the differences observed  in  practical  boilers; however,  a second
possibility must also  be  considered. It  can be argued  from available  photographs  of a
tangential fireball that, within  a short distance, the flame from  each corner begins to
interact with other  flames. It  is  well  known  that  NOX can be partially  reduced on
passage  through  a   flame front.  It  has also  been  shown  that  NO added to the
combustion air of a lean residual  oil flame could be  reduced by up  to 35  percent. If
the NOX formed in  one flame  of  a tangential unit is processed by another flame front,
a similar reduction of NOX  might occur.  It is  obvious these two possibilities are not
independent phenomena.  The research  program is structured  to  examine the effects of
both initial  fuel/air  mixing and flame  interactions independent  of the entire fireball.
The  results will then be  used to define experiments for the tangential configuration of
the pilot scale furnace.

     Although the  individual  flame  in a tangential boiler may  be compared with an
axial diffusion  flame  from a circular symmetric swirl burner, there are some  potentially
important differences. The  axial  diffusion  flame studied  by  Heap  and others has the
central fuel jet completely surrounded by  combustion air;  whereas, in the tangential
burner  the bulk of  the combustion air  is added asymmetrically from ducts above and
84

-------
FLAME INTERACTION
below  the  fuel  jet.  In addition,  the axial  diffusion flame  is  surrounded by,  and
entrains, relatively cool  recirculated combustion gases; whereas,  the  tangential  flame
has relatively  cool combustion gases on the waterwall  side, relatively hot combustion
gases from the center of the fireball, and very hot gases from the flames above and/or
below. Therefore, while the initial experiments on burner design tor air/fuel  contacting
control  can be carried out under symmetrical conditions, considerations must be given
to  a  series  of  experiments  more  closely  simulating  the asymmetric environment
described  above.  These  single  flame  experiments will be based on  available information
on  axial  diffusion  flames  and will  be used to establish optimum  configurations for
control  of NOX formation in the early flame zone.

     A second series of experiments will be performed to examine the effect of flame
interactions on emissions  from various burner configurations. It may be  postulated
that the two important variables in  flame interactions are the axial distance at which
impingement occurs and the angle of  impingement. The axial distance may be thought
of as representing the extent  of reaction of the coal jet. Close to  the  injector the bulk
of the coal will be unreacted  and the oxygen  availability will be  high. As the distance
from the  injector increases the fraction  of  the  coal reacted  will increase up to a point
where all  the  volatile matter is evolved and the oxygen availability will decrease.   The
point of interaction of this flame with the  combustion products of a second flame can
be  expected to  have an  influence  on  the NOX  reduction that will  result. While  it
is not possible to  predict the optimum  point  for  a reduction of NOX by the flame
processing mechanism, it can  be  postulated that this point will occur before all of the
volatiles are consumed  and, therefore, where  fuel  intermediates  (H2, CO, NH3,  etc.)
are available to reduce  the  NOX. This point will also depend strongly on the character
of the flame and may be more likely to occur if the flame is fuel rich overall. While
the axis of the two adjacent  fuel  injectors  on the same elevation is  at  90°, the effect
of the  fireball appears to deflect the  later portion of each flame from the injection
axis, thereby  decreasing the angle at which the adjacent flames interact. A change  in
this  angle  can  be expected to influence the degree of interaction by affecting both the
distance and the mixing processes of the two jets.  None of the data currently available
provide a  basis for predicting these effects.

      To  examine  the two  phenomena discussed  above,  an experiment with  two
interacting flames will be conducted.  Figure 9  shows a schematic of  the experimental
                                                                                         INTERSECTION ANGLE a
                                                INTERSECTION DISTANCE    X
                                         FIGURE 9-^Sketch of flame interaction experiment concept
                                                                                                                       85

-------
 HEAVY LIQUID FUELS
 FUEL-SCREENING
 EXPERIMENT
variables to  be considered. A modification of  the single  burner extension of the
furnace will provide for an evaluation of the effects of distance and angle for selected
burner configurations.

     The results of these two well-characterized experiments will  be used to design
concepts for testing in the tangential model of the EPA furnace.

     The experience in pilot  scale development of staged combustion and advanced
burner design  indicates that it  is more difficult to achieve high  percentage reduction of
NOX for heavy liquid  fuels than for coal.  Some evidence exists to indicate that the
difficulties may arise from differences in the way  that the nitrogen is bound in the fuel
and, therefore, the reaction history of the fuel nitrogen intermediates. More refractory
nitrogen in the  petroleum derived residual fuel oils may  be released  later in the
combustion processes  when more oxygen  is available  for  conversion  to NOX. The
synthetic liquids derived from  coal and  shale not only  have larger amounts of nitrogen
but  also have the nitrogen distributed over the full  boiling  range of the  crude. In
addition, major limits  on NOX control  for petroleum residual fuel oils is the onset of
carbonaceous  paniculate  (smoke) formation as  the  primary zone becomes  fuel rich.
Since  the  formation of  carbonaceous   particulate is related to  the carbon-hydrogen
ratio of the fuel, this  limitation  may become more severe for synthetic liquids derived
from coal.

      A fuel  screening experiment  is in  progress  in an  attempt to quantify the effects
of fuel composition on both  NOX and carbon  particulate emissions.  A small furnace
similar  to the  one  shown  in Figure 6 is used. The fuel  is introduced  through a  sonic
atomizer  which  produces a relatively   narrow  cut  of  small droplets (20 /urn). The
droplets are well dispersed  in the combustion air stream, producing a mixture believed
to be  similar  to the premixed  coal burner discussed earlier. This system allows a rapid,
                                           LLJ
                                           U
                                           DC
                                           Q
                                                                0.4          0.8           1.2         1.6
                                                                   NITROGEN CONTENT, PERCENT WEIGHT
                                          FIGURE 10—NO., emissions from liquid fuels
86

-------
                                     cost-effective screening of a wide  range of fuels even when the  availability is  limited
                                     to small  quantities, such as for  many synthetics. The system can be run both staged
                                     and  unstaged  for an  assessment of the  emission  formation  and control  potential.
IMOX EMISSIONS/NITROGEN
CORRELATED
     The correlation of NOX emissions with fuel nitrogen content is shown  in Figure
10 for fuel  lean  conditions. The lower curve  shows the fuel  nitrogen conversion as
determined by substituting an argon oxygen mixture for the combustion air. The fuel
data  for  petroleum-,  shale-, and coal-derived liquids show the same trend, that is, NOX
increasing with fuel  nitrogen  content  and the fractional  conversion decreasing with
increasing nitrogen. This is similar to  previous data for doped distillate oil  and  for
limited petroleum residual testing. Considering  the differences in the fuel sources and
properties, it is remarkable that the trend is so  consistent. It is also in marked contrast
to the previously shown behavior for  coals (Figure 7). The upper curve representing
total NOX, using  air  as the oxidizer,  is drawn through the  petroleum-derived  fuel data
up to 0.8 percent nitrogen and through synthetic fuel data at higher nitrogens. The
difference between the two curves represents the thermal NOX. The thermal  NOX for
pure alternate fuel appears to be  consistently  higher than that for  petroleum  oils.
(Some of the data shown for the synthetics are blends with  petroleum  residuals and
these approach the petroleum line as the percentage synthetic  decreases.) The reasons
for this apparent difference have not been determined.
                                         a
                                         a.
                                        H
                                        Z
                                        ai
                                        O
                                        cc
                                        LU
                                        a.
                                            2000
                                            1800
                                            1600
                                            1400
                                            1200
       1000
                                         X
                                             800
                                             600
                                             400
                                             200
                                                          PERCENT EXCESS
                   OSTAGING PORT NO. 4
                                                        D STAGING PORT NO. 4
                                                        ASTAGING PORT NO. 8
                                                        OSTAGING PORT NO. 8
                                                    SHALE OIL/SONICORE  NOZZLE
                                                50       60       70      80       90      100      110
                                                          PRIMARY AIR  (THEORETICAL),  percent
                                       FIGURE 11 —Effect of primary air on NOX emissions for a crude Parahoe shale oil
                                                                       120
                                                                                                                   87

-------
STAGED CONDITIONS
 GAS TURBINE ENGINES
 BENCH SCALE
 COMBUSTOR
     These screening  data have  been used to  select  a limited  number of fuels for
testing under staged conditions. An example of  the results obtained for a crude shale
oil  is shown in Figure 11  for  two primary zone residence times. The  primary  air  is
introduced  through the  burner and  secondary  air to  complete  the  combustion  is
introduced through  ports  at different  downstream  locations.  In both cases emissions
are reduced from about  1900 ppm to less than 200 ppm. The longer  residence time
gives  a  somewhat  lower minimum  over a   broader  range  of  primary  rates,  a
characteristic shown in most staged combustion  experiments. The  minimum achievable
NOX emissions for a  wide range  of fuels are shown in Figure  12. The emissions for
petroleum-derived fuels show a sharp  rise as nitrogen  content increases from zero to
0.6 percent, then the emissions for the  synthetics exhibit nearly no  increase as nitrogen
content  increases  from 1.0 to 2.0  percent. The reason for the differences in staging
effectiveness is believed to be  related to the  volatility  of the  fuel  nitrogen as will  be
discussed later.

     The closed  symbols on Figure 12 show the emissions trend for fuels tested  in a 1
MW thermal package  boiler simulator  using a  similar  sonic nozzle and  axial  air flow
distribution to simulate the tunnel  furnace.  The emissions follow the same trend  as the
tunnel  furnace; however,  in general the NOX levels are somewhat  higher. The carbon
particulate formation  tendency of fuels under staged conditions has also been briefly
studied  in  this system. At minimum NOX, the smoke number for the crude shale was
significantly  lower than  that  for  the  petroleum oil tested.  Sufficient quantities  of
coal-derived oils  are not  yet  available for testing. These  results  show  that  the fuel
screening technique  is  quite useful for  indicating the performance of fuels in  practical
combustors.

     The  development  of a  low  emission combustor  technology for  stationary gas
turbine   engines (SGTE)  is nearing completion.  The goals of this program  were  to
identify  and  experimentally  demonstrate  (in  full-size  hardware)  a new combustor
concept  capable of producing NOX emissions  less than  50 ppm on  clean fuels and less
than  100  ppm on fuels  containing  up to 0.5 percent chemically bound  nitrogen
without  the use  of water  injection. These  emission goals  were to be achieved while
maintaining very  low  CO  and  unburned hydrocarbon  performance. The exclusion  of
water injection as a considered control approach derived from the efficiency penalty
and operational problems  associated with that  technique while  consideration of fuels
containing bound  nitrogen  resulted from EPA's belief that SGTE's  would need to burn
dirtier  fuels such  as residual oil or synfuels if  they were to attain a sizeable portion
of the utility market.

     The program was structured  with a phased approach to include (a) identification
of  candidate design  concepts, (b)  bench scale experimental evaluation of the concepts,
(c) selection of the most promising design approach,  scaleup of the concept to the
25 MW  size range and construction of full scale hardware, and (d) rig  testing of the
full scale hardware. In all, 29  concepts were evaluated on the  bench  scale. While a
number  of the concepts were capable  of meeting the program goal on clean fuels, the
only  combustor  concept  capable  of  meeting the  goals on  both  clean and  nitrogen
containing fuels was a  configuration called  the  rich burn/quick quench concept shown
in  Figure 13. This configuration involves a premixed fuel and air stream issuing into a
fuel rich primary  zone. The combustor is then contracted at the  point of secondary air
addition to increase the rate of mixing between  primary and secondary  streams and to
provide  a  quick  transition from  fuel  rich to fuel  lean stoichiometry,  thereby  mini-
mizing  thermal NOX.  Tertiary  air  ports are also provided to bring the  exhaust  to the
overall fuel/air ratio for the required turbine inlet temperature.

      The  performance  of the bench  scale combustor  is shown  in  Figure 14. The
shaded   zone  shows the range  of  primary  zone combustor residence time typical of
current  generation  stationary  gas turbine  engines.  For  both  clean  and  nitrogen
containing  fuels  (simulated  with  a  pyridine  doped  distillate  oil)  the  combustor
exceeded the  performance  goals. CO emissions were well below the 100  ppm goal. For
clean fuels the low NOX and  CO  levels were readily  achieved  over the entire  engine
operating cycle.  For dirty fuels it was  necessary  to  maintain control over primary zone
stoichiometry  (01=1.2 to 1.5 or 82  to 67 percent of theoretical air) in order to achieve
low emissions over the  operating  cycle. The   problems associated  with maintaining
stoichiometry  control   (i.e., variable geometry)  are  significantly  mitigated by  the facts
 88

-------
^  300
     200
     100
            11B# THEORETICAL AIR OVERALL
            OPTIMUM PRIMARY STOICHIOMETRY
                               O
                 y
     LEGEND
•  PETROLEUM DERIVED
A  SHALE DERIVED
•  COAL DERIVED
   CLOSED SYMBOLS - TEST TUNNEL
   OPEN SYMBOLS - BOILER SIMULATOR
              i      i      i      i
             0.2    0.4    0.8     0.8     1.0    1.2    1.4     1.6    1.8     2.0    2.2     2.4
                                NITROGEN CONTENT, PERCENT WEIGHT

  FIGURE 12-Minimum achievable NO,, for liquid fuels under staged combustion conditions
                                                           TERTIARY DILUTION HOLES
             PREMIX TUBE
                             PRIMARY ZONE
                                              QUICK QUENCH SLOTS
   FIGURE 13—Low NOX gas turbine combustor

     100
                                    T
                             RANGE FOR CURRENT
                             GENERATION GAS
                             TURBINE COMBUSTORS
         600°F, 50 PSIA
         4% PRESSURE DROP
         FUEL
        • NO. 2 WITH 0.5% N
        V NEAT  NO. 2
                                                                 I
                         I
        0        0.04      0.08      0.12       0.16      0.20      0.24      0.28      0.32

                      PRIMARY ZONE RESIDENCE TIME , SEC (COLD)

  FIGURE 14—Gas turbine combustor performance
                                                                                         89

-------
 SCALED UP COMBUSTOR
 STATIONARY
 RECIPROCATING ENGINES
that control is  only required  for  the primary zone, and only 10 to 20  percent of
the total  engine  flow passes through the primary. A simple variable damper on the
inlet to the premix  tube  has been  shown to  provide  the  required control at a reason-
able pressure drop.  At longer  residence times,  NOX emissions were 20 ppm for clean
fuels  and 40 ppm for a  0.5 percent nitrogen  doped fuel. In both cases  these NOX
emissions are a  factor of 2.5 less than the program goals. These results have implica-
tions  for the potential of the combustor for  new design stationary gas turbine engines
where combustor residence time may not be a major constraint.

      This  combustor concept  was  scaled up  to a size commensurate with a single can
from  a  multiple  can  25  MW  machine.  Full  scale rig  testing  of  the hardware was
performed  and  the results indicate  a successful  scaleup  procedure.  NOX emissions less
than  45 ppm were  recorded for clean fuels while on dirty fuels the NOX  levels were
around  75 ppm.  These results  are consistent  with those for the bench scale combustor
at the  residence  time  used in the scaled up combustor (4 msec).  Nitrogen containing
fuels  tested  at  full  scale  include  a  distillate  cut  shale  oil containing 0.25 percent
nitrogen and number  2 oil doped to 0.5 percent  nitrogen as pyridine. Future  plans
call for examining  the combustor  on an  SRC  II  fuel,  a residual  shale  oil,  and  a
petroleum-derived residual oil.

      Stationary  reciprocating  engines are used  both as  compressor drives  and for
generation of electric power. The stationary engines are  large bore, two- and four-cycle
devices   operating  at  relatively  low  speed   as compared  with  automotive  engines.
Dependent  on  the fuel, the engines  may be  either  diesel or spark  ignition. While the
NOX  control techniques developed  for stationary continuous combustion  systems are
applicable   in  principle,  the  intermittent  high  pressure  combustion   processes  in
reciprocating engines present difficulties in application.

      The  goal  of the reciprocating  engine program is to  achieve a 50 to 60 percent
reduction  in NOX without increase  in carbonaceous  emissions and with a minimum
impact  on  fuel  efficiency. The initial concept screening  has been completed  and  a
prioritized  list  has  been  prepared  for  diesel  and  spark  ignition categories.  These
concepts will be  screened on  laboratory engines and the most promising technique for
each  category will be  tested on a full scale engine for a short period. Longer field test
periods are planned for a subsequent  program.
 INTEGRATED RESIDENTIAL
 OIL FURNACE
 WARM AIR DESIGN
      The  degree  of control  achievable with  current oil-  and  gas-fired  residential
furnaces is  limited by the  relative lack of flexibility of operating conditions and by
cost  constraints.  This   class of  equipment  emits pollutants  near  ground  level  in
populated  areas during  a  limited  period  of the  year  (i.e., the  heating  season).  In
addition,  it  consumes  a significant  amount of energy, almost  exclusively as clean
fuels  (e.g.,  gas  and  light oil). An integrated  residential furnace  has  been developed
which has the potential  for  significant NOX control and for  increased efficiency. The
main  features of the  furnace are shown in  Figure  15. The  initial development was the
burner head  for retrofit  to  existing furnaces which achieved  a  15  to 30 percent NOX
reduction.  It was  also shown that matching the burner  head  with  a new firebox could
produce  much  larger NOX  reductions (e.g.,  75  percent).  As a  result quantitative
matching  criteria  were  developed  including (a) 25  percent heat  removal from  the
firebox  to  minimize   NOX  emissions,   (b)   chamber  dimensions   for  minimum
carbonaceous  emissions  and  excess  air  requirements,  (c)  provision  of  the  thermal
mass  to  achieve a  minimum firebox  temperature of  333K for  clean  ignition, and (d)
tunnel firing preferable to side firing.

      The best system to achieve the criteria standards is a hydronic furnace; however,
the bulk  of  the population  are  side fired  warm  air  furnaces.  Therefore, a warm air
design embodying  the criteria was developed using a finned metal firebox, as shown in
Figure 15. The  combination also allowed  firing at a  low excess air (20 percent) and
minimum stack  temperature for maximum  efficiency  during the  operating cycle.  In
addition, two other features were designed into the furnace to maximize overall system
efficiency.  The burner draft  damper prevents flow  of air through the firebox when the
burner  is  not  firing, thereby  reducing the off-cycle  heat  losses  to the flue. The
sealed  air  system  provides  outside  air  for both  combustion and barometric  draft
90

-------
                                                                                   Sf ALtU COMBUSI ION AIM SYSTEM
     STANDBY  DRAFT  C.ONlRlH
                                                                                           COMBUSTION AIR FILTER
     QUIET PULSE FREE  STATOH
     OPTIMUM  BUHNER HEAD
                                                                                      AIR COOLED FINNED FIREBOX
                                      FIGURE 15—low emission integrated furnace components
HOST RESIDENTIAL
FURNACES
control.  This  eliminates the use of conditioned air  for  these  purposes and, thereby,
should  reduce infiltration of  air into the  house.  The  prototype was tested  in the
laboratory and produced a 65 percent  reduction in NOX  relative to the existing furnace
population with  no  increase  in carbonaceous  emissions.  It was estimated that the
furnace  concept  should  result in about  a 10  percent  increase in thermal efficiency
relative to the unmodified furnace.

      Six furnaces were constructed and  installed in  host residences, three in  Albany,
N. Y., and three in  Boston,  Mass. The furnaces have  been operated under  normal duty
cycles for two  heating  seasons  (1977-79)  and have  performed satisfactorily.  The
emission performance  has been equal to or better than the laboratory prototype for
most  of the  period; however, in  the mid-winter some lower quality  oil  containing
sludge  and  greater   amounts  of  fuel  nitrogen resulted   in  some  off-specification
emissions. During the evaluation period,  the efficiency  of  the  furnaces was measured
in several ways.  The most  rigorous measurement was cycle average efficiency  which
was based on total  fuel  input and warm air  output  over a total  of three months for
each furnace.  This method, which measures useful heat delivered to the host residence,
averaged nearly  75  percent over the first heating  season. A  strong  correlation of
efficiency for  any given cycle  and the fraction  of the cycle time  the burner was  firing
was developed. In addition, the fuel  use for the test  period was compared to the prior
fuel deliveries to the residence. Since  the thermostat was not controlled during either
period and  the  fuel history was somewhat difficult  to  reconstruct  accurately, the
comparison  should  not  be  taken  literally.  Fuel  savings  of  over 20  percent  were
observed for several furnaces  and are believed to be essentially  accurate. Overall the
                                                                                                                      91

-------
ADVANCED CONCEPTS
integrated  residential  furnace  has  shown  the  potential  for  significant  emission
reductions coupled with increased efficiency.

     The programs discussed  above involve modifications to conventional combustion
equipment to  achieve NOX  reductions. There  are some indications that the very nature
of diffusion  flame combustors may place some lower limit on the achievable NOX
emissions. Since there may be  situations  where even  lower emissions are  required, a
number  of  advanced concepts  are  being examined.  Many  of  these are combustion
processes based  on modifications  of conventional  combustors or on novel  design. In
addition, there are add-on treatment processes being pursued to  achieve high removal
efficiencies as supplements  to combustion modification. Three of these are  described
below.
 CATALYTIC COMBUSTION
     One advanced concept that appears capable of achieving very low pollutant levels
is catalytic combustion in which a catalyst is used  in place of a diffusion flame burner
to achieve the  major  energy release in a combustion  system. The initial  applicability is
to clean  gaseous and vaporizable liquid fuels as a premixed fuel and air stream  must be
presented to the catalyst.  Oxidation of the  fuel through both  heterogeneous surface
reactions and homogeneous gas phase  reactions occurs within  the  channels of the
catalyst bed at essentially adiabatic temperature. Complete combustion can be achieved
at very short residence time and with very high volumetric heat  release  rates. The two
apparent  limits are  (a)  the  temperature  at  which  catalyst  degradation  becomes
significant, and (b)  the well known kinetic threshold  temperature above  which  the rate
of  thermal  NOX  formation  becomes  significant. Therefore  the application of the
technology to  stationary combustion sources requires  new  system designs to achieve
long life  and high thermal efficiency.

     The graded cell  catalyst has been developed during  the program and patented.
This concept  uses  large cells at the inlet end  of  the  catalyst  monolith  to  maintain
heterogeneous ignition at very high fuel throughput (space velocity) with progressively
smaller cells to complete the  fuel oxidation. This concept has  been  tested versus a
conventional straight  cell catalyst of the  same formulation. The graded  cell  catalyst
achieved three  times the volumetric energy release of the straight cell and had a much
more uniform axial temperature profile. In addition, other versions of the graded cell
have shown extremely high heat release capability (>108 Btu/hr/ft3/ATM)  and low
thermal  NOX  (<50 ppm at 1700°C). The graded  cell  catalyst appears to  be  a  major
improvement in combustion catalyst technology.
 FUEL NITROGEN
 CONVERSION
      There has  also  been  significant progress  in the development  of  systems  for
application  of  catalytic  combustion  to boilers  burning  nitrogen  containing fuels. A
catalytic staged combustor has been designed and tested, using the configuration shown
in Figure 16.  The  first-stage bed  is run fuel  rich to partially  oxidize  the fuel  and to
promote formation of N2 from fuel  nitrogen compounds.  Heat  is  removed between
stages  to  reduce  the  adiabatic temperature in the second stage. Then the balance of
the air  is added and the fuel oxidation is  completed in the second stage catalyst. This
configuration allows  the  overall system to operate  at minimum  excess  air for high
efficiency without  exceeding the allowable  temperature  in either catalyst bed. The
conversion of fuel nitrogen to NOX is  shown in Figure  17. The first stage was operated
at three levels  of theoretical  air (50  percent, 60  percent, and  70 percent) while  the
overall  theoretical air  was varied  from 60 percent to 150  percent. With 50 percent
first-stage air,  the  oxidizable  nitrogen levels (2XN=HCN+NH3+NO)  were  relatively
insensitive  to  the overall  air with  a  weak  minimum below 30 percent conversion
around  100 percent theoretical  air. When the primary was operated at a more optimum
condition (60  percent to 70 percent theoretical  air)  the EXN decreased  to below 10
percent. Other studies of fuel  nitrogen conversion show that  the  level  attainable is
strongly dependent on the catalyst as well as the operating conditions. Low thermal
NOX  coupled  with minimum fuel nitrogen conversions make catalytic combustion an
attractive technique where very low emissions are  required.  Development of improved
catalyst  and auxiliary system  components is in progress. These  components  will be
integrated into  several prototype systems for  laboratory evaluation of the performance
of catalytic  combustion in various applications.
92

-------
       I—FLOW
                     FIRST STAGE BED
                                            HEAT REMOVAL       T   /   SECOND STAGE BED

                                                             ADDITIONAL AIR
 FIGURE 16-Catalytic staged combustor
                       100
                 o
                        60
                        40
                 CJ
                        20
                                  _  + ONE-STAGE COMBUSTION
                                  §  A 50 PERCENT FIRST STAGE THEORETICAL AIR
                                  g  • 60 PERCENT FIRST STAGE THEORETICAL AIR
                                  -1  • 70 PERCENT FIRST STAGE THEORETICAL AIR
                          50
FIGURE 17—Fuel nitrogen conversion staged
                 100
OVERALL THEORETICAL AIR, PERCENT
150
                                                                                                           93

-------
HOMOGENEOUS REDUCTION
 FLUE GAS TREATMENT
     The homogeneous  noncatalytic selective  reduction of NOX with  NHs occurs in
the presence  of oxygen at temperatures around 1300K. The temperature window can
be lowered by the addition of hydrogen.  This  technique is a  proprietary process that
has been  evaluated in oil- and  gas-fired systems both  in  the  laboratory and in field
operating  boilers.  NOX  reductions from  40 to  60  percent  have  been  reported for
practical systems. The EPA has  conducted an analysis of the potential applicability of
the process as a  supplement to  combustion  modification in coal-fired boilers. The
system  requires  a manifold  for  injection  of NH3/H2/carrier streams into  the  boiler
volume  at the appropriate temperature window (normally in the superheater region).
Laboratory tests have shown 40 percent to 60  percent reduction  in a coal-fired system
using  practical NH3  levels. The main problem areas are (a)  achieving uniform injection,
(b) maintaining the  injection in  the  proper  temperature  window during load swings,
(c) ammonium sulfate deposition on convective surfaces, and (d) significant capital and
operating  costs.  The  technique  appears   to be  a potentially useful supplement  to
combustion modification in Air  Quality Control Regions where very  stringent control
may be  required.

      In May 1978, two programs were initiated for the development of NOX flue gas
treatment for coal-fired systems. One program is for NOX control  using Hitachi Zosen's
process  which is based on  selective catalytic  reduction of NOX with NH3. The process
utilizes  a metallic honeycomb  catalyst arrangement for  coal-fired applications. The
reactor  is located  between the  boiler economizer and  the air preheater and  in  front
of any  particulate control device. The reaction temperature is in the range of 350°C to
420°C.  The  pressure drop is about 200-500  Pa.  For  90 percent IMOX  reduction, a
NH3:NO  mole ratio of 1:1 is used. The process will be evaluated  in a 2000 Nm3/hr
(0.5 electrical MW) pilot plant scale coal-fired  source. The host site for the  pilot plant
will be  Georgia Power Company's Plant Mitchell near Albany, Georgia. Flue  gas will  be
obtained  from Unit  3, a pulverized coal-fired  Combustion Engineering boiler with a
nameplate rating of 125 MW.
 EVALUATING UOP-SHELL
 FUNDAMENTAL COMBUSTION
 RESEARCH
      The  second  program  for  simultaneous  SO2/NOX  control  is evaluating the
UOP-Shell  process.  Briefly, the process employs two or more parallel passage  reactors
using CuO  as the sorbent for SO2 and using CuSO4 as the catalyst for the reduction of
NOX  with  NH3. A multiple reactor arrangement  is needed  to  allow regeneration of
CuSO4 to  CuO. Hydrogen  is used as the reductant. The reactors are located between
the boiler  economizer and the air  preheater  and  in  front of any particulate control
device. The process operates at a temperature of 400°C during both acceptance and
regeneration  cycles. The cycles will  be controlled for 90  percent removal of both
NOX  and S02- For 90 percent NOX reduction, a  NH3:NO mole ratio of 1:1  is used.
The  process also will  be  evaluated in  a  2000  Nm3/hr pilot plant coal-fired source. An
existing pilot plant, previously used by UOP to evaluate  S02  removal, will be modified
for simultaneous removal of NOX and SO2- The  host site for the pilot plant will be
Tampa Electric Company's Big Bend Station in North Ruskin, Florida. Flue gas can be
obtained from  Unit 1 or 2 which  are Riley-Stoker pulverized coal-fired  boilers with a
nameplate  rating of 400 MW each.

      TVA has  performed  a preliminary economic evaluation of NOX  and NOX/SOX
flue  gas treatment  processes for EPA. The base case was a new, 500 MW power plant
burning 3.5 percent sulfur  coal and emitting 600  ppm  NOX  in  the flue  gas. The total
capital  investments and  annual revenue  requirements  for three  dry  NOX (selective
catalytic reduction) removal  processes  ranged  from $32/kW and  1.9 mills/kWh to 3.4
mills/kWh,  respectively.  A dry  process  for  simultaneous  removal of both S02 and
NOX  (UOP-Shell) had a capital cost of $132/kW and an  annual revenue requirement of
6.3 mills/kWh.

      The fundamental combustion  research (FCR)  program provides a synthesis of the
understanding of basic combustion  phenomena in  the context of practical combustion
systems.  A number of aspects of the problem  are currently being studied. To place the
FCR  program  in  proper perspective,  it is important to understand the relationship
between  FCR  and  the  more  hardware-oriented technology development efforts being
pursued  by  Combustion  Research  Branch  (CRB). The  hardware-oriented technology
is  based on current understandings  of the  complex interactions  between  flame chemis-
try,  combustion  fluid mechanics  and the physical/chemical properties  of  fuels. The
94

-------
GAS PHASE REACTIONS
CHAR/NO
REDUCTION STUDIES
current level of understanding has proven sufficient to allow major advances in devel-
opment of control technology hardware. The various FCR activities are coupled to the
hardware  development  efforts through their  focus  on  the  key aspects of flame
chemistry, combustion aerodynamics and fuel processing.

      A major  focus of the program has been on  developing a  set of chemical kinetic
mechanisms  to  describe   pollutant  formation  through  gas  phase  reactions. The
developed reaction set has  been checked against a  wide variety of reactor experimental
results  and  is  being used  in  what  are termed  limit  case studies.  Limit case  studies
significantly   simplify  furnace   aerodynamics  by  describing   the   flow  field  as
combinations  of well  stirred  and  plug  flow reactors. By  parametrically varying inlet
conditions,  process  variables,  and  reactor  sequencing  (i.e.,  inlet  stoichiometry, heat
removal,  etc.),  such  numerical studies help to  identify  the lower  bounds of NOX
control which  are set by  the gas phase chemistry. These predictions can  serve as a
standard for judging the effectiveness of developed control techniques and  can  suggest
various modifications of emerging control techniques to increase  the effectiveness or
range of applicability.

      The primary fuels of concern to EPA (in all phases of  the program) are coal and
heavy fuel  oils, including  synfuels. A number of efforts  within the FCR program
are addressing  particular aspects of burning these  fuels. MIT and  Institut Francais  du
Petrole have shown that coal char and  soot (respectively)  may  play an  important role
in determining exhaust NOX  levels from furnaces  and boilers. It has been  shown that
both  char and soot react with NO, even at low temperatures, and that such reactions
may  represent an  important  step  in determining exhaust  NO levels and may  even  be
utilized to  gain  a significant level  of  emission control. MIT has  applied for a  patent
based on  their  EPA-sponsored studies of char/NO reduction.

      Other studies are also being  pursued  to determine the  rate of evolution and fate
of nitrogenous species as they evolve from coal  particles or  oil  droplets. Results from
these studies are being  directly used in  the development of new low emission burners,
particularly  heavy oil burners for package boilers. Identification  of primary pyrolysis
products  and  speciation of secondary pyrolysis products may be the key to explaining
variations in the effectiveness of staged combustion as physical  characteristics of fuels
are needed.  An example  of this is  shown in Figure  18 where  the  achievable NOX
reduction with  staged combustion  is plotted versus a defined fuel  nitrogen volatility.
The volatility  is based on  the fraction of  the fuel  nitrogen in the original fuel that
could be  evolved as HCN  during  inert pyrolysis at 1373K. The  highest HCN yield was
                                          o
                                          3
      82

      84

      86

      88

      90
    :
      92

      94

      96
                                                                                                     LEGEND
                                                                                               • PETROLEUM DERIVED
                                                                                               A SHALE DERIVED
                                                                        I
                                                   35        40         45         50        55

                                                                     FUEL NITROGEN VOLATILITY, PERCENT
                                                             60
65
                                                                                 70
                                         FIGURE 18—Staging efficiency and fuel nitrogen volatility
                                                                                                                        95

-------
ENVIRONMENTAL
ASSESSMENT
 TEST RESULTS
from  the crude shale  oil which gave a 93 percent  reduction  under staged-combustion
conditions.  The  reductions achievable from  petroleum  oils decreased  as  the fuel
nitrogen volatility  decreased.  Although  the data  are  limited, this  graph shows the
potential for correlation of the previously presented  pilot scale data (Figure  12)  with
results of fundamental experiments.

      Several  additional studies  are being  pursued to  investigate aspects of furnace
aerodynamics.  Turbulence,  fuel ballistics, and  numerical analysis of boiler type  flow
fields are being considered. By  incorporating the  aerodynamics,  gas phase chemistry,
and  fuel  chemistry studies into  an integrated  program package, significant input is
being  made to  development  of  emerging  control  technology  and  suggestions are
forthcoming on approaches to  realizing advanced pollution control techniques.

      The  project  for  environmental  assessment  of NOX  control  technologies has
continued  to evaluate  all  aspects  of the  problem  associated with the  application of
combustion  modifications  for   the   control  of  NOX  emissions  from stationary
combustion sources. The primary emphasis of this work has been  the evaluation of the
environmental, economic, energy, and engineering implications of low NOX combustion
modification  technology  in  order to  provide  comparisons  with the  environmental
impact  of baseline  (uncontrolled) operation.

      Testing of seven  combustion sources has been carried out using EPA's IERL-RTP
Levels  1  and  2  procedures for  sample collection  and  analysis.  The  sources selected
for comprehensive testing  included a  180 MW  tangential coal-fired  utility  boiler, a
500 MW horizontally-opposed  coal-fired utility boiler, a  740  MW opposed-wall oil-fired
utility  boiler,  two industrial stoker coal-fired watertube boilers,  a blue  flame oil-fired
warm air furnace, and a 60 MW oil-fired gas turbine.

      Individual test  reports  are  being prepared  for each test   site. Results for the
180 MW utility  boiler  showed that burners out of  service  and  biased firing (staged
combustion  modification techniques) yielded NOX  reductions of  about 37 percent and
30 percent,  respectively, compared with  the baseline level (490 ppm @ 3 percent 02
dry).  A summary  of  the data  is shown in  Table 3. A  slight increase in boiler efficiency
was observed and was attributed to  lower  excess air levels. Analysis of the results led to
the conclusion that the flue gas stream from this  series of tests dominated the environ-
mental  impact. Sulfur dioxide and  NOX were the most  significant gaseous species and
potentially  hazardous levels of arsenic, barium, beryllium, iron and sulfur were present.
The solid  effluents were estimated to  be 1000 times less hazardous than the gaseous
effluents. The  NOX controls employed were generally  beneficial in reducing the flue gas
environmental  impact  since most  species were  either  reduced  or unaffected. Slight
increases were observed for nitrogen-containing (e.g., IMH3) and chloride species. There
was negligible  impact associated with the combustion  modifications on the composition
of the  solid streams.

      Detailed analyses  on the other units tested  are  in progress. However,  based on
overall  considerations  of  the  potential  for adverse  environmental impact, coal-fired
boilers  have the highest priority for improved control  for stationary combustion sources.
                                       TABLE 3
                                       Environmental assessment 180 MW coal fired utility boiler
Condition

Baseline
BOOS*
BIASt
Emissions
NO ppm
A
490
308
338

CO, ppm
29
27
30

Particulate ;itG/J
1.935
1.787
1.311
                                                     Burners out of service

                                                   t  Biased firing
96

-------
SUMMARY
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
        The  status of EPA's NOX  control  technology  development  program  can be
 summarized as follows:

    •  Based on  projected fuel  trends, NOX  emissions may increase significantly with
       current technology.

    •  More  effective  stationary source control technology can  provide a  means of
       mitigating  this emission trend.

    •  The combustion modification  techniques under development offer the potential
       for  achieving significant  NOX  reductions without  adverse effects  on other pol-
       lutants.

    •  These high  levels  of  control  can also be  achieved at relatively  low cost and
       without degradation of thermal efficiency.

    •  If extremely  low  levels of NOX  are  required, advanced combustion technology
       and supplemental  techniques  such as ammonia injection and flue  gas  treatment
       are also  under development.

       The authors wish to thank W. S. Lanier, R. E. Hall and D. G. Lachapelle of the
Combustion Research Branch staff and J. D. Mobley  of the Process Technology Branch
for contribution to sections of the paper.
                                                                                                                     97

-------
                                    References
                                    Ando, J.  S02 Abatement for Stationary Sources in Japan. EPA-600/7-78-210, NTIS
                                    No. PB 290-198, November,  1978.

                                    Ando,  J., and K.  Nagata. NOX Abatement for Stationary Sources in  Japan. (Draft
                                    Report: Publication Pending).

                                    Bowen, J.S., and  R.E.  Hall. Proceedings of the Third Stationary Source Combustion
                                    Symposium: Volume I Utility,  Industrial, Commercial and Residential Systems. In-
                                    House, EPA-600/7-79-050a, NTIS No. PB 292-539, February, 1979.

                                    Bowen, J.S., and  R.E.  Hall. Proceedings of the Third Stationary Source Combustion
                                    Symposium: Volume II Advanced Processes and Special  Topics. In-House, EPA-600/
                                    7-79-050b, NTIS No. PB 292-540, February,  1979.

                                    Bowen, J. S., and R. E. Hall. Proceedings  of the Third Stationary Source Combustion
                                    Symposium: Volume III Stationary Engine and Industrial Process Combustion Systems.
                                    In-House, EPA-600/7-79-050c, NTIS No. PB 292-541, February, 1979.

                                    Bowen, J.S., and  R.E.  Hall. Proceedings of the Third Stationary Source Combustion
                                    Symposium:  Volume  IV Fundamental  Combustion  Research  and  Environmental
                                    Assessment.  In-House,  EPA-600/7-79-050d,  NTIS No. PB  292-542, February, 1979.

                                    Burnett,  T.A., and  H.L. Faucett. Impact  of Ammonia Utilization  by NOX Flue Gas
                                    Treatment Processes. Tennessee Valley Authority, EPA-600/7-79-011, January, 1979.

                                    Burnett,  T.A.,  J.D. Maxwell, and  H.L.  Faucett. The  Preliminary  Economics of
                                    Alternative NOX Flue  Gas  Treatment  Processes. Tennessee Valley Authority, (Draft
                                    Report: Publication  Pending).

                                    Carter, W.A., H.J.  Buening, and S.C. Hunter.  Emission Reduction  on  Two Industrial
                                    Boilers with Major Combustion Modifications.  K.V.B., Inc. EPA-600/7-78-099a, NTIS
                                    No. PB 283-109, June, 1978.

                                    Carter, W.A., H.J.  Buening, and S.C. Hunter.  Emission Reduction  on  Two Industrial
                                    Boilers  with Major Combustion  Modifications  (Data  Supplement).  K.V.B.,  Inc.,
                                    EPA-600/7-78-099b, NTIS No. PB 291-389.

                                    Corbett,  W.E., G.D. Jones, W.C. Micheletti,  R.M. Wells, and G.E. Wilkins. Assessment
                                    of  the  Need  for  NOX  Flue  Gas  Treatment Technology.  Radian  Corporation,
                                    EPA-600/7-78-215, NTIS No. PB 290-201,  November, 1978.

                                    DeWerth, D.W.,  R.L.  Hummel,  and D.W.  Locklin.  Guidelines for Adjustment of
                                    Atmospheric  Gas  Burners   for  Residential and  Commercial Space  Heating and
                                    Water  Heating.   Battelle-Columbus  Laboratories, EPA-600/8-79-005,  NTIS  No. PB
                                    290-777,  February,  1979.


                                    Engleman,  V.S.  Proceedings  of  the  Engineering Foundation  Conference on Clean
                                    Combustion of Coal.  Science Applications, Inc.  EPA-600/7-78-073   NTIS  No. PB
                                    282-949,  April, 1978.


                                    Eppright, B.R.,  E.P. Hamilton, III, M.A. Haecker, and Carl-Heinz Michelis. Impact on
                                    Point  Source  Control  Strategies  on   NC>2   Levels.   Radian Corporation,  EPA-
                                    600/7-78-212, NTIS No. PB 289-498, November, 1978.

                                    Gabrielson,  J.E.,  P.L.  Langsjoen,  and  T.C. Kosvic.  Field Tests of Industrial Stoker
                                    Coal-fired Boilers for Emissions Control and Efficiency Improvement,  Site A.  KVB,
                                    Inc., EPA-600/7-78-136a, NTIS No. PB 285-172, July,  1978.
98

-------
Gabrielson, J.E.,  P.L.  Langsjoen, and  T.C.  Kosvic. Field  Tests of Industrial Stoker
Coal-fired Boilers for Emissions Control and Efficiency Improvement,  Site A  (Data
Supplement).   KVB,  Inc.  EPA-600/7-78-136b, NTIS No.  PB  293-731, July,  1978.

Gabrielson, J.E.,  P.L.  Langsjoen, and  T.C.  Kosvic. Field  Tests of Industrial Stoker
Coal-fired Boilers for Emissions Control and Efficiency Improvement—Site  B.  KVB,
Inc., EPA-600/7-79-041a, NTIS No. PB 295-535, February, 1979.

Gabrielson, J.E.,  P.L.  Langsjoen, and  T.C.  Kosvic. Field  Tests of Industrial Stoker
Coal-fired Boilers  for  Emissions Control & Efficiency  Improvement-Site  B  (Data
Supplement).  KVB, Inc.  EPA-600/7-79-041b  NTIS No.  PB 295-544, February,  1979.

Gold, H., and  DJ. Goldstein. Water-related Environmental Effects in Fuel Conversion:
Volume  I  Summary.  Water  Purification  Associates, EPA-600/7-78-197a. NTIS  No.
PB  288-313, October, 1978.

Gold, H. and D. J. Goldstein. Water-related Environmental Effects in Fuel Conversion:
Volume  II  Appendices.  Water  Purification  Associates,  EPA-600/7-78-197b,  NTIS
No. PB 288-874, October, 1978.

Hites, R.A., and J.B. Howard.  Combustion Research on  Characterization of Paniculate
Organic   Matter   from   Flames.    Massachusetts   Institute    of    Technology,
EPA-600/7-78-167, NTIS No. PB 291-314, August, 1978.

Hunter, S.C., W.A. Carter, M.W. McElroy, S.S. Cherry, and H. J. Buening. Application
of  Combustion  Modifications   to  Industrial  Combustion  Equipment.  KVB,  Inc.,
EPA-600/7-79-015a, NTIS No. PB 294-214, January, 1979.

Hunter,  S.C.,  K.T.  Fisher,  H.J.  Buening, W.A.  Carter,  P.K.  Engel, and R.J. Tidona.
Application of Combustion Modifications to  Industrial Combustion Equipment, (Data
Supplement A).  KVB,  Inc., EPA-600/7-79-015b, NTIS No. PB  293-888,  February,
1979.

Hunter, S.C., K.T. Fisher, H. J.  Buening, W. A. Carter,  P. K. Engel, and R.  J. Tidona.
Application of Combustion Modifications to  Industrial Combustion Equipment, (Data
Supplement Bj. KVB, Inc. EPA-600/7-79-015c, NTIS No. PB 292-880, February, 1979.

Kemp, V.E.,  and  O.W.  Dykema. Inventory of  Combustion-Related Emissions from
Stationary  Sources (2nd Update).  The  Aerospace Corp.  EPA-600/7-78-172a, NTIS
No. PB 282-428, June,  1978.

Kendall,  R.M., and J.T.  Kelly. Premixed One-dimensional Flame (PROF) Code  User's
Manual.  Acurex Corp./Energy  & Environmental Division, EPA-600/7-78-172a, NTIS
No. PB 286-243, August, 1978.

Kesselring, J.P.  Proceedings:  Third  Workshop  on  Catalytic  Combustion  (Asheville,
N.C.,  October,  1978).  Acurex  Corp.,  EPA-600/7-79-038,  NTIS No.  PB  293-336,
February, 1979.

Levy, J.M., J.H. Pohl, A.F  Sarofim, and Y.H. Song. Combustion Research on  the Fate
of  Fuel-Nitrogen Under Conditions of Pulverized Coal  Combustion.  Massachusetts
Institute  of Technology, EPA-600/7-78-165,  NTIS No. PB  286-208,  August, 1978.

Martin,   G.B.,  and  J.S.  Bowen.  "Control  of Nitrogen Oxides  from  Combustion,"
Energy/Environment  III  EPA-600/9-78-022,  NTIS  No.  PB  290-558, October, 1978.

McCandless, F.P.,  and  K. Hodgson.  Reduction  of Nitric  Oxide with Metal  Sulfides.
Montana  State  University,  EPA-600/7-78-213,   NTIS  No.  PB  289-450, November,
1978.

Okuda,  A.S., and  L.P. Combs.  Design  Optimization  &  Field Verification of an Inte-
grated Residential Furnace  Phase I. Rockwell  Corp./Rocketdyne Div.,  EPA-600/7-
79-037a, NTIS No. PB 284-293, February, 1979.
                                                                             99

-------
                                     Pohlenz, J.B., and P.M. Nooy. Project Manual: Evaluation of UOP-Shell /VOX/SOX Flue
                                     Gas  Treatment Process.  UOP  Process  Division (Draft  Report:  Publication Pending).

                                     Salvesen, K.G., K.J.  Wolfe,  E. Chu,  and M.A.  Herther. Emission Characterization of
                                     Stationary NOX  Sources:  Volume  I  Results.   Acurex Corp./Energy & Environmental
                                     Division, EPA-600/7-78-120a, NTIS No. PB 284-520, June, 1978.

                                     Salvesen, K.G.,  M.  Herther,  K.J.  Wolfe, and  E.  Chu. Emission  Characterization of
                                     Stationary  NOX  Sources:  Volume  II  Data  Supplement.  Acurex Corp./Energy &
                                     Environmental Division,  EPA-600/7-78-120b, NTIS No. PB  285-429, August, 1978.

                                     Spadaccini, L.J., J.  McVey,  J. Kennedy, A.S. Kesten, F.K. Owen, and C.T. Bowman.
                                     Influence of Aerodynamic Phenomena on Pollutant Formation in Combustion (Phase II
                                     Liquid  Fuels). United  Technologies  Research Center,   EPA-600/7-79-003, NTIS  No.
                                     PB 295-500, January, 1979.

                                     Waibel,  R.T., E.S. Fleming, and D.H. Larson. Pollutant  Emissions  from  "Dirty" Low-
                                     and Medium-Btu Cases.  Institute of Gas Technology, EPA-600/7-78-191, NTIS  No. PB
                                     288-234, October, 1978.

                                     Weiner,  R.S.,  and R.R.  Morcos.  Project Manual: Evaluation  of Hitachi Zosen NOX
                                     Flue-Gas Treatment Process.  Chemico Air Pollution Control  Company. (Draft Report:
                                     Publication Pending).
100

-------
          tm^sm w%id&«i
          ^^&S *%-jffijpr ^
           &
answers
                                  Joseph D. Martinez
                    Institute for Environmental Studies
                            Louisiana State University

                                     J. Lee Krumrne
                           Vinings Chemical Company
QUESTION

     A/OX makes your eyes burn, but sulfur oxide  can
kill you.  There seems to be equally large artillery focused
on  both, however. What  are the comparative levels of
effort on the two in your work?

RESPONSE:   Mr.  Frank T. Princiotta (EPA)

     There is a  difference in maturity between the  two
technologies.  There are orders  for  about  60,000  mega-
watts of flue gas desulfurization systems. Many vendors
offer technologies that meet current and projected  sulfur
oxide standards. That is not to say that more work  is not
needed.  Clearly,   in  the areas  of reliability  and  waste
disposal, improvements are appropriate.

     For nitrogen oxide, however, there are no meaning-
ful  regulations, particularly for stationary sources. This is
true primarily because  most of  the regulations, such as
the  New Source  Performance  Standards,  are  based  on
technology, and frankly, there is no effective technology
for nitrogen  oxide today. This  is a major thrust of the
Research Triangle Park  Nitrogen Oxide Control Program.

     The  question  of  relative  environmental damage
from sulfur oxide and  nitrogen  oxide is a difficult one.
EPA,  in the Clean Air  Amendments of 1970, identified
the criteria pollutants,  those pollutants  for which there
were health  data, suggesting  that there are health  and
welfare  damages  associated with  these  pollutants  above
a certain  ambient or air  concentration.  These criteria
pollutants include nitrogen  oxide  and photochemical
oxidants, of  which  nitrogen  oxide  is  a precursor.  The
importance  of nitrogen  compounds as components of
acid rain is  expected  to  increase over  the  next  10 to
20  years. There  is  evidence  that  nitrogen  oxide  can
damage  the  lung. Because of  this  and  the  fact that it
is  one of the  precursors  of  photochemical  smog, we
are  concerned. EPA  is now  in  the final stages of con-
sidering  a more stringent ambient nitrogen oxide standard
                                                             101

-------
                                                   related  to  short-term  exposure. Quite a bit of data indi-
                                                   cate that high-level, short-term exposure to  N02 is par-
                                                   ticularly deleterious to  lung  function.  There  is a good
                                                   chance  that a  relatively stringent standard  will be set. A
                                                   body of health data suggests that NO2, alone is a primary
                                                   problem.

                                                   QUESTION

                                                         The  throw-away  SO2 systems  were more or less
                                                   bypassed  in  this discussion.  Has there been  any recent
                                                   development in these systems other than the use of soda,
                                                   ash, and caustic  soda, particularly in  relation to disposal
                                                   products and landfill?

                                                   RESPONSE: Mr. Michael A. Maxwell  (EPA)

                                                         Forced oxidation  is  aimed  directly  at  improving
                                                   the  disposal  properties  of  the  throw-away  processes.
                                                   The gypsum  produced  is  a   much  more  desirable end
                                                   product because of its ultimate settled solids, its chemical
                                                   oxygen  demand,  the probability that it can be landfilled,
                                                   and the  probability  that  it  can  be  stacked  similar  to
                                                   gypsum  from the phosphate  industry. In  addition,  over
                                                   the  last several  years,  there  has been  much work on
                                                   commercial  fixation   processes whereby  the  sludge  is
                                                   stabilized  or fixed with either  fly ash  or an additive such
                                                   as lime. Yes, there  has been quite  a bit of  work in  waste
                                                   disposal  characterization  and   improvement.   In   fact,
                                                   other than  improvements in performance  and  reliability,
                                                   this has been  the  primary emphasis  in  the  throw-away
                                                   program. The dual  alkali method  is an additional throw-
                                                   away  process  involving  soluble   sodium  scrubbing.  It
                                                   provides a calcium  sulfite product  for disposal similar  to
                                                   the lime and limestone system.
102

-------
                                                        NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN  FINE  PARTICLE CONTROL
                                                                                                       James H. Abbott
                                                                                                  Leslie E. Sparks, Ph.D.
                                                                                                        Dale L. Harmon
                                                                                               Dennis C. Drehmel, Ph.D.
                                                                            Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
                                                                                   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
   L £ Sparks. Pb D
 PARTICULATE COLLECTION
 DEVICES
PATB R&D
SUBDIVISIONS
      Particulate  emissions are usually  collected from  an industrial  smoke  stack  by
one  or  more types of three conventional  devices:   fabric filters, wet  scrubbers,  and
electrostatic precipitators  (ESP).  The design of each of these three  devices  has until
recently  remained relatively unchanged  since the turn of the century. In  recent years
because  of  the  need  to  collect smaller and  smaller particles,  meaning  higher  and
higher collection  efficiencies,  many  improvements have  been  developed  for  the
conventional  devices,  and a  number  of  novel devices  and/or  concepts have been
proposed, developed, and/or marketed.

      As the  requirement  to  collect  finer and finer  particulate has been imposed, the
cost  of  conventional  particulate control  has risen.  Since  many  important collection
mechanisms become  much less  effective  on  fine  particles  (particles less  than   1-3
^m  in  diameter),  conventional  devices (with  the  exception  of fabric  filters)  have
become  larger or have required  more energy to operate and  thus have become more
expensive.  In order to minimize the impact of these increased costs on  our national
clean air  policy, the  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (EPA)  has  supported a
research  and  development (R&D) effort aimed at  (1)  developing and demonstrating
improvements  to reduce  the cost and increase the  efficiency  of  conventional devices,
(2) solving special particulate control problems  having wide national  implementations,
such   as  those  associated  with the  use of  low sulfur coal and  the  increased use of
diesel  powered   autos,  (3)  evaluating  existing novel  devices,  and  (4)  discovering
and  bringing  to  a commercial  feasibility  stage  devices based  on  new collection
principles or concepts of  new combinations of existing  concepts.

      The Particulate  Technology Branch (PATB) of EPA's  Industrial  Environmental
Research  Laboratory, located  at  Research  Triangle  Park, North Carolina, for the  past
5  years  has had  the major responsibility for carrying out the R&D  effort mentioned
                                                                                                                    103

-------
                                      above.  Listed  below are  the currently  most  active  and  perhaps  most  important
                                      subdivisions of this particulate R&D  program:

                                         «  Development  of  Technology  for Control  of  Particulate  Emissions  From  the
                                            Combustion  of Low  Sulfur  Coal (Electrostatic Precipitators, Fabric  Filtration,
                                            and  Flue Gas Conditioning).

                                         •  Fugitive  Emission  Control for Particulate Sources.

                                         •  Development  and Transfer of  Particulate  Control  Techniques to  Mobile Diesel
                                            Emissions.

                                         •  Determination  of  Emission  Factors  for  Inhalable Particulate Ambient Standard.

                                         •  New Idea Identification and  Evaluation  (Novel  Device  Evaluation).

                                         •  New Particulate Control Technology Development  (Novel  Concepts).

                                            In a  two-stage ESP,  particle charging  occurs  principally  in the  first  stage,  or
                                       precharger, where  electric  current  densities  are  high. Particle collection occurs in  the
                                       second  stage,  or  collector,  which  would  be designed  to operate at  relatively low
                                       current  density  and  high  electric field strength.  Thus,  it  is in the precharger that
                                       back-corona caused  by high electrical resistivity poses  the greatest difficulty. The
                                       EPA/SoRI  precharger  differs from  other  prechargers  under  development  because
                                       back-corona effects  are overcome  by electrical  means  and no  special effort  is made
                                       to  keep high  resistivity  dust  from  collecting  in  the  precharger.  The  decision  to
                                       overcome  high  resistivity  effects was made  after laboratory experiments showed that
                                       a monolayer  of  high  resistivity  dust was  sufficient to  defeat  the  purpose  of  the
                                       precharger (1).
                                                     5.2
                                                   30
                                                                               $103/M3/S
                      10.4
                                                      20
                                                                                                     26
                                                                     31.5
                                                                                                                 120
                       40          60          80         100

                        M2/M3/S SPECIFIC COLLECTOR AREA
FIGURE 1-Efficiency versus estimated size and capital cost of electrostatic precipitators
104

-------
SUPPRESSION
OF  BACK-CORONA
     The  precharger design  for  suppression of back-corona  is based on  a simple
wire-plate  electrode geometry, with  the  addition  of  perforated  screen  electrodes
parallel to the  plates, as illustrated in  Figure 2. A high voltage applied to the corona
wire will bring about corona conduction.  In  general, part  of  the  current  will go to
the plate and  part to  the  screen, depending on the relative potential  at each.  If the
plate  is grounded and the  screen is  set at  a  potential having the same polarity as
that of the  corona  wire,  ions moving  toward  the plate will  be  repelled  from the
screen. If  the  magnitude of the potential at the  screen  is great enough, the screen
current  may  go  to zero,  while  a  considerable  corona  current passes  through  the
openings  in  the  screen,  proceeding from  the  corona  wire  to the plate.  If  a  high
resistivity dust is  introduced  into the system,  some of the dust may  be precipitated
on  the  plate electrodes. Very  little  dust  will be  deposited on the screen, because
the charge on  the particles will be  the  same as  that of the screen, and hence there
will be a repulsive force between the particles and the screen electrodes. If enough
dust builds  up on the plate  electrode, back-corona may  occur.  The ions resulting
from  back-corona will have  polarity  opposite from that of  the  screen, so that in
moving  away  from  the  plate  they will be attracted  by the  screen  and  captured.
Thus, the ion  density in  the  space  bounded  by  the screen  electrodes can  remain
                                                        mss

                                                                            w
                                                                            r
                       ft!   i!
S!
                   Sii
                                                                                                             105

-------
 NONOPTIMUM
 COLLECTOR STAGE
essentially  unipolar,  even if  a substantial amount of back-corona  activity occurs  at
the  plate electrodes.  Additional  information on  the precharger is given  by  Pontius
and  Sparks  (2).

      Pilot plant experiments of the two-stage concept,  with a nonoptimum collector
stage,  have  been described by Sparks, et al  (3). Their results  for high resistivity  dust
are  shown  in  Figure 3.  Economic  projections based  on the  pilot plant data  show
that even with  a nonoptimum collector  stage the  two-stage  system  should result  in a
factor 2-1/2 to  3 reduction in ESP capital cost. Optimizing  the  downstream collector
should  result  in even  lower  costs and  enable  us to meet  the  objective. A  10  MW
pilot demonstration  of  the  precharger/collector  system  is  being  started.  System
design has been finalized and startup is expected  in early  1980.
                                                1.0
                                           8   °-5
                                           P   0.4
                                           cf   0.3
                                           111
                                           01
                                           0.
                                                0.2
                                                0.1
                                                    —   \    \      \    \
                                                                                    f
                                                  I.I    1   I
                                                 PRECHARGER OFF
                SCA = 25 m2/m3/s
                p^ 2 X 1012 ohm-cm
                  I    I      I    I   I  I   I  I I  I
                                                  0.1        0.2   0.3  0.40.5        1.0        2.0   3.0 4.05.0       10

                                                                    PARTICLE DIAMETER,
                                          FIGURE 3—Graded penetration curve showing effect of precharger
 FABRIC FILTRATION
      Although  fabric  filters  have  been  successfully  used  to  control   particulate
emissions from  small  boilers,  they  have  not  been  used  in  the  U.S.  to control
particulate emissions  from  large  utility  boilers  because of  the  large  size of filter
systems, the  apprehension about  fabric  durability  and  mechanical  design, and  the
lack of familiarity  with fabric  filter technology  by utilities.  For these reasons most
utilities will  probably  not use  fabric filters until they  are demonstrated  on a  large
scale—even though  fabric  filters appear  to be economically  attractive  for  low  sulfur
coal applications.

      A  contract  has been funded with  Southwestern  Public  Service  Company
(SWPS) to provide the needed  full  scale  demonstration  of a fabric  filter for control
of  particulate  on  a  large  utility  boiler   burning  western  low sulfur coal. A new
baghouse  began  operation  in  June 1978  on  a 356 MW boiler  at the  Harrington
Station of  SWPS  in  Amarillo, Texas. In  FY-79,  three 1-month  detailed emission
tests  are  scheduled to be completed to  characterize  this fabric  filter. The contract
will continue  until  1984 in order to determine the technical and economic feasibility
and  the  long  term  reliability  of  the  fabric  filter.  Preliminary  data indicate that
particulate emissions  are   acceptable.   However, bag  cleaning  and  system  pressure
drop  problems do  exist.  Work is  underway to resolve these  problems.  In spite of
these  problems the costs  of fabric filters  appear to be reasonable  when compared to
other conventional  technologies for many  low sulfur coal applications.
106

-------
FLUE  GAS CONDITIONING
FUGITIVE  EMISSION
CONTROL
  Particle collection by  ESP's can  be  improved by  introducing chemicals into  the gas
stream which alter the electrical properties of the gas, the electrical  resistivity of the
dust, or  some  other property  of the  dust.  Sulfur  trioxide  (803), ammonia,  and
proprietary   chemicals  are  commercially  available  conditioning  agents.  PATB  has
initiated  a program to determine the  effectiveness and  possible environmental  impact
of  flue  gas  conditioning.  PATB  is  also  sponsoring  a  demonstration  of  sodium
conditioning.  Results,  to date, of these two efforts are  discussed below.

      Field  test evaluation  of available conditioning agents  has  shown that  SOg  is
an  effective flue  gas  conditioning agent  which  reduces the  electrical  resistivity  of
fly  ash  (4,5).  Field  tests of a  proprietary  agent do not  show any improvement  in
ESP performance  (5). The  field data also show  that  863 conditioning  can result  in
significant  emissions of  803.  This 803 can  condense in the  atmosphere and  form a
visible plume.

      Laboratory studies  indicate that triethylamine, which  is used  in  Australia, can
react with  flue gas components to form significant amounts  of nitrosamine.

      The demonstration of sodium conditioning follows successful  pilot studies. The
full  scale  demonstration is  now  underway.  Preliminary  data disclosed  mechanical
problems associated with distribution  of the sodium carbonate/fly ash mixture in the
gas  stream  and  on  the ESP  collector  plates.  Steps  were  taken   to  correct these
problems during a  recent  boiler  outage.  Data  on the system following the  boiler's
return to  service  are  not  available.  This demonstration will  be  completed by  late
1979.

      Among  the  standards used  by  EPA to  prevent  adverse health and  ecological
impacts  of  air  pollution is the  National Ambient  Air Quality Standard (NAAQS).
The NAAQS  is currently expressed in a  number of ways involving  the limitation of
total suspended  particulate  (TSP).  Unfortunately,  the TSP  standard  is not being
met in  many  air  quality control regions. Fugitive dusts account  for  most  of this
problem. In  9 out of 10 control  regions, fugitive emissions are greater than ducted-
point  source  emissions.  In one out  of three  control regions, fugitive  emissions are
more  than   10  times  greater than ducted-point source emissions (6).  Within cities
the  contribution of point sources is  expected  to be smaller than fugitive  emissions.
In  Philadelphia, more than one-third  of the TSP was attributed to  reentrained street
dust and vehicular traffic;  point sources were  responsible  for  less than  one-fourth of
the TSP.
ROAD CARPET
      Because  of  the  importance  of  fugitive sources  in  meeting  NAAQS, PATB
has begun  a program  of  control  technology  R&D. Described below are two  ongoing
projects which have been  labeled new concepts.  This term  doe not imply that  such
technology  has  not been previously investigated  but rather  that the  technology has
not been  fully  utilized  and  will remain  new  until it  is accepted into conventional
practice. The  two  new concepts described here are road carpet and the spray charge
and trap (SCAT) system.

      The fundamental concept  behind use  of a fabric roadbed  stabilizer,  or  road
carpet,  for  control  of fine  particle emissions  from  unpaved  roads  is prevention of
vortex entrainment by separation of fine roadbed  materials from the coarse aggregate
where the  traffic  movement  occurs.  Large aggregate  is held  from  settling, while
newly deposited  fines  (< 70 /am)  are filtered by  gravitation and  hydraulic action
down to  a  zone  away from  vortex  entrainment. Road carpet can  be  made  from
spunbonded, thin-film polypropylene on nylon sheet (Celanese), continuous  filament
polyester  fibers  needled  to  form  a  highly  permeable  fabric  (Monsanto),  or other
spun  or needle-punched  synthetic  materials. The mechanical  interlocking of fibers
makes a formed  fabric with  the durability and toughness required for the  proposed
use.  Designed for  road  construction  use,  this fabric is laid  over poor  loadbearing
soils to help  support  and contain the overburden aggregate. It  spreads concentrated
stress from  heavywheeled traffic  over  a  wider area, siphons away  ground water, and
contains fine  soil  particles  in  the roadbed that can otherwise contaminate ballast or
road overburden.
                                                                                                                     107

-------
SPRAY CHARGE
 DIESEL  PARTICULATE
 CONTROL
      Air  Pollution  Technology,  Inc.  is studying  the second  concept, use  of the
scrubber systems  approach  in controlling fugitive  process  emissions  (FPE). Figure 4
is  a  functional   diagram  for  the  process  anticipated for  controlling   FPE.  The
functional  phenomena  represented  in  this  diagram  could  occur  concurrently  or
separately  in  several types  of  equipment.  The  control  concept  is basically a three
step  process:

   •  Containment of the  FPE with  electric or air  curtains.

   •  Treatment with  sprays which  have electrostatic charge or  surface active  agents.
      (When  electrostatic  charge  is  used the control  concept is  the  SCAT system.)

   •  Removal  of the  droplets  in  an  entrainment separator. PATB has planned  an
      extensive research,  test, and  evaluation  program for both  of these  concepts.

      The  research  portion  will  identify  parameters  affecting  the  theoretical  and
economic  limitations to  utilization  of the technology.  Preliminary  studies of these
parameters  will  provide  an  understanding  for  optimization.  In the  case of  road
carpet,  the  vortex  entrainment,  comminution,  and  saltation   of  material  on the
coarse aggregate must  be modeled. Parameters affecting performance may be size and
thickness  of  the  aggregate.  For  the  scrubber  system using charged water  sprays,
methods of partial  containment of the FPE must  be studied as well  as fundamentals
of droplet/particle interactions.

      EPA's Office  of  Air,  Noise, and Radiation,  in response to the 1977  Clean Air
Act  Amendments,  is  preparing  particulate  emission standards for light duty  diesels
in 1981 and  heavy duty  diesels  in  1983. Uncontrolled  emissions  are approximately
as great as 1  gram  per mile and  the proposed standard for light duty diesel in 1981
is 0.6 grams per  mile. A  further  reduction for  light  duty  diesels  in  1983 has  been
proposed  which would  set the emission  limit at 0.2 grams  per mile. In light of the
lead  time  necessary   to  set standards  and  to  change  engine  production,  these
proposed  standards  require  the immediate identification and verification of candidate
control technologies. Moreover,  biological assays have  shown  diesel particulate to  be
mutagenic and hence  potentially   carcinogenic.  Should  further  testing verify  this
hazard  and U.S. auto  manufacturers continue  to  plan for conversion to diesel cars  to
meet corporate average fleet fuel  economy requirements, even  stricter controls  may
be necessary.
 NEW CONCEPTS
      Consequently, PATB  has been  intensively  searching for and reviewing  potential
control  technology  approaches.  It  has  been  determined  that  control  of  diesel
particulate  is  possible  with  an aftertreatment  control  device called  the Aut-Ainer.
According to  PATB's  Japanese technology transfer  contractor, Senichi Masuda, this
device  is  being  developed  in  conjunction with  Mitsubishi Motor  Company, Inc.
Reported collection  efficiencies range  from 65 percent  to  90  percent. The device
works by expansion  of the exhaust  gas through a throttle plate and  collection on  a
metal  fiber  mat.  The filter  may   be cleaned  by  flushing  to  a  sump  which  is
periodically purged.

      Other  control  approaches  are  being  investigated  which   utilize  technology
developed  for  stationary   sources. While  conventional   configurations of  scrubbers,
baghouses, and electrostatic precipitators cannot respond to  limitations on  space and
convenient  disposal  of collected  particulate,  new  concepts  involving conventional
devices can. The  baghouse  would  become a  pleated  cartridge filter, the  scrubber
would become a charged  droplet scrubber, and the electrostatic  precipitator would
become  a  two-stage   precipitator  with  flushed  collection  plates.  The  latter two
concepts  would  remove  particulates  to a sump which  could  be  periodically  purged
as with the Japanese control concept. In the case of the  pleated filter, the collection
media would  be  a felt ceramic and would  be cleaned  by combustion or catalytic
incineration. Review of these  concepts is  currently  in  progress  to verify feasibility.
Later,  bench   scale   designs   will   be   tested  in  the   laboratory  using  engine
dynamometers  to provide the particulate source. Finally,  there will be an attempt to
demonstrate  control with a  prototype device on  a field  tested  vehicle.
108

-------
                                                                                                         TEXT
        WATER
        DROPS
 m -
 Z
 O
        FUGITIVE
        PARTICLE
        EMISSIONS
                           CONTACT DUST
                            WITH SPRAYS
              COLLECT DUST
                ON DROPS
  SEPARATE
— -DROPS-
  FROM AIR
                                                               DISPOSE
                                                                 OF
                                                                DUST
CLEAN
 AIR
  X
  m
-D-
  Z
                                                              DISPOSE OF
                                                             OR RECYCLE
                                                                WATER
   FIGURE 4-Functional diagram for the major process steps involved in controlling fugitive
   particle emissions with a charged drop system
INHALABLE PARTICULATE
AMBIENT STANDARD
      In  response to the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977, EPA is considering an
ambient  air standard  for  inhalable  particles which have been  defined as those  having
aerodynamic  diameters  less  than  15 jum.  Consequently,  it will  be  necessary to have
emission   factors for   inhalable  particles to  provide for  implementation  of  the
standard.   Particulate   emission  factors,  as  compiled   in   EPA  Report   AP-42
("Compilation of Air  Pollutant  Emission  Factors"), estimate the emission of total
suspended  particulates  from  uncontrolled  sources.  This  current  program  is for
determining emission  factors based on  a  cut-off  size for inhalable particles for both
controlled  and uncontrolled sources. To  achieve the objectives of this program the
following steps have already been started:

   •  Development  of  sampling  techniques  to  allow assessment  of the  particulate
      characteristics based on the inhalable potential.

   •  Extrapolation  of the existing  data on particulate characteristics  to the inhalable
      size range where possible.

   •  Selection of  sampling  strategies for  major  sources  based on   national  and
      regional  impact  within budgetary constraints.

      Since  a fine  particulate standard  may  also  be desirable in  the future as  a
secondary  standard, this  program  will  continue  with the development of necessary
                                                                                                                  109

-------
NOVEL  DEVICE  PROGRAM
measurement  techniques  and  the testing  of  sources  (both  point  and  fugitive)  in
support of an  inhalable particulate primary  ambient standard and  a fine  particulate
secondary standard. This data will be used for the development of state implementa-
tion   plans  (SIP's)  necessary  to  the  implementation  of  these  future  proposed
standards.

      The objective  of  lERL-RTP's novel device program is to  identify  and evaluate
new  technology or new combinations of well studied mechanisms in order to  achieve
cost  effective control   of  fine particulate.  A  novel  particulate collection device  is a
device or a dust collection system based on  new collection  principles  or on radical
redesign  of conventional  collectors which  are available  for  testing as  pilot  or full
scale  units.  In the fall of 1973 the novel  device evaluation program was initiated to
identify, evaluate,  and  develop,  where necessary,  those devices or systems  which
showed the  most  promise for high  efficiency collection  of  fine  particulate. More
than  40 novel particulate collectors  have been  identified. About half  of the  devices
identified have  been of  sufficient  interest  to justify technical  evaluations. To date
14 devices have been either field  or  laboratory tested:
                                                   1.0
                                                            I   I
                                              o
                                              z
                                              o
                                              <
                                              cc
                                              I-
                                              UJ
                                              z
                                              01
                                              O.
                                                   0.1
                                                  0.01
                                                 0.001
               0.1
                                                                                    1.0
                                                                AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER,
                                          FIGURE 5—Penetration vs. particle size for novel devices tested by EPA
110

-------
HIGHEST OVERALL
EFFICIENCY
        Braxton—Sonic Agglomerator
        Lone Star Steel-Steam-Hydro Scrubber
        R.  P. Industries—Dynactor Scrubber
        Aronetics—Two Phase Wet Scrubber
        Purity Corporation—Pentapure Impinger
        Entoleter—Centrifield Scrubber
        Andersen 2000-CHEAF
        Rexnord-Granular Filter Bed
        Air Pollution Systems—Electrostatic Scrubber (Scrub-E)
        Air Pollution Systems—Electro-Tube
        Century  Industrial  Products-FRP-100 Low Energy Wet Scrubber
        American Precision  Industries—Apitron
        Particulate Control Systems—Electrified  Bed
        Ceilcote—Ionizing Wet Scrubber

     Fractional penetration curves for these devices are shown in Figures 5 to 7.  Of
all the devices tested,  the  American Precision  Industries' Apitron gave the  highest
overall  mass efficiency and fine  particle fractional efficiency—99.9991  percent mass
                                               1.0
                                           o
                                           s
                                           H-
                                            tai
                                           z
                                           o
                                           I-
                                           cc
                                           z
                                           01
                                           a.
                                               0.1
                                               0.01
                                             0.001
                                                   ^  I    I     I IT IITTH     I   TT III  HIM
                                                              	APS ELECTROSTATIC SCRUBBER
                                                              	APS ELECTRO TUBE
                                                              	CEILCOTE IONIZING SCRUBBER
                                                              	UW ELECTROSTATIC SCRUBBER
                                                              	 ELECTRIFIED BED
                                                  0.1
                                          1.0

                                                            AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER, MmA
                                       FIGURE  ^-Penetration  vs. particle size for electrostatically augmented  novel devices
                                       tested by EPA
                                                                                                               111

-------
                                      efficiency on  a  redispersed silica  dust (8). Collection  efficiency  on particles  between
                                      0.25 /urn and 2 /urn was  greater than 99.9 percent. The Apitron  is  an electrostatically
                                      augmented fabric  filter. Without  the  electrical energy  being  applied, the collection
                                      efficiency was still high—99.997 percent; however, the  pressure  drop  increased  by a
                                      factor of  3.
                                                 10
                                                  ,-2
                                                 icr
                                              o
                                              O
                                              LU
                                              Z
                                                   .
                                              o- 10"
                                                 10'
                                                                                       I   I   I

                                                                         	WITHOUT ESP POWER
                                                                         	 WILL FULL ESP POWER
                                                   -5 _   I   I   I  I  I  I   I  I  I I  I
                                                               AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER, jumA
                                          FIGURE 7—Penetration vs.  particle size for Apitron  unit operating as a conventional
                                          fabric filter and with full ESP power
SCRUBBER  EFFICIENCY
     Of the scrubbers tested,  the  Lone  Star  Steel Steam-Hydro  Scrubber gave  the
highest  efficiency on  fine  particulate—99.9 percent efficiency on  a fine fume from
an open  hearth steel furnace. However,  intrinsic power consumption  is quite high, an
order of magnitude  greater than  an  ejector venturi   scrubber.  If  fuel  must be
purchased  to  make  the  steam,  the  Steam-Hydro  system  is  not an  economic
alternative  to  such  systems as  fabric  filtration  or  electrostatic  precipitation. If
sufficient waste  heat  is  available,  the Steam-Hydro  system  becomes economically
feasible   (9).  The Aronetics  Scrubber  is  similar to the  Steam-Hydro Scrubber  but
instead  of  steam it  discharges high-pressure/high temperature (200°C) water through
a nozzle to  provide small  high-velocity water  droplets.  The  Aronetics unit, tested
112

-------
NOVEL CONCEPTS PROGRAM
on  a  ferroalloy plant, was not quite as efficient as the Steam-Hydro unit  (10). The
Air Pollution System  (APS)  electrostatic scrubber was  equal  in  fractional  collection
efficiency to a  venturi scrubber using 2-1/2 times as much energy (11). This system
will  be  discussed  in  more  detail  later. The Ceilcote  Ionizing  Wet  Scrubber was
similar  in  performance  to the APS  Electrostatic  Scrubber.  The  APS Electro-Tube,
which is  similar to a  wet-wall  ESP, gave  some  very  high  collection efficiencies on
fine particles—  as  high  as 98.9  percent on  0.5 ;Um particles. This  performance  is
similar  to  that which  can be achieved in small wet  ESP's with the  same ratio  of
plate  area to volumetric flow  rate  as  the Electro-Tube  unit tested  (8).

      The  major difference between  the Novel Device  and  Novel Concepts program
areas  is that  the  device  program deals  with existing  equipment   which   is  either
offered  commercially  or  available  for  pilot  scale testing and  the concepts program
deals  with the  development  of equipment from  untried  ideas or  from the  results
of proven research  which  shows that  the development of an idea is feasible.

      Most work to  date  has been directed  toward combining electrostatic removal
mechanisms  with scrubbing or filtration mechanisms. The  first area  to be  developed
was charged  droplet scrubbing, with  a feasibility  study at  M.I.T.  (12)  and a  pilot
demonstration  at TRW  on a  Kaiser coke oven (13). Electrostatics and filtration  have
been  studied  at  both  Battelle  Northwest  (14)  and  Carnegie-Mellon (15,16)-the
former  with  bed  filters,  the  latter with  baghouses.  At least  two  new  concepts,  a
ceramic  membrane filter  and a magnetic  fiber bed, are oriented  toward cleanup  of
high  temperature gases  (1000-2000° F/500-1100°C).  Other  new concepts which  have
been  studied are foam scrubbing  and   pleated cartridge filters of a novel material.

      Of  the  advanced  electrostatic collection  concepts  studied,  those   employing
water droplets or filters  have demonstrated  enhanced  performance  and   should  be
considered for  future  applications.  Electrostatic  collection  with  water drops shows
high  removal   efficiencies for  0.5  jum particles  which  are  difficult to capture.
Electrostatic  collection with  filters shows  the potential for operation at either  lower
pressure drops  or  higher  filtration  rates.  Some electrostatic  collection  concepts are
given in Table  1. In general, the entries in Table 1 reflect  the three  major  categories
of  collection mechanisms: electric field  effects, scrubbing, and  filtration. For the last
two,   combining   electrostatic   effects   and  conventional   mechanisms   enhances
performance  over conventional devices of the same type. The possibility of enhanced
performance   stimulated   EPA's  involvement  in  developing   advanced electrostatic
collection  concepts.  Two  of  the  demonstrations  discussed in the  next section are
based on electrostatic collection concepts.
                                       TABLE 1
                                       Electrostatic collection concepts
                                             Concept
                             Collection
                            by means of
              EPA Activity
                                       Electrostatic Scrubbing    Electric field and
                                                                water droplets
                                       Charged Droplet
                                       Scrubbing
                         Water droplets
                                       Electrostatic Fiber        Filter fibers
                                       Beds
Contract 68-02-0250, MIT
Contract 68-02-1345, TRW

Grant 803278, University of Washington
Grant 804393, University of Washington
Contract 68-02-2666, Air Pollution System

Grant 801581, Battelle Northwest
                                       Electrostatic Effects       Filter fabric
                                       in Fabric Filters
                                            Grant 803020, Carnegie-Mellon University
                                                                                                                      113

-------
SUMMARY
NEW PROGRAMS
      Three  particulate  collection  systems,  identified  and/or  developed  under the
Novel  Device and Novel Concepts Programs, are  being demonstrated by  EPA at pilot
scale. These  systems are the University  of Washington  (UW)  Electrostatic  Scrubber,
the  Air  Pollution  Systems  (APS)  Electrostatic  Scrubber  (Scrub-E),  and  the  High
Gradient Magnetic Separator (HGMS).

      In  summary we will briefly  discuss where each  of  the major  research  areas
stands and also describe  some of  the unresolved problems in each area.

      The  Low Sulfur Coal  Program is a mature program and has several projects in
the demonstration phase. We fully expect to meet the program objectives of:

   •  Reducing capital cost of  ESP  by  a  factor of 3 to 5.

   •  Demonstrating  that  fabric  filters  are  a cost effective  method  of particulate
      control.

   •  Assessing the  environmental  impact of flue  gas conditioning  agents.

Some major  unresolved problems  in the low  sulfur  program area are:

   •  What  is  the  least  costly method  of controlling  particulate  and  sulfur  oxide
      emissions?

   •  What  technologies  are  most  applicable for  meeting  prevention of  significant
      deterioration requirements?

   •  What is needed to  meet opacity standards?

      The  Fugitive  Emission  Program  is  relatively  new. The  two  fugitive emission
control  concepts discussed  in   this  paper  promise  significant   improvements  in
controlling fugitive  emissions. Additional  research  and  development  is needed  to
develop more technology for fugitive emission control.

      The  Novel  Device  and Novel  Concepts  Programs are  mature  programs. Several
commercial devices have  been  evaluated. Three concepts have  been developed to the
pilot or full  scale demonstration  phase.

      The  Inhalable  Particulate Program is  brand  new. We expect to start field work
to acquire data for emission factors this  month. As  the  program develops, we expect
to identify areas where  particulate  control  technology  is needed and will  plan the
research  needed  to  develop  the  required  control  technology.  The  diesel  emission
program  is also new.

      We  plan  to begin the testing of devices for tailpipe exhaust  gas cleanup in
November  of this year.
114

-------
References
  1.   Pontius,  D. H.,  L.  G.  Felix, J.  R.  McDonald, and W. B. Smith. "Fine Particle
      charging  Development." EPA-600/2-77-173 (NTIS No. PB 271-727/AS), August
      1977.

  2.   Pontius,   D.   H.  and   L.  E. Sparks.  "A  Novel Device  for  Charging   High
      Resistivity Dust." J.APCA, 28, 698 (1978).

 3.    Sparks,  L.  E.,  G.  H.  Ramsey,  and  B.  E.  Daniel.  "Particle Collection  in  an
      Electrostatic  Precipitator Preceded by  EPA-SoRI  Precharger." J.APCA in  press
      (1979).

  4.   Dismukes, E.  B.,  and J.  P.  Gooch.  "Fly Ash  Conditioning  with  Sulfur
      Trioxide." EPA-600/2-77-242 (NTIS  No.  PB  276-651/AS), December  1977.

  5.   Patterson,  R., P. Riersgard, R. Parker, and  L. Sparks. "Flue Gas Conditioning
      Effect on Electrostatic Precipitators." Paper presented  at  Symposium on the
      Transfer  and  Utilization of Particulate  Control Technology, Denver, Colorado,
      July 1978.

  6.   Carpenter, B. H.,  and  G. E. Weant.  "Fugitive  Dust Emissions and Control."
      In  Symposium on  the Transfer  and  Utilization  of  Particulate  Control  Tech-
      nology:  Volume  IV.  Fugitive Dusts  and  Sampling,  Analysis and Characteriza-
      tion of Aerosols. EPA-600/7-79-044d, pp.  63-84, February 1979.

  7.   Bradway, R.  M., F. A. Record,  and  W.  E.  Belanger. "A Study of Philadelphia
      Particulates Using  Modeling  and  Measurement Techniques." In  Symposium  on
      the  Transfer  and  Utilization of  Particulate  Control  Technology:  Volume IV.
      Fugitive  Dusts and Sampling, Analysis and  Characterization of  Aerosols.   EPA-
      600/7-79-044d, pp.  377-390, February 1979.

  8.   Felix,  L. G., and  J. D. McCain.  "Apitron  Electrostatically Augmented  Fabric
      Filter  Evaluation."  EPA-600/7-79-070,  February 1979.

  9.   McCain,  J. D., and W. B. Smith.  "Lone  Star Steel  Steam-Hydro Air Cleaning
      System  Evaluation."   EPA-650/2-74-028  (NTIS  No. PB   232-436/AS),   April
      1974.

 10.   McCain,  J.  D. "Evaluation of Aronetics  Two-Phase Jet Scrubber." EPA-650/
      2-74-129 (NTIS  No. PB 239-422/AS), December  1974.

 11.   Calvert,  S., J. Rowan, S. Yung,  C.  Lake,  and  H.  Barbarika. "A.P.S.  Electro-
      static  Scrubber  Evaluation." EPA-600/2-76-154a  (NTIS No. PB  256-335/AS),
      June 1976.

 12.   Melcher,  J. R.,  and  K. S. Sachar. "Charged Droplet Scrubbing of Submicron
      Particulate."   EPA-650/2-74-075  (NTIS No.  PB  241-262/AS),  August  1974.

 13.   Krieve, W.  F., and  J.  M.  Bell. "Charged Droplet Scrubber for Fine Particle
      Control:  Pilot  Demonstration."   Report  EPA-600/2-76-249b  (NTIS No.  PB
      260-474/AS), September 1976.

 14.   Reid,  D. L.,  and  L.  M.  Browne.  "Electrostatic  Capture of Fine  Particles  in
      Fiber  Beds." EPA-600/2-76-132 (NTIS No. PB 260-590/AS), May 1976.

 15.   Penney,   G.  W.  '"Electrostatic  Effects  in   Fabric  Filtration:  Vol. I.  Fields,
      Fabrics,  and  Particles  (Annotated  Data)."  EPA-600/7-78-142a  (NTIS  No.  PB
      288-576/AS), September 1978.

 16.   Frederick, E.  R.  "Electrostatic  Effects  in  Fabric  Filtration:  Vol. II.  Tribo-
      electric  Measurements  and  Bag  Performance  (Annotated Data)." EPA-600/
      7-78-142b (NTIS No. PB  287-207/AS), July 1978.

                                                                            115

-------
                                     17.  Pilat, M.  J.,  and G.  A.  Raemhild.  "University  of Washington  Electrostatic
                                          Scrubber Tests at a Coal-Fired  Power  Plant." EPA-600/7-78-177b (NTIS  No.
                                          PB  292-646/AS),  December 1978.

                                     18.  Pilat, M. J., G. A.  Raemhild, and A.  Prem. "University of Washington Electro-
                                          static Scrubber Tests at a Steel Plant."  EPA-600/7-78-177a (NTIS No. PB  288-
                                          307/AS), September  1978.

                                     19.  Water Reclamation Using SALA-HGMS™ Magnetic  Separation Equipment and
                                          Filtration Processes. Sala  Magnetics, Inc., Cambridge,  MA  (1975).

                                     20.  Drehmel, D., and C. Gooding. "High Gradient Magnetic Particulate Collection."
                                          AlChE Symposium Series, Volume 74, 1978.

                                     21.  Gooding,  C.,  and  D.  Drehmel.  "Application   of  High  Gradient  Magnetic
                                          Separator to Fine Particle Control." J.APCA,  May 1979.
116

-------
                                                 DISPOSAL OF WASTES FROM COAL-FIRED POWER PLANTS
                                                                                                         Julian W. Jones
                                                                        Industrial  Environmental Research Laboratory/RTP
                                                                                    U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
  Ju/ian IV Jones
COAL ASH PRODUCTION
COAL ASH UTILIZATION
      Modern  fossil-fueled, steam-electric generating  plants present the full spectrum of
potential environmental  problems—pollution of air  and water and generation  of  large
quantities of solid waste.  Essentially all of the solid  wastes, except for bottom ash, are
generated by air  pollution'control devices—mechanical  collectors (e.g.,  cyclones),  elec-
trostatic precipitators, baghouses, and scrubbers—to control  emissions of fly  ash  and
sulfur  dioxide (SC>2).   Although there are other  wastes, such as those from water
treatment systems, the quantities of these are small  compared with the large amounts
of ash and  SC>2 scrubber waste produced.

      Coal  ash production by  electric utilities is expected to reach 65 million metric
tons per year, including  over  45 million metric tons per year of fly ash, by 1980 (1).
U.S. electric utility commitments to S02 scrubbers, or flue gas desulfurization (FGD)
systems, currently total about 62,500 Mw of electrical generating capacity  (2).  Approx-
imately 10  million to 15 million metric tons per year (dry)  of FGD wastes, exclusive
of fly  ash, are expected  to be produced by the  mid-1980's,  when all these plants are
onstream.

      Extensive utilization of coal  ash is  both technically and economically  feasible.
For  example,  fly  ash can be  admixed with  Portland  cement clinker in an ash:clinker
ratio  as  high  as  1:5. With Portland cement production in the U.S. currently around
80  million  metric tons per year, this means that approximately one-third of the  1980
fly  ash production could be used for this single application.  However,  current utiliza-
tion of fly  ash for all applications is just  13 percent of production, according to the
National Ash Association (3).

      In  1975 Japan produced  more  than  a million  metric  tons  of gypsum  by  FGD
processes,  primarily for   use  in  wall  board and  Portland cement  (4). TVA  recently

                                                                               117

-------
 COAL ASH DISPOSAL
 FGD WASTE DISPOSAL
completed a  study  for EPA  which  indicates  that  approximately  two-thirds of the
gypsum requirements for the Portland cement  industry in the U.S.  could be supplied
by  FGD systems in  a  competitive  market (5).  However, this use would consume only
about  20  percent  of the  FGD waste expected to be produced in  the mid-1980's. On
the other hand, a shift to grass-roots wallboard plants near  power plants, instead of
near natural  gypsum delivery points, could increase this percentage substantially.  The
wallboard  industry  currently  consumes about 11  million  metric  tons of gypsum
annually,  almost  four times  the  annual  consumption  of the  Portland  cement
industry (5).

      In any  event,  because of the current lack of market  demand for coal ash and
FGD  wastes,  most  electric utilities find disposal of these wastes the  most attractive
choice.  However, once the decision  is made in favor of  disposal, the  environmental
and economic effects of the various disposal options have to be addressed.

      Disposal  of  coal  ash, either  in  ponds or landfills,  has been practiced for many
years.   Ash  ponds  at   power plants overflow  to watercourses in  numerous locations.
Until  recently, this  was not of major  environmental concern,  very likely because the
major  chemical constituents of fly ash (i.e.,  those comprising the greatest  percentage
by  weight)  have very  low solubility.  However,  both existing and pending regulations
on  plant discharges  and disposal  of wastes on the land have caused a trend toward (a)
dry ash handling  and  disposal in  a landfill or (b) codisposal of ash with FGD waste,
either  in  a  zero-discharge  pond with recycling of water to the plant or as  part of an
FGD waste treatment process.

      Initially, FGD waste was disposed of in ponds, usually along with  fly ash from
the plant.   However, FGD systems have been  in the  limelight since early  in  the period
of  U.S. environmental  awareness,  and  very  early in their commercial history there was
concern about disposal of wastes  from these  systems because (a) the large amount of
occluded water in  the wastes or sludges made them physically unstable; (b) the variable
physical and chemical properties of the wastes made them an  "unknown"  material; and
(c)  the soluble and slightly soluble  chemical constituents in  the wastes made them
potential  sources of water pollution.  Consequently, considerable research and develop-
ment was  undertaken   by  governmental and private organizations.   These efforts have
resulted in  a  better understanding of  the nature of FGD wastes  and a trend  toward
more  environmentally  acceptable  and  cost-effective   methods of disposal,  either  in
ponds  lined with clay  or  other low permeability  material  to reduce their potential for
water  pollution or  in  a  landfill,  usually after chemical   treatment  of the waste to
improve its  physical  stability and  reduce its permeability.

      Other  methods  of  coal  ash and  FGD  waste disposal  are currently being con-
sidered, including  the return of these wastes for use in  coal mine reclamation.  At least
two plants, in North  Dakota  and Texas,  are  already  disposing of the  wastes in this
manner. Disposal  in the ocean, possibly by construction of an  artificial reef of treated
"blocks"  of FGD waste  and fly ash,  is also  being studied; the environmental  accept-
ability of  this method  has not yet been demonstrated.
 PRESENT REGULATORY
 FRAMEWORK
      Table  1  shows  Federal  legislation that applies to the  handling  and disposal  of
coal  ash  and FGD waste in ponds, landfills, coal  mines, and  the ocean. The two legis-
lative Acts that have the greatest impact on disposal of these  wastes  are the Federal
Water  Pollution Control Act  (FWPCA)  and the Resource Conservation and  Recovery
Act (RCRA).
                  *

      The FWPCA of  1972 established  a system whereby all  discharges  to  navigable
waters require  a  permit, issued by  EPA or a state  delegated  the authority by EPA.
This Act also  required industries to  use beginning July 1,  1977, the "best practicable"
control  technology  currently  available  (BPCTCA) to control  pollutant discharges, and
requires  application of  "best  available" technology  economically  achievable  (BATEA)
by July  1, 1983. EPA established national  effluent  guidelines,  based on BPCTCA and
BATEA,  for existing power  plants,  as well as  New  Source  Performance Standards
(NSPS)  for  plants  for  which  construction  was  initiated after the regulations were
proposed. Table  2 summarizes  effluent guidelines  and  standards for steam-electric
power plant ash ponds.
118

-------
TABLE 1
Federal regulatory framework for disposal of coal ash and FGD waste
     Possible Environmental
             Impact
                         Legislation
             Administrator
Surface Water Contamination    • Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972 and
                                 Amendments of 1977

Groundwater Contamination     • Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976

                               • Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974

Waste Stability/Consolidation    • Dam Safety Act of 1972

                               • Surface Mining  Control and Reclamation Act
                                 of  1977

                               • Occupational  Safety and Health Act of 1970
                                • Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act
                                 of 1969
 Fugitive Air Emissions
 Contamination of Marine
 Environment
    • Clean Air Act

    • Hazardous Materials Transportation Act of 1975

    • Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act  of 1969


    • Occupational Safety and Health Act of  1970
    ' Marine Protection Research and Sanctuaries Act
     of 1972
  • Environmental Protection Agency


  • Environmental Protection Agency

  • Environmental Protection Agency

  • Army Corps of Engineers

  • Office of Surface Mining
    Reclamation and Enforcement

  • Occupational Safety and Health
    Administration

  • Mining Enforcement Safety
    Administration

  • Environmental Protection Agency

  • Department of Transportation

  • Mining Enforcement Safety
    Administration

  • Occupational Safety and Health
    Administration

  • Environmental Protection Agency
 TABLE 2
 Effluent guidelines and standards for power plant ash ponds
      Discharge Stream
     Controlled Parameter
                                                                 BPCTCA*
                                                           BATEA*
                         NSPS*
 All Plant Discharges
 Bottom Ash Transport
 Water
            pH                        6.0-9.0
polychlorinated biphenyls  (PCBs)        zero
     6.0-9.0
      zero
6.0-9.0
 zero
                                                            30-day     daily      30-day     daily       30-day   daily
                                                            average   maximum   average    maximum    average  maximum
total suspended solids (TSS)         30
                                                                        100
3CH-12.5t  10CH-12.5    30+20   100+20

Fly Ash Transport
Water

oil


oil
and


and
grease
TSS

grease
15
30

15
20
100

20
15+12.5
30

15
20+12.5
100

20
15+20
zero

zero
20+20
zero

zero
 *AII quantities except pH are in units of mg/1.

 t^-12.5 or -^20 indicates the required degree of recycle (or "number of cycles") of water;
 -r12.5 means 8% blowdown allowed, while -^-20 means 5% blowdown allowed.
                                                                                                                    119

-------
CLEAN WATER ACT
 GROUNDWATER
 CONTAMINATION
 SPECIAL WASTES
     The  FWPCA  Amendments of  1977,  or  the Clean  Water Act (CWA), require
review  of the  BATEA and the NSPS, particularly  regarding the discharge of "priority
pollutants," 129 potentially hazardous pollutants, including heavy metals. The date of
BATEA compliance  is a function  of  the  type of pollutant and  the  level of treatment
possible.  Changes to the regulations on  ash  pond discharges currently under consider-
ation  include   limitations  on  certain  trace  metals,  zero discharge for bottom ash
(BATEA  and  NSPS),  and  possibly zero discharge for fly ash  (BATEA). The modi-
fied regulations are expected to be proposed  later this  year.

     No  guidelines or standards  have been promulgated specifically for  FGD  systems,
although the limitations for low  volume  waste streams are currently being applied.  In
general, it is assumed that there  will be no direct discharge from these systems.  How-
ever, because  of  operational  problems which require extra water, some of the com-
mercial  FGD  systems  have  entailed  a  discharge.   Nevertheless,  these  systems were
designed to operate "closed-loop," that is, the only discharge of water would  be that
associated  with the  FGD waste.   In  the more  recent  systems  to  come on line, this
design feature  is operational.

     With no  direct discharge from  FGD  systems, the major environmental  concern
associated  with FGD  waste disposal  is the   potential  contamination of groundwater.
This can  also  be said of an  ash  pond with no discharge, or of disposal of  ash in a
landfill.  The  major  Federal  legislation which addresses these potential problems is the
RCRA.     Before  enactment  of the  RCRA, there  was  no comprehensive   Federal
authority to regulate disposal  of  wastes.  This Act is designed  to  eliminate improper
disposal  of wastes through  Federal  regulation of  hazardous-waste*  disposal and state
regulation  (with Federal assistance) of nonhazardous solid waste  disposal.   The  Act
defines  a hazardous waste as a waste which poses a  "substantial present or potential
hazard to human health or the environment"  if improperly  managed.

      Regulations for  the  identification, handling, and  disposal of hazardous wastes
were proposed in  December  1978(6).   The  criteria for identifying hazardous wastes
include  characteristics such  as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity (e.g., strong oxidizing
agents), and toxicity.  The protocol for handling toxicity includes subjecting the waste
to an extraction procedure  (EP), followed by chemical analysis of the extract for eight
trace metals and six pesticides.  If the concentration of any of the metals or pesticides
exceeds  10 times  the EPA National  Interim Primary Drinking Water Standards, the
waste is considered to be hazardous.

     The proposed  regulations also included a  list of wastes that EPA considers to be
hazardous.  Neither coal ash nor  FGD waste was on the list.  However, EPA recog-
nized that some  percentage  of the  coal  ash and  FGD waste  might fail the  toxicity
criteria  because of excessive concentrations of one or more of the  eight trace metals.
(Concentrations of these metals  are  primarily  a  function of  the  coal composition,
although they also vary with  the type of FGC system and with  operating parameters.)
Nevertheless, EPA also  recognized that "such waste occurs in very  large volumes, that
the potential hazards posed by the waste are relatively low,  and that the waste is not
amenable to control  techniques..."  required  under  the Standards Applicable  to  Owners
and Operators of Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal  Facilities (6).  For
this  reason, hazardous  coal ash and  FGD wastes are  considered "special wastes" and
will very  likely be subject  to  standards less  stringent  than  the general hazardous-waste
disposal standards.

      In  the December  1978 announcement  EPA indicated that proposed rules regard-
ing the  treatment, storage, and disposal of special wastes would  be  published at a later
date.    In  the  interim, however,  many of  the  general facility  standards (e.g., waste
analysis, security,  recordkeeping, groundwater monitoring) will  apply to these wastes.
120
                                       *EPA may authorize state agencies to implement their own  programs if the programs are deemed
                                       equivalent to EPA regulations for hazardous-waste disposal.

-------
R&D WASTE DISPOSAL
PROGRAM
      Coal  ashes  and FGD  wastes  that  meet the toxicity  criteria are not considered
hazardous  (or special) wastes and therefore will  be  regulated under the nonhazardous
sections of  RCRA.   EPA is required by  RCRA  to  issue regulations for nonhazardous
waste disposal, but the  authority to implement and enforce these regulations rests with
the states.   Each state may  receive Federal assistance in this effort, if it adopts and
enforces the EPA regulations for disposal of nonhazardous waste.

      In 1972, EPA initiated  a major  program of research  and  development (R&D) in
the area  of FGD waste disposal.  The primary objectives of the  program were  better
quantification of potential environmental problems associated with FGD waste disposal
and better  assessment of FGD waste disposal technologies.  Coal ash disposal alone was
not investigated under  this initial  program.  However, since in  most instances  FGD
waste either contains fly ash  (collected in the scrubber)  or is mixed with ash prior to
disposal,  any  thorough  study of FGD waste,  such  as was conducted under this  pro-
gram, includes a study of fly ash.  Because  of this rather inseparable relationship
between  FGD waste and fly ash, the term "flue gas cleaning (FGC) wastes" was coined
to cover both  wastes.
                                            In  late 1974, plans were formulated to greatly expand EPA's FGC waste-related
                                       R&D efforts as part of the  Interagency Energy/Environment  R&D  Program.   These
                                       efforts  included  continuing  to  improve quantification  of potential  environmental
                                       problems (of the 1972 program).  They were also aimed at reducing costs, investigating
                                       a  broader  range of  alternative waste disposal options,  and examining possible  uses of
                                       the wastes.  The Interagency Energy/Environment R&D  Program dealing with disposal
                                       of  power  plant wastes is part of a larger program that involves control of waste and
                                       water  pollution.   The Waste and  Water  Program, as the larger program  is known, is
                                       divided into four major areas:

                                         •  FGC waste disposal

                                         •  FGC waste utilization

                                         •  Effluent treatment

                                         •  Water recycle/reuse

                                       Each of  these program areas comprises a  number of projects. These are listed in Table
                                       3.   The  FGC waste  disposal area of the Waste  and Water  Program  consists of 20
                                       projects, 7 of which  were recently  completed. In addition, three of  the  five water
                                       recycle/reuse projects  are directly related  to  FGC  waste  disposal.   The  discussion
                                       which  immediately follows describes  some of the significant accomplishments of these
                                       projects.
TABLE 3
Projects in the waste and water program
                          Project Title
                                             Contractor/Agency
   FGC WASTE DISPOSAL

   Assessment of Technology for Control of Waste
   and Water Pollution

  * FGC Waste Characterization, Disposal Evaluation,
   and Transfer of FGC Waste  Disposal Technology

  I Characterization and Monitoring of Full-Scale
   Utility Waste Disposal Sites
                         Arthur D. Little, Inc.
                         The Aerospace Corporation
                         Contractor Not Yet Selected
   'Project completed
   tDirect support of regulation development
                                                                                                                     121

-------
Table 3 (Continued)
                         Project Title
                                                                                 Contractor/Agency
*t Solid Waste Impact of Controlling SC>2 Emissions
   from Coal-Fired Steam Generators

   Laboratory and Field Evaluation of 1st and 2nd
   Generation FGC Waste Treatment Processes

   Ash Characterization  and Disposal

 * Studies of Attenuation of FGC Waste
   Leachate by Soils

 * Establishment of Data Base for FGC Waste
   Disposal Standards Development

   Development of Toxics Speciation  Model and
   Economic Development Document for FGC
   Waste Disposal

   Shawnee FGC Waste  Disposal  Field
   Evaluation

 * Louisville  Gas and  Electric Evaluation
   of FGC Waste Disposal Options

   FGC Waste Leachate/Liner Compatibility Studies
   Lime/Limestone Wet Scrubbing Waste Characterization
   and Disposal Site Revegetation Studies

  * Development of EPA Pilot Plant Test Plan To Relate
   FGC Waste Properties to Scrubber Operating Variables

  * Dewatering Principles and Equipment Design Studies

   Pilot Demonstration of  Advanced Gravity Settler

   Conceptual Design/Cost Study of Alternative Methods
   for Lime/Limestone Scrubbing Waste Disposal

   Evaluation of FGC Waste Disposal in Mines and
   the Ocean

  t Evaluation of Power Plant Wastes for
   Toxicity as Defined by  RCRA


  t Study of Nonhazardous Wastes from Coal-Fired
   Utilities

   FGC WASTE UTILIZATION

  * Gypsum Byproduct Marketing Studies

   Pilot Studies of a Process for Recovery of Sulfur
   and Calcium Carbonate  from FGC Waste
The Aerospace Corporation
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
(Waterways Experiment Station)

Tennessee Valley Authority

U.S. Army Test  and Evaluation Command
(Dugway Proving Ground)

Stearns, Conrad  and Schmidt
Consulting Engineers,  Inc. (SCS Engineers)

SCS Engineers
Tennessee Valley Authority
The Aerospace Corporation

Louisville Gas & Electric Co.
(Subcontractor:  Combustion Engineering, Inc.)

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
(Waterways Experiment Station)

Tennessee Valley Authority
Radian Corporation


Auburn University

Auburn University

Tennessee Valley  Authority


Arthur D. Little,  Inc.


Radian Corporation
Department of Energy
(Oak Ridge National Laboratory)

Radian Corporation
Tennessee Valley Authority

Pullman-Kellogg
   'Project completed
   tDirect support of regulation development
122

-------
Table 3 (Concluded)
                           Project Title
                  Contractor/Agency
  Fertilizer Production Using  Lime/Limestone
  Scrubbing Wastes

 * Use of FGC Waste in a Process for Alumina
  Extraction from Low-Grade Ores

  EFFLUENT TREATMENT

  Characterization of Effluents from Coal-Fired
  Power Plants

  Treatment of Power Plant Wastes with
  Membrane Technology

 * Alternatives to Chlorination for Control
  of Condenser Tube Biofouling

 t Assessment of the Effects of Chlorinated Seawater
  from  Power Plants on Aquatic  Organisms

*t Evaluation  of Dechlorination for the Removal of Total
  Residual Oxidants in Salt Water Cooling Systems

 * Bromine Chloride—An Alternative to Chlorine for
  Fouling Control  in Condenser Cooling  Systems

 t Evaluation  of Lime Precipitation for Treatment
  of Boiler Tube Cleaning Waste

*t Assessment of Technology for  Control of Toxic
  Effluents from the Electric  Utility Industry

*t Field  Testing/Laboratory Studies for Development
  of Effluent Standards for Electric Utility Industry

  Effects of Pathogenic and Toxic Material
  Transported via Cooling Device Drift

  Assessment of Measurement Techniques for Hazardous
  Pollution from Thermal Cooling Systems
Tennessee Valley Authority
TRW, Inc.
Tennessee Valley Authority
Tennessee Valley Authority
Monsanto Research Corporation
TRW, Inc.
TRW, Inc.
Martin Marietta Corporation
Hittman Associates, Inc.
Redian Corporation
Radian Corporation
H2M, Inc.
Lockheed Electronics Co.
Northrop Corporation
  WATER  RECYCLE/REUSE

 * Assess Power Plant Water Recycle/Reuse

 t Pilot Demonstration of Closed-Cycle Ash Sluicing

*t Water Pollution Impact of Controlling S02 Emissions
  from Coal-Fired Steam Generations

  Power Plant Cooling Tower Slowdown Recycle by
  Vertical Tube Evaporator With Interface Enhancement

 * Treatment of Flue Gas Scrubber Waste Streams With
  Vapor Compression Cycle Evaporation
Radian Corporation

Radian Corporation

Radian Corporation


University of California - Berkeley


Resources Conservation Company
  *Project completed
  tDirect support of regulation development
                                                                                                                  123

-------
 FCG WASTE
 CHARACTERISTICS
 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
 FGC WASTE DISPOSAL
 TECHNOLOGY
      The chemical characteristics of FGC  scrubber waste have, to a large degree, been
quantified.   FGC waste liquors  have been shown to exceed  drinking water standards
for total  dissolved solids  (TDS),  with high  concentrations  of calcium, sulfate, and
chloride, and, in some cases, fluoride, magnesium, and sodium.  In addition, concentra-
tions  of several trace metals have  been noted  in excess of drinking  water  standards.
The chemical  composition of FGC waste solids consists of calcium sulfite hemihydrate,
calcium sulfate  dihydrate  (gypsum)  and/or hemihydrate, and calcium  carbonate, plus
any fly ash  collected in the scrubber.  The  percentage of each  solid constituent is
primarily  a  function  of the alkaline additive  (e.g., lime, limestone), the sulfur in the
coal,  and the manner in which the scrubber system  is operated  (e.g.,  whether forced
oxidation is  applied, whether  fly  ash  is collected separately).  Although fly ash has
been  shown to be a major contributor  of trace  elements to the waste solids and liquor,
separate collection of fly ash does not necessarily mean that concentrations of all these
elements in the waste liquor will  be insignificant (7).

      A compilation  of  existing  data on coal  ash, generated by TVA and others, was
issued in early 1977  (8).  This report  showed  that a number of potentially  hazardous
trace  constituents tend  to be concentrated  in fly ash (as opposed to  bottom ash).
Further efforts are currently under way to  better define this preferential "partitioning"
of chemical constituents between fly ash and  bottom ash,  as well as the concentration
of specific constituents as a function of particle size.  This  latter information would be
especially significant  in understanding the effect of the  presence or absence  of fly ash
on FGD waste liquor composition.

      The physical properties  of  FGC waste vary considerably from system to system.
Chemical composition is related  to, but does not adequately  define, the size and type
of the  solid  crystals.   For  example,  in comparing the lime  and limestone  scrubber
solids from  the  EPA/TVA  Shawnee test facility, the  limestone scrubber solids were
found to  be primarily  individual  platelets or "rosette"  aggregates,  while the  lime
scrubber solids  were  primarily spherical aggregates with somewhat better settling and
dewatering properties.   However, the  chemical compositions of the solids from both
scrubbers were quite similar.

      Regardless  of the  chemical  composition,  when  FGC  wastes are  not adequately
dewatered  (or are allowed  to  "rewet" after dewatering),  they tend to be physically
unstable, or fluid, with  little  or  no compressive strength.  This physical  instability of
FGC  wastes  and the pollution potential of chemicals  dissolved in the occluded water
are the two  major environmental  concerns associated  with  disposal of these wastes.

      Several approaches for improving the physical stability of FGC wastes have been,
and  continue to  be,  studied  as part  of a disposal method.   A  basic  feature of all
approaches  is  the  removal of  sufficient  water from  the  waste,  either physically or
chemically (or by a combination of the two),  to  achieve physical stability.  Occluded
water is more easily  removed physically if  the  solid particles are large  enough to settle
rapidly  or if they provide  a sufficiently porous structure for mechanical  water removal
(e.g.,  filtration).  Difficulty in  physical dewatering of FGC wastes is normally attributed
to the  small  platelet  crystalline structure  of  calcium sulfite.   However,  some forms
of calcium sulfite crystals  are more easily dewatered  than  others, suggesting the possi-
bility  of avoiding the less desirable  forms by-proper scrubber operation.

      At the  present  time, the relationship between the scrubber  operating parameters
and the characteristics of the calcium  sulfite crystals  has not been adequately defined
although certain qualitative  observations, such  as the  comparison between lime and
limestone scrubbers  mentioned above,  have already been made. For example, in lime-
stone  scrubbing  systems there  appears to  be  an inverse relationship between  sulfite
crystal size and limestone additive  stoichiometry (9).  In addition,  in tests with lime at
Louisville Gas and  Electric's Paddy's Run station, calcium sulfite crystals formed in a
large  (high  retention  time)  tank  were  mostly  individual  platelets, whereas  crystals
formed  in a small (low retention time)  tank were primarily aggregates of platelets (10).

      To better define the relationship  between scrubber operation and calcium sulfite
crystals, crystal nucleation  and growth were  studied.   This  study resulted  in a com-
puter  model  and a test  plan for both  completion of the model and definition of the
scrubber/crystal relationship  (11).  The tests will be  conducted at the EPA/IERL-RTP
124

-------
DEWATERING EQUIPMENT
 FIXATION PROCESSES
 FGC WASTE  DISPOSAL COSTS
pilot plant facilities later this year. We hope this testing will result in  the development
of procedures for obtaining consistent, easily dewatered calcium sulfite solids.

     A complementary  approach  to  improving the quality  of calcium sulfite  solids
would  be  to improve the performance of dewatering equipment. Laboratory pilot-scale
testing using calcium  sulfite waste  from Louisville  Gas and Electric has shown current
commercial  gravity settling  devices (clarifiers, thickeners) to be far from optimum. A
design  approach has been developed whereby the clarification and thickening functions
of the  gravity settler  have been separated into two pieces of equipment, each of  which
can be  optimized for its function. The result is improved dewatering (thicker under-
flow)   and  satisfactory  clarification  (without  using  flocculants),  with substantially
smaller  and  less expensive  equipment. Current plans are to  demonstrate  this design
approach on a large pilot scale  at TVA's Shawnee steam plant near  Paducah, Kentucky.
Testing should  be underway  by September or  October 1979. A paper describing the
laboratory pilot results was presented in June 1978 (12).

     One  way  to avoid  the  dewatering  problems  associated with calcium sulfite
crystals in  FGC waste  is to  use  oxidation  techniques to  produce calcium sulfate or
gypsum (CaS04.2H20).  Gypsum  crystals are typically much  larger and thicker than
sulfite  crystals;  therefore, they settle  more  quickly and trap  less water upon  settling.
Oxidation of the calcium sulfite  outside of the scrubber system,  although  feasible,  is
more  expensive than oxidation within the  scrubber loop, which is simpler and  there-
fore less expensive. The latter approach has been successfully tested  at the laboratory
and large field  pilot  levels (13), (14),  and  commercial systems are now being offered
by experienced  suppliers. Forced  oxidation of calcium sulfite to gypsum will be  tested
on a commercial scale system  at TVA's Widow's Creek steam plant.

     Many   utilities  are currently choosing  chemical treatment  (sometimes  called
fixation) processes to physically stabilize their FGC waste. Field testing these processes
under  the  EPA Waste and  Water  Program  has shown that the treated waste  exhibits
significant  structural  improvement, at  least a  50  percent reduction in  major solubles
(e.g., chloride) in the leachate, and an order of magnitude or more  reduction in perme-
ability  (15). Another advantage of chemical treatment is that coal ash  can be  codis-
posed of,  along  with the FGC waste.

     Other stabilization/disposal techniques are being evaluated, such  as underdrainage
and compaction of untreated  FGC wastes  and the production/disposal of gypsum. A
paper  describing recent  results of this evaluation  was presented  in  June  1978  (16).
In  areas  with  appreciable  rainfall,  the  underdrainage approach  appears  to require
division of  the  disposal  area  into several  sections; that is, over the life of the  plant,
disposal would  be accomplished one section at  a  time. For gypsum disposal in a pile,
considerable  maintenance  may  be   required  because   of  surface  cracking   from
freeze/thaw cycles and/or erosion from  rainfall  (16).

     Along  with the  technical/environmental  evaluation  of  alternative  FGC  waste
disposal techniques, the costs of each technique have also been determined. Preliminary
estimates, in 1977 dollars, for a typical high-sulfur coal-fired  plant have been recently
reported.  These show ponding costs of about  $5  to  $8 per  metric ton  (dry  solids,
including  fly  ash) and  chemical treatment/landfill  costs  of about  $10  per  metric ton
(same  basis  as  ponding) (17). More  detailed  cost estimates  (in  1980 dollars),  show
ponding costs  of about  $9 per  metric ton and  chemical treatment/landfill  costs of
about  $14  per  metric ton  (18).  (It  should be noted that the $14 figure includes all
dewatering equipment; the earlier $10  figure assumed the clarifier/thickener to be part
of the scrubber system.  Clarifiers were excluded in both ponding  cost  estimates.) De-
tailed cost  estimates  (also in  1980 dollars) for direct landfill of  FGC gypsum waste
(including fly ash)  indicate  a cost of about $11 per metric ton (19). These estimates
assumed  that   FGC  gypsum  wastes   could be   disposed  of  using  normal  landfill
techniques,  an  assumption that has not been commercially demonstrated. Estimates of
the costs of  coal ash  disposal by ponding and  landfilling are currently  under way.

     A cost  of $14 per metric  ton  for  FGC waste  disposal converts to about 1.5
mills/kWhr  revenue   requirement,  which compares  to  a total FGC system revenue
requirement  of  about 5 mills/kWhr.  Thus  it is clear that waste  disposal costs  are  a
                                                                                                                     125

-------
                                       major  part  of  FGC system  costs and, further,  that  any significant savings in waste
                                       disposal costs will substantially reduce total system costs.

                                            A number  of  the efforts described above, e.g.,  improving  performance of de-
                                       watering equipment, are aimed at reducing disposal costs. Other efforts will be  studied
                                       in  the   near future, e.g., using only the minimum  quantity  of  fly  ash  required to
                                       chemically treat the FGC waste and marketing the excess.

                                             Another  approach to  reduce  costs  is to use disposal methods which avoid the
                                       need for a  specially prepared disposal site  (e.g., a pond). Two methods currently under
                                       study are disposal in coal mines and at sea.
 COAL-MINE DISPOSAL
 ARTIFICIAL REEF
 CONSTRUCTION
 WATER RECYCLE/REUSE
      Coal-mine  disposal of  FGC waste has greatly  interested engineers  in  the  FGD
industry  for  many  years  because of established means  of  transportation  between the
coal  mine  and the power  plant and  because of the  need for  material to  fill the void
left by  coal  mining.  Also,  many  plants do not have sufficient  land  area for on-site
disposal.  The same  reasoning can, of course, be applied to coal ash alone. Preliminary
technical/economic  assessments  conducted  under  the EPA Waste and Water Program
indicated  that  active area surface mines are the most  promising candidates for this
disposal approach (20).

      FGC waste from  the Milton R. Young Station of Minnkota Power Cooperative
near Center,  North  Dakota, is currently being disposed of in an area  surface mine near
the plant. Ash from this plant has been disposed  of  in the mine for some time. Under
EPA sponsorship, a 2-year assessment of the environmental effects of this operation is
being conducted by  the  University  of North  Dakota  and  the North Dakota State
Geological  Survey. The assessment is expected to be completed in late 1979. Successful
demonstration of this disposal  approach could  make conversion to coal quite feasible
even in areas where land for disposal is limited.

      Preliminary costs  of mine disposal were  also  determined.  A wide  range, from
about $4  to  about  $10 (in 1977  $)  per metric ton of dry solids, depending on treat-
ment, if  used, and  transportation  costs,  was reported (20). More detailed  costs of this
disposal option are  being prepared.

      At-sea disposal  of FGC waste  is also  being assessed, because many plants in the
Northeast may  have  difficulty switching to coal  for lack  of disposal sites. Many  of
these  plants, however,  do  have access  to  the  ocean. It was also recognized that the
major soluble chemical  constituents  in  FGC  waste are  found  in relatively high con-
centrations in seawater. This assessment has identified several potential environmental
problems, the greatest of which  is sulfite toxicity. It appears that these problems could
be alleviated either by chemical  treatment to  a  brick-like form or  by oxidation  to
gypsum.  Preliminary  costs  of this  approach  were estimated to be about $4 to about $8
[(treated)  (in 1977 $)]  per metric ton of dry solids for disposal on  the Continental
Shelf; deep ocean disposal would  be expected  to  add another $3 to $4 per metric ton
to these  costs  (20).  More detailed costs for this  disposal method are being  prepared.
Pilot disposal  simulation studies are under  way to define the  environmental  effects of
both untreated and treated FGC sludge  disposal  at sea.

      In addition, a large-scale  pilot effort  is under way to demonstrate the feasibility
of artificial  reef construction using treated  blocks of  FGC waste. This project is being
conducted  under the joint sponsorship of  EPA, the  Electric  Power Research Institute
(EPRI), the Department of Energy (DOE),  the  Power Authority of the State of New
York,  and the  New  York  State  Energy  Research  and  Development  Authority
(NYSERDA).  Blocks will  be fabricated in. the  spring  of  1980, then  placed  in  an
approved  artificial  reef  site in the Atlantic Ocean near  Long Island.  The reef  will  be
monitored  for environmental effects and structural integrity for about 3 years.

      With the exception of dry  ash handling  and  disposal,  FGC waste operations at
power plants involve  the use of vast quantities  of water. All operational FGD systems
employ recirculation within the scrubber loop as well as  recycling and reuse of clarified
liquor from the  waste  dewatering system.  On  the other hand, ash sluice  systems are
typically once-through  operations; the  excess  water is  either  returned to the source
126

-------
                                      (e.g., a river) or is evaporated. Because of the scarcity  of  water  in some areas of the
                                      country,  environmental limitations on  chemical discharges, and  the  realization that
                                      better  water management—including  recycle/reuse—can  in  some  cases  reduce  costs,
                                      water recycle/reuse has become a topic of major interest.

                                           Under the Waste and  Water Program, water recycle/reuse efforts which  relate
                                      directly to  FGC waste disposal have resulted in the following accomplishments:
SUPPORT OF RCRA
REGULATION DEVELOPMENT
EXTRACTION  PROCEDURES
   • A general methodology was developed for use in a water management plan/design
     for the  major water use systems in a coal-fired  power  plant, i.e., the  cooling
     system, the ash sluicing system, and the FGD system  (21). Through the use of
     this methodology,  all  three of  these systems can be interconnected, with blow-
     down  from one  system used as feed for another.  For example, cooling tower
     blowdown might be  used  for ash sluicing, or ash sluice  recycle water  might be
     used for scrubber makeup.

   • A  vapor-compression  evaporative system (used  commercially  to  treat  cooling
     tower  blowdown)  was tested  in the treatment  of  FGC scrubber liquor which
     contained  very  high  concentrations  of  dissolved salts and  high total  dissolved
     solids  (TDS)  (22). The pilot  demonstration test  was successful.  This type of
     system might be  necessary  in  cases  where  very little freshwater makeup  was
     required in the FGD system (i.e., for a very tight closed-loop operation) or if the
     makeup water quality was unacceptable.

     A  project was  recently initiated to demonstrate,  on  a  pilot  scale,  closed-loop
(zero-discharge)  ash  sluicing.  The project is  cosponsored by  EPA's  IERL-RTP  and
Effluent Guidelines  Division  in support of  development of effluent guidelines under the
Clean  Water Act. The  principles involved  in  the  general recycle/reuse methodology
already discussed will  be used to design  the  pilot ash sluicing system, which  will be
field tested at three coal-fired power plants. Both bottom ash and  fly ash will  be tested
at each  plant.  Side-stream  treatment  of the sluice  water will be  applied as needed to
prevent  corrosion  from and/or  precipitation  of dissolved  salts,  which   will  be
increasingly  concentrated as the water is recycled. Successful demonstration  of  this
technology would provide an alternative to dry  ash  handling.

     A  study   of  nonhazardous   power  plant   waste   is  being  conducted   by
EPA/IERL-RTP for EPA's Office of  Solid  Waste to develop quantitative background
information   on the  coal-fired  electric utility  industry's  solid  waste  situation.  The
study  was  initiated prior to the determination that some  coal ashes and FGD wastes
might  fall  in the hazardous  (now ''special  waste") category. Information  from the
study will be used  by  EPA  in developing guidance documents  to support implementa-
tion of the  nonhazardous regulations  under RCRA. A  draft  final  report on this effort
is currently  under review.

     Oak Ridge National  Laboratory (ORNL)  is conducting a program for EPA's
IERL-RTP and Office of Solid Waste to evaluate the toxicity protocol proposed in the
December 1978 announcement of potential hazardous-waste  regulations  under  RCRA.
This includes use of the  extraction procedure,  chemical analysis of the extract,  and the
biological testing described in the Advance Notice of Proposed  Rulemaking (ANPR) of
the announcement  (23). Samples  of  fly  ash,  bottom  ash, and FGD waste have been
tested  by ORNL under this program. None of the samples proved to be hazardous by
the definition of the protocol. However, the number of samples tested was inadequate
to establish a trend. The  final report on this effort is being prepared.

     ORNL  has also participated in the American Society  of Testing Methods (ASTM)
round-robin  series of  tests  for  evaluation  of three extraction  procedures—the  EPA-
proposed method and two alternative  methods (Methods A and B) proposed by ASTM.
Several  coal ashes and  FGD wastes were tested under this project. Only one  sample—a
bituminous coal fly ash—failed the toxicity criterion for selenium for all three extrac-
tion procedures.  The  same  sample also failed the  criterion for arsenic using the  EPA
extraction procedure and ASTM  Method B, which is similar to the EPA procedure  (i.e.,
an  acetic acid  leach  is  used)  (24).  Testing  results  from the other laboratories are
currently incomplete.
                                                                                                                    127

-------
STUDY METHODS
 CONCLUSIONS
      The largest and most significant effort being  undertaken in support of the RCRA
regulation development is expected  to get under way in the fall of 1979. This 2-year,
multimillion  dollar study is  being conducted  to  provide sufficient data  and informa-
tion to define the appropriate RCRA standards for storage, treatment, and disposal of
coal ash and  FGD waste from coal-fired power plants.

      General  performance standards  under  RCRA Section 4004 are expected to be
promulgated  in September 1979. Once those standards are promulgated, RCRA Section
1008 guidelines  more specific to certain types  of disposal practices or certain types of
industry  waste may  be  issued. General performance and  design standards  under RCRA
Section 3004 were proposed in  December  1978 and are  expected to be promulgated in
December  1979. The proposed rulemaking  for Section  3004  lists coal ash and FGD
waste  as "special  wastes" (see  "Present  Regulatory Framework,"  above).  This study
will  provide the data necessary to promulgate the guidelines under Section 1008 or the
standards under  Section 3004 applicable to utility waste.

      In  performing  the study  approximately  16 full-scale waste-disposal sites will be
selected, representing a cross-section  of the  coal-fired electric utility  industry in terms
of  (a) types  of wastes  generated, (b) waste disposal site characteristics (e.g., geology,
hydrogeology, climate),  and  (c) disposal  methods  used.  Once the sites are selected, a
full-scale evaluation  will  be conducted of  each  site, including waste sampling  and
analysis; hydrological  studies;  soil   analyses;  groundwater  and  leachate  monitoring,
sampling and analysis; and cost analysis. The data will be  evaluated and recommenda-
tions will be  made  regarding the adequacy of the disposal  method for  meeting the
performance  standards  contained  in  the  Section  3004  and 4004 regulations.  Control
technology alternatives  will also be suggested  which will provide for compliance with
the Section 3004 and 4004 regulations.

      The disposal methods  examined  in  the  project will  include  the most prevalent
methods used in the industry as well  as those which are likely to  represent the best
control technology standards for disposal of  coal ash alone and coal ash/FGD waste
combined.  About eight  different waste  types/disposal methods  will be examined.
Each specific disposal operation will  be evaluated  for its current and potential impact
on  the air  quality and  ground/surface water quality in the  vicinity of the  disposal site.
The program will  include testing each waste  for toxicity, using the procedures required
under RCRA Section 3001.  In addition, Level I chemical  and biological test procedures
established  by   IERL-RTP  for  environmental  assessment  (EA)  of energy-related
processes  will  be used  at one coal  ash  disposal  site and one coal  ash/ FGD waste
disposal  site.  Level  II EA procedures will be applied to all sites.  Physical testing will
also be conducted for potential  leachate generation of the waste samples, as well as the
capability  for  site  reclamation.  Each site  will be evaluated for approximately  12
months.  The study is expected  to  be completed by late  1981. Standards  based on the
study  results  are expected to be proposed sometime in 1982.

      A major effort in the  Interagency Energy/Environment Program is under way to
characterize solid wastes from  power plants  and to assess and  develop the technology
required  to minimize the potential adverse environmental impacts of these wastes. The
program  has achieved significant results in a number of areas.

      Flue  gas  cleaning  (FGC)  wastes  have  been characterized  physically and chemi-
cally;  a  variety of  disposal  options  have been identified, along with detailed  costs
associated with  the  options.  A program  of monitoring  full-scale  commercial disposal
operations  is planned. Disposal  of these wastes in coal mines is economically attractive
and, therefore,  is being investigated through laboratory  and field tests. Evaluation of
artificial  reef construction  using  treated  blocks  of  FGC  wastes  is also under way.
Methods for achieving  major cost reductions  in  FGC waste  disposal have  also been
identified and  are making their way into the process  supply market. These include
oxidation to  gypsum and improved dewatering equipment. Results of these efforts are
providing  a technical data base for  regulation  of  the disposal  of power  plant wastes.
128

-------
References
 1.  Faber, J.H., National  Ash Association.  "U.S.  Overview  of  Ash Production  and
     Utilization." Proceedings: Fourth International Ash Utilization Symposium, St.
     Louis, MO, March 24, 25, 1976, MERC/SP-76/4.

 2.  Laseke,   B.A.,  Jr.,  PEDCo  Environmental,   Inc.  EPA   Utility  FGD  Survey:
     October-November 1978, EPA-600/7-79-022b  (NTIS No. PB295650),  February
     1979.

 3.  National  Ash  Association. "Ash at Work,"  Volume X,  No. 4, 1978.

 4.  Ando, J., Chuo University,  Tokyo.  "Status of Flue Gas  Desulfurization  and
     Simultaneous  Removal of S02   and NOX in Japan." Proceedings: Symposium on
     Flue  Gas  Desulfurization,  New Orleans, March  1976, Volume I.  EPA-600/
     2-76-136a (NTIS No. PB 255-317), May  1976.

 5.  Bucy, J.I. and J.M.  Ransom, Tennessee  Valley Authority. "Potential Markets for
     Sulfur Dioxide  Abatement  Products."  Proceedings: Symposium on Flue  Gas
     Desulfurization, Hollywood, FL, November 1977, Volume II, EPA-600/7-78-058b
     (NTIS No. PB282091), March 1978.

 6.  Federal  Register, Volume 43,  No. 243, pp. 58991 and 58992, December  18,
     1978.

 7.  Leo,  P.P. and  J. Rossoff,  The Aerospace Corporation. Control of Waste  and
     Water Pollution from Power Plants:  Second  R&D Report.  EPA-600/7-78-224
     (NTIS No. PB291396), November 1978.

 8.  Ray, S.S. and F.G. Parker, Tennessee Valley Authority.  Characterization of Ash
     from  Coal-Fired  Power  Plants.  EPA-600/7-77-010  (NTIS   No. PB  265374),
     January 1977.

 9.  Crowe,  J.L.  and  S.K.   Seale,  Tennessee  Valley  Authority. Lime/Limestone
     Scrubbing  Sludge Characterization-Shawnee  Test Facility.   EPA-600/7-77-123
     (NTIS No. PB284111), October 1977.

10.  Hargrove, O.W. and G.P. Behrens, Radian Corporation.  Results of FGD System
     Testing at Louisville Gas &  Electric's Paddy's  Run Station. Draft report to be
     published, prepared under EPA  Contract 68-02-2102.

11.  Phillips, J.L., et al.,  Radian  Corporation.  Development  of a Mathematical Basis
     for Relating  Sludge  Properties  to   FGD-Scrubber Operating Variables.  EPA-
     600/7-78-072 (NTIS No. PB281582), April 1978.

12.  Tarrer, A.R.,  et al.,  Auburn  University.  "Dewatering of  Flue Gas Cleaning Waste
     by  Gravity Settling,"  presented at  the  Air Pollution Control  Association's 71st
     Annual Meeting, Houston, TX, June 1978.

13.  Borgwardt,  R.H., U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency. Sludge Oxidation in
     Limestone  FGD  Scrubbers.  EPA-600/7-77-061  (NTIS  No.  PB268525), June
     1977.

14.  Head, H.N., et  al., Bechtel Corporation.  "Results of Lime and  Limestone Testing
     with Forced Oxidation at the EPA  Alkali  Scrubbing Test Facility." Proceedings:
     Symposium on  Flue  Gas Desulfurization,  Hollywood,  FL,  November  1977,
     Volume I. EPA-600/7-78-058a (NTIS No. PB282090), March 1978.

15.  Rossoff,  J.,  et  al.,  The Aerospace Corporation. Disposal of  By-Products from
     Nonregenerable  Flue  Gas Desulfurization Systems:  Second Progress Report.
     EPA-600/7-77-052 (NTIS No. PB271728), May 1977.


                                                                           129

-------
                                      16.  Rossoff,  J., et al.. The  Aerospace  Corporation. "Landfill and Ponding Concepts
                                           for FGD  Sludge Disposal," presented at the Air Pollution Control Association's
                                           71st Annual Meeting, Houston, TX, June 1978.

                                      17.  Rossoff,  J., et al., The Aerospace Corporation. Disposal of By-Products from
                                           Nonregenerable  Flue   Gas   Desulfurization   Systems:  Final   Report.   EPA-
                                           600/7-79-046 (NTIS No. PB293163), February  1979.

                                      18.  Barrier, J.W.,  et al., Tennessee  Valley  Authority. Economics of  Disposal of
                                           Lime/Limestone Scrubbing Wastes: Untreated and Chemically  Treated  Wastes.
                                           EPA-600/7-78-023a (NTIS No. PB281391), February 1978.

                                      19.  Barrier, J.W.,  et al., Tennessee  Valley  Authority. Economics of  Disposal of
                                           Lime/Limestone Scrubbing  Wastes:  Sludge/Fly  Ash Blending  and Gypsum
                                           Systems.  EPA-600/7-79-069 (NTIS  No. PB297946),  February  1979.

                                      20.  Lunt,  R.R., et  al., Arthur D. Little,  Inc. An Evaluation of the Disposal of Flue
                                           Gas  Desulfurization Wastes  in Mines and the Ocean:  Initial Assessment. EPA-
                                           600/7-77-051 (NTIS No. PB269270), May 1977.

                                      21.  Noblett,  J.G.  and P.G. Christman,  Radian  Corporation.  Water Recycle/Reuse
                                           Alternatives in  Coal-Fired Steam-Electric Power Plants: Volume  I. Plant Studies
                                           and  General Implementation Plans. EPA-600/7-78-055a (NTIS No.  PB282211),
                                           March 1978.

                                      22.  Weimer, L.D.,  Resources Conservation Company. Effective Control of Secondary
                                           Water  Pollution  from  Flue  Gas  Desulfurization  Systems.   EPA-600/7-77-106
                                           (NTIS No. PB  278373), September  1977.

                                      23.  Federal Register,  Volume  43,  No.  243, pp.  58955-58967, December 18, 1978.

                                      24.  Personal Communication, J.L. Epler,  Oak Ridge National Laboratory, May 1979.
130

-------
                                                                        ARTIFICIAL FISHING REEF CONSTRUCTION
                                                                                                USING COAL WASTES
                                                                                                                (film)
AT-SEA DISPOSAL
PROJECT
STABILITY AND
LEACHING
      To cut imports of foreign  oil,  power plants  are increasingly  converting to coal
use,  thus  exacerbating the already-acute problem of disposal of coal wastes. Flue-gas
scrubbers  remove fly ash and  SOX, producing  flue-gas cleaning  (FGC) wastes equal  to
30 percent or more of the volume of  coal burned,  the  percentage being a function  of
the amount of  sulfur the  coal contains. A large plant may burn 7,000 tons of coal a
day,  and it  is estimated that by the year  2000 the nation's coal-burning power plants
will produce over 100 million tons of FGC waste per year.

      The northeastern United States, where land is scarce and costly, will not support
the large landfills needed to accommodate the thousands of tons of sludge and fly ash
produced  daily. Many plants in  this  area, however, have access to the ocean, and
assessments  are being made  of various  methods of at-sea disposal of FGC waste. This
assessment is a  project of the Marine Science  Research  Center  of the State  University
of New York at Stony Brook, cosponsored by the New York  State Energy Research
and  Development  Authority, the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency, the  U.S.
Department of Energy, the  Power  Authority of the  State of  New York, and the
Electric Power  Research  Institute.  The project  is a large-scale  pilot effort to demon-
strate the feasibility  of artificial fishing reef construction using treated blocks of FGC
waste.

      In  the early  stages  of this project,  stabilized  blocks of  coal  waste were
laboratory-tested at Stony Brook.  They were then submerged for 19  months as a small
artificial  reef in Conscience  Bay in Long Island Sound off Port Jefferson, New  York.
The  stability and  leaching properties of the blocks in the sea  water were of  primary
concern. Data were also collected on the type  and amount of marine plant life growing
on the blocks, and  possible  toxic effects on marine  life.  These  preliminary investi-
gations were very encouraging; the submerged blocks did  not disintegrate, leaching  of
trace  metals  appeared  to  be minimal  and harmless, and the plant life  they attracted
was uncontaminated by chemicals.

                                                                             131

-------
CONSTRUCTION
PROJECT SITE STUDIES
 TEST BLOCKS ANALYZED
     The next  phase of the project involves the construction of an artificial reef in
an approved site  in  the  Atlantic Ocean off Saltaire,  Fire  Island. This large  reef will
consist of approximately 700 coal-waste  blocks, each  1 yard  square  and weighing 1
ton. The blocks will be fabricated  in the spring of  1980 and,  after emplacement late
that summer,  will  be  monitored  for environmental  effects and structural  integrity
for about 3  years.  Once  the  engineering  aspects  of  production  and transportation
of the blocks  are  developed, a cost analysis will be done to determine the economic
feasibility of this method.

      Oceanographic  studies  will  define the  environment  of the project site before
the reef  is laid down. These studies  will determine the physical and chemical properties
of the water,  including temperature, salinity, dissolved oxygen,  suspended sediment,
nutrients,  and   heavy   metals.  Samples   of  the   phytoplankton   and   zooplankton
communities will  be taken,  and divers will make surveys of both the project  site and
an  existing  artificial reef nearby.  Laboratory studies of the chemical  composition of
the blocks  and  of their leaching  properties  will  continue during this  phase of the
project.

      Once  the reef  is  in place, biological  colonization of the surfaces of the blocks
will  be  measured  monthly. Test  blocks retrieved from the reef will  be  analyzed to
determine what  sorts of organisms grow  there.  The materials  of a fishing reef  must
attract the  kinds  of marine life that  will in turn attract a variety  of  fish  species.
Control  experiments at  the reef  site will be  used  as  a basis for  comparing the
performance of the  coal-waste  blocks with that of other submerged objects, such as
ship hulls, which are already known to attract  plant life that attracts fish.

      If  the use of stabilized coal-waste  blocks as artificial reefs  proves environmentally
and  economically  sound,   the  project  will  have  demonstrated  both an attractive
alternative  to  landfill  disposal  of  coal  wastes and  a  means to  increase  the  fish
population  in  an area, and will have  overcome  a  major obstacle to burning coal in
power-generating plants and  industries.
132

-------
  J
BP
          133

-------
                                                                           U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
                                                                FLUIDIZED-BED COMBUSTION PROGRAM
                                                                                        Steven I. Freedman, Ph.D.
                                                                                               William T. Harvey
                                                                                 Division of Fossil Fuel Utilization
                                                                                       U.S.  Department of Energy
                                      The fluidized-bed combustion  (FBC)  of coal  is a highly efficient process that uses
                                 a mixed  bed of limestone, lime, sulfated lime, and ash. Figure  1 is a schematic drawing
                                 of the  process. This process uses crushed  coal  (1/4" x 0) which is fed  into a fluidized
William T Harvey
                                                                                        EXHAUST
                                                               SECONDARY CYCLONE

                                                           PRIMARY CYCLONE
                                            FREEBOARD     <-
                                            HEAT REMOVAL

                                        WATER WALLS
                                            IN-BED
                                            HEAT REMOVAL
                                                                                        ASH
          ~^SULFATE & ASH

                 DISTRIBUTOR PLATE

            AIR
                                                         LIMESTONE
COAL
                                                  AIR FLOW:   2  15 ft sec
      PRESSURE:
                                                  TEMPERATURE: 1500°F-1600UF  COAL SIZE:

                                                     SULFUR REMOVAL: CaO + S02 + 112(02)

                                    FIGURE "[-Typical fluidized-bed combustor
1  - 25 atm
114 in. x 0
                                                                                                            135

-------
FBC FEATURES
ECONOMICS
COST ADVANTAGE
bed of  limestone or dolomite  where combustion  takes place. The coal  and limestone
are held  in suspension by the injection of air through a distributor plate in the bottom
of the  combustion chamber.  The limestone,  in  the form  of calcium  carbonate, is
calcined to form  calcium oxide which reacts with  the SO2 released during the combus-
tion of  coal.  The result  is a solid waste along with the coal ash. Fluidized-bed combus-
tion,  which  takes place at a temperature  between 1500°F and  1600  F, has several
potential advantages.

      This temperature range permits

   •  limestone to calcine,
   •  lime to sulfate,
   •  enhanced heat transfer rates, and
   •  generation of utility grade superheated steam,

while  avoiding

   •  thermal NOX generation,
   •  severe material  problems,
   •  ash agglomeration and clinker formation, and
   •  slagging and fouling.

      The FBC process can  be  designed to  occur  either at atmospheric  pressure or at
elevated pressure. The  atmospheric pressure process, referred to as AFBC, is the least
complicated.  Combustion  at  elevated  pressures  must be  coupled to  an  expansion
turbine  to  recover mechanical energy for combustion air  compression  and to generate
power from the hot  pressurized products of combustion.  This process is referred to as
pressurized fluidized-bed combustion (PFBC). PFBC inherently produces less NOX  and
is  capable  of removal  of sulfur  oxides to a  greater  extent  than  AFBC.  The exact
mechanisms  of this  process that result in these environmental  advantages are  not
fully  understood, but the data  are conclusive. Several process configurations for AFBC
and PFBC are being  pursued  by different organizations  within  the  overall  program
strategy.

      Many economic studies have been performed on FBC,  but no commercial plant
has been  built and  operated to  provide actual  cost  data. Design  studies  show that
when  comparisons are made with alternative technologies, certain general conclusions
can be made:

   •  Coal-fired power plants are  much  more  expensive  than  oil- or gas-fired power
      plants.

   •  AFBC  boiler pressure  parts and the combustion chamber  have the potential for
      being  less  expensive  than  those  components  in  pulverized  coal-fired  steam
      generators.

   •  Elimination of  a scrubber in a FBC power plant is a major cost  saving, assuming
      a  scrubber  is required to  meet emission  regulations  in  a conventional plant.

   «  Equipment  for handling  sorbent and  spent  bed will  add  approximately one-half
      of the cost of the scrubber to the FBC power plant.

   •  Cost of a pulverizer is  saved, but fan costs are substantially increased.

   •  AFBC  systems which  require dryers  have this added cost  and,  if sized coal  is
      required, this will result in increased operating cost.

      Cost  studies comparing utility AFBC  steam  generators with pulverized-coal-fired
steam generators equipped with stack gas scrubbers show a definite  cost advantage for
the AFBC units.  In  the industrial  area,  AFBC  boilers  are  competitive today with
conventional  boilers  with scrubbers. The  major economic advantage of AFBC boilers
is  in their ability to burn a wide variety of coals and industrial wastes. This broadening
of the fuel  resource base for  a  particular  plant,  as  well  as the  nation, will result  in
136

-------
DOE PROGRAM STRATEGY
lower fuel cost. PFBC power plants have an additional  economic advantage.  A PFBC
plant will cost about as  much  as an AFBC plant, but its efficiency for power genera-
tion will  be  higher, 39% versus  35%  for  an  AFBC  plant.  This results  in a 10% fuel
savings, which is  substantial. The degree of  hot gas cleanup  required for  a PFBC
plant and the  design of this equipment will materially influence the economics.

      The  overview of  FBC  strategy  is to  have  a  continuing staged technology
development   program  to  provide  research  data  and  an  understanding   of  the
phenomena, to test alternative process configurations, and  to obtain  experience with
components and  provide an  engineering foundation for the technology. The  staged
technology program is a  series of developmental and  prototype units  which  will be
scaled up to  successively larger units  for the purpose of engineering development and
then  to  commercial prototype testing. The units will increase in size as development
takes place from  process  development  units  (PDU's),  to  pilot  plants, to  industrial
demonstration  units and then  to utility  demonstration  units. Units will become less
flexible and closer to  commercial  systems as  development progresses to larger sizes.
The various elements  of research  and  development  program  strategy  are shown in
Table 1.
                                     TABLE 1
                                     Overview of FBC strategy
                                     •  From applied research and exploratory development, estimate cost, performance, and
                                        scale-up factors to determine key technology development required for conceptual
                                        designs of commercial scale plants.

                                     •  Design, construct, and operate PDU's for technology development to determine design
                                        performance parameters for fluidized-bed-combustors, gas cleanup and turbine
                                        modifications.

                                     •  Design, construct, and operate pilot plants to obtain engineering data on processes,
                                        plant integration, and operability.

                                     •  Design, construct, and operate engineering demonstration plants to develop and prove
                                        full scale equipment in late 1980'sfor commercialization in the 1990's.

                                     •  Develop improved components and equipment to adapt demonstrated processes to other
                                        commercial systems.
INVOLVING INDUSTRY
      Part of  the  overall  strategy is to  avoid  an  intermediate technology transfer by
involving  industry  in  the  program, on  a  working basis, at the earliest  opportunity.
Thus,  existing commercial, industrial, and utility  users and  equipment  suppliers  are
closely  involved in the  DOE FBC program. The approach to implementing the strategy
is as follows:
                                         • Develop and refine  the  technology and engineering  data for high risk elements
                                           for which federal funds are required.

                                         • Design, construct,  and operate technology  development  facilities  with  federal
                                           funds. However, provide and arrange for operation by industry to further define
                                           and   refine  the   technology/engineering   data  base  and   to  test   various
                                           concepts/components.

                                         • Design, construct, and  operate  engineering development systems. These systems
                                           would be provided  by industrial suppliers  at industrial and  utility sites on a cost
                                           share basis.

                                         • Obtain  multiple  qualified manufacturers  to  develop  alternate  approaches to
                                           minimize  risk.  This  will  ensure  that future competition  will exist and provide a
                                           broad  manufacturing  and  engineering  base  for  commercial  implementation.
                                                                                                                   137

-------
BOILER MARKET
IMPEDIMENTS
     Development of  FBC  is progressing rapidly, and it seems probable that  the first
commercial contracts will be signed during 1979-most likely for small industrial units.
Orders  for  utility  FBC units cannot  be foreseen clearly  at  present,  but it  seems
probable that there will be none before 1987.

     AFBC boilers in the size range of  1/2 to 2 MWe equivalent have  been operated at
a high  level  of reliability.  They  could be suitable for space  heating purposes. It is
expected that industry  will  extend this product type to a size  range  of  2 to  10 MWe
equivalent. The  DOE has funded several projects for demonstrating industrial units for
institution  and  commercial  space heating using  bituminous  and  anthracite coal.  For
industrial  process  service,  AFBC  boilers of  10 to  50  MWe  equivalent will require
high reliability  before  buyers  will  purchase  these boilers. Buyers need to be  assured of
continued  operation  so that  the  remainder  of  their  industrial   process  is  not
compromised by lack of steam continuity.

     A  commercialization  study  task  force, one of  several  commissioned  by  the
Undersecretary,  examined the AFBC industrial boiler product and market.  This  study
concluded that  the  large industrial  AFBC boiler  was ready  for commercialization. It
also found  that  a  market  existed  which  held  adequate  promise  for  substantial
additional coal  use  within the next  decade. Industry acceptance of AFBC boilers will
require  resolution of the following uncertainties:

   • Adequate technical and environmental performance.

   • Operating  reliability and system maintainability.

   • Dependable basis for cost.

A  Program Opportunities Notice  (PON) was issued to  obtain  industrial AFBC  boiler
units to meet the above requirements. The  results of the program that should  result
from this PON  would  complete  the development of AFBC for  industrial, institutional,
and commercial applications.  The  continued  development of a technology data base
built on a development program  will be needed  until  these systems are mature and
adequate industrial laboratories are operational to supply industry's needs.

     Commercialization of  FBC has major environmental and  socioeconomic impedi-
ments  to overcome. Some  of the  problems are common to all coal utilization tech-
nologies. Briefly, they are as follows:
                                      Environmental Impediments

                                         • Solid waste disposal

                                         • Uncertain future standards for SO2, NOX, and particulates

                                         • Possibility  of new regulations, fine particulates among others

                                         • Heat rejection

                                      Socioeconomic Impediments

                                         • Plant siting delays and costs

                                         • Coal  mining, coal transport and  distribution

                                           Either AFBC or PFBC can be used in utility and very large (over 50 MWe equiva-
                                      lent) industrial  applications.  AFBC utility systems can make use of the AFBC indus-
                                      trial technology  as a data base. The question arises as to which  is the most appropriate
                                      technology for utility services. There are at least three options:

                                         • Conventional AFBC
138

-------
HIGH RISK
LOW  RISK
PROCESS OPTIMIZATION
   • Advanced AFBC, such as the staged fluidized-bed combustion, fast fluidized-bed,
     or other systems of advanced design

   • PFBC

An AFBC  development  program  will require  at  least six (6) years before even the
smallest utility scale plant could be demonstrated.

     Three  levels of risk  for PFBC technology are based on the inlet temperature of
the gas turbine with the  higher temperatures offering the  advantage of higher system
efficiency.

   • High temperature/high risk

   • Medium temperature/medium risk

   • Low temperature/low risk

     The original PFBC  concepts  of the early 1970's were those based on gas turbines
operating at  1650°F blade temperature (based  on clean fuel)  with  PFBC combustors.
This PFBC temperature favors high combustion efficiency and high SC>2 removal. This
is  a high risk approach because of potential problems with fouling, erosion  and corro-
sion; and a development program of substantial magnitude and time could be required.

     An intermediate approach to PFBC/gas turbine  arrangements is being pursued by
a  consortium  headed  by  American Electric Power Company  (AEP). AEP's proposed
plant  would  include a gas turbine originally designed  for use  with  crude and residual
oil and  designed for  a  turbine  inlet temperature  of 1470  F.  The  system will  be
designed with the capability of lowering turbine  inlet temperature  to  1000°F-1100°F
by use of an  air by-pass from the compressor discharge to the turbine inlet.

     Power recovery  turbines operating  at an inlet temperature of about 1000°F have
been used extensively with regenerator off-gas from catalytic cracking operations. Such
turbines could be used in PFBC cycles in combination with heat recovery units suitable
for reducing  PFBC gas temperature from 1600°F  to  1100°F.  Power recovery turbines
are available  commercially, and they  operate at a lower pressure (3.0 atm vs. 12 atm)
and at a lower gas velocity (1000 fps vs. 1500 fps).  Paniculate loadings are typical of
the efflux from a PFBC combustor, and  the effluent size distribution is  not unlike that
of PFBC. However, cat cracker gases do not contain the alkalis or alkali sulfates or a
variety of ash mineral matter  (such  as quartz and ferrosilicates) found  in coal combus-
tion products. At  temperatures  below  1150°F,  the corrosive  effects  of  alkalis  are
believed to  cause damage at a substantially reduced  rate, permitting over 25,000 hours
of service.  The fouling  (deposition) tendency of coal ash in  such machines is not
known, but conventional  techniques  for removing deposits from  gas turbines in PFBC
systems are expected  to be adequate. The power recovery turbine (turbo-expander) is a
rugged machine and, combined with the  less severe operating conditions, is an approach
that offers  substantially  reduced  technical risk. The  low temperature approach would
provide a turbocharged  boiler  that would be compact, potentially lower in cost, and
environmentally cleaner than alternative combustion  systems.

      The major factors  affecting  the technical and  cost performance  of FBC systems
are combustion  efficiency, sorbent  performance,  materials durability,  and equipment
size and complexity. All of the foregoing are highly dependent on design and operating
variables  including  coal  and  sorbent  type,  operating temperature,  and  fluidizing
velocity.

      Much  information  exists  on  the relationships among operating variables and
performance,  but the  FBC  process  has  not  been  optimized.  Improvement  of  the
competitive  advantage of FBC will  require continuing R&D support, particularly if
technology  implementation is  to  proceed from  small industrial applications  to  large
industrial and utility  applications. Obviously, as  unit capacity increases, costs become
increasingly  important so process optimization continues to be an  important element
of the RD&D program.  For example,  combustion  efficiency  (carbon utilization) in
                                                                                                                    139

-------
GENERATOR SIZE
PROCESS OPTIMIZATION
AFBC  depends on a host of factors, the most important of which is fluidizing velocity.
Fluidizing velocity  establishes the amount of carbon  elutriated  from the bed and  the
need for its recovery and further combustion; in addition, fluidizing velocity  is directly
proportional to  bed size  (area). At higher velocities of 8-12 ft/sec, 10-15% of the coal
carbon  is elutriated from the bed and must be recovered  and  returned  for  additional
burning  in a separate  cell (carbon burnup cell). At  lower velocities  of 3-5 ft/sec, a
carbon  burnup cell is not required.  Higher velocities would be preferred because they
permit more  compact steam  generators and the shop  fabrication of units with greater
capacity. Capacities of shop fabricated units are expected to be 300,000  Ib/hr of steam
for high velocity  systems;  at low velocity, unit capacity of  shop fabricated boilers
likely could not exceed  150,000 Ib/hr.

     Figure  2  shows  the relative size of three steam generators of  550,000  Ib/hr
capacity designed for various  fuels. As can be  seen, the coal-fired AFBC unit is similar
in size  to  an  oil-fired unit.  The AFBC unit is smaller than a conventional  coal-fired
unit because  of the AFBC's  higher  volumetric heat release rate,  typically 100,000
Btu/hr-ft3 as compared  with 20,000 Btu/hr-ft3. Even at the lower velocities, the AFBC
unit still would  be significantly smaller than the conventional coal-fired unit.

     Another area of importance in AFBC technology is  fuel  distribution within the
bed. Fuel  distribution  and bed mixing  greatly influence  carbon utilization and the
behavior of heat exchangers immersed  in the bed. In  the latter case, fuel distribution
must be even  to avoid localized oxidizing and reducing zones which could cause severe
materials problems.  Up  to the  present time, the fuel distribution problem  has  been
solved  by introducing small  quantities of fuel  per  unit area of bed,  and it has  been
found  necessary to provide a  feeder for every   10 ft2 of bed area. This  requires many
fuel  feeders or  splitters  for distribution. The  large number of fuel  feeding points and
the. complexity  of the feed system are areas that represent an opportunity for process
equipment  inprovements. Development work is being  performed to simplify the feed
system  using a  spreader-stoker feeder which throws the coal  onto the surface of the
bed. This approach, shown in  Figure 3, is to be  tested  in the industrial  steam  generator
at Georgetown  University. The steam generator is shown in  Figure 4.

      Fuel  feeding/distribution and  fluidizing velocity also are important with regard to
environmental  performance.   Thus,  after  considering  the complexity  of  the  many
process  and design  interrelationships,  it  is apparent that process  optimization  is
required if AFBC  technology  is to become technically and cost attractive in  larger size
applications.  In  addition, the bed profiles of individual  species must be known together
with  their  creation/destruction  mechanisms  in order  to  have  a  basis  for  emission
standards. The possibility of staged  FBC exists with reduction of NOX as a goal. Coal
                                                                   o
                                                                   o
                                                       COAL
                                                 (FLUIDIZED BED)
                                            OIL
                                                                                                           COAL
                                             FIGURE 2-Comparison of 550,000 Ib/hr units
140

-------
                 COAL IN
               STOKER
               FEEDER
                      o
                      o
                                  FLUIDIZED BED
                              T      T AIR  T
 FIGURE 3—Conceptual arrangement of overfeed FBC
                                                         FLL!L
                                                         GAS
         OUTLET
     MUD
     DRUM
 DOWNCOMER
                                     FLUIDIZED BED STEAM GENERATOR
                     STEAM OUTLET  GEORGETOWN UNIVERSITY
                                     100,000 LBS./HR. 675 PSIG. DESIGN PRESSURE
                                     SATURATED STEAM
SPREADER
COAL FEEDERS
(TYP)
                     FLY ASH
                     REINJECTOR
                                                           LIMESTONE
                                                           FEED PIPE
  DOWNCOMER
               AIR INLET	   _


                                          BED MAT'L
                                          DRAIN (TYP)

FIGURE ^-Industrial fluidized-bed steam generator, Georgetown University
   AIR  DISTRIBUTION
   GRID LEVEL
                                                                             141

-------
LOW-TEMPERATURE
APPROACH
HIGH-TEMPERATURE
APPROACH
feed,  ash removal, and  flyash  recycle systems  need to be  brought to the point of
practical operation. Baghouse or precipitators must be engineered for the high calcium
flyash.

      In  PFBC,  fluidizing  velocity  and fuel distribution are not as important  as in
AFBC-pressurization dramatically  reduces  the  size of  the  combustor.  The area of
greater uncertainty is the gas cleanup necessary for acceptable gas turbine life.

      The technical  risk  associated  with gas turbines in  PFBC cycles is  a  function of
turbine   inlet  temperature.  The PFBC  cycle  is  flexible in  regard  to the  operating
temperature of  the  gas turbine which is  related to turbine  durability/operability. At
a turbine inlet  temperature  of  1600°F, the highest now anticipated  for  PFBC, it is
expected that cycle efficiencies of 41% or  greater  can be achieved. Operation at this
temperature  level  also  involves  higher technical risk  with   the gas  turbine. In  low-
temperature  (1100°F) cycles,  technical risk is  minimized,  and cycle  efficiency still
is a respectable  34-35%.  At the intermediate turbine temperature of 1475°F proposed
by AEP, commercial operation is predicted to give an overall  plant efficiency of 39.4%.

      The high-temperature,  high-risk  approach  represents a  potential improvement of
6 or 7% in cycle efficiency compared with the conservative, low-temperature approach.
Thus, there is substantial incentive  to develop the technology  to  the  stage that the
higher temperature turbines  can be  utilized. Attainment of  this goal  would result in
substantial  fuel  savings in  PFBC plants, equivalent to a reduction  in heat rate  from
about  10,000 Btu/kWh.  Achieving  this goal, however,  will depend  on future develop-
ments in technology related to gas turbines and gas cleanup. Some of the R&D options
being pursued or considered for  these components include:

   •  Improved  resistance of turbine materials to  corrosion by

      — blade cladding materials
      —  blade cooling

   •  Advantages of larger scale turbines  (and  blades) with  respect to blade erosion.
      Larger  blades are expected to  experience less  erosion because  their larger turning
      radii will cause less deflection of particles from the  flow streamlines.

   •  Removal of turbine deposits by use  of cleaning materials of controlled abrasivity

   •  High-efficiency  particulate  collectors of the  centrifugal  and  mechanical filtering
      types'

   •  Removal  of corrosive  alkali  metal  vapors from  the gas by  chemical  "getters''
      such as diatomaceous earth and activated bauxite
 DOE'S  RD&D PROGRAM
      The current AFBC and  PFBC programs consist of several projects for technology
development and for engineering demonstration while some are planned for commercial
demonstration. The programs initially involve technology development by investigations
in successively  larger units  followed by engineering and commercial demonstration. The
AFBC program includes several projects, listed  in  Table 2, to develop the technology
base  needed for  both  utility  and industrial  applications.  These projects  include the
process demonstration  unit at Alexandria, Virginia, for exploratory development; the
Component Test and  Integration  Unit at Morgantown, West Virginia,  for technology
optimization and  component  development; and  the 30 MWe pilot plant at Rivesville,
West  Virginia, for engineering development.
                                            DOE  efforts in AFBC  industrial applications  draw  on the  experience  of  the
                                       industrial participants and are a  natural  outgrowth of  the  technology development
                                       program. The  industrial applications  projects include  unit  sizes  up to  100,000 Ib/hr
                                       equivalent steam generating rates and are listed as follows:

                                         •  Conventional AFBC
142

-------
                                            — Georgetown University Boiler for Saturated Steam
                                            - Great Lakes Naval Training Center Boiler for Superheated Steam
                                            — FluiDyne Process Air Heater
                                            — Exxon Process Heater for Crude Heating
                                            — Anthracite Applications Projects

                                         •  Oak Ridge National Laboratory  Coal Combustor for Cogeneration

                                         •  Advanced Concepts

                                            - Battelle Fast Fluidized-Bed Boiler
                                            — Wormser Staged Fluidized-Bed Combustor
AFBC INDUSTRIAL
APPLICATION
      Demonstration of conventional AFBC in industrial application  will be achieved
by  1983. This engineering demonstration  is certain to precede that of advanced con-
cepts.  Boiler  suppliers  participating  in  the program  are expected to proceed  with
commercialization of the demonstrated  technologies.  Demonstration  projects will  be
undertaken to accelerate widespread commercialization of large industrial units and are
expected to confirm the economics of AFBC by late 198G"s.
AFBC UTILITY
APPLICATION
      Commercialization  of AFBC  for  utility applications is expected  to  follow com-
mercialization in the  industrial  sector because  of the scale  which is involved. The
30 MWe pilot plant shown in Table 2 will confirm the process design, while the 6 MWe
CTIU will  provide  information  for process optimization and  component development
and testing. The coal feed test apparatus and boiler material test apparatus projects are
anticipated to provide the  necessary input to design engineering demonstration units
for AFBC  utility applications. The Tennessee Valley Authority is likely to undertake
                                     TABLE 2
                                     AFBC projects and functions
                                         Project
                                 Function
                                      Bench/PDU
                            Provide data for technology base and design data for
                            larger units.
                                      6MWeCTIU
                            Further broaden technology/engineering base, test
                            components, optimize system configuration for stacked
                            cells, investigate dynamic behavior, provide "hands-on"
                            access to  private sector.
                                      30 MWe Pilot
                                      Plant
                            Evaluation of large beds for performance regarding com=
                            bustion efficiency and pollution control.
                                      Utility Demonstration
                                      Plant
                            Demonstrate FBC technology in utility environment on
                            a large scale unit.
                                      Coal Combustion for
                                      Cogeneration
                            Demonstrate feasibility of externally-fired heater for
                            closed cycle or externally fired gas turbines for total
                            energy systems.
                                      Industrial
                                      Demonstration
                                      Plants
                            Develop wide base of AFBC designs for industrial/
                            institutional applications covering boilers, steam generators,
                            process heaters.
                                      Anthracite
                                      Culm
                                      Application
                            Initiate FBC program for culm and anthracite and coal
                            refuse utilization with industry participation.
                                                                                                                     143

-------
FBC WASTES
the AFBC  engineering demonstration unit. By the early 1990's, TVA should have this
project  completed  and  it likely  will  be followed  by a  commercial  utility  project.

      The  technology and  engineering  development  projects  for the  PFBC  program
are listed  in Table 3. The major  projects include  the Curtiss-Wright (C-W) small  gas
turbine  (SGT)  for technology  development, the C-W/pilot plant and the lEA/Flexible
Test  Facility for engineering development using current  state-of-the-art gas turbines.

      Although substantial quantities of waste from  FBC processes are not predicted
for nearly  a decade, the AFBC and PFBC processes will be attractive to potential users
only  if acceptable waste  disposal  or  utilization methods are developed. Therefore,
commercial implementation of FBC must be preceded by  meaningful studies on waste
disposal and/or utilization. The latter activity is important since few  industrial  facilities
located  in  urban areas have the  means  to  dispose of  FBC wastes.  At  best, the FBC
process  would  be enhanced if  solid wastes could be used as a raw  material, providing
revenue to the  FBC user; at the least, the waste must  be removed from the FBC site at
reasonable  cost and  disposed of  in an environmentally acceptable  manner. So, solid
waste research  is being  conducted  concurrent  with  other FBC technical  activities to
investigate  thoroughly the utilization of  FBC waste products  in agricultural and other
applications.
                                      TABLE 3
                                      PFBC projects and functions
                                        Project
                                 Function
                                      Bench/PDU*
                             Provide data for technology base and design data for large
                             units.
                                      13 MWe Pilot
                                      Plant

                                      IEA PFBC Facility
                             Design, construct, operate, and evaluate PFBC air heater
                             cycle for scale-up to utility size.

                             Perform research on coal combustion, heat transfer, SC^
                             sorption and fluidization characteristics. Gas volume
                             matched to 10 MWe gas turbine.  Clean-up requirements
                             for gas turbine not yet determined.
                                      Cycle Development
                             Develop/evaluate alternative PFBC cycles for commercial
                             implementation.
                                      Engineering Demon-
                                      stration System
                             Verify PFBC concept, verify design data, and generate
                             commercialization data.
                                      *  Includes Exxon Miniplant, CPC Granular Bed Filter, Curtiss-Wright SGT/PFB Unit,
                                         and CURL/Leatherhead Research Facility.

-------
panel
  discussion
                 145

-------
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY PANEL DISCUSSION
             WITH QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
                                  Frank T. Princiotta
                            Energy Processes Division
                 U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency

                                    Michael Shapiro
                      Division of Fossil Fuel Utilization
                               Department of Energy

                                    H. William Elder
                 Emission Control Development Projects
                           Tennessee Valley Authority

                               B. G. McKinney, Ph.D.
                   Fossil Fuel Power Plants Department
                      Electric Power Research Institute
                                      1
                          Michael Shapiro
                                               147

-------
                                                                                                     Benjamin  Linsky, P.E.
                                                                                                   West Virginia University

                                                                                                          Leon Green, Jr.
                                                                                                 General Atomic Company

                                                                                                      John A.  L. Campbell
                                                                                                   Peabody Coal Company

                                                                                                            Torghy Schutt
                                                                            Commission of Energy Research & Development
                                                                                                       Stockholm, Sweden
                                       MR.  PRINCIOTTA:  The  recently  promulgated   utility  New  Source  Performance
                                       Standard   (NSPS) calls for 70 to 90  percent  sulfur oxide control,  with a  minimum
                                       of 1.2 pounds per million  BTU from  fossil  fuel-fired power plants. It calls for 0.03
                                       pound per  million BTU  particulate standard and  a  slightly  more stringent nitrogen
                                       oxide standard of 0.5 to 0.6  pound  per million BTU as opposed to the current 0.7
                                       pound. This is perhaps  the  most important standard  relating to coal  combustion ever
                                       set. The first question before  this panel this  morning involves the implications of the
                                       new standard with regard to commercial selection of control technology and  as regards
                                       research, development, and demonstration needs and goals.

                                       MR. SHAPIRO:  The regulations  will  have a definite impact on coal  use.  They are
                                       certainly more severe than the current ones,  but they will also  allow for selection of
                                       control  technology.  No particular solution   or  technology  will  be  applicable for  all
                                       situations.  The technology  will be  very  much  a function of the particular site; the
                                       geographical location; the state regulations, which may be more  stringent than Federal
                                       regulations; the availability of  various coal supplies; and the  sulfur content of the coal.
                                       In each application, utilities will  have to find  the  optimum solution to  their control
                                       problems,  be it,  for example,  the use of coal preparation, the continuation of  lime-
                                       stone systems, or the use of dry scrubbing approaches, which show so much promise
                                       now.  It is  very important that for each situation a  choice,  based  on  a  particular loca-
                                       tion and on economics,  be available to the utilities.

                                       MR. ELDER:  It  is fortunate that the ceiling  was set at a level that keeps most of the
                                       coal that  is available for  utilities  and other  uses in the picture  for continuing energy
                                       production. The break point on the regulation is reasonable in that it  allows the use of
                                       low sulfur  coals with degrees of removal efficiency that are reasonable for this new dry
                                       scrubbing  technology. The combination of coal preparation  and  coal cleaning with dry
                                       scrubbing  could be quite important  for  utilization of the  mid-range sulfur coal. So,
                                       in effect,  the  new regulations have not  closed  out the  options. With  one exception,
                                       they  keep all  of them open.  The very  high sulfur coals will require  more than  90
                                       percent removal efficiency.  This will  require  something other  than the  lime  and  lime-
                                       stone scrubbing technology that is now the leading method.

                                             As to the reasonableness of the  removal  efficiencies, we know that the  90 per-
                                       cent level   established is certainly achievable, at least on an  instantaneous basis. The
                                       main  question becomes, how  long  can  we continue  to meet  90 percent  removal during
                                       prolonged   operation?  It  is  a  risk factor.   We trade  off  removal  efficiency  versus
                                       reliability.  To  maintain  90 percent, particularly over an extended averaging period, will
                                       require fairly  close control  of the operating  characteristics  of the scrubber. Matching
                                       up the rate of addition of absorbent with the  SC>2 concentration in the  flue gas will be
                                       quite important in meeting  the level.  In  the  utility industry,  particularly in  the appli-
                                       cation of  the technology  at this stage, the control  of the ratio between absorbent and
                                       SC>2 has not been as good as  it will need to be to get 90  percent on  a  reliable  basis.

                                       DR. MCKINIMEY:  As far as  a  commercial  venture  is concerned, in  the  near  term,
                                       probably until  1987,  lime and limestone scrubbing  are what is available.  We are there-
                                       fore going  to  produce sludge  for several  more years.  Some  of EPRI's funds are  going
                                       into developing advanced regenerable systems  or systems that make gypsum, but at this
148

-------
time, for the utility industry  we represent and  that funds us, the near-term option is
lime and limestone.  This is not necessarily the  most beneficial option, and therefore a
lot of our  money is going  into other R&D projects. There will certainly be some room
for choice  in the future, but  right now  a utility is unlikely to opt for any process but
lime or limestone; the other technologies are just not sufficiently developed.

QUESTION: The old utility boiler systems used multiple retard underfeed stokers and
multiple boilers so that they would have redundancy. With similar built-in  redundancy,
would there be such concern about maintaining the 90 percent SO2 removal relia-
bility?

RESPONSE (Mr. Elder): The  90 percent was  removal efficiency rather than reliability.
Since the  trend is toward greater redundancy, more  spared equipment, the reliability is
improving. The question is one of cost. The degree of cost must be considered; the sky
is  not necessarily the limit. Perhaps we  neglected to address the R&D needs. When we
spoke  earlier  of forced oxidation, the  point  was  not  stressed  that  the conversion
provides gypsum that can  be  recirculated back  to the scrubbing system. That  is a key
process step that  improves the operating  characteristics  and reduces the scaling and
puddling potential. One  of the significant factors in the Japanese success  is that they
use  forced  oxidation and  recycle the gypsum  seed back  to  the scrubber. This  is the
direction  in which the  EPA  program is heading, and  it  is the  right  direction,  as is
DOE's attempt  to accelerate  development of forced oxidation work. It  will  be very
important for the  future of lime and limestone scrubbing.

      Another   important   area  that  needs  improvement   is instrumentation,  the
measuring  devices  used  on scrubbing systems,  not only to measure gas concentra-
tions but to measure gas  flow rates,  slurry flow rates,  and pH so that we can have
better control of the process chemistry.

      The  last area that  needs  work is mechanical components.  Provided  we have
proper  controls,  we  no  longer  worry  much   about  process parameters. The real
problems  with  reliability, with keeping systems  in operation, are with mechanical com-
ponents. In our R&D  program we have  not done a good enough job of selecting the
best equipment components,  particularly in areas of control gas  and liquid flow, so
that we can make recommendations to  equipment  suppliers  that would give us more
reliable systems. Additional work is needed in  this area.

RESPONSE  (Dr. McKinney):  Particulates  evoke similar concerns. Depending  on how
the  environmental  control  agencies  monitor  the particulate standard,  the  utility
industry, in order to meet the standard  on a continuous basis, is probably entering a
new era in  regard to electrostatic precipitators.  We do not know well the  performance
and  reliability  of precipitators.  Since we  have   never had  the continuous particulate
monitors, we are looking at something new.

      Because we  try to do things on  an economic basis, we have had some studies
done that indicate that baghouses are possibly the most economical  particulate control
devices. We do not have experience with baghouses on large pulverized coal for boilers.
We certainly do not have  experience on high  sulfur coals. From the Arlington station
in  Texas  there  is some minimum experience on lignite or  low  sulfur coal.  Because
we do  not have  the requisite experience, we  have to  caveat the economics  of the
baghouse situation with  the precipitator.

MR. PRINCIOTTA: This conference, and in particular this session, has thus far focused
primarily on conventional  combustion,  pulverized coal, combustion of coal, utilizing
combustion  modification for NOX control  and flue  gas cleanup,  particulate and  sulfur
oxide control. The exception  was the fluidized bed presentation. What do the panelists
think about the viability  and commercial status of emerging coal to electric tech-
nologies, such  as  fluidized bed  combustion,  low BTU  gasification,  coal  liquids, and
possibly even some of the softer noncoal  technologies?

MR. SHAPIRO: The advanced technologies  will  not affect the utility and industrial
sectors to any great extent until  the 1990's at  the  earliest. The one exception to that
might  be  the industrial applications for  atmospheric fluidized bed combustion,  which

                                                                              149

-------
                                        seems to be moving rapidly toward viability  now, with the possibility of commerciali-
                                        zation  in  the  early  1980's. Advanced  technologies, such as pressurized fluidized bed
                                        combustion, combined  cycle  systems, low  BTU  gasifiers,  MHD,  and carbonate fuel
                                        cells, deal with  the problems associated with  meeting environmental regulations that
                                        will be enforced at a later time. They  also  focus  on improved efficiency, which will
                                        result in  lower total emissions and lower costs for electricity. It is too early to say that
                                        there  are clear  winners  among the advanced technologies, so  we are taking parallel
                                        paths in developing them, looking at  them as alternative energy  sources that will
                                        impact the marketplace sometime in the 1990's.

                                        MR. ELDER:  From a utility viewpoint, there  is now no alternative to conventional
                                        combustion  with flue  gas  desulfurization.  The  most cost-effective way to meet both
                                        the proposed New Source Performance Standard  and the existing  standards is by use of
                                        conventional   technology.  The  nearest-term  challenge  will  be  with  fluidized  bed
                                        combustion  because it is further  developed.  TVA  is  in the midst of a design phase
                                        for a  200-megawatt atmospheric  fluidized bed  demonstration  that  promises  to be
                                        an economic and technical competitor  to conventional technology.  Beyond that, I see
                                        nothing on  the  horizon  that can  help  the  economics or the environmental considera-
                                        tions for the  utility industry. There are a  couple of sidelines that may  be important,
                                        such as liquid  fuel or refined coal. There could be an alternative for use of distillate oil
                                        in gas  turbines,  used  primarily  for  peaking power. As  a higher  proportion of the
                                        demand shifts toward nuclear, there will  be more need for short-term peaking power,
                                        and gas turbines are likely to serve  that need.  An alternative to distillate oil for gas
                                        turbines is a real need in  the utility industry.

                                        DR. MCKINNEY:  Based  on  economic evaluations of technologies  by the Electric
                                        Power  Research  Institute, the  conventional  coal-fired system,  which we know the
                                        cost of  because  we  have built  some,  is  running  about 50  mills  per  kilowatt hour
                                        instead  of 35. Pressurised fluidized bed combustion,  atmospheric fluidized  bed com-
                                        bustion,  and  coal  gasification  with  a  combined cycle system,  all  involve about the
                                        same generating  costs, 50 to 60 mills per kilowatt hour.

                                             We have recently started  another economic evaluation of  the advanced conven-
                                        tional system. There is probably still a lot of  R&D to do on the advanced conventional
                                        system, and we  probably have a better  handle on the costs of the conventional system.
                                        We are  trying to  get some optimistic  data on  the costs of the conventional system
                                        to compare with  estimates for  the  emerging technologies, with an end  in  mind of
                                        possibly advancing the state-of-the-art in the conventional pulverized coal-fired boiler as
                                        another emerging  technology. We  have also  done  some evaluation of solvent refined
                                        coal. So far,  our  projections  on the  generating capacity in  this  country are  incon-
                                        clusive.


                                        MR. SHAPIRO:  Although  my  area  of expertise is not  the  softer technologies, the
                                        projection  for them  is  that they will  be viable  only  when  they are economically
                                        competitive, which ties in  closely with local  situations. If  people can get  a  return on
                                        their  investment  in  the  use of  solar,  insulation, or conservation  measures for a
                                        particular application, they will  pursue it. The  Government has made it easier through
                                        tax rebates  and  tax credits. The  so-called  soft technologies are  not the total answer,
                                        certainly not for electrical generation in the near term. If, for heating applications such
                                        as hot  water,  these technologies become economically  worth people's investment, they
                                        will definitely make a contribution; anything saved through solar use or conservation
                                        diminishes the requirements for oil- and coal-fired electric generation.

                                        MR. ELDER: The  soft technologies  are  a  supplement  to,  not  a  replacement for,
                                        conventional power, specifically electric power,  even though TVA  has quite an aggres-
                                        sive  loan  program  encouraging conservation through  insulation. They give financial
                                        assistance to  people to  install  solar  demonstrations as  test  units  in their homes,
                                        particularly for water heating. There are certainly supplementary technologies that will
                                        eventually  contribute,  although  probably  in  a  minor  way,  to saving energy  for
                                        additional production of electricity.  Every little bit helps, and we  have to be more
                                        conscientious  about looking at every piece of the puzzle, so that  eventually we can put
                                        it  together  to  advance  everyone's  interests,  including  those  of  us in the power-
                                        producing business.
150

-------
DR. MCKINNEY: We have a solar  program, but our  projections do not show solar
development  contributing much for a long time. Geothermal may  contribute 2 or 3
percent, but solar will contribute somewhat less  than 1 percent. This is partly because
a new technology takes 30 to 35  years after inception  to become commercial, and we
do not see solar  becoming commerical before that time.

COMMENT:  While we have to have block power for electrometallurgical and electro-
chemical operations,  cities,  community operations, and major institutions, there is  in
solar a strong element of recreation, play, and learning for the individual householder
and apartment dweller that  we tend to overlook. People will invest time and  money  in
solar, even though it may not be economical  to do so. Solar technologies developed
over the past 20 to 30 years have been used in the sun belts of the world.

COMMENT: The International Solar Energy Association celebrated its 25th anniversary
recently in Atlanta, Georgia.  Based  on what I heard there and  25 years of personal
involvement in solar  energy, I agree that solar  electric power is not going to make
much of a dent before the  year 2000.  But solar heat is here  now,  and  that is  where
the application  is.  Solar energy is free, but it is expensive to collect it. Once it  is
collected,  it does not make  much  sense to throw away  most of it  by trying to convert
the  remainder to electricity.  The materials  associated  with solar energy technology,
whether they  be photovoltaics or thermal conversion systems, are energy intensive.  It is
hard to think of a  more energy-intensive material than  silicon,  unless  it is enriched
uranium,  steel,  glass,  copper,  or  aluminum. All these are produced  in  very energy-
consuming industries  using hard technology.  There is nothing soft about any of them.

QUESTION:   When did  research  begin on the  control technology relating to coal?

RESPONSE (Mr. Elder): Some of the  fundamentals date back to our first knowledge
of the basic chemical reactions and mechanical components. TVA's activity in the  area
of  flue gas desulfurization  began  in  the early  1950's,  when they built  their  first
coal-fired  power plant. Prior to that,  there  had been  one commercial installation  in
England, in  the  1930's, which  was shut down  in the 1940's.  Although TVA's activity
began in the early  1950's, the recent comprehensive program with full  Federal support
did not begin  until the late 1960's.

MR.  PRINCIOTTA:  We have heard a  lot about new  developments in  control tech-
nology for coal. Which seem to be the most promising or exciting  technologies relating
to clean combustion  of  coal, with  particular emphasis on those  that might make an
impact in  the  next several years?
DR. MCKINNEY:  The  advanced  conventional  coal-fired  boiler  and  fluidized bed
combustion are probably the most exciting technologies, and EPRI is funding a demon-
stration project with  Texaco in southern  California on the coal gasification  combined
cycle, which looks promising.

MR. ELDER: Although  there  are  some  exciting  advanced technologies, conventional
combustion appears to be the only near-term choice.  In the conventional  area, I  am
quite disappointed  that  recovery technology  has  not gained a higher status in  the
utility  industry. Most of the technology  is based  on lime or  limestone  scrubbing and
results in  a throwaway product.  This technology has received the bulk of R&D  atten-
tion.  The  potential  is certainly  there for a recovery technology that will  avoid  the
creation  of another  waste  disposal problem while  allowing recovery  of  a  valuable
resource.  Perhaps it  is not generally known that there is a projection for a shortage of
elemental  sulfur in  this country  by the turn of the century. Sulfur is a very  important
industrial  chemical, the supply of which  is affected by the energy used in  its produc-
tion. It is  mined by heating water and pumping the water into the ground, melting the
sulfur, and taking  it out.  The natural  gas  used for sulfur production  has become quite
expensive  in recent  years, which is adding to the cost of sulfur. At the same time,
onshore  deposits  have been  depleted and more and  more  sulfur  is coming from
offshore  mines. These factors will combine to  increase the cost of sulfur and therefore
provide a  greater incentive for recovery from coal combustion. In the next 20  years or
so we  should try to develop technology to recover sulfur from coal  combustion. The

                                                                              151

-------
                                       efforts  being  made have not  been as extensive as is required to  get acceptance  by
                                       the industry.

                                       MR. SHAPIRO:  Apparently the  use  of  additives such as magnesium  and the  adipic
                                       acids makes lime-limestone very promising, although some problems associated with the
                                       additives have to be considered. The closed-loop operation, sludge fixation, and forced
                                       oxidation are also looking extremely good.

                                            Six or seven  advanced  processes that appear very promising will probably have to
                                       be pursued  in parallel.  No one system will satisfy the requirements  for all utility sites.
                                       The  particular requirements  of the individual  utility, location of the site, state regula-
                                       tions, availability  of  coal, and disposal facilities will influence the choice of types of
                                       scrubbing necessary to provide the lowest cost system.

                                             In regard to  the regenerable sytems to recover sulfur, even if the sulfur does not
                                       turn out to be a marketable product, the generation of the sulfur itself would result in
                                       a more  easily  disposed  of  waste product.  The costs of disposing of pure sulfur  versus
                                       some of the other sludges and  materials will  be less.

                                             I  would also like  to  reinforce the statement  that  instrumentation  and process
                                       controls will be an  extremely important area, and a  lot of effort should be put forth in
                                       that direction.  This is an area  that our program  in the Department of Energy will  be
                                       focusing on.  AFB will be  expanding very  rapidly in  the  near  term,  primarily  in
                                       industrial applications.  Possibly TVA  will  be sponsoring some development in  the
                                       utility size applications, also.

                                       MR. ELDER:  The  New Source Performance Standard virtually rules out scrubbers as a
                                       particulate control  mechanism. That  is disappointing  because  it seems foolish to  spend
                                       money  for big  electrostatic  precipitators  when we could  probably do  the  same
                                       operation in one device. If, in  fact, we are stuck with both precipitators and scrubbers,
                                       we should work  on  putting  the  precipitator after the  scrubber rather  than before.

                                       DR. MCKINNEY:  In the advanced  conventional fired plants,  I assume that we  are
                                       going to regenerable  FGD  and are  not going  to  keep  making sludge from now  to
                                       eternity.
152

-------
QUESTION:  Are the utilities informally involved in the R&D selection and structuring
program to ensure that they will use the program you are working on?

RESPONSE (Mr. Shapiro): One objective of the research and development of scrubber
technology is to ensure that coal is a viable option and will be used. We  must therefore
involve  the people  who  will  be  using  the  coal  and will be  purchasing the control
technology systems. We expect to  work very closely with them, and we  anticipate
cost-sharing  between  utilities   and equipment  manufacturers.  Probably  the   most
important aspect of the program is to ensure that the technologies developed result in
commercialization and are actually used by the utility sector.

RESPONSE  (Dr.  McKinney):  The  Electric  Power Research  Institute  represents the
utility  industry  in  R&D and has  advisory committees that approve  our  projects. We
also  have  working  agreements  and informal  contracts with both DOE  and  EPA. The
programs do  come back to the utilities.

COMMENT:  We have a  program  in  Sweden with   American  Electric Power which
is  probably as  advanced as TVA's  program for  AFBC. We are  designing a combustor
that  will lead up to the commercial size PFBC in  the 200- to 250-megawatt range. We
hope to build a demonstration  plant on the AEP system, combining a 70-megawatt gas
turbine  and combustor with an  existing  110-megawatt steam turbine. We  believe that
this has a  better potential  for sulfur retention, NOX suppression, and lower cost. It will
also  lead to  more large-scale cogeneration for the large industries,  such as petroleum,
chemicals,  or eventually  district heating applications.  We see a  potential  for  much
higher  electricity-to-heat  output with  these systems than  we can  get  with either
conventional  steam back pressure systems or  AFB  back pressure systems. We expect to
see plants  operating no  later  than 1984,  although AEP has  not made a formal
commitment  to start on  the hardware;  but  we are  far into  phase 2 of the program,
which  involves  very detailed design of the equipment. So far this is  being done  on a
shared-cost basis  with AEP, but we  hope in  the next  round to get  contributions  from
other groups  as well.

MR. ELDER: There are certainly potential advantages to the pressurized  system, but
the viability for the atmospheric unit is closer.
                                                                              153

-------
          iba^'otep
           &   answers
                                 Dr. Edwin S. Rubin
                           Carnegie-Mellon University

                                   Jean B. Cornelius
                  Avon  Lake League of Women Voters

                                       Doc Hodgins
                                 Friends of Eastport

                                    J. Lee Krumme
                          Vinings Chemical Company
QUESTION

     With  respect  to  industrial  applications  of fine
particle control in solid and liquid waste effluent, can we
talk about applicability,  availability, cost of technology,
and R&D programs envisioned or under way?

RESPONSE: Dr. Leslie E. Sparks (EPA)

     The  control technology used for industrial boilers
is fabric filters, which are efficient enough to  meet  the
standards.  The  novel precipitator will  probably be appli-
cable  to  the  industrial  boiler after  the  technology is
demonstrated.   We  do  not, however,  have  a specific
program aimed at the industrial boiler market.

QUESTION

     In the area of FGD wastes,  what are some of the
liquid waste FGD  systems prevalent  in industrial appli-
cations?

RESPONSE: Mr. Julian W. Jones (EPA)

     Although  the  question  is  aimed  at  liquid waste,
some  specific problems  concerning solid  waste in  the
industrial area must be addressed because  of the current
smaller-scale situation. These  problems have been identi-
fied in the past year. The long-range effects of the use of
coal are a subject  for future work. As to liquid wastes,
dry scrubbing using a sodium base material is probably
the most imminent happening. The problems there would
be  quite  similar,  and the  technology  associated  with
disposal of sodium waste from the dry  scrubbers would or
could  be  applicable  to  the sodium  scrubbers at  the
industrial scale.
                                                            155

-------
                                                 QUESTION

                                                      Is  the fluidized bed combustion process  discussed
                                                 today similar to the Akron, Ohio, process that mixes coal
                                                 with garbage?

                                                 RESPONSE:  Mr. William T. Harvey  (DOE)

                                                      The  fluidized  bed combustion process  can utilize
                                                 any  combination  of  combustible   materials,  and  the
                                                 combustibles can  be  burned concurrently or serially.

                                                 QUESTION

                                                      Landfill has been  the preferred method of fly ash
                                                 disposal for some time. Does  anyone know, at this time,
                                                 what leachate goes into the groundwaters from it?

                                                 RESPONSE:  Mr. Jones

                                                      This will be  a  part of a study we will be  doing in
                                                 support  of  the regulations.   The  practice of  landfilling
                                                 with  fly ash has  been going on for some time, but we do
                                                 not   have   much    information   about  groundwater
                                                 contamination yet.  Studies have been  done as  a part of
                                                 our program,  some of them  conducted by TVA, about
                                                 possible groundwater contamination, but the results have
                                                 not yet been issued.

                                                 QUESTION

                                                      There  are less traditional pollutants associated with
                                                 coal  which  have not yet been  mentioned here. Could
                                                 the speakers discuss  the  latest  research  on  radioactive
                                                 nuclides,  for example,  and on carbon  dioxide,  selenium,
                                                 mercury,  nickel, and cadmium?  Some very good  and
                                                 timely  studies have  been done.  What effect  will these
                                                 pollutants have?

                                                 RESPONSE:  Mr. Frank T. Princiotta (EPA)

                                                      There  is absolutely  no question that the ambient
                                                 concentration of carbon dioxide  has increased as a result
                                                 of fossil fuel combustion. What the concentrations will be
                                                 over  the  next two decades and how meteorology will be
                                                 impacted  are being studied in a major,  multimillion dollar
                                                 DOE program aimed  at eliminating some of the uncertain-
                                                 ties and identifying the ultimate implications of  increasing
                                                 amounts   of  CO2-   Every time  anything burns, be  it
                                                 gasoline  in  an automobile  or coal  in  a power plant,
                                                 carbon  monoxide  is  generated.    It  poses a  long-range
                                                 problem that will need a long-range solution.

                                                      EPA  has   an   active   Conventional  Combustion
                                                 Environmental Assessment program. Its goal is to ascer-
                                                 tain  some  of  the  untraditional,  currently  unregulated
                                                 problems  associated with coal. Some work has been done
                                                 on radionuclides, and more  in the  area of heavy metals
                                                 from  coal and residual oil  as well.  Mercury,  selenium,
                                                 cadmium, and other  heavy metals have been studied. The
                                                 results to  date have  been inconclusive. What  is clear is
                                                 that  ambient air impacts of coal  burning, relative to these
156

-------
heavy  metals,  are rather trivial;  there  are  very  small
concentrations in the air. That is not to discount  it  as an
environmental problem.  Some of  these  metals, such as
cadmium, can be  concentrated by  plants and end up in
the food chain  and  in  man  via a  mechanism other than
breathing. Preliminary results suggest that heavy  metals,
at least from coal  or  fossil fuel combustion, are probably
not a direct ambient  air quality problem. Work  continues
in this area.

      There  have  been  various  studies on radionuclides
in coals, the bottom line of which seems to  be that the
levels  are fairly  trivial,  but  again,  work  continues. If
the  body  of research  finally indicates  that these are
important environmental  problems, environmentalists and
legislators will  surely initiate appropriate  legislation to
control them.

COMMENT

      Some of us would like to invest in cogeneration and
other  conservation methods,  in  more  benign processes,
while  the problems  inherent in,  for  instance,  fluidized
bed  combustion are resolved. We would  like to see the
environmental problems  solved  beforehand  rather  than
retroactively. We want benign energy sources that support
our traditional society and patterns.

RESPONSE:  Mr. Princiotta

      The amount of  electricity  produced  can  be  in-
creased in  three major  ways—by  nuclear power  plants,
coal-fired  power plants,  and  combustion  of  oil and  gas.
Those are the three viable near-term options.

QUESTION

      In  sodium  scrubbing,  dilute solutions  of sodium
metab/sulfite  are  being well-injected.   These  bisulfite
solutions contain minute quantities of benadium,  as  well
as particulate matter and copper.  What is  to  be  done
with  these well-injected sodium  metabisulfite .solutions?
Do you plan to issue any guidelines toward the  discon-
tinuance of well-injecting?

RESPONSE: Mr. Jones

      In  general, we tend in our program to  concentrate
on the big  problems. Should sodium scrubbing become
a  major approach to control, the  disposal or treatment
of those particular streams  would  become a  part of our
program,  because  it  would  be  of concern to  the  regu-
latory part of the agency.

COMMENT

      There  have been  some  negative thoughts  expressed
concerning the  willingness of the  government  to  listen
to  comments  about achieving  a  benign environment.
Washington  appears  to   have  a  large  number of people
working  hard  to achieve such an environment.  However,
what sometimes appears initially to be benign may not be
                                                                  157

-------
                                                    so  benign  or  risk free. Solar energy, for example, actually
                                                    utilizes a lot  of  glass and metal, both of which are manu-
                                                    factured  commodities requiring  plants  that are  apt  to
                                                    cause  environmental  problems. Everyone, on  both sides of
                                                    the fence,  should try  not to feel so defensive.  Those
                                                    working to achieve adequate energy supplies  ought  not to
                                                    look   at  environmentalists  negatively,  nor   should   the
                                                    environmentalists view  the energy-minded  faction as a
                                                    different  breed  of cat.  We are all in  this  together  and
                                                    should be listening and cooperating.
158

-------
YM
session 4
                    cean
           IJVAILf    fits
          environment

-------
                                                                                  THE AMOCO CADIZ OIL SPILL
                                                                                                 Wilmot N. Hess, Ph.D.
                                                                                    Environmental Research Laboratories
                                                                        National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
U.S.  ASSISTANCE
MOUSSE
     The AMOCO  CADIZ oil spill produced the greatest impact on the environment
of any oil spill  up to that time.  The spill  occurred on  March 16, 1978, 2 miles  off
the coast  of Brittany  in the northwest corner of France, near the little fishing village
of Portsall (Figure  1). This ship ridded  itself of  its  220,000-ton load  of light crude
oil in about 2 weeks.

     A United States team consisting of biologists from EPA, physical and chemical
oceanographers  from   NOAA,  representatives  of the Coast  Guard,  and university
members  were on the scene within  about 3 days. The team had  previous experience
with the  ARGO  MERCHANT  spill. Ascertaining  that  the  French  would welcome
assistance, they went  in  to help in  such  tasks as sampling oil  in  awkward situations,
measuring the extent of the oil slick, and  mapping oil on the beaches.

     The AMOCO CADIZ broke  in  half  on  the second day and  into three parts
later on (Figure  2). Oil from the wreck spread rapidly, driven eastward along the shore
by the wind, but very  little got as far  east as the Gulf of St. Malo or the Channel
Islands. The major area impacted was along the coast of  Brittany from  Le Conquet to
the Sillon de Talbert  where winds from the west and  northwest drove the oil  directly
onto the  shore.  Two estuaries  directly  faced the oil, and the  northward-extending
beaches about 100 kilometers to  the  east of the site of the spill received especially
large amounts.

     From the air, Portsall looked charming and pleasantly idyllic but at close range
not quite  so idyllic. The area around the village and for a considerable distance to the
east  had   large deposits  of mousse—the emulsion that results when crude oil interacts
                                                                                                                   161

-------
                                             H
                                                                                          " **- r'l
                                                                                             / <  !ji •!•»« i . i
                                                                  < »/

                                             CHANNEL  ISLANDS
                                               (IJ.KS A'OR MANORS

                                                'T  tl .  .  «

                                                         ''  .v-li"'!
                                                                                             1 -«\,

                                                                                              ,  v''  •


                                                                                  !

                                                                                      Gram    <• -
                                                                      6HliUi  i     V
                                                                                         . '     t

                                                                                 ,'   •         B
                                                                                  .'
                                                 .' •^^ J^'^'^k.   h I	WOLW .^_  . .           \-±-  fL



                                  FIGURE "(—Map of Brittany coast of France with wreck site marked by dot
                                  FIGURE 2-Photo of AMOCO CADIZ on March 28, 1978
162

-------
PLASTERED AGAINST
THE BEACHES
A TOWN  HEAVILY
IMPACTED
with  water  (Figure  3). Mousse is typically two  parts water to one part oil. It  is the
color and  consistency  of chocolate pudding  and is  extremely difficult to clean up.

      In  the first 2  weeks, oil  impacted  about 140 kilometers  of coast.  Our team
selected  certain beaches on which to  measure the effects, persistence, and  amount of
oil. It did  not accumulate uniformly throughout the region, but in selected areas. It
was driven  by  the wind  into  corners  and plastered  against westward-facing beaches.
Eastward-facing beaches  were  almost  unaffected  for the  first 3 or 4  weeks.  After
a wind shift, the oil  got  on but in lesser amounts and with less damage  because  about
40  percent  of  light crude  oil  is  made up  of  volatile materials  that dissipate into the
air  in a  matter of days.  This  volatile component contains  many of  the more  toxic
elements, so that after about a  week the material becomes more  benign.

      The town  of  Roscoff was  also heavily impacted  (Figure  4). The wind-driven
oil butted up against a jetty and  puddled into some  areas of the  harbor. It extended
past  the  jetty  and around a point, yet had little  impact on  the eastward-facing  beach
for some period of time. Of about 30  standard sampling beaches, 2 were  located in the
Roscoff region.
                                                  .  •      ~v_ ^j .
                                        FIGURE 3-Photo of heavily oiled beach at Portsall
                                        FIGURE  4-Photo of harbor at Roscoff, showing heavv oiling especially in eastern corner
                                        where the wind drove the oil
                                                                                                                     163

-------
SELF-CLEANSING AREAS
      Oil does  not necessarily  stay  on beaches for long periods of time  (Figure  5).
Underground water  flowing out  through a beach, for example,  tends  to  cleanse the
beach. For  the  first  10 days  or  so, oil  is mobile. At high  tide it gets deposited and,
as the tide  backs off,  a reasonable amount remains on the beach. This oil, however,
is fairly easy to clean up.  After about 10 days or more, the oil  becomes much more
sticky. It adheres to  sediments and is not easily washed off.

      In areas of high-energy active  waves  against a headland, oil  is held off the beach
somewhat.   Reflecting waves prevent  it from accumulating directly on rocks.  These
areas  are essentially  self-cleansing,  and therefore  no  action was taken  by the cleanup
troops to get rid of the oil. Regions  can be classified according to  their  vulnerability to
impact. These promptly self-cleansing areas have the lowest vulnerability.

      The  characteristics of beaches change from day to day, depending on  factors
such  as the direction and  strength of the wind and  the sand  deposited  or eroded.
Oil  under  the sand on one day may be  washed out on the  next as a result of erosion.
Therefore, the  team  from  the University  of  South Carolina went  down the beaches
about every 3 days,  drawing an elevation of the beach, characterizing the beach for oil
content,  and, where necessary, digging holes to measure buried oil.  Done regularly
along several transects  for each of  about  40 beaches and irregularly for another 100
beaches, this produced  a good record of where the oil was, what its  character was, and
how much of it  stayed there or went elsewhere eventually.
                                         FIGURE  5—Photo of oiled beach where the ocean has  cleaned the lower portion  of the
                                         beach
 PECULIAR MORTALITY
 DELAY
      About  100 kilometers to the east of the spill site, a large amount of oil  puddled
against the northward-facing  beach at St. Michel en  Greve (Figure 6). This region was
heavily  oiled about  10 days  after the wreck, causing extensive  mortality of benthic
fauna. Oil arrived  at the beach on March 22, yet the mortality was not observed until
about 10 days  later. I walked that beach on April 2 and  found up to 30 million dead
animals  along a stretch  of about 4  miles (Figure 7). There  were shells of clams, sea
urchins,  and cockles  (Figure 8). Two  days before  my  walk, however, a  team  had
walked  the  same beach and  had seen hardly any dead animals. Is there a delay built
into this kind of process? Most of the creatures found dead on the beach were subtidal
as opposed  to  intertidal and  live below the tideline inside the sediments. It may be
164

-------
                       'B$r. :•:"•:•"  '   ..•.  \Bodw.
                    v&ufd«" 'V%:
                                                              •   • §.<*•'• '-•
                       -2  '  V ,-.,
                                     .*•••  .u->  . j
                                      >..•*.   • •
FIGURE 6—Map of northward trending coast about 100 km east of wreck site. St. Michel en
Greve at southern  end and lie Grand near northern end were heavily oiled as shown by the
dark spots
 FIGURE 7-Photo of St. Michel en Greve beach on April 2, 1978, showing millions of dead
 marine invertebrates
                                                                                   165

-------
 FAUNA LOSS
                                       that the animals started  dying when the spill hit  and,  for reasons we do not under-
                                       stand,  suddenly  washed  up on the  beach   10 days  later.  It is also  possible that a
                                       physical  process not  clear to  us was operating. Chemists suggest  that toxicity may
                                       change  dramatically when oil  is exposed  to  light. The first week after the wreck the
                                       weather was  very bad and a continuous cloud cover  prevented photooxidation. About
                                       April  1, light came through and photooxidizing compound  changes were observed in
                                       chemical traces  of oil  samples. Whether the changes were great enough to influence the
                                       toxicity substantially is not clear, but this cannot be discounted as  a possible explana-
                                       tion for the peculiar mortality  delay.
   FIGURE 8—C/oseiip photo of St.  Michel en Greve beach on April 2, 1978, showing dead
   razor clams and cockles and sea urchins (scale is 15 cm long)


      In  the  He Grande marsh  to the north  (Figure  6), but  still  on  the  west-facing
beach, oil  puddled  into the salt marsh. When oil  arrived on March 22, about 10,000
tons puddled  into  the  100-acre marsh during the  first day,  creating a mousse on the
marsh  10 or 20  centimeters thick  (Figure 9). Ten centimeters of mousse was enough to
smother  most of the organisms  there, and  the number  of  fauna  lost was very high.
Almost all  creatures living in  the  impacted area of the marsh were destroyed.  There is,
however, a bridge at lie Grande  marsh, and as soon  as the oil  arrived the  area under
the bridge  was closed off; thus one side of the marsh  was  left essentially  untouched.
                                          FIGURE 9-Aerial photo of lie  Grand salt marsh in early April 1978.  This roughly 100-acre
                                          marsh has roughly 10,000 tons of mousse deposited on it.
166

-------
  FIGURE 10—Photo of mousse pool in lie Grand salt marsh on April 2, 1978, showing dead
  worms and "bowls of spaghetti" which were bunches of dead worms

      Some  animals survived  right through  the spill. The  marine lugworm, Arenicola,
did well in  St.  Michel,  although other marine worms were having  lots of  difficulty.
About  10 days  after  the spill  in  the  Me  Grande  marsh, clumps of  dead  worms,
polychaetes, were discovered  in  pools (Figure 10). Apparently they were forced out of
the ground  by the oil  and  tried to find the last bit of  fresh water.  Water tends to
puddle  in the  marsh, and the  worms  collected in spaghetti-like masses in the  pools.
On digging in the marsh, we found the kill of polychaetes  to be almost total. Sea gulls
in the area, however, were eating the meat of the  dead razor clams and  having a grand
time.  Lethality and mortality  are sometimes  relative terms.
 FIGURE "("(-Photo of dead cormorant at He Grand, April 2, 1978
                                                                               167

-------
DEAD BIRDS
 INEFFECTIVE  BOOMS
      Although  our team  did not see a great many dead  birds, the loss  caused  by
the spill  is probably 10,000 to  20,000 (Figure 11). Dead birds were collected mainly
by  bird hospitals in the area. The estimate  is based on the collection of approximately
4,000  birds and  the  inefficiency  of  the  collection  process. The birds were primarily
auks, puffins,  guillemots and  razor bills, species that spend  much  of their time in the
water and are susceptible therefore to damage from oil in that water. The  puffins were
especially susceptible  during this  period  because they  were molting  and  therefore
spending weeks  in the oiled water. Approximately 700 puffins were  found  dead. The
southernmost  population of puffins in Europe was on Seven Islands  (Les Sept lies) off
the  Roscoff coast. That population  has  been decimated, perhaps completely  lost.  It
should be  noted that  this  population was  also hurt badly  at the time of the TORY
CANYON spill.

      There was not an especially  good or well-tested plan for handling the cleanup, so
the process  took time to get organized.  The  French, however, did a  very good job of
getting people and equipment out. The cleanup force was made up  of  approximately
6,000 army troops, a  large  number of civilian volunteers, and a  very large number of
local  residents who were interested in getting the Portsall beaches and  hotels cleaned
up  for the summer tourist  season.  In Portsall harbor, where  oil tended to puddle, they
put skimmers  in place  and pumped the mousse directly into vacuum trucks.

     The booms that  were  used were ineffective (Figure 12). There  were too few of
them  and they  were  impropely positioned  so that  oil came at right angles directly
against the boom. In  such  situations  the boom fails if there is more  than a half-knot
current and the  oil goes underneath.  To  be  effective,  booms  have to  be set at an angle
and must be continually maintained.
                                        FIGURE '\2-Aerial photo of beach at Roscoff, showing boom used to try to keep oil away
                                        from the lobster pound (circular structure in the foreground)
 EFFECTS OF  DETERGENTS
      The  major part  of the cleanup was done by hand. Walls had to be washed  re-
 peatedly as new batches of oil  came onshore  (Figure 13). Although the French policy
 was that  detergents would be used only offshore at  the greater than  50-meter  depth
 contour 3 to  4 miles out,  in actuality detergents were used both onshore and offshore.
 In  the  main the detergents that were employed were much less toxic  than those used
 at  the  TORY CANYON spill, and there is  no identifiable loss  from detergents in this
 spill.

      The  beach at Portsall  was oiled every day  for weeks. The cleanup  crew pushed
 the oil  around, collected it in whatever containers were at hand, and removed it from
 the beaches. The material  was loaded into fertilizer carrier trucks, moved to temporary
 storage  pits above  the dunes and from there  to large carriers that transported it to
 refineries  or ships for ultimate disposal (Figure 3).
168

-------
FUTURE HEALTH PROBLEMS
COMPLETE HISTORY
SOUGHT
                                     •   v^.  *&&&
  FIGURE '\3-Photo showing seawall being  washed with high pressure water to cleanse off
  the oil
      We have been worried for some time about possible future health problems asso-
ciated with the cleanup of spills. As I stated earlier, a great many volatiles come from
oil and tend to be toxic. The people who worked 10 hours a day in the water handling
oil  got a fairly good dose  of the  volatiles, and, as a precautionary measure, blood
samples and other samples are being taken.

      In  June, 3  months after  the spill,  the Portsall  beaches were essentially clean and
being used for  swimming and fishing (Figure 14). Those who ate the  fish reported that
it was good. A rich crop of green  seaweed  was growing  at St. Michel and  there was
a good mussel  population  along the edge of the beach. The lie Grande marsh, on the
other hand, was not in good shape. The French Government had decided that the best
way to get rid of  the oil  in  the  marsh was to bulldoze the  marsh cover, which  in
essence destroyed it. Our team  considered this a mistake.

      NOAA is  now running a  research program funded with $2 million by the Amoco
Transport Company that involves 10 teams of investigators from the United States and
10 from  France. The teams  continue to watch the processes of regeneration, rejuvena-
tion, replenishment, and restoration  of populations. There is particular interest in the
restoration  of the marsh which is being  replanted according to  schemes developed by
the Corps of Engineers for stabilizing dredge spoil  islands. Monitoring the marsh and
other  seriously  damaged areas  over the  next  2 years,  coupled  with  good  coverage of
the wreck and good biological  knowledge about the area, will give us a complete his-
tory  of this spill  for a  comprehensive idea of the total cost to the environment. The
total  biological  damage appears  to be  considerably  less than originally estimated.

                                      FIGURE 14-Photo of Portsall beach in June with wreck in background. The beach is now
                                      clean (only dark patches are seaweed). This beach was very heavily oiled in March and April
                                      (see Figure 3)
                                                                                                                169

-------
 Norman L Richards. Ph D
                                EFFECTS OF CHEMICALS USED IN OIL AND GAS WELL-DRILLING
                                                       OPERATIONS IN AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS
                                                                              Norman L. Richards, Ph.D.
                                                                        Environmental Research Laboratory
                                                                     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                   Intensified oil  and  gas exploration and  development  in the  United States  has
                              resulted in more and deeper offshore wells. Additional  lease tract sales are proposed by
                              the Bureau  of Land  Management  (Figure 1).  This activity has heightened concern
                                                                KEY
               17
  7-8
FIGURE ^-Tracts proposed for oil and gas exploration and development
  ATLANTIC COAST
   1.  NORTH ATLANTIC
   2.  MID-ATLANTIC
   3.  SOUTH ATLANTIC AND BLAKE PLATEAU

  GULF OF MEXICO
1  4.  EAST GULF
   5.  CENTRAL GULF
   6.  WEST GULF

  PACIFIC
   7.  SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA BORDERLAND
   B.  SANTA BARBARA
   9.  NORTH AND CENTRAL CALIFORNIA
  10.  WASHINGTON-OREGON

  ALASKA
  11.  COOK INLET (STATE-FEDERAL)
  12.  SOUTHERN ALEUTIAN SHELF
  13.  GULF OF ALASKA
  14.  BRISTOL BAY
  15.  BERING SEA SHELF
  16.  BEAUFORT SEA
  17.  CHUKCHI SEA
                                                                                                  171

-------
 DRILLING FLUIDS
 FATE AND EFFECTS
 RESEARCH
 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK
over the potential for environmental effects of drilling. The purpose of this paper is to
(a)  review the  state-of-the-art  in  drilling fluids  effects research,  (b)  summarize the
interagency regulatory  authorities  that provide the present basis for offshore oil  and
gas decisionmaking, (c)  state some examples of the limits of technical  understanding
of processes  that could  be impacted by  offshore  development, (d)  propose a  technical
approach  to  the  potential problem that  could  result in an  improved basis for decision-
making,  and  (e) review some  recent  achievements in drilling fluids-related  research.

      Recent environmental  impact statements  on oil  and gas lease sales have devoted
disproportionately  little  discussion to the environmental  aspects of  chemical  use in
well-drilling operations.  This may  reflect the fact that few studies have been done,  and
most  are acute  static  toxicity  tests that have  little relevance to natural conditions
where drilling mud discharges occur (1).  Of those acute toxicity tests in the literature,
few  report adverse effects of  drilling  fluids or their  components. Field observations
have  revealed a  variety  of marine  life  in  the vicinity of drilling rigs (2). It  is  generally
assumed that fluids either would have a  limited  local  effect  near the  plume discharge
point or  would  be  dispersed rapidly and diluted  in  the  field (1).  Also,  it  has been
assumed that many constituents of drilling fluids are sparingly soluble  in seawater and,
therefore,  might  be  less biologically available  to marine  organisms.  However,  the
assumptions  have  not  been  substantiated  by  peer-reviewed  research  publications.

      Research on  the environmental  effects  of drilling  fluids and cuttings is further
impeded  by  the chemical complexity of the  mixtures of  crude chemicals used  to
formulate  mud;  drilling fluid  is  a  mixture of  clay, water,  and numerous  chemical
additives  that is pumped  downhole through the  drillpipe  and drillbit; mud cools the
rapidly rotating bit, lubricates the  drilling string as it turns in the wellbore, carries rock
cuttings to the surface, and serves  as a  plaster to prevent the formation from crumbling
or collapsing into  the  wellbore. Drilling  mud  also  provides the weight or  hydrostatic
head  to prevent  extraneous  fluids  from entering the wellbore and to control downhole
pressures.  Chemical ingredients  used  to  formulate  mud  can  include everything from
pH-control  products,  bactericides, calcium-removers,  corrosion inhibitors,  defoamers,
emulsifiers,  filtrate reducers, flocculants, foaming  agents,  lost circulation materials,
lubricants, shale-control inhibitors, surface-active agents, thinners,  dispersants, and vis-
cosifiers to  weighting agents (3).  Analyses of potential  effects of chemicals used in
well-drilling  operations  must also  take  into  account  variations in mud  and cutting
composition  related to type of substrate  drilled, well  depth, availability of mud com-
ponents, temperatures generated, relative  cost of components, operator experience, and
so forth (2).

      Consider  the  chemical complexity  of  drilling  fluids, the diverse geographical
conditions of areas being drilled, varying oceanographic conditions, the broad spectrum
of aquatic organisms that could be exposed to drilling fluids during  different seasons in
different  geographical  locations, that very  little is known  about  the  basic biology
of marine systems  (4),  and  the  resource-intensive nature of offshore research. It  is not
surprising that there  is  a dearth of peer-reviewed papers published in scientific journals
on the effects of drilling fluids on marine organisms. Except for the  present research
that  was  sponsored through the Interagency Energy/Environment  R&D Program  and a
few studies  funded by  Bureau  of Land  Management (BLM)  (5, 6, 7, 8),  most  other
studies in the United  States were funded by oil  companies and  performed by con-
tractors, often  in response  to  federal government  regulations (9).  These studies were
either (a) attached by  the BLM to particular tracts offered for lease, (b) required as a
drilling permit condition  of approval  by  the  U.S.  Geological Survey (USGS), or (c)
associated with  Environmental  Protection  Agency National Pollutant Discharge Elimin-
ation System (NPDES) permits. Only a  few copies of reports that result  from these
studies are printed; the scientific  community does not have an opportunity to critique
the conclusions  before or after publication.

      The  sequence  of  federal  agency  involvement in offshore  oil  and   gas drilling
operations has  been described  by Richards (10) and is  illustrated in Figure 2. The
process that allows private  firms  to  purchase offshore leases involves a sequence of
activities.  The  National Oceanic  and Atmospheric Administration has  authority  to
designate ocean  areas  with  distinctive value  as  marine sanctuaries  if presidential ap-
proval  is  received  (11).  Following a  preliminary  environmental  impact  assessment,
172

-------
EPA LEGISLATIVE AUTHORITY
tracts are offered for sale by  the  BLM. A solicitation of  nominations is accepted
whereby industries  can express  interest  in a  tract,  and environmental groups, states,
and  so  forth  can register objections  (negative nominations). A  draft environmental
impact  statement is  then offered to federal  agencies for comment. For example, the
National Marine Fisheries Center of  the  U.S.  Department of Commerce may comment
on  marine resources.  The Geological  Survey may comment on seismic  activity; the
Fish and  Wildlife Service, on rare  and  endangered seabirds; state  governments,  on
potential effects of development  on  resources or potential onshore impacts, and so on.

     Following  public hearings, the  decision to lease for exploration and for ultimate
development  is  rendered.  Tracts  that are leased for exploration  may ultimately  be
developed for production. If  this occurs,  oil companies are required to  comply with
specific operating orders that are monitored and  enforced  by the  U.S.  Geological
Survey.

     An offshore operator must  possess a valid and final  NPDES permit from EPA.
NPDES permits are  issued by the EPA regional office that  has jurisdiction over the
drilling  activity. The permit can stipulate a wide range  of  discharge requirements that
depend  on  the  Regional  Administrator's assessment  of  the environmental  damage
DRAFT
EIS
^.
_i
CO
MARINE
SANCTUARY
DESIGNATION
<
<
o
2
FINAL
EIS
•S.
_i
00
                                                                                             STIPULATIONS
NPDES
PERMIT
APPLICATION

0-

NPDES
PERMIT
ISSUANCE
<
a.
UJ
fc,
w
EXPLORATORY
DRILLING
                                                                                        PRODUCTION
                                                                                       ABANDONMENT
                                     FIGURE  2—Sequence  of federal agency  involvement in  offshore oil and  gas drilling
                                     operations
                                                                                                                   173

-------
 HAZARD ASSESSMENT
 EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT
likely to arise  from the discharge.  It is obvious that a high level of technical under-
standing  of potential impacts is necessary to avoid  over- or under-regulation. Table  1
illustrates the region-by-region diversity of areas, resources and additional concerns that
are part of  NPDES permit issuance.

      Ongoing  and  future  research  is designed  to  assess the potential hazard to  the
aquatic   environment and  man from  drilling  practices and  to  evaluate  mitigating
options.  Oil and gas drilling hazard assessment is based on  (a) exposure assessment and
(b) effects  assessment.  Figure 3 illustrates that  potential damage to marine organisms
may  be  predicted  through knowledge of (a)  environmental concentrations of xeno-
biotics that result  from  discharges  and  (b) the duration  of  exposure  likely  to be
encountered by feral organisms  under worst-case-exposure conditions. A hazard assess-
ment based on knowledge of  effects and  environmental  concentrations  produces  a
better foundation to  predict the  environmental  consequences  of  drilling. Mitigating
options can be more easily selected from the spectrum of  alternatives available to the
region through  permit issuance.

      Figure 4  illustrates the stepped sequence of tasks performed in the effects assess-
ment component of hazard assessment. It  includes an  iterative loop between field and
laboratory  research. The pyramid  is based  on  a  knowledge  of chemicals used, but
information is  inadequate because (a) over a thousand trade-name products are used in
drilling fluid formulation (12), (b)  many components are known only by generic name,
not by chemical composition, (c)  most operators are  unwilling  to release  drilling mud
composition information, and (d) no drilling fluid plume and cutting studies have been
published in scientific journals.

      EPA  exposure and effects assessment  research  needs  to be closely  coordinated
in order  to arrive at a hazard assessment with environmentally realistic concentrations.
                                        TABLE 1
                                        Special concerns: oil and gas development
                                        EPA Region/Area   Representative Areas
                                                Resources
                 Other Concerns
1 N. Atlantic
II Mid-Atlantic
Georges Bank
Baltimore Canyon
Commerical
Fishery
Commercial
Fishery

Slumping
                                        IV  S. Atlantic
                                            E. Gulf of
                                               Mexico

                                         V  Great Lakes
                      Blake Plateau
                      Florida
                         Middlegrounds

                      Lake Erie
                                        VI  Gulf of Mexico   Flower Garden Banks
                                            (Central &       Gulf Coast
                                               West)
                                        IX  California
                      Santa Barbara
                         Channel
                      Tanner Bank
                                         X  Pacific N.W.      Beaufort Sea
                                            & Alaska
Commercial
  Fishery
Coral Reefs

Drinking Water
Commerical
  Fishery

Coral Reefs
Commercial
  Fishery

Marine Mammals
Commerical
  Fishery
Coral Reefs

Commercial
  Fishery
Marine Mammals
Ice
Salinity
Eutrophication
Seism icity
                                                                    Ice
                                                                    Weather
                                                                    Assimilative
                                                                       Capacity
                                                                    Seism icity
174

-------
       EXPOSURE
      ASSESSMENT
        EFFECTS
      ASSESSMENT
                              HAZARD
                            ASSESSMENT
FIGURE 3-Environmental considerations in drilling permit issuance
                            EXPOSURE
                           ASSESSMENT
                                            <*^^
                         ENVIRONMENTAL
                     CONCENTRATION ASSESSMENT
  FIELD
RESEARCH
                           OPERATION
                           MONITORING
                   BASELINE AND TREND MONITORING
                     TRANSPORT AND DISPERSION
                      FORMATION COMPOSITION
                    OCEANOGRAPHIC PARAMETERS
                          ^N^^^^^^
                          CHEMICAL FATE
    \LABORATORY
    \RESEARCH*"
                           CHEMICAL FORM
                   GENERIC CHEMICAL COMPOSITION                 \
  ^«
-------
2
JLJ
E
r
0
a.
DC
" 3
s £
w £9
4 3
u. Z
O C3
UJ Z
y 3
LU LU
=> DC
O 0
% ^





/INTEGRATED\
/ ASSESSMENT \
H / OF EFFECTS \
X /N^N^cs^^c$s^^^^^^^^^^^^K^^^^^^^
"J / \
5! / SITE-SPECIFIC \
5 / MONITORING \
O / \ FIELD
O / \ HPCFARPH
uj- / IN-SITUTOXICITY TESTING \ ttcacMnun
1 y&SN^s^c^^***^^^s^s^^^«^^^^^^^
l~v / DEFINITION OF TOXICOLOGICAL \
jJJ / MECHANISMS \ ""*" '1
Z 0 / SUBLETHAL EFFECTS DETERMINATION \ REPEAT
-> u / \ ir
E. -z. / \ "
Cfl ^ / CRITICAL LIFE-STAGE TOXICITY TESTS \INDICATED
V a / M,CR0C.SMSTUD,ES V L^^^"

^. "2. / DEFINITIVE COMMUNITY TESTS \ '
/ (SEASONAL EFFECTS, RESILIENCE, SPECIES SUCCESSION. PRODUCTIVITY) \
/ Miwnn ii-friBiir» \ ^

/ \ REPEAT
/ BIOACCUMULATION/DEPURATION RATE DETERMINATION \ |p
/ inMR-TFRM Fl nWTHRnilRHTnXiniTYTFSTS \ ,INDICATED
/ (MEASURED CONCENTRATION) \ \



REPEAT
INDICATED
-







       /                         RANGE-FINDING ACUTE TOXICITY TESTS
      /                               (NOMINAL CONCENTRATION)
     p^^swsNSNs^^Ns^^^^cs^^
      	DEVELOP/APPLY CRITERIA FOR XENOBIOTIC SELECTION	

                                        FIGURE 5—Stepped sequence of toxicity tests to assess xenobiotic effects on estuarine and
                                        offshore organisms
 XENOBIOTICS ANALYSIS
Figure 5 illustrates the conceptual basis for a stepped sequence of laboratory and field
toxicity  tests designed to assess drilling fluid  effects  on marine  organisms and com-
munities.

      Preliminary  screening of  selected compounds is  accomplished  by acute static
toxicity  tests. Conducted with drilling  fluids or their components, these  range-finding
tests aid  in  selecting toxicant concentrations for subsequent flowing  seawater bioassays
of each compound, component, or mixture  of interest.

      Flow-through toxicity  test  methods  were  selected for a higher tier of testing
because they  more nearly approximate in  situ conditions.  In  contrast to static tests,
metabolic products and excreta are  removed, while oxygenated seawater  and toxicant
are continuously supplied. Data obtained from flow-through toxicity tests are generally
preferable over  static  tests as  the more precise  measure of toxicity and  bioaccumula-
tion.  A few  compounds are  selected from  flow-through  experiments for  the next tier
of testing: effect on composition and functions  of estuarine  communities.

      The  effect  of  selected  xenobiotics  on  colonization of  planktonic  larvae  and
microorganisms  is  analyzed  by  means of  the  apparatus  and  methods  developed  at
the Gulf  Breeze Laboratory (13). Seawater, with its natural components of plankton
and microorganisms, is pumped to the laboratory and into the primary constant head
box. Xenobiotics are continuously metered  into the water after they are siphoned from
a constant head  box; the  control apparatus  receives  the same flow  of water.  Water then
flows from  the  secondary constant head box to each of  10  adjacent aquaria, that is  10
replicates for each treatment, including  controls. At the  end of an exposure period,
microflora,  macrofauna,  and  meiofauna  are  sampled.  To  determine the  effect of  the
176

-------
                                      xenobiotic after each  treatment,  numbers and species of  microflora, meiofauna, and
                                      macrofauna in  control  and  exposed  aquaria  are  compared,  and concentrations of
                                      xenobiotics in test water  and sediment  are determined. Samples of water  from the
                                      constant head  boxes are taken for xenobiotic analysis, and sediment cores from aquaria
                                      are  taken from each apparatus at the end of  the exposure. The  tiered toxicity tests
                                      used in  effects assessment have the following features:

                                        • There is  a  continuing  iteration  between  field  observations  and  laboratory
                                           research.
FATE AND TRANSPORT
   •  Relatively  inexpensive  and rapid  rangefinding tests  are  used  to minimize  more
      resource-intensive tests.

   •  Community  structure  tests  (14,  15, 16,  17,  18)  can be  used to detect  both
      sensitive and resistant species for subsequent detailed testing.

   •  Effect and no-effect concentrations can be found expeditiously.

   •  The data can be used to estimate bioaccumulation  rate, application factors, and
      maximum  allowable toxicant concentration.

      Research tools  for predicting the  potential environmental fate and  effects of
drilling fluids are now becoming available. Figure 6 was composed from the plume data
of Continental Shelf  Associates (20) and  community  profile studies by Bright  (21).
Under the  conditions studied, a near-surface discharge of drilling fluid did not disperse
uniformly  but concentrated  above the thermocline  (20). Adequate research  has not
been  accomplished to determine the  probability that  a  similar  transport mechanism
could ultimately cause exposure of coral reef communities in the Texas Flower Garden
Banks. However, Figure  6 does illustrate that the potential for direct and/or indirect
drilling fluid exposure via  thermocline transport should be investigated under different
hydrographic  regimes.  Shunting (discharging the drilling  fluid to the nepheloid layer)
has been  proposed as an  alternative to surface discharge  (see broken line  Figure  6).
However,  information on the transport and fate of shunted drilling fluids is inadequate
for making an  informed  decision  on  the relative merit and  hazard associated  with
shunting.
                                                   DRILLING MUD BARGE
                                                            -\	f
                                               COMMERCIAL AND
                                               RECREATIONAL FISHING
                                                      o~
                                             NATURAL NEPHELOID  LAYER
                               EXPLORATORY
                               DRILLING
                                           FIGURE ^-Composite diagram of drilling fluid fate  (composite drawn from: Bright, T. J.
                                           Proc..  Third Int. Coral  Reef Symp., May 1974, pp. 40-46; Continental Shelf Associates.
                                           A. Report for American Natural  Gas Production Company 1978; Richards,  N. L.: Proc.:
                                           Env.  Effects of Energy  Related  Activities on  Marine IEstuarine  Ecosystems.  1977
                                           EPA-60017-77-111)
                                                                                                                     177

-------
EFFECTS ON CORAL
 PERMITTING OPTIONS
     Texas  A&M  University  and EPA  Environmental  Research  Laboratory  at  Gulf
Breeze have  a combined research program designed to determine the direct and  indirect
effects of drilling fluids on corals, coral communities, and  coral reef processes.  Current
EPA experiments are  run  at a research laboratory  located  12 miles offshore at  Panama
City,  Florida.  The purpose of this program is to determine concentrations of drilling
fluids that  affect  the survival of corals. This  research will be validated in offshore
experiments.

      Laboratory  experiments  on the effects of  drilling fluid on benthic communities
are part of the tiered toxicity tests diagrammed in Figure 7. Similar results of experi-
ments  with  drilling fluids and their components on benthic estuarine organisms  have
been  published (14,  15, 16,  17,  18, 19).  Figure  7 illustrates the effects on  aquaria
containing  sand initially  covered  with  a 2  mm  layer  of  drilling fluid  on the com-
position  of  communities  that developed from  settled planktonic larvae  in  flowing
seawater not  containing  sand.  The  average  numbers  of  annelids,  arthropods, and
porifera were significantly  less  in treated aquaria than in  untreated aquaria.

      EPA  regional offices face  a spectrum of  regulatory  options  concerned with the
discharge of drilling fluids into aquatic environments. Table 2 summarizes some of the
options. Although completely  adequate and timely data are not likely to be available
now for NPDES permit issuance, regional offices must make the best  possible decision
from  the limited  data available.  Ideally, both  over- and under-regulation should be
minimized through timely and scientifically defensible research. In this way, scientifi-
cally gained data on environmental concentrations and toxicological effects of drilling
fluids  may  help eliminate unjustified concern about certain chemicals being  used  in
drilling fluids.  Similarly,  modified operating  procedures  or drilling  fluid  ingredient
substitution may  help mitigate  environmental  effects that are observed in  region-
specific field- and laboratory-  based research  programs.
                                         C/J
                                         LL.
                                         O
                                         DC
                                         LLJ
                                         00
                                              70
                                              60
                                              50
                                              40
        30
                                              20
                                              10
                                                  ANNELIDA
                                            CONTROL (SAND ONLY)
                                           DRILLING FLUID (2mm OVERLAY)
                                                           ARTHROPODA
                                                                        PORIFERA
                                          COELENTERATA
                                                          MOLLUSCA

                                                                   CHORDATA
                                                   PHYLA DEVELOPING DURING INCUBATION PERIOD

                                         FIGURE 7—Effect  of  drilling fluid on  development of aquarium  community  structure
178

-------
TABLE 2
Spectrum of regulatory options for drilling fluids discharge
          •   Drilling prohibited

          •   No-discharge permits
                   — Barge wastes to remote location
                   — Ocean disposal at designated dumpsites
                   — Ocean disposal in abyss
                   — Land disposal
                   — Reprocess/recycle

          •   Limited discharge permit
                   — Barge portions of fluids/cuttings
                   —Selective treatment of types of fluids

          •   Black/gray/white list of components prior to drilling

          •   Case-by-case permits
                   — Geographical restrictions
                   — Special  resources
                   — Rare/endangered species
                   — Climactic restrictions
                   — Season of year

          •   Discharge, but monitor environmental effects/concentrations

          •   Discharge rate  stipulation
                   —Up to preselected rate
                   — Bulk discharge prohibition
                   — Situation discharge (current, mix  rate, etc.)

          •   Shunt
                   — To bottom
                   — Below surface

          •   Restrict/prohibit fishing

          •   Unrestricted discharge
                                                                                179

-------
                                      References
                                      1.  Sheen  Technical Subcommittee. Environmental Aspects of  Drilling Muds and
                                          Cuttings from Oil and Gas Extraction Operations in Offshore and Coastal Waters.
                                          1: 1976. pp.  1-50.

                                      2.  Fisher, F. Conf. Proc.  of the Office of  Toxic  Substances, EPA  Environmental
                                          Aspects of  Chemical Use  in Well-Drilling  Operations.  Houston,  Texas,  EPA
                                          560/1-75-004. 1: May, 1975. pp. 1-604.

                                      3.  Wright, T.  R., Jr. "World  Oil's 1975-1976 Drilling  Fluids  File," World Oil.
                                          1: 1975. pp.  38-71.

                                      4.  Parker,  P.  "Effects of  Pollutants  on  Marine  Organisms," Deliberations and
                                          Recommendations  of the National Science Foundation.  August  11-14,  1974.

                                      5.  Alexander, J. E., T. T. White, K. E. Turgeon, and  A. W. Blizzard.  Rig Monitor-
                                          ing.  (Assessment  of the  Environmental  Impact  of Exploratory  Oil  Drilling).
                                          Volume VI. Baseline Monitoring Studies,  MAFLA,  DCS, 1975-6.  Final report to
                                          the U.S. Dept.  of  Interior,  Bureau of Land  Management Outer Continental Shelf
                                          Office, Washington, D.C. 1977.

                                      6.  Bright, T. B. and R. Rezak. Northwestern Gulf of Mexico  Topographic  Features
                                          Study. Final report to the  U.S.  Dept. of Interior,  Bureau  of Land Management
                                          Outer Continental Shelf Office, New Orleans, Louisiana.  1978a.

                                      7.  Bright,  T.  B. and  R.  Rezak. South Texas  Topographic Features  Study. Final
                                          report to  the U.S. Dept. of  Interior, Bureau of  Land  Management Outer Con-
                                          tinental Shelf Office, New Orleans, Louisiana. 1978b.

                                      8.  Groover, R.  D. (Ed).  Environmental  Studies,  South  Texas Outer Continental
                                          Shelf,  Rig Monitoring Program. Final report  to the U.S. Dept. of Interior, Bureau
                                          of  Land Management Outer  Continental Shelf  Office,  Washington, D.C.  1977.

                                      9.  Gettleson, D. Effects of Oil and Gas Drilling Operations on the Marine  Environ-
                                          ment. In press.

                                     10.  Richards,  N. L. "Responsibilities for Marine Pollution  Research Within Federal
                                          Agencies of the United States."  In Meyer, S. P. Proceedings of the International
                                          Symposium on  Marine Pollution Research. 1976. pp. 5-11.

                                     11.  U.S.  Dept.  of  Commerce.  Draft  Environmental Impact Statement Prepared  on
                                          the Proposed East and West Flower Gardens Marine Sanctuary. 1979.
180

-------
12.  World  Oil.  World Oil's 1977-78  Guide to Drilling, Workover, and  Completion
     Fluids. Gulf Publishing Co.  1977.


13.  Hansen, D.  J. "Aroclor 1254:  Effect on  Composition of Developing  Estuarine
     Animal  Communities  in  the Laboratory." Contributions  in  Marine  Science.
     8: 1974. pp. 19-33.

14.  Cantelmo,  F  R.  and K. R. Rao. "Effect  of Pentachlorophenol (PCP)  on Meio-
     benthic Communities Established  in  an Experimental  System." Marine Biology.
     46: 1978. pp. 17-22.

15.  Cantelmo,  F.  R.  and K. R.  Rao.  "Effects of Pentachlorophenol  on the Meio-
     benthic Nematodes in an  Experimental System."  In Pentachlorophenol. Plenum
     Publishing Corp.,  N.Y. 1978. pp.  165-174.

16.  Tagatz,  M.  E.,  J.  M.  Ivey,  H.  L.  Lehman,  and J.  L. Oglesby.  "Effects  of
     DowicideR  G-ST  on  Development  of  Experimental Estuarine  Macrobenthic
     Communities." In  Pentachlorophenol.   Plenum  Publishing  Corp., N.Y.  1978.
     pp. 157-163.

17.  Tagatz,  M.  E., J. M.  Ivey,  H.  L. Lehman,  and J.  L. Oglesby.  "Effects of a
     Lignosulfonate-Type  Drilling  Mud  on  Development of  Experimental  Estuarine
     Macrobenthic  Communities." Northeast Gulf Science,  Vol. 2 No.  1.  June 1978.
     pp. 35-42.

18.  Tagatz,  M.  E., J. M.  Ivey,  J. C.  Moore, and M. Tobia. "Effects of Pentachloro-
     phenol on  the Development  of Estuarine  Communities."  Journal of Toxicology
     and Environmental Health, 3. 1977. pp. 501-506.

19.  Tagatz,  M.  E.  and M.  Tobia.  "Effect  of Barite (BaS04J  on Development of
     Estuarine  Communities." Estuarine and Coastal Marine  Science,  7. 1978. pp.
     401-407.

20.  Continental  Shelf Associates, Inc. Monitoring Program for Well #1, Lease OCS-G
     3487, Block A-367, High Island Area, East Addition,  South Extension  Near East
     Flower Garden Bank, Vol.  I, II.  A report  for American Natural Gas Product on
     Company. 1978b.

21.  Bright, T.  J.  "Coral  Reefs,  Nepheloid Layers,  Gas Seeps and Brine  Flows  on
     Hard-Banks  in the Northwestern  Gulf of Mexico."  Proceedings: Third Inter-
     national Coral Reef Symposium. May 1974. pp. 40-46.

                                                                            181

-------
      questions
           &  answers
                                 John D. Powell
                   Holliston Conservation Committee

                         Dr. Margaret E. Hamilton
          Delaware Chapter, National Audubon Society

                                   A. M. Natkin
                              Exxon Corporation

                                 Peter H. Debes
                College of Environmental Science and
                         Forestry at Syracuse, NY

                                  Richard Wood
                  Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation

                                  David C. Clink
                        Automation Industries, Inc.
QUESTION

     The  plutonium levels  in  mussels in  Plymouth,
Massachusetts  were mentioned.  That site would be the
Pilgrim  I  nuclear  generator.  Boston  Edison, which
operates that  generator,  as a public relations gesture,
created a park at  the water discharge area.  The public
is free to harvest mussels and fish, to picnic and enjoy
assorted benefits of nuclear generation.  As  there  is
plutonium  present  in these mussels, would anyone  care
to  comment on possible health  hazards to the public?

RESPONSE: Dr. Donald  Phelps (EPA)

     The presence of transuranic  radionuclides is not
limited to the Pilgrim site, but appears to  be part of
a phenomenon of  elevated levels. The degree to which
that  elevation  makes them more  or less a hazard to
humans is a research question.

QUESTION

     The Nova film, Black  Tide, describes where the
oil from  the  AMOCO CADIZ  spill went.  Estimates as
to  how much was  actually dissolved in  the  water,  how
much was  deposited on the beaches, carried  away, and
so  forth were  made  in  the film. At that  time, 40,000
to  50,000 tons were still unaccounted for. Has anyone an
idea where that amount of oil went?
                                                       183

-------
                                                  RESPONSE: Dr. Wilmot N. Hess (NOAA)

                                                       Of  the  220,000  tons  released,  about 80,000 tons
                                                  evaporated  in  the first 10  days and  65,000 tons  were
                                                  deposited  on  the  beaches. The rest  of  the  oil was un-
                                                  accounted for quantitatively  because  of  the  inability  to
                                                  sample widely enough  to find out how much was in the
                                                  sediments  of  subtidal  regime or  in  the  water column.
                                                  Probably  a large fraction of  that unaccounted for 75,000
                                                  tons  went  into  the  water column and  was widely dis-
                                                  persed, but there is  no way to go back and reconstruct
                                                  that. Later on, as cleanup progressed, much  less oil was
                                                  on the beaches,  because  of  the action  of the  cleanup
                                                  forces,  but  considerably  more was  found  in subtidal
                                                  sediments, especially  in the bays of Morlaix and  Lannion.
                                                  At the end of the summer  it was estimated that there
                                                  were 40,000  tons  of oil in  or resting on the surface  of
                                                  the  subtidal sediments. That oil is gradually  going  away,
                                                  but  there is  still  a  considerable amount of  oil  in the
                                                  estuaries.  The  next update on  the  status of  the oil will
                                                  take  place  in  November  1979 at an  international  con-
                                                  ference in Brest.

                                                  QUESTION

                                                       How  long is it estimated to take  the  fishing and
                                                  seafood  industries to  recover  from  the  effects of the
                                                  AMOCO CADIZ oil spill?

                                                  RESPONSE: Dr. Hess

                                                       The fishing  industry is more  or  less back to normal
                                                  now;  the oyster culture  industry  is still  in  fairly bad
                                                  shape.  Last year,  9,000 tons of oysters in the bays  of
                                                  Morlaix and Lannion were destroyed because of tainting.
                                                  Oysters ordinarily have about  60 ppm hydrocarbons. The
                                                  oysters that were destroyed  had a few hundred  ppm. The
                                                  French government decided  it was not worth  trying  to
                                                  depurate  them,  to  move  them  to a clean  area  and  let
                                                  them  regenerate,  so they destroyed them. It  is not  clear
                                                  how  soon those oyster beds  will  be available for culture
                                                  again. It  is probably  going to  be another couple of  years.

                                                  QUESTION

                                                       NOAA is  doing a fine job following up on the oil
                                                  spills  that have  taken place,  making  expert scientific
                                                  advice  available to the people trying  to  clean  up the
                                                  spills, and putting out reports of excellent quality.  How
                                                  effective  might the use of dispersants have been  in the
                                                  AMOCO CADIZ spill had the French government decided
                                                  to use them more widely?

                                                  RESPONSE: Dr. Hess

                                                       They probably would  not have helped very  much
                                                  close in early on, because the oil came onto the beach in
                                                  such  large amounts and  the  dispersants  would not have
                                                  stopped that.  But there were situations where dispersants
                                                  probably  could  have  been used to  advantage farther  away
                                                  from the beach and somewhat  later when there still were
                                                  good-sized  oil  slicks.  Dispersants  probably  could  have
                                                  been used there fairly-efficiently.
184

-------
      The United States  has  not  decided upon the proper
posture on the use of dispersants in  spills.  A feeling that
dispersants should not be used probably goes back to the
time of the TORY CANYON spill when dispersants  were
quite  toxic. They  are not nearly as toxic now.  Still,  each
situation must be considered carefully to  determine  that
dispersants will be useful and helpful  in dispersing the oil
and  letting nature  take  care  of  it.  In  some  situations
strong dispersants on  beaches  do  more damage than the
oil. I  feel  that dispersants  should be  used  more  widely
than  it  is presently considered they  should be  in  the
United States.

QUESTION

      Of the approximately 1,000 chemicals mentioned as
currently used in drilling muds, how many have  been
specifically  tested  for toxicity  or carcinogenicity,  and
what  is EPA's policy about using them for drilling before
it has data on  these?

RESPONSE: Dr. Norman L. Richards (EPA)

      The  figure  1,000 was  quoted from  a summary  of
the generic names of chemicals that have been  used. It is
a  summary   published   by  the   American   Petroleum
Institute. There are  many redundant trade  names, and it
is  very difficult to  go from  a  generic name to a specific
chemical name. The problem is  further compounded by
the fact  that  even when it is possible to  go to a specific
chemical name, the  chemicals  are often very crude  mix-
tures.  In fact, some  may be  only 60 percent of what the
label  indicates and  the  remainder  may be  an unknown
mixture. When these mixtures of  chemicals are pumped
downhole,  very  complex chemical   reactions  can  take
place,  ending up  with  even  more  compounds being
formed.  Furthermore,  when  individual components are
tested separately  they  appear  to give a very  different
effect  than when they  are tested in combination.  Very
few have been tested, and of those that have been tested,
entirely  appropriate  organisms have been tested in order
to extrapolate to offshore conditions.

      There are no published studies on mutagenicity and
carcinogenicity. Most of the  information  is available  only
in  informal  reports, and  even those  have very  limited
distribution.  Federal agencies, for  example,  will  require
only  three copies of a  report to be prepared, so it takes
a great deal  of detective work to get even the informal
reports.  When you do get them, they have not been sub-
jected to  peer journal  type review. As  a result,  some
results may be questionable.

      Because  each  of  EPA's Regional Offices  deals  with
problems unique to  that office, there is no  hard and fast
national  policy regarding the use  of these chemicals. The
Regional Office issues the NPDES permits.  For example,
a  great  deal  of   money  has  gone  into  investigating
eutrophication problems in  Lake  Erie. There is local con-
cern  that  putting concentrated  chemicals  back into the
lake   presents   a  potential  problem  that  does  not  now
exist   in  marine  waters.  The  brine  water   produced
could  add chloride  to  the  water, which  in  turn could
                                                                   185

-------
                                                   produce ecological consequences  in Lake Erie. Our office
                                                   is  attempting to provide the unique research  information
                                                   required  by each of the unique  problems of  the  regions.

                                                   QUESTION

                                                        In view of the current concern over the potential
                                                   presence  of various  toxic chemicals in fresh  waters, has
                                                   any thought been given to the possibility of an approach
                                                   similar to  Mussel Watch for fresh waters  using freshwater
                                                   species?

                                                   RESPONSE: Dr. Phelps

                                                        Although  I  am not aware  of such  an approach for
                                                   freshwater at this time, the concept certainly is applicable
                                                   and  expandable.  The  basic  ingredient   is  designating a
                                                   suitable organism that has a  ubiquitous  distribution and
                                                   does not  move around  a great deal.

                                                   QUESTION

                                                        In  view  of the  obvious  castastrophic  effects  of
                                                   oil incidents similar  to the AMOCO CADIZ,  what is the
                                                   feasibility or practicability of using incendiary devices to
                                                   prevent the oil from getting ashore by burning it in the
                                                   ship?

                                                   RESPONSE: Dr. Hess

                                                        That has been done several times. It was tried at the
                                                   TORY CANYON,  but it  did  not work very well. It was
                                                   tried in a  spill on  ice  in Buzzards Bay a  year ago, and it
                                                   did work  to a limited  extent there. The problem is to get
                                                   the oil puddled  and wick it somehow, and to apply a high
                                                   enough temperature  to cause it to burn  well. One of the
                                                   problems  is that if the slick  is some  distance away  from
                                                   the ship,  it is  generally  thin  enough so that it  is very
                                                   difficult to get  the temperature up high  enough to get it
                                                   to burn.   If the  decision is  made to  burn the oil at the
                                                   ship, the  first  thing that must be done is to  open the
                                                   ship.  This  was  tried unsuccessfully  at  the  AMOCO
                                                   CADIZ. It was  tried  at  the  TORY CANYON with  in-
                                                   different  success. Looking  at  it logically, even if  you  do
                                                   get the ship open and  set the oil  on  fire, what have you
                                                   really accomplished?  You have   burned  material  which
                                                   might have evaporated  anyway. You may have helped by
                                                   doing that, but  it is rather unlikely  that you really will
                                                   successfully burn most  of the heavies in the crude.
186

-------
session 5

-------


                                                                SATELLITE OBSERVATIONS OF PERSISTENT
                                                                    ELEVATED POLLUTION EPISODES (PEPE)

   Walter A Lyons. Ph D
                                                                                               Walter A. Lyons, Ph.D.
                                                                                                      MESOMET, Inc.
INTRODUCTION
LONG-RANGE TRANSPORT
     A new way of  visualizing natural  phenomena often helps us crystallize  our
understanding  of  basic   physical   processes.  The   recently appreciated  ability  of
conventional meteorological satellites to routinely detect massive areas of turbidity in
the atmosphere  produced by  both  natural and  anthropogenic  sources has shed new
perspectives on the problem of long-range pollution transport. This paper  summarizes
some of the observations of major aerosol events in  the atmosphere and suggests that
routine  detection  and  tracking  of  synoptic  scale pollution  episodes,  along  with
quantitative measurements  of  their  intensity  are  entirely  feasible  with  existing
spacecraft and  data analysis systems.

     Long-range transport of certain long-lived atmospheric  pollutants was graphically
demonstrated 3  decades  ago  by the tracking  of nuclear bomb debris, in  some cases,
for several  circuits of the globe. The Clean Air Act of 1967 and  1970, however, had
an  underlying  assumption  that  the  concentrations  of  various primary pollutants at
some unspecified distance, but not too far downwind from the source, would become
indistinguishable  from the natural background  because of dilution, wet and dry deposi-
tion, and perhaps chemical transformation. During the 1970's, we  have gradually come
to realize  how  chemical  transformations also  generate  secondary  pollutants  in signifi-
cant concentrations, which become  of greater concern at distances typically greater
than 100 km (White et al., 1976).

     Photochemical  oxidants were  measured  by  Blumenthal  et al  (1974),  being
exported out of the Los Angeles Basin at the rate of 100 tons/hour. Lyons and Cole
(1976)  noted  that  high  ozone  values recorded  in  both urban and  rural  sections of
Wisconsin   were  the combined  results of local  emissions,  mesoscale  transport, and
synoptic transport, all comingled in a manner making it most difficult to  separate the
fraction resulting from each mechanism. Coffey and Stasiuk (1975), Wolff et al (1977),
and Ott and Lyons  (1977) were among many suggesting that  ozone-laden air masses
could easily travel hundreds or even thousands of kilometers over several days. Periods

-------
                             SO2 EMISSIONS    % «)  «>£
                           25TONS/KM2/YEAR  Y/  AO 0
                        FIGURE \-Map of regions where SO? emission density exceeds 25 tons per square kilometer
                        per year
190

-------
SULFATE AEROSOLS
of  elevated ozone in  air masses  undergoing long-range  transport  were also found
associated  with  reduced  visibility  by  Samson  and  Ragland,  (1977). As  research
continued, such as project MISTT,  it became clear  that important secondary aerosol
producing  mechanisms  were  being  found.  The  conversion of  SO2  gas  into aerosols
within individual power plant  or  urban plumes  was documented by many, including
White et  al (1976). The progressive deterioration of regional  visibility during summer
appears  correlated  to the increased SC>2 emissions into the  upper portion of  the
boundary  layer  by the greater  use  of  coal, as well as higher  stacks, (Husar,  1978).

      The  prime contributor to  widespread  areas  of turbidity  appears  to be  the
conversion of  SC>2 gas to sulfate aerosols, with transformation rates somewhere around
1 to several percent per hour, according to Wilson et al. Figure 1 maps the region with
the highest SC>2 emission densities  in the United  States. The contributions of the coal
burning power plants, especially in  the Ohio River Valley and  surrounding areas,  are
significant. The isopleths of  maximum  recorded  sulfate  levels (Figure  2) show  the
pattern  centered near the major source regions, but with values  exceeding 20  /jgm/m3
possible almost anywhere in the eastern United States.  It is in this area that our search
for satellite images revealing large scale pollution episodes will be focused.
                                                     MAXIMUM OBSERVED
                                                       SULFATE VALUES
                                                          MAY-OCT .1976
                                      FIGURE 2—Plot of observed maximum sulfate values
                                      through October, 1976
                                                                     V-
                                                      at NASN sites during May
                                                                                                                     191

-------
 GRAPHIC  EXAMPLE
     A graphic example of  air mass  pollution  was provided  by Samson  (1979).*
Figure  3 is a view looking southeast from atop  Whiteface  Mountain in upstate  New
York  at  1400  EOT,  26 August  1977. Back  trajectory  computations indicate the air
to be of Canadian origin. Visual  range  appears to be well  in excess of 20 n.mi. Figure
4 is a  picture taken  at  exactly the same spot, looking in  the same direction, at 1400
EOT, 28 August 1977—only 48 hours later. Trajectory analysis showed this  air mass to
have originated to the  southwest of New York state. The  visibility  has  dropped to
several  n.mi.
 SATELLITE DETECTION
 OF AEROSOLS
      Reduced  visibility or  visual  range  is the result  of  the  decreasing contrast of a
distant object against a background caused  by the scattering of light into the  inter-
vening volume  of air. It  is reasonable then to assume  that  measurements of visible
wavelength radiation from an orbital platform would reveal both increased atmospheric
brightness (turbidity)  and  reduced contrast of ground targets. The overall measurement
would of  course be a function of the aerosol constituency, size, and  concentration, the
albedo of the surface, the  solar angle, the  position  of the spacecraft, and the  sensi-
tivity, resolution, and spectral response of the sensor.

      As  early  as  1971, Mohr  noted anomalous  areas of turbid air in ESSA  satellite
APT  images over  Europe  and suggested the possibility of using  conventional  weather
satellites  to  monitor regional air pollution events. In the same year, McLellan (1971)
had some success in using  the digital brightness readings from the geosynchronous ATS
satellite to detect  the smog  buildup in the  Los Angeles  Basin by its enhanced  upward
light scatter.
                                       'Personal communication

                                       FIGURE 3-View looking southeast from  Whiteface Mountain, New York, 1800 GMT, 26
                                       August 1977. A clean polar air mass dominated the area.
192

-------
METEOROLOGICAL
SATELLITES
      Various  satellite platforms are capable of  detecting a wide  variety of aerosol
episodes  in the atmosphere. Landsat images were  analysed by Lyons and Pease (1973)
and  Lyons (1974), revealing point source smoke  plumes traveling for more than 100
km over Lake  Michigan.  Lyons  et al  (1974) also noted apparent  indications of high
turbidity  levels throughout entire  air  masses.  Unfortunately  the small areal  and
infrequent  temporal  coverage  of  Landsat  makes  synoptic  monitoring  impractical.
The  same  could  be  said of 35  mm photography from  manned spacecraft  missions,
although some individual scenes of  note were described  by  Randerson  (1968, 1978).

      The operational meteorological  satellite, while  designed to detect  bright,  high
contrast  clouds, has shown  itself suitable for  mapping large scale areas of  atmospheric
dust,  haze,  and  smoke.  The  SMS/GOES  (Synchronous  Meteorological   Satellite/
Geostationary   Operational  Environmental  Satellite)  series  has  been  used  for  this
research  (Ensor,  1978).  Two  systems observe the  United  States  from  36,000 km
above the equator, one  centered at 75"  W,  the second  at  135" W longitude. Every
30 minutes, subpoint 4  km resolution infrared (10.5-12.5 um) scans of the earth are
made from  pole to  pole. During daylight  hours, visible images at 0.7 km  subpoint
resolution are obtained at the same interval. The visual infrared spin-scan radiometer
(VISSR)  responds to visible light in the 0.54 to 0.70 um band.  Data are transmitted
from  the satellite  at  8-bit resolution.  The enormous data volume (4x10" bits/day)  is
managed in  many  ways,  but primarily  by conversion to photographic form.  However,
special computer-based  systems do allow investigations  to access and manipulate the
data quantitatively.
                                      FIGURE 4-Same as Figure 3., but exactly 48 hours later. Visibility has dropped to several
                                      miles.
                                                                                                                     193

-------
 MAJOR AEROSOL EVENT
 AGRICULTURAL BURNING
      Figure 5  is an example of a major aerosol  event  in the atmosphere—a massive
plume of smoke  from the Hawaiian volcanic eruption of September  1977.  On subse-
quent  days, the  plume  drifted  in a cohesive  manner  in  the  trade  winds  for  many
hundreds  of miles (Cochran  and Pyle,  1978).  Shenk and Curran  (1974)  were among
the first to note the cross-Atlantic transport of large clouds of Saharan dust. During
June  1977 a dust cloud reached Cuba after having left the African coast less than 5
days  before, all the  while visible  in the SMS/GOES  visible imagery.  During the U.S.
drought  of  1977, several major dust storms occurred  in the  central U.S.  One  such
raged  from 23  to 25 February 1977. On 24 February the satellite detected a plume of
dust  stretching from  the Oklahoma Panhandle to  Georgia  (Figure 6). It was subse-
quently seen to spread over  the Atlantic as far east as  Bermuda.  During  the  passage,
local  visibilities dropped  as low as 1 to  3 miles (Purvis,  1977).  Hi-vol  aerosol measure-
ments taken by the  Texas Air  Resources Board found 24-hour averages ranging from
around  600 jugm/m3  near Houston to as high as 2450 /igm/m3  in  northeast Texas.

      An often overlooked source of man-made pollution  is smoke from agricultural
burning.  As noted by  Parmenter (1971), massive  areas of slash  burning  in southern
Mexico, Yucatan, and  Guatamala during  the late winter dry season generated  massive
smoke palls over much of the Gulf of Mexico.  Figure 7  shows one of the many  such
incidents  noted in  recent years. These  smoke-filled air  masses frequently  reach  the
southern U.S.
                                            Smoke from  giant forest fires in the western U.S. can routinely be monitored
                                      on SMS/GOES  imagery as have  massive  smoke  palls  from  Florida  Everglades fires

                                         FIGURE 5-SMS/GOES 1.0 km resolution visible image, showing plume  of smoke from
                                         Hawaiian volcanic eruption drifting several hundred kilometers southwestward, at 0300 GMT,
                                         16 September 1977.
194

-------

                                                   1    •••<  •
FIGURE 6-SMS/GOES 2.0 km  resolution  visible image,  1530 GMT, 25 February  1977,
shows cloud of dust stretching from Oklahoma panhandle  to Georgia. Dust cloud followed
cold front many hundreds of miles into the Atlantic.
FIGURE 7-SMS/GOES 2.0 km resolution visible image, 1700 GMT, 30 April 1975, showing
large area of smoke over  Yucatan  and the  Western Gulf of Mexico, the result of widespread
agricultural slash burning.
                                                                                  195

-------
 MIDWEST HAZE
(Snyder et al, 1976). However,  the  plume of smoke from a small northern Minnesota
forest fire, is shown in  its seventh hour  (Figure 8) after having been  tracked at 30-
minute intervals from its inception that morning.

      Lyons  and  Husar (1976) presented an SMS/GOES  picture,  showing a large area
of haze covering the Midwest.  Comparisons with  other  data  showed the area  to be
associated  with  reduced visibility (6  n.mi. or  less), high sulfate concentrations,  and
generally elevated ozone levels. The photograph showed a typical  episode—on the scale
of 1,000 km, lasting for several days to nearly 2 weeks,  associated with a warm moist
air  mass  that  had  significant  injections  of SO2  from  major source regions.  That
particular  image first needed a certain degree of photographic darkroom enhancement
to make the  smog blob or  hazy  blob or elevated pollution episode clearly recognizable.
                                                                                                              Indiana
                                          FIGURE 8-Blow up of SMS/GOES 1.0km resolution visible image, 2200 GMT, 29 September
                                          1976, showing plume of smoke from a small forest fire in northern Minnesota, having drifted
                                          about 100 km southeast after about 7 hours
                                         FIGURE S-SMS/GOES image, 2.0 km resolution, 2200 GMT, 25 June 1975
196

-------
SECONDARY POLLUTANTS
     The image described by  Lyons and Husar was  taken  on 30 June 1975, the  mid-
point of an  episode lasting from before 25 June  until  after 5 July. Figures 9, 10, and
11 show 1.0 n.mi. resolution images of the eastern U.S. on  25 and 29 June and 3  July
1975. The area of haze,  while it did shift its  position during this time frame,  generally
was  more than 25% of  the U.S. on  any given  day. During the end of the episode,
around  3 July, when it  was centered in the  southeast, elevated ozone values in rural
areas caused  notable damage to eastern  white pine forests (Hayes and Skelly,  1977).

     A persistent high pressure cell during this  nearly 2-week  long stagnation  caused
an accumulation  of secondary pollutants from  the  lower  Ohio  River Valley, which
were  then  transported as far  as  Louisiana and  Minnesota. Trajectories produced by
Brand  Nieman  at Teknekron,  Inc. confirm  this overall  flow  pattern by analysis of
                                        FIGURE •\Q-SMSlGOES image, 2.0 km resolution 2200 GMT, 26 June 1975
                                         FIGURE ^-SMS/GOES image, 2.0 km resolution, 1400 GMT, 3 July 1975
                                                                                                                   197

-------
HOLES IN THE BLOB
IMAGE PROCESSING
150  and  600  m winds.  Figure  12 summarizes some of the measurements  made  on
29-30  June  1975.  The visibility  contours  show  that  noontime  readings (6,4,3,  and
2.7 n.mi.)  closely correlate to the haze area seen  on the satellite image. Those ozone
monitoring  sites reporting 1-hour  averages  of  160  PPB  or higher were located in
or  near  the  blob.   Scattered  sulfate  measurements  showed  values  as   high  as
80 ;ugm/m3  within  the haze  boundary,  and generally 15  /ugm/m3  or less  outside.

      During the period  27  June  to  4 July,  persistent southerly  winds transported
portions of  this  blob  into  Minnesota. Ozone  monitors  in  rural  areas of central
Minnesota  reported frequent  readings in excess of 80 PPB and  often  above 120 PPB.
This ozone was  suspected  of  being capable of reducing yields  of the state's  soybean
crop of  more  than  10% at the  level and  duration  measured (Laurence et al, 1977).

      Of note  in Figure  10,  in  addition  to the widespread  obscuration of ground
features  by haze in  cloud-free areas, are pockets  of  reduced turbidity  or  holes in  the
blob.  Film animation shows  that  these  travel  with  the general low-level winds,  and
retain  continuity for a day  or more.  There  is  considerable circumstantial  evidence
relating these to areas of wash out by prior thunderstorms. Knowledge of  such regions
from  satellite  images  would  greatly  aid  in analyzing surface  and   aircraft aerosol
measurements.  The  volume of  air undergoing  significant  wet removal can  also  be
calculated  from  such convective footprints  if correlated  to radar data. A  dynamic
real-time data gathering  system using color digital  remote  radar systems now available
would allow for  field  experiment controllers to monitor the process as it occurs, and
to vector aircraft to begin immediate  sampling of pre-  and post-convection air mass
aerosol characteristics.

      The  routine processing  of  SMS/GOES  imagery is geared toward  displaying high
brightness, high contrast scenes containing clouds.  More gossamer features such as haze
are  not  always  emphasized in  prints  obtained by  satellite  image receivers  used in
operational weather  offices.  By  proper printing  techniques, using 10"x10"  archival
quality negatives obtained  through NESS  (National   Environmental Satellite  Service),
the haze can be more easily seen. This however  involves the added steps of a darkroom
procedure  interfering with the real-time acquisition of the pictures. A digital technique
                                                                                                                    \
                                         FIGURE -\2-Synoptic  map,  1800 GMT, 30 June 1975. Shaded areas represent visibility
                                         contours of 6, 4, 3, and 2.7 n.mi. NASN sulfate values (vgm/m3) recorded during June 29
                                         and 30  are shown,  and triangles mark  oxidant monitors which recorded maximum hourly
                                         values in excess of 160 PPB.
198

-------
has been developed by  NESS as reported by Parmenter (1977)  which  is analogous to
the temperature enhancement  of  IR  satellite data  to  delineate the  subtly  different
visible radiances of  polluted versus clean  air masses.  A  digital enhancement  curve,
similar to those applied  to infrared  imagery, was found very useful. Figure 13  shows an
example of the  NESS  technique.  The top panel is  a  segment  of  a 2 km  resolution
image  over Florida,  as  would  be seen on  a standard weather office satellite receiver.
Application of the digital enhancement makes the band  of turbid air across the  central
part of the peninsula and surrounding waters  highly visible (middle  panel).  Reported
surface visibilities were  under 7 miles within the haze band. Sufficient  solar insolation
was reflected  as to cause a significant differential in ground  heating, as evidenced  by
the supression of afternoon convection  beneath the haze  band (lower level).
   FIGURE 13-(a} Portion of SMS/GOES 2.0 km resolution  visible image over Florida, 1230
   GMT, 15 June 1977. (b) Same scene, but with imagery digitally enhanced using experimental
   technique developed  by National Environmental Satellite  Service.  Band of hazy air now
   distinct, (c)  Same region, but at 2030 GMT, 15 June 1977. Haze was sufficiently dense to
   apparently  suppress afternoon  convection,  present  both north  and south of haze band.
   Reproduced from Marmenter (1977).
                                                                                  199

-------
PROBLEM IN HAZE
DETECTION
    Another test of the technique was produced on 14 May 1977, when a clean
polar air mass descended  into the northeast  U.S., causing a displacement of a stagnant,
polluted anticyclone (Figure 14). The enhanced image at 1230 GMT (Figure 15} shows
a clear  demarcation  of the  two air  masses, especially  over the  ocean  areas. This
effective digital technique,  however,  is not  routinely available from NESS. Thus
researchers studying such phenomena  must rely on darkroom enhancement of prints
made from negatives, or special processing of live or recorded digital satellite data on
special  image analysis systems. The problem in sulfate haze detection  is therefore not
one of satellite sensor capabilities, but in ground image processing techniques.
                               FIGURE It-Surface weather map, 1200 GMT, 14 May 1977.

                                                          •i
                                     fr3^Vv/??CF
                                     T^.:•"'*.£.  r^. »*,•»  •T>Xv  -  '•»-  ±U*^
                                       jSfe^5  -  i*j?* "
                                                      I
                                       y^^^S%         .^  ?^o^w
                                        '^/S^f^v     •'     Haze   ;"^'   '
                                       Rlf.i':5^H?*i^
                                      Bri^^N''         ^i  IbM     ,
                                          C«P^^  ;
                                             **""   "fip
                                                                                         *
                               FIGURE 1S-SMS/GOES 2.0 km resolution visible image,  1230 GMT, 14 May 1977,
                               specially enhanced by computer processing at NESS. A sharp discontinuity in atmospheric
                               turbidity is clearly found at the front separating the two anticyclones. linage courtesy of
                               iv \JA A 11v LL o j.
200

-------
THE AUGUST 1976
EPISODE
      A major episode occurred from 16 to 29 August 1976 over the eastern U.S. and
the adjacent  Atlantic  waters.  This  was discussed  in  detail  by  Lyons et al (1978).
Figure  16 shows the  blob  on 22  August 1976. It  extended  far  eastward into the
Atlantic,  as far west as Kansas, and southward  through the  Mississippi River Valley.
The southeastern  states were free  of haze  at  this time. Of  greatest  significance  is the
sharp boundary of  haziness  stretching from southern  Minnesota  across Lake Huron.
This precisely  marked  the  polar front with  3-5 n.mi. visibilities to the south and 15+
n.mi.  to  its  north.  Figure 17  is a map of the  1800 GMT, 28 August 1976 weather
conditions, with contours of the 5 and  3 n.mi. visibilities (corrected for precipitation),
                                           FIGURE W-SMS/GOES 2.0 km resolution  visible image,  2230 GMT,  22 August 1976,
                                           showing widespread  smog blob  stretching from Kansas eastward into  the Atlantic Ocean,
                                           with a sharp  discontinuity  along a cold front stretching east-west across the Great Lakes.
                                          FIGURE  IT-Synoptic  map,  1800  GMT,  28 August  1976.  Overlain on  the hazy area
                                          outline as seen on  the satellite  image, and  3  and 5, n.mi.  visibility contours are the
                                          observed NASN sulfate readings (iigm/m3). Readings in excess of 40 >jgm/m3 were found in
                                          low visibility air in Pennsylvania and New York.
                                                                                                                          201

-------
24-HOUR SULFATE
MEASUREMENT
 DATA ANALYZED
 QUANTITATIVELY
 CONCLUSION
and  the  boundary  of the hazy  area seen  on the satellite  picture.  This analysis was
performed  for 13  days of  the  episode.  In  virtually all cases,  the 5-n.mi.  visibility
contour  lay  inside  the visible  boundary of the hazy  blob.  It appears that as regional
visual ranges drop  below 6  or 7 n.mi., the  haze becomes  visible in properly printed
SMS/GOES  images, especially over water and other low-albedo targets.

      Figure  17  also  shows the overlain  isopleths of  NASN sulfate  data  measured
over a 24-hour period ending 1800  GMT,  28 August  1976. The  areas of Pennsylvania
and  New York  State,  where  the  visibilities were generally  lowest and  the  image
appeared  haziest, were associated  with  24-hour sulfate levels  between 30 and  50
jugm/m3. The sulfate  readings  made within the  hazy  area  seen  on 28 August,  2230
GMT image, averaged  22.7 /j.gm/rr\3 but outside  the haze area were  only 5.7 /igm/m3.
Similarly, a  series  of  sulfate  measurements  were  made  in   New  York  City  by
Brookhaven   National  Lab during this  period. When the blob as seen on the satellite
prints covered the  area, sulfates averaged 23.7 Mgm/m3, but were  only 7.5  ,ugm/m3
when clean  air covered the  area (Figure  18). This suggests overall enhancements of
sulfate within satellite detected hazy blobs of 3.98 or 3.16 times for these two cases.
Similarly, for each of the 13  episode days, the  highest hourly ozone measured at all
stations reported  in  the National Aerometric  Data Bank  were plotted. The average for
those sites outside the  visible blob was 69.4  PPB, but inside rose to 90.8 PPB, or 30%
higher.  This suggests  that  the correlation of hazy,  low visibility  air  to  sulfates  is
stronger  than to  ozone  levels.  This  is partly  due to  the  apparently greater spatial
variability of ozone, as a result of  local NOX sources,  etc. Table 1 summarizes these
values. Also  included  are  mean  values of bscat averaged over the  eastern U.S.,  using
1800 GMT  visibilities (with  precipitation, fog  and  high  relative  humidity samples
removed). The mean bscat value compiled  by Rudolph Husar of Washington University
appears to be a useful measure of "episodicity". Values above 3.5 suggest a widespread
and/or intense PEPE in progress.

      SMS/GOES  data can  be  analyzed  quantitatively,  using  such  systems as the
MclDAS—Man Computer  Interactive Data  Access  System—developed by the University
of Wisconsin's Space Science  Engineering  Center. Digital data tapes from the August
1976 episode were archived  under special  EPA funding. MclDAS  allows total pixel-by-
pixel manipulations of the imagery. All  scenes are navigated and grided, with animation
of  sequential images easily  accomplished  via rapid access from  a  video analog  disk.
A cursor allows  the  operator  to select any number of image pixels and measure the
digital brightness counts (DBC, Range  1-256), which can, by application of calibration
procedures,  be converted  into  radiances. Over water, with apparently clean  air masses
present (and confirmed by  nearby land visibility  of 7 miles or more), DBC's typically
ranged  from  40  to 45 units.  In hazy but otherwise  cloud free  areas, values would
usually  range from  70 to 85  DBC's. Thus the  signal  of a hazy air  mass in the SMS/
GOES data  was  clearly well out of the noise level. Over land, typical  values in  high-
visibility polar air masses during August would  be around 60 to  80 DBC's, but could
be as much  as 50% higher when apparent  haze covered the target. By careful selection
and  calibration of  ground targets, it  appears plausible  to use digital satellite data to
routinely obtain  a  measure of  atmospheric  brightness,  and thus of turbidity, visual
range, and to a lesser degree, sulfates.  What the technique lacks  in  precision  it would
appear to compensate for  in terms of  spatial and temporal coverage  particularly over
water,  where  virtually no  routine air  quality  measurements  exist.  MclDAS also
processes all  available  surface  and  upper  air   meteorological   data.  These can  be
processed in  real-time, and  displayed  directly on the  satellite imagery. Such  useful
items as  contoured temperatures,  surface wind  streamlines,  5,000-ft winds, etc. are
just  a few of the  multitude of outputs available.

      The current  generation  of meteorological  satellite data,  in  photographic  and
especially digital  form, are capable  of  synoptic  monitoring  of the  formation, growth,
and  movement of large-scale hazy blobs known to be correlated  with elevated sulfate
episodes. Details  of  the long-range transport  and  removal process can  also be studied.
202

-------
  30
  20
  10
          SULFATE VALUES
          NEW YORK CITY
     AVERAGES
  INSIDE BLOB  23.7
OUTSIDE BLOB   7.5
                                                       M      M
                                                                   o
                                                                   £
                                                                   a
         16  17  18 19 20  21  22 23 24 25 26  27  28  29 30

                              AUGUST 1976

  FIGURE 18-Sulfate values, 24-hour averages, recorded in New York City,  by Brookhaven
  National Laboratory from 16 to 28 August 1976. N indicates "smog blob", as seen on the
  satellite, was not over the area. Y or E indicates the monitor was in or on  the edge of the
  smog blob.
TABLE 1

Average of maximum hourly ozone reports inside the "blob" as seen on the enhanced SMS imagery

(PPB), for all NADB stations east of 100° W.  Also, the mean bscat determined from NOAA visibility
reports over the eastern U.S. (Source: R. Husar, Washington University), August 1976.
Date
August 16
August 17
August 18
August 19
August 20
August 21
August 22
August 23
August 24
August 25
August 26
August 27
August 28
August 29
bscat
2.98
2.44
2.47
2.52
3.00
3.12
3.35
4.10
4.20
5.02
4.65
4.36
3.59
2.41
Og Inside
(PPB)
	
69
85
94
97
106
106
89
100
103
93
72
76

O3 Outside
(PPB)
_
69
65
66
81
107
67
77
65
57
77
57
54

AVERAGE
                              90.8
                                               69.4
                                                                           203

-------
                                       Figure 19  shows a  front of  haze moving  southwestward along the Atlantic coast on
                                       25 August 1976.  This feature  was tracked for 3 days and finally disappeared on 26
                                       August, after being  advected  into a line of thunderstorms along the Florida peninsula,
                                       where  its aerosols presumably underwent washout.

                                            The satellite data allow for rational extrapolation of surface visibility and sulfate
                                       measurements,  particularly over water, as well  as provide a  context for the analysis of
                                       aircraft data. Tracking well-defined structural  haze features provides a possible means
                                       for verifying  trajectory and transport  models.  The export of polluted air  masses  into,
                                       and possibly  across, the Atlantic can be studied. (The European METEORSAT satellite
                                       provides  a  similar capability  in the eastern Atlantic).  Actual  digital processing of the
                                       SMS/GOES data  allows  for  the testing  of statistical and  physical  models  relating
                                       atmospheric turbidity, visual range, and sulfate aerosol content.

                                             Real-time  data  access,  processing, and display systems, such  as Mel DAS, allow
                                       the  researcher   to  compile available  satellite   and  meteorological  information about
                                       PEPE's  in  an  easy  to manipulate  and evaluate form.  The basic  software  can be aug-
                                       mented by addition of pollution emission inventories, addition of forecasted boundary
                                       layer winds and trajectories (from  LFM model  outputs of the  National Meteorological
                                       Center),  and  predictions of future  pollution patterns  available from existing  regional
                                       models. The  ability  of  such  systems to process and  display  these data  in  real-time
                                       allows  for  a  vastly  improved system  of  monitoring synoptic  scale pollution  events—
                                       and therefore  is a  valuable  management  tool  for  planning  and  directing field  data
                                       gathering projects.  Also data  and analysis  needed for  later  research can be assembled
                                       and error checked  "on  the fly," thus compiling a  real-time climatology  and  limiting
                                       costly data archival and retrieval costs.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
      This  research was  primarily funded by  the  Regional Field Studies  Office, U.S.
Environmental  Protection  Agency  (Dr.  William  E.  Wilson,  Scientific  Director),  under
subcontract  No.  68-02-3000,  "Conduct Seminar/Workshop  on  Elevated Pollution
Episodes and Furnish  Background  Reports  to  Assist  EPA Management  in  Planning
Future  STATE  Intensive Field  Studies  and  Related  Activities", to Research Triangle
Institute.  The  author also wishes to thank  those  individuals and  organizations that
have contributed to this work:  Professor Sagar Krupa (Department of  Plant Pathology,
University  of Minnesota); Mr. Perry Samson (N.Y. State Department of Environmental
Control);  The Space  Science Engineering Center of  the  University of Wisconsin; Dr.
Brand  Nieman  (Teknekron, Inc.); Dr.  Rudolph Husar (Washington  University); the
Walter A. Bohan Company; Frances Parmenter (NOAA/NESS); Dr. Glenn Hilst  (EPRI);
Professor   Kenneth Whitby  (Department of  Mechanical  Engineering,  University  of
Minnesota); Dr.  Roger L. Tanner (Brookhaven  National  Laboratory).
                                          FIGURE  -\9-Ponion of 2.0 km  resolution visible image,  2230 GMT,  25 August 1976,
                                          showing a front of turbid air moving south and west off the U.S. Atlantic Coast
204

-------
References
 Allison,  L.J. et al., 1978:  Remote Sensing of the Atmosphere  from Environmental
 Satellites.  In  Air Quality Meteorology  and Atmospheric  Ozone, Eds, A.L. Morris
 and R.C.  Barras,  American Society for  Testing and  Materials. Philadelphia, 83-155.

 Barnes, J.C., C.J.  Browley,  and H.K. Burke, 1979: Evaluation of the Capabilities of
 Satellite  Imagery  for  Monitoring  Regional  Air  Pollution  Episodes.  ERT  Document
 3304-F, NASA Langley Research, Hampton, VA., 22-55.

 Blumenthal,  D.L., W.H.  White,  R.L. Peace, and T.B.  Smith,  1974: Determination of
 the Feasibility of the  Long Range Transport of Ozone  or Ozone Precursors. Meteor-
 ology  Research,  Inc.  Report,  EPA Contract 68-02-1462. (NTIS No. EPA-450/3-74-
 061). 92  pp.

 Brandli,  H.,  and Orndorff,  1977: Sahara Sand/Dust Cover Equatorial  Atlantic. Nat.
 Wea. Dig., 2: 19-20.

 Browley,  C.J.,  J.L. Horowitz,  and J.C. Barnes,  1977: Analysis of Photochemical
 Oxidant  and  Particulate  Pollution  Patterns in  New England  Using  Remote Sensing
 Data.  Document P-2273. Environmental  Research  & Technology, Inc., Concord, MA.

 Brown, F.R., and  F.S.  Karn,  1976:  Air Pollution from  the Ohio  River and Mon-
 ongaheala River Valleys.  ERTS-1: A New Window on Our Planet, Eds. R.S.  Williams
 and D.C.  William, USGS  Professional Paper No. 929, U.S. Geological Survey, Arlington,
 VA., 261-263.

 Carlson,  T.N.,  and J.M. Prospero,  1972: The Large Scale Movement of Saharan Air
 Outbreaks Over  the  Northern   Equatorial  Atlantic. J. Appl.  Meteor.,  11:  283-297.

 Carlson,  T.N.,  and R.S. Caverly, 1977:  Radiative  Characteristics of Saharan Dust at
 Solar Wavelengths. J. Geophy. Res., 82: 3141-3152.

 Carlson,  T.N., and P.  Wendling,  1977:  Reflected  Radiance  Measured  by  NOAA  3
 VHRR as a  function  of Optical  Depth  for Saharan  Dust.  J.  Appl.  Meteor.,  16:
 1368-1371.

 Carlson, T.N., 1979: Atmospheric Turbidity in Saharan Dust Outbreaks as Determined
 by  Analyses of  Satellite Brightness Data.  Monthly Weather Review, 107: 322-335.

 Cochron, D.R.,  and R.L. Pyle, 1978:  Whence  Cometh  the Vog? NESS Applications
 Information Note 78/3. 8 pp.

 Coffey, P.E., and W.N.  Stasiuk, 1975:  Evidence of Atmospheric Transport of Ozone.
 into Urban Areas. Environmental Science  and Technology. 9: 59-62.

 Conover,  J.H.,  1966:   Anomalous  Cloud  Lines. Journal  of  Atmospheric  Sciences,
 23: 778-785.

 Copeland, G.E.,  R.W.  Blais,  G.M.  Hilton,  and  E.G.  Kindle, 1974:  Detection  and
 Measurement   of  Smoke  Plumes  in   Aerial   and  Satellite  ERTS-1    Imagery.
 Proceedings,  of the  67th Annual  Meeting  of  the Air Pollution  Control  Associa-
 tion, Denver, CO., Paper #74-240.

 CORSPERS,  1974:  Remote Sensing  for Resource and  Environmental  Surveys    A
 Progress  Review.   Committee  on  Remote  Sensing  Programs  for   Earth  Resource
 Surveys   Commission   on   Natural   Research   Council,   National   Academy   of
 Sciences,  Washington, D.C.

 Ensor,  G.J.,  1978: User's  Guide  to  the  Operation  of  the NOAA  Geostationary
 Satellite System. NOAA/NESS.  Washington, D.C., 101 pp.

                                                                            205

-------
                                     Ernst,  J.A., 1975:  A  Different  Perspective Reveals  Air  Pollution.  Weatherwise, 28:
                                     215-216.

                                     Fraser,  R.,  1976:  Satellite  Measurement of  Mass of Sahara  Dust  in  the  Atmos-
                                     phere. J. Appl. Opt, 15: 2471-2479.

                                     Griggs,  M.,  1975:   Measurement  of  Atmospheric Aerosol  Optical  Thickness  Over
                                     Water Using ERTS-1 Data../ Air Pollut. Control Assoc.,  25: 622-626.

                                     Griggs,  M.,  1977:  Comment  on,  Relative   Atmospheric Aerosol  Content  from
                                     ERTS  Observations, by Y.  Mekler,  H.  Quenzel,  G.  Ohring, and I.  Marcus. Journal
                                     of Geophysical Research, 77, 4972.

                                     Gurka,  J.J.,  1977:  The  February  23-24  Dust  Storm  as  Viewed  from GOES-1.
                                     NESS Satellite Applications Information Note 77/6, 5  pp.

                                     Hoppe,   E.R.,   and   A.L.   Ruiz,   1974:   Catalogue   of  Operational   Satellite
                                     Products. NOAA Technical Memorandum, NESS 53, 91 pp.

                                     Hayes,  M.,  and J.M.  Skelly,  1977:  Transport of Ozone from the  Northeast  U.S.
                                     into  Virginia and  Its  Effect  on  Eastern  White  Pine. Plant Disease Reporter, 61:
                                     778-782.

                                     Husar,  R.B., 1978:  Man's  Impact on  the Troposphere; Lectures  in Tropospheric
                                     Chemistry.  NASA Reference Publication.  No. 1022, 319-348.

                                     Ing, G.K.T., 1972: A Dust  Storm Over Central China. Weather, 27:  136-145.

                                     Johnson, J.D.,  F.C. Parmenter  and   R.  Anderson,  1976:  Environmental Satellites:
                                     Systems,   Data    Interpretation,   and   Applications.    NOAA-S/T;    76-2481,
                                     Washington, D.C.

                                     Kahan,  A.M., 1974: The  Use  of the  ERTS-1 Satellite  Data Collection  System  in
                                     Monitoring Weather  Conditions  for  Control  of  Cloud Seeding Operations.  Bureau
                                     of Reclamation, Water Resources Management, 103 pp.

                                     Keitz,  E.L.,  E.J.  Friedman,  and  R.G.  Eldridge,  1977:  The Capability  of Remote
                                     Sensing for  Regional  Atmospheric  Pollution Studies.  Mitre Corporation Contract
                                     #F1928-76-C-001. 10 pp.

                                     Keitz,  E.L., and  E.J.  Friedman,  1978:  Evaluation of  Instruments and Measurement
                                     Strategies   for   Airborn   Remote  Sensing   of   Regional   Air  Pollution  Measure-
                                     ment   Requirements.   Proceedings,   of   the  Joint   Conference   on   Sensing  of
                                     Environmental Pollutants, Washington, D.C., 460-463.


                                     Koepke, P., and H. Quenzel,  1976:  Atmospheric Aerosols:  Their  Optical Properties
                                     and  Effects.  NASA, CP-2004,  A  Topical  Meeting on  Atmospheric  Aerosols, NASA
                                     Langley Research Center, 5 pp.

                                     Kuetner, J.P.,  1968: Man's Geophysical Environment; Its Study from Space (A Report
                                     to the Administrator of ESSA). U.S. Department of Commerce, 124 pp.

                                     Laurence, J.A., F.A. Wood, and S.V  Krupa, 1977: Possible  Transport of Ozone and
                                     Ozone Precursors in Minnesota, Annals American Phytopathology Society: 31.

                                     Lawrence,  G.F., and  E.  Ward,  1974:  Remote Sensing of  Urban Ambient Air Pol-
                                     lution,  Proceedings  of 67th Annual  Meeting  of  Air Pollution Control  Association,
                                     Article #74-23.

                                     Leaderer,  B.P.,  T.R. Holford, and J.A. J. Stolwijk, 1979: Relationship Between Sulfate
                                     Aerosol and Visibility. J. Air Pollution Control Assoc., 29: 154-157.

                                     Lushine, J., 1975:  A   Dust  Layer in the  Caribbean.  Mon.  Wea. Rev., 103: 454-455.

206

-------
Lyons, W.A., and R.A. Northhouse, 1973: The  Use  of  ERTS-1  Imagery  in Air Pollu-
tion  and  Mesometeorological Studies Around the Great  Lakes. Proceedings, 3rd ERTS
Symposium, 1491-1504.

Lyons, W.A., and S.R. Pease,  1973:  ERTS-1  Views the Great  Lakes. Proceedings, of
NASA Symposium, New Carrollton, Maryland, 874-854.

Lyons, W.A., and  S.R. Pease,  1973:  Detection of Paniculate Air Pollution Plumes
from  Major Point  Using ERTS-1  Imagery. Bulletin of the American Meteorological
Society, 54: 1163-1170.

Lyons, W.A., 1974:  Inadvertent Weather Modification by  Chicago—Northern  Indiana
Pollution Sources Observed  by ERTS-1. Monthly Weather Review,  102:  1163-1170.

Lyons, W.A., and  H.S. Cole,  1974: The Use  of  Monitoring  Network  and  ERTS-1
Data  to  Study  Inter-Regional  Pollution Transport in  the  Chicago-Gary-Milwaukee
Corridor. Paper 74-241, Air  Pollution Control Assoc., Annual Meeting, Denver, 25 pp.

Lyons, W.A., C.S.  Keen, and  R.A.  Northhouse, 1974:  ERTS-1  Satellite  Observations
of Mesoscale Air Pollution  Dispersion  Around  the Great  Lakes, Proceedings, AMS/
WMO Symposium on Atmospheric  Diffusion  and Turbulence, Santa Barbara, 273-280.

Lyons, W.A., 1975: Satellite Detection of Air Pollutants. In, Remote Sensing Energy-
Related Studies,  T.N. Veziroglu,  Ed., John  Wiley and Sons,  New  York, 263-290.

Lyons, W.A.,  and  H.S.  Cole,  1976: Photochemical  Oxidant  Transport:  Mesoscale
Lake Breeze and  Synoptic-Scale  Aspects.  Journal of Applied  Meteorology,  15:
733-743.

Lyons, W.A., and  R.B. Husar, 1976: SMS/GOES Images Detect a Synoptic Scale Air
Pollution Episode. Monthly Weather Review, 104: 1623-1626.

Lyons, W.A., 1977: Mesoscale Air Pollution Transport in Southeast Wisconsin.  Environ-
mental Monitoring Series, EPA-60014-77-010, Research Triangle Park, N.C.,  218 pp.

Lyons, W.A., J.C.  Dooley,  Jr., and K.T, Whitby, 1978: Satellite  Detection  of Long
Range Pollution Transport  and Sulfate  Aerosol Hazes. Atmospheric  Environment,
12: 621-631.

Lyons, W.A., 1979: Evidence of Transport of Hazy Air Masses from Satellite  Imagery.
Proceedings, Conference  on Aerosols: Anthropogenic and  Natural  Sources and
Transport,  New York Academy of Science (in press).

Mayfield, B.M.,  1975:  Sahara  Dust Over the Atlantic.  Mar.  Wea. Log., 19: 346-347.

McLellan,  A.,  1971:   Satellite  Remote  Sensing of Large  Scale Local  Atmospheric
Pollution. Proceedings  of the 2nd  International  Clean Air Congress,  Academic Press,
New York,  570-575.

Meckler,  Y., et. al.,  1977:  Relative  Atmospheric Aerosol  Content  from  ERTS
Observations. Journal of Geophysical Research, 82: 967-970.

Mohr, T.,  1971: Air Pollution  Photographed by Satellite, Monthly Weather Review,
8: 653.

Murtha, P.A., 1974: SO2 Damage to Forests Recorded  by  ERTS-1. NASA, 3rd Earth
Resources Technology Satellite Symposium, 137-143.

NASA, 1978: NASA Working Group on Scientific Research Objectives in Tropospheric
Pollution, Report to NASA  Langley Research Center.

NCAR,  1978:  Toward  an Internationally Coordinated  Earth  Radiation Budget Satel-
lite Observing  System: Scientific Uses and  Systems Considerations.  NCAR Report to
ICSU & JOC for GARP, Alpbach, Austria, 67 pp.

                                                                            207

-------
                                     Ott, S.,  and  W.A.  Lyons,  1977:  Further Evidence of  Long-Range Photochemical
                                     Oxidant Transport Inferred from Acoustic Sounder Data. Preprints, AMS/APCA Joint
                                     Conference on Applications of Air Pollution Meteorology,  Boston, 33-38.

                                     Otterman, J., 1977:  Monitoring Surface Albedo Change with LANDSAT.  Geophysical
                                     Research Letters, 4: 441-444.

                                     Parmenter, F.C.,  1971:  Smoke from  Slash  Burning  Operations, Monthly Weather
                                     Review, 99: 684-685.

                                     Parmenter, F.C.,  1972:  Ship  Trails or  Anomalous  Cloud  Lines. Monthly Weather
                                     Review, 100:  646-647.

                                     Parmenter, F.C.,  1977:  Monitoring  Air Quality from  Satellites. Monthly Weather
                                     Review, 105:  790-792.

                                     Parmenter, F.C., 1977: Delineating Haze and Pollution Boundaries from Satellite
                                     Data. NESS Satellite Applications Information Note 77/15, 6 pp.

                                     Parmenter, F.C.,  and  R.K. Anderson,  1977:  A Satellite Overview  of  Inadvertent
                                     Weather  Modification. Preprint, 6th Conference  on  Inadvertent and Planned Weather
                                     Modification,  AMS  Boston, Mass., 83-86.

                                     Pettyjohn,  W.A., and J.B. McKeon, 1976:  Satellite  Detection  of Smoke  Plumes and
                                     Inadvertent   Weather  Modification.   In,  Proceedings   of  the   First International
                                     Symposium on  Acid  Precipitation and the Forest Ecosystem, GTR-NE-23, U.S.  Forest
                                     Services, Northeastern Forest Experiments Station, 337-346.

                                     Prospero,  J.M., and  R.T.  Nees, 1977:  Dust Concentration in the Atmosphere  of the
                                     Equatorial  North  Atlantic: Possible Relationship  to Sahelian  Drought. Science, 196,
                                     1196-1198.

                                     Purvis, J.C.,  1977:  Satellite Photos Help  in Dust Episode in  South Carolina.  NESS
                                     Information Note  77/8, 2 pp.

                                     Randerson, D.,  1968: A Study of Air Pollution Sources as Viewed by Earth  Satellites.
                                     Journal of Air Pollution Control Assoc., 18: 249-253.

                                     Randerson, D.,  1978:    Quantitative Analysis of  Atmospheric   Pollution  Phenomena.
                                     In, Skylab Explores  the  Earth, NASA, SP-380, available Government  Printing  Office,
                                     381-400.
                                      Randerson,  D., J.G. Garcia, and  V.S. Whitehead, 1971: Photogrammetric  and  Photo-
                                      metric  Investigation of  a Smoke  Plume  Viewed  from Space, Journal of Applied
                                      Meteorology, 10:  1122-1131.

                                      Rogers,  E.H.,  1973:  Remote  Haze  Monitoring  by  Satellite.  The Aerospace  Corp,
                                      Los Angeles, 27 pp.

                                      Shenk,  W.E., and  R.J. Curran, 1974: The Detection of Dust Storms Over Land and
                                      Water  with  Visible and  Infrared  Measurements.  Monthly  Weather  Review, 102:
                                      830-837.

                                      Sampson, P.J., and K.W. Ragland,  1977:  Ozone and Visibility Reduction  in  the
                                      Midwest:  Evidence of Large-Scale  Transport.  Journal of Applied Meteorology,  16:
                                      1101-1106.

                                      Shaw,  R.W.,  1979: Acid Precipitation  in  Atlantic  Canada.  Environmental Science
                                      and Technology, 13: 406-411.

                                      Snyder, J.F., J.P   Ashman, and W.H.  Brandli,  1976:  Meteorological Satellite Coverage
                                      of Florida's  Everglades  Fires. Monthly Weather Review, 104: 1330-1332.
208

-------
Vermillion,  C.H.,  1977:  NOAA-5  Views  Dust Storm.  Bulletin of  the American
Meteorological Society, 58: 330.

Weatherspoon, C.P.,  J.N.  Rinker, R.E. Frost, and I.E. Eastler, 1973: Remote Sensor
Imagery Analysis for Environmental Impact Assessment. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency,  12-14, Proceedings from  2nd Conference on Environmental Quality  Sensors,
Las Vegas, NV.

White, W.H., J.A.  Anderson, D.L.  Blumenthal,  R.B. Husar, N.V. Gillani, J.D. Husuar,
and  W.E. Wilson,  Jr.,  1976: Formation  and Transport  of Secondary Air Pollutants:
Ozone and Aerosols in  the St. Louis Urban Plume. Science, 187-189.

Wilson, W.E.,  R.J. Charlson, R.B.  Husar, K.T. Whitby, D.  Blumenthal,  1976:  Sulfates
in the Atmosphere.  Preprints, 69th  Annual Meeting of Air Pollution Control Assoc.
Paper 76-30-06, 20 pp.

Woiceshyn,  P.M.,  R. Krauss, R. Minzner, and  W.  Shenk,  1977:  Dust  Storms:  Great
Plains, Africa, and Mars. Preprints, 10th Conference on Severe Local Storms, American
Meteorological Society, Omaha,  495-496.

Wolff, G.T.,  P.J.  Lioy,  G.D.  Wright,  R.E. Meyers,  and  R.  Cederwall,  1977:  An
Investigation of  Long-Range Transport of  Ozone Across the Midwestern and Eastern
United States. Atmospheric Environment, 11: 797-802.

Yates, H.W.,  1970:  A General  Discussion  of  Remote  Sensing of the Atmosphere.
Applied Optics, 9:  1971-1975.
                                                                            209

-------
                                                                         STATUS REPORT ON  PROJECT VISTTA
                                                                            (Visibility  Impairment Due to Sulfur Transport
                                                                                  and Transformation in the Atmosphere)
                                                                                             William E. Wilson, Jr., Ph.D.
                                                                              Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                                                                                    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
  William £ Wilson. Jr
INTRODUCTION
BACKGROUND
     The Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977, in Section  169A, state that "Congress
hereby declares as  a national goal the prevention of any  future, and the remedying
of any  existing,  impairment  of  visibility  in  mandatory  Class 1  Federal  areas which
impairment  results  from man-made  air pollution."  Project VISTTA was initiated by
EPA's  Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory  in  response to this  congressional
mandate.   The first phase of  VISTTA, conducted  during FY  1977  and FY 1978,
emphasized  studies  of  trends, sources,  and  characteristics  of  visibility  reduction  in
Western Pristine Areas, especially the four-state area including  New  Mexico,  Arizona,
Colorado, and  Utah. The  second phase of VISTTA  has as its primary  objective the
evaluation of an existing plume blight model.  Data for this purpose will be  collected
in field  studies planned  for  July and  December of  1979.   In  the  third  phase  of
VISTTA,  planned  for FY  1979,  field  data will  be collected  and used  to evaluate a
regional model  of visibility  reduction. This  paper  will  provide some background infor-
mation  on  visibility, report  some results from  VISTTA-Phase I, and describe plans
for VISTTA-Phase  II.

     The most obvious air pollution effect  is visibility  reduction. The human eye is,
in effect,  the reference method for measuring visibility reduction.  Visibility is also the
best  understood of  all air pollution  effects. Visibility  is reduced by light scattering  by
small particles  in the air, light absorption by particles, and light  absorption by  nitrogen
dioxide.  Cause and effect have  been clearly established, both theoretically and empir-
ically.  Quantitative  measurements have been made of  the influence of pollutant  para-
meters such as  particle  size and  refractive  index and environmental parameters such as
relative  humidity and sun angle.  Much of this  information has  been  documented in
two  recent  publications—Visibility Protect/on for Class 1 Areas: The  Technical Basis
(1) prepared for the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) by  Robert Charlson and
colleagues  at  the   University of Washington  (Seattle,  WA)  and based  on  research
                                                                                                                    211

-------
PROJECT VISTTA
sponsered by  EPA and its predecessor agencies over the past 20 years; and The Report
to Congress on Visibility (2)  prepared by EPA's  Office of Air Quality Planning and
Standards (OAQPS) based on contributions from  scientists much of whose research was
also  supported by  EPA's Office of  Research  and  Development. It is worth emphasizing
that  the present understanding  of  visibility  reduction is not due  to  a  crash  program
initiated when Congress passed Section 169A but  is due to the fact that EPA's Office
of Research and Development, and its  predecessor agencies, have funded over the last
20  years a modest  but continuous  fundamental  research program on the physical,
chemical, and  optical properties of aerosols.  As a result of this work we  understand
very well the  interrelationships between pollutants  and the  visual quality of the air and
can plan effective  control strategies.

      The overall  objective  of  VISTTA is the quantitative prediction  of the effect of
sources,  especially  power plants, on visual air quality  in Western  Pristine Areas.  The
objectives of VISTTA-Phase  I are:

   •  To determine long-term  trends in visual air quality in Western Pristine Areas and
      to associate visibility reduction with specific pollutants.

   •  To  characterize the  visibility-reducing  aerosol  in  Western  Pristine  Areas  with
      respect to particle  size, chemical composition, and spatial distribution.

   •  To  characterize the  emissions from power  plants, smelters  and urban  plumes,
      sources  which along with natural  background are thought to be most important
      in  reducing visual air quality.

   •  To  utilize information  on the  size and  composition  of ambient  and source
      emissions to  estimate the contributions  of the  various sources to visibility
      reduction.
VISUAL AIR QUALITY
TRENDS
      Human  observers with the National Weather Service  make  hourly measurements
of  visibility  distance  at  over  200  weather service  stations across the United  States.
Twenty-five years of  such data have  been analyzed to determine trends  in visual air
quality.  The  trends  in  the more  polluted  eastern  United States are clear  and dra-
matic  (3,4).  Trends in the  Western Pristine Areas,  while  not so obvious,  still show  a
general pattern of decreasing visibility from  1954 to 1971 followed  by an improvement
between 1971 and  1975  (5,6). Historical visibility trends are shown in Figure 1 for
                                            90(144)


                                            80(128)


                                            70(112)c


                                             60(96)
                                           J
                                           J3 50(80)
                                           e
                                           >"
                                           5 40(64)
                                           CO
                                           D5
                                           * 30(48)


                                             20(32)


                                             10(16)
                                                Ol—
                                               1950
                                                               50THPERCENTILE
                                  STATION MOVED (APPARENTLY NOT
                                         SIGNIFICANT)
                                                             1955
                                                                           1960          1965

                                                                               TIME, year
                                                                                                      1970
                                                                                                                    1975
                                         FIGURE 1-Long term visibility trends at Tucson, Arizona, 1950-76
212

-------
    140 -,


    120-


j|  100-
1
t   80-
      w
      >    60-
          40 -
           20 -
                   10th Percentile (Estimated)
                            50th Percentile
                            90th Percentile
                   48   50
                            i
                           55
T
60
65
 i
70
  I  I
75  76
                                           YEAR
  FIGURE 2—Long-term visibility trends at Cheyenne, Wyoming

Tucson, Arizona, an urban site, and Figure 2 for Cheyenne, Wyoming, a nonurban site.
In Tucson, median  visibility distance dropped  from near 70 miles in the 1950's to 55
miles  in  the  years  around 1970  followed  by  an improvement to nearly 65 miles by
1976.  The  median visibility  distance in  Cheyenne dropped from the neighborhood of
80 miles in  the  early 1960's  to 50 miles  by 1974 followed by an improvement to 70
miles  by 1970.  In  Table 1 changes in the 3-year averages of median visibility distances
for 1970  to  1972  and  1974 to 1976  are  shown for  the  12  sites for which adequate
visibility  measurements  are available.  For the Arizona, Nevada, and  Utah sites,  the


TABLE 1
Changes in three-year averages of  median visibility distances
                                                 1954-71
                                                                    1971-75
 URBAN

         Phoenix, Airzona

         Tucson, Arizona

         Denver, Colorado

         Salt Lake City, Utah

 NON-URBAN

         Prescott, Arizona

         Grand Junction, Colorado

         Ely, Nebraska

         Cheyenne, Wyoming
                                             -23

                                             -22

                                             -13

                                             -22



                                             -25

                                             - 4

                                             -42

                                             -23
                                 + 12

                                 + 12

                                 + 7

                                   0



                                 + 7

                                 + 3

                                 + 18

                                 + 12
                                                                              213

-------
                                        improvements  in  visibility  from  1974  to 1976 are thought to  be  due to decrease in
                                        SC>2  emissions  from smelters.   Reasonable correlations have  been  obtained between
                                        SC>2  emissions  and  visibility  distances (6).  Regression analyses for Western  Pristine
                                        Areas indicate that  the  mass of sulfate, nitrate, and remaining total suspended  particu-
                                        late  matter are  all required  to  obtain good correlations between visibility distance and
                                        pollutant concentrations (5).
 AEROSOL CHARACTERIZATIO'j
      The extinction of light caused by  particles is due partly to absorption and partly
to scatter.  Absorption  is not a strong function of particle size,  but as shown in Figure
3 scattering  does depend strongly on the  size of  the particle.  The scattering peaks
between 0.2 and 1.0 micron diameter, which  is also the size at which the mass  concen-
tration  of fine particles  peaks. A particle distribution measured  in  Phoenix (7)  and the
calculated  light  scattering  are  shown in  Figure  4.  Even though the  coarse  particle
                                             10
                                           E
                                           a.
                                             10-2
                                  10'1       2           5

                                    PARTICLE DIAMETER, Mm
                                                             10"
                                          FIGURE ^-Scattering and absorption coefficients per unit volume as a function of particle
                                          size; nj = 1.5, n2 = 0.05 at 550 nm
                                              10-2   2
                  5    10'1
                                                                                                                 102   2
                                5    10"    2
                                   DIAMETER, /jm
FIGURE 4-Size distribution and light scattering from an urban aerosol, Phoenix, Arizona
214

-------
concentration  is many times  that  of  the fine  particles, coarse  particles  are responsible
for only a small part of the light scattering.  Rural measurements such as  are shown in
Figure 5 have a much smaller concentration of coarse particles,  and a correspondingly
greater  portion of the light scattering is due to the fine particles. Light scattering as a
function of  size for  a  rural  aerosol  measured  during a  regional  flight  is  shown in
Figure 6  (8).
     16
     14
     12
      10
  ~x.  8
            BRYCE CANYON 1978
                                                                                 12
                                                                                 10
                                                                                 16
      10-2   2      5   10-1   2
 100   2
DIAMETER,
101
   FIGURE   5—Size  distribution   and  light   scattering  from   a  non-urban  aerosol,
   Bryce Canyon, Colorado
    30
    20
   10
                                            LIGHT SCATTERING CONTRIBUTION
                                                 ASA FUNCTION OF SIZE,
                                                  SOUTHWEST REGION

    0.05
               0.1
                         0.2
                               0.3
                                      0.5
                                                 1
                                                                                   10
                                PARTICLE DIAMETER, pm
   FIGURE 6—Light  scattering as  a  function of  size  for  average aerosol  size  distribution
   measured during a regional flight
                                                                                    215

-------
 AEROSOL COMPOSITION
  CHEMICAL ELEMENT
  BALANCE
     The composition  of  the  coarse and fine aerosol fractions from a regional flight
is shown in Figures 7 and  8.   Crustal material, SiO2, AI2O3,  CaO, and Fe2O3, make
up  a  majority  of  the  mass of the coarse particles. For the fine particles sulfate  and
silica  (SiO2>  are the major species with carbon (soot and organic aerosols)  and other
species  making appreciable contributions.   Of special interest is the large  amount of
silica  in the  fine  particle  fraction.   Substantial  amounts of fine particle  silica were
found  in regional  aerosols and  in  smelter plumes, with  somewhat  lesser amounts in
power  plant  plumes.   The fine particle silica appears to be due to condensation of
vapor  rather  than being  a tail of the coarse particle size distribution and  may  be
generated during  the  combustion  process.  Fine  particle  silica has  been observed  by
other  investigators using  the  electron  microscope  but  has  not   previously been
attributed to  anthropogenic sources (9).  The possible existence of fine particle silica in
emissions from combustion sources needs to be confirmed by other measurements and
analytical techniques.   However, if confirmed, this would  affect  control strategy since
fine particle  silica might not  be effectively removed by  scrubbers installed  to reduce
S02 emissions.

     There are two basic  techniques  for inferring the contribution of various sources
to the  atmospheric loading of particles and  the  resulting  visibility reduction.   One is
predictive  modeling, which can apply to any specific source,  existing or  planned.
The other  involves inferring  the  source from  a knowledge of  the composition  of
particles emitted by a variety of sources and the characteristics of the ambient aerosol.
As  originally  developed  by Professor  Friedlander  it is  known as the Chemical Element
Balance Technique (10). It can be augmented by  information on  chemical compounds
and  particle  shape determined by  microscopy.   When   the  composition  of  source
emissions is unknown,  sources may  sometimes be inferred by a  statistical  technique,
factor  analysis, which  can  ascertain  which elements  vary  together and  may therefore
come from a  specific source or  source type.
                  COARSE  PARTICLES
                  MASS =  4.0   /ug/nr
                                          FINE PARTICLES
                                          MASS --  6.
  FIGURE 7—Composition of coarse particles collected
  during a regional flight
                       FIGURE 8—Composition of fine particles measured-
                      during a regional flight
216

-------
                                           It  is hoped that the composition and  size data  obtained  in the VISTTA study
                                      may  be  used to determine the  relative contributions  of  what are thought to be the
                                      major sources:   power plants,  smelters,  urban plumes, and  background.   This pro-
                                      cedure is shown schematically in  Figure 9.  The  major problem areas  in applying this
                                      technique  are  inadequate  knowledge of smelter and background  aerosols  and differ-
                                      entiating  the various  sources  of soil-like material. Microscopy can be used to differ-
                                      entiate  fly ash, urban road dust,  and wind-blown desert dust, but this is slow, expen-
                                      sive, and not very quantitative.
                                                                 Aerosol Size and Composition
                                                     Sources
                                                                                                 Ambient
                                                                   Chemical Element Balance
                                                                        Factor Analysis
                                                                         Microscropy
                                                             Power Plants
                                                            Urban Plumes
                                                                                       Smelters
                                                 Background
                                                                      Visual Air Quality
                                        FIGURE 9-Source apportionment
PREDICTIVE MODELS
      Predictive  models provide another  technique  for  determining  the  contribution
of an existing source to  existing visibility reduction. They have the  added advantage
that  they can predict the effect of a projected  new source.   However, their accuracy
cannot be estimated without sensitivity studies  and  validation by comparison of field
measurements with predictions.  The  components  of  a  visibility  model are  shown  in
Figure 10.   One asterisk means the process or parameter is fairly well understood, two
asterisks  mean  we have  some  knowledge  and some  needed studies  are  underway,
three asterisks  mean  we  do not understand  the  process  and do  not  have adequate
research programs to address the problem.

      Ongoing work on  modeling  has  led  to  reasonable  understanding  of  transport
and  dispersion over smooth terrain.  However, transport  and dispersion  in the complex
terrain frequently  characteristic  of Western  Pristine  Areas is  not  well understood.
The  gas-phase reactions, which  convert  NO to  N02  to nitric  acid and  S02 to  sulfate,
are fairly  well  understood from  laboratory,  smog  chamber, and  field  studies.   How-
ever,  the  conversion  processes  involving  gas-aerosol systems such  as  may  occur  in
clouds are  not  understood but  may  be important.  There  is some information on
the dry deposition  of gases onto eastern  United States type vegetation  but inadequate
information  on  dry deposition of  particles and dry deposition  of gases onto western
vegetation and surfaces.
                                                                                                                   217

-------
                                                                        Emissions*
                                                                       Transmission
                                                   Transport**

                                                Transformations
                                                Photochemical Smog*
                                                Gas-Aerosol***
                                                                    Aerosol Dynamics

                                                                      Coagulation*
                                                                     Condensation*
                                                                     Growth Laws*
                                                    Dispersion***

                                                    Removal

                                                    Dry Deposition*
                                                    Wet Removal**
                                                           Aerosol Size and Chemical Composition
                                                                 Aerosol Optical Properties*
                                                                      Visual Air Quality*
                                       FIGURE ^-Predictive models
VISTTA-I RESULTS
      Once formation  and removal rates  are  known,  aerosol dynamic models should
give an  adequate estimation  of the resulting aerosol size distribution  concentration
and composition.   However, evaluation  of  the models with  field  data needs to be
done and simplified versions  of the  aerosol  dynamics need to be  developed  for use
in  predictive models.  The calculation  of optical properties  (absorption and  scatter-
ing) is  straightforward  for ideal,  spherical particles.   However,  work  is  needed to
determine the significance of errors due  to nonideality of real particles.

      One  additional model  module  is  required  for  a  visibility  model.   A  module
is needed which  uses  extinction (scatter + absorption) of particles  and  absorption of
N02 to  calculate the  effect of  regional haze  or an  individual  plume on the contrast,
color and other optical properties that  make  up visual air quality.  One such  module
has  been developed for  Office of  Air Quality Planning  and Standards by  Systems
Applications,  Inc., for the single plume situation  (plume blight model).  The primary
objective  of  VISTTA-I I  is to obtain plume  data and use the data to evaluate  and
improve this  model.

      A detailed  account  of  the results from VISTTA-I is given  in two MR I  reports
(8,11) and a paper presented at the New York Academy of Sciences (12). Results from
the first VISTTA  field study are summarized below:

   • On two  regional  flights over large parts  of the Southwest, the visibility-reducing
     aerosol  was quite homogeneous throughout the entire region, indicating that the
     visibility impairment was of regional character.

   • The aerosol size  distribution throughout the region on October  5  and 9, 1977,
     was bimodal, with a  geometric volume  mean size for the fine  particles of ~0.25
     micron, which  is  slightly smaller than the continental background aerosol average
     mean size  (0.3 micron).   The  measured coarse  particle  mode velumetric mean
     size  was  ~5.5 microns,  which  is  equal,  within  error,  to  the continental
     background.
218

-------
REGIONAL AND PLUME
IMPACTOR SAMPLES
 PARTICLE SOURCES
VISTTA-M PLANS
   •  The elemental  size distribution from both regional and plume  impactor samples
      indicated that aluminum, calcium, and  iron are  present predominantly in  coarse
      particles; sulfur and  titanium  are  present predominantly  in fine particles; and
      silicon and potassium have substantial concentrations in both modes.

   •  Sulfur and  silicon  were found in nearly equal  concentrations  in the Southwest
      background data  and were the elements present in  the  highest concentrations
      in the fine particles (Dp<1^m), The detailed aerosol mass balance determined for
      the  Southwest region showed that  sulfur (expressed  as ammonium  sulfate) and
      silicon  (expressed  as  SiO2) amounted to ~53  percent and ~29 percent  of the
      fine particle mass, respectively.

   •  A total  of ~93  percent of the measured  coarse particle (D  >1 ^m) mass in
      the  Southwest region  was composed of elements which were  present  in  the
      same abundances  relative  to aluminum  as in the earth's  crust.  This indicates
      that the source  of these particles  is either wind-blown  dust  or material with
      an elemental composition nearly that of crustal  material, such as fly ash.

   •  The light-scattering budget for Southwest  background  aerosol  on  October  9,
      1977,  indicated that ~52 percent of the light scattering was due to fine particles,
      ~44 percent was due to  Rayleigh scattering from gases, and ~4 percent was due
      to  coarse  particles. Considering  only the light  scattering due to particles, ~3
      percent  is due to  fine particles, which  are composed mainly  of sulfates  [~53
      percent as (NH4)2SO4l and silicon  compounds  (~29 percent as SiO2).

   •  Mie scattering  calculations of  light-scattering coefficient  due to particles  using
      the  measured  average  regional  size distribution were in  good agreement with
      the  values measured  with a nephelometer.   This is a quantitative indication of
      the  internal  consistency of the size distribution and  bscat measurements which
      adds credibility to the calculated light-scattering  budget.

   •  Plume excess fine particle aerosol, i.e.,  the point source  emission plume  aerosol
      with  the background  substracted,  was  composed largely  of sulfur  and silicon
      compounds for both  the smelter and power  plant plumes. The major elemental
      species  in the plume  excess  coarse  particle  aerosol were  aluminum,  silicon,
      potassium,  calcium,  and  iron  in  approximately crustal  abundances in  both
      plumes.   These results  indicate that fine particle silica  may be a  good  tracer
      for primary combustion aerosol in smelter and power plant  plumes.

   •  A simple semiquantitative calculation of visual  plume impact was performed to
      determine the visual range with and without the  plume present.  For the October
      4, 1977, flight, the smelter plume caused ~90  percent reduction of  visual range
      relative to the background  visual range  (135 km) at  8 km downwind  from the
      plant.  As far as  127 km downwind, increased bscat and  sulfate levels relative to
      background concentrations were observed, and   ~12  percent  reduction of visual
      range due  to the  smelter  plume was calculated.  Measurements in  the Mohave
      power plant plume showed ~25  percent reduction  of  visual  range at  60  km
      downwind  on October 8, 1977.

   •  Sulfate aerosol  was formed  in Southwest power plant and  smelter plumes.  The
      measured S02  conversion rate  from the  San   Manuel copper  smelter on  one
      morning  between  0900 and  1230 (MST) was 0.7±0.2 percent/hour  between 60
      and  127  km downwind.

   •  The  plume excess  visibility budget indicated that fine particle sulfur and silicon
      species contribute  ~53 percent  to  the  excess bsca^  in the San Manuel smelter
      plume.   In the Mohave  power plant  plume,  coarse particles  were the  major
      contributors to the excess bscat, which may  have been at  least partially due to
      wind-blown dust on the sampling day.

      VISTTA-II will continue  the characterization  and source apportionment efforts
begun in  VISTTA-I  but  will emphasize field measurements  to evaluate a plume blight
model developed for  OAQPS by  SAI.   The field  studies  will  involve  extensive
measurements  of the optical  properties of the plume. Aerosol concentration and size
                                                                                                                  219

-------
 VISTTA-III
 distribution,  light scattering  and absorption,  and  contrast  measurements by tele-
 photometer  will  be  made  for 3  weeks during June and  July  and 2  weeks during
 December 1979.  During  the  December study,  photographs will  be taken  to use in a
 human perception study.

      VISTTA-III,  which will begin  in  FY  1981, will  emphasize  regional visibility
 reduction and will gather field data  to  evaluate a number of regional  field  models.

      As  a  result  of  fundamental  research  conducted  over  the last 20  years we have
 a  good  understanding  of the interrelationships of pollutants  and visual  air  quality.
 However, a  substantial amount of research remains to be  done before  we can accu-
 rately predict the  impact  of a single source on visual air quality.
 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
 VISTTA-!
 VISTTA-II
      Project VISTTA is a team  project directed by the Regional Field Studies Office
of  EPA's  Environmental  Sciences  Research   Laboratory.  The  groups  involved  in
VISTTA-I and their responsibilities  are:

   •  Meteorology Research,  Inc.  (MRI)-Project planning,  design,  and coordination,
      aircraft sampling, and data analysis

   •  Aerosol  Research  Branch,  ESRL, EPA—Quality  assurance  of aircraft  measure-
      ments

   •  University of  California    Davis (UCD)—Elemental analysis of samples from a
      specially designed UCD airborne  impactor

   »  University of  Washington  (UW)—Ground-based  measurements of size  distribu-
      tion, light scattering, and light absorption coefficients

   •  California  Institute of Technology (CIT)—Data analysis

      The following individuals contributed to this program:

        Project Coordinator, D.L. Blumenthal (MR)

        Senior  Data Analyst,  E.S. Macias  (CIT, Consultant to  MR I  on leave from
        Washington  University, St.  Louis):

        Field Manager, J.A. Anderson (MRI)

        Data Analysis, B.K. Cantrell (SRI International)

        Data Analysis, S.K. Friedlander (UCLA)

        Data Analysis, J.A. Ogren (MRI and UW)

        Impactor Design and Sample  Analysis,  D.L. Shadoan, T. Chaill (UCD)

        Sulfate Analysis, J.D. Husar and Associates

      Tom Ellestad,  EPA, assisted in the planning of the program and served as project
officer for the University of Washington grant.

      The  scientific  team  has been  much expanded  for VISTTA-II.  Those  partici-
pating in  program planning will  be listed here.  Dave  McNeils,  Bob  Snelling,  and Bill
Malm from  EPA's  Environmental  Monitoring  and Support  Laboratory in  Las Vegas
have  contributed to  planning  and field  activities.   The  plume  blight model being
evaluated  was  developed by  Systems  Applications,  Inc.  (SAI) for OAQPS.   Steve
Eigsti is the EPA project officer.  Shepherd  Burton, Bob  Bergstrom, and David  Latimer
of SAI are involved  in planning the field program and evaluating the model. Personnel
from  the Salt  River  Project, operators of the Navajo Power  Plant, under the direction
of  Leroy  Michael,  Jr.,  and  Prem Bhardwaja,  are participating in the  study.  Will
Richards of MRI is field manager  for VISTTA-II.
220

-------
References
 1.   Charlson,  R.J., A.P. Waggoner, and S.F Thielke. "Visibility Protection for Class I
     Areas:  The  Technical Basis."  Report to the Council on  Environmental Quality
     (NTIS  No. PB-288-842), 1978.

 2.   "Protecting  Visibility:  An  EPA  Report to Congress." Draft, Sept. 1979.  EPA-
     450/5-79-008, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards.

 3.   Trijonis,  J.   "Visibility  in the  Northeast:  Long  Term  Visibility  Trends  and
     Visibility/Pollutant   Relationships."   Grant   No.   803896,   EPA-600/3-78-075,
     August 1978.

 4.   Husar,  R.B., D.E.  Patterson, J.M.  Holloway, W.E. Wilson, and  T. Ellestad.
     "Trends  in   Eastern U.S.  Haziness  Since  1948." Volume  for  Symposium  on
     Turbulence,   Diffusion,  and  Air  Pollution,  Jan.   15-18,  1979, Reno,  Nevada.

 5.   Trijonis,  J.  "Visibility  in  the  Southeast: An Exploration  of  the Historical  Data
     Base."  Grant No. 803896, EPA-600/3-78-039, April 1978.

 6.   Marians,  M., and  J. Trijonis. "Empirical Studies  of the  Relationship Between
     Emissions and Visibility in the Southeast." Grant 802015.

 7.   Private  Communication,  Alan Waggoner,   University  of  Washington,  Seattle,
     Washington.

 8.   Blumenthal, D.L. "Characterization of Visibility-Reducing  Aerosols in  the South-
     western United  States:  Interim  Report on Project VISTTA." 68-02-2713,  MRI,
     January 1979.

 9.   Allee,  P.A.,  R.F. Pueschel and W.W. Wagner. "On the Co-Existence  of Natural
     and  Man  Made  Aerosols in a Rural  Environment." American Chemical Society,
     1978.

10.   Friedlander,   S.K. "Srnoke, Dust and Haze." Chapter II. Air Quality   Emission
     Source Relationships, 1977, pp. 295-306.

11.   Blumenthal,   D.L. "Characterization of Visibility-Reducing Aersols  in  the South-
     western  United  States:  Interim  Report on Project  VISTTA,  No.  2."  To be
     published.

12.   Macias, E.S., and  B.K. Cantrell.  "Size and Composition  of Visibility-Reducing
     Aerosols  in  Southwestern Plumes." Prepared for presentation at the Conference
     on  Aerosols:  Anthropogenic  and Natural—Sources  and  Transport,  New  York
     Academy  of Sciences, January 9-12, 1979.
                                                                             221

-------
                                                      ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF ACID PRECIPITATION
                                                                                                 Norman R. Glass, Ph.D.
                                                                                                    Gary E. Glass, Ph.D.
                                                                                     Environmental  Research Laboratory
                                                                                   U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency

                                                                                                  Peter J. Rennie, Ph.D.
                                                                                               Canadian Forestry Service
                                                                                                    Environment Canada
   Norman R Glass Ph D
ADVERSE EFFECTS
DROP IN pH
      Recent reviews of available data  (1,2,3)  indicate that precipitation  in a  large
region of  North America is  highly acidic when compared with the expected pH value
of 5.65 for  pure rain water in  equilibrium with CC>2 (4,5).  It has  also been shown (6)
that  the time course of change  in  pH of precipitation from  the mid-1950's to the
mid-1970's  in  the  northeastern  United  States  and  Canada  has been dramatic.  Acid
precipitation has also spread measurably  southward and westward  in the United States
(1,6).  More  recent  information  indicates  that, in the southern  and  western United
States,  pH  values between  3.0 and 4.0 are observed during  individual  storms  (3).
Although  prior to 1955 the  record on changes in acidity of precipitation is very sparse,
there are  data  which  indicate that  by  the  mid-1950's  precipitation  in  the eastern
United  States was already acidic, and that the acidity of rain and snow in that region
increased significantly sometime between  1930 and 1950.

      A growing  amount   of  evidence  suggests  that  acid  rain  is  responsible for
substantial adverse effects on the public  welfare. Such effects include the acidification
of lakes and rivers with resultant damage to fish  and other components  of aquatic
ecosystems,  acidification and demineralization of soils, possible reductions  in crop and
forest productivity, and deterioration of  manmade materials (7,8,9). These  effects can
be cumulative or can result from peak acidity episodes (10).

      A drop in  the  pH   of  precipitation  has been  observed  for  many  years  in
Scandinavia  (11).  A monitoring network there  has shown that, since the  mid-1950's,
precipitation in  northwestern  Europe has  increased  in acidity  and that this acidity is
currently widespread geographically. The hydrogen ion concentration of precipitation
in some parts of  Scandinavia has increased  more than 200 fold  during the  past two
decades (12).
                                                                                                                   223

-------
 SOURCES OF ACID RAIN
 URBAN PLUME
 WET DEPOSITION
      Data  from   New  York   state  and   parts  of  New  England   indicate   that
approximately 60% to 70% of the acidity is  due to sulfuric acid, and 30% to 40% of
the acidity is due to nitric acid. These strong acids are thought to stem primarily from
gaseous  manmade  pollutants such as  sulfur oxides  and  nitrogen oxides  produced
primarily, although  not exclusively, from the combustion of fossil fuels. The relative
proportion of nitric acid derivatives and sulfuric acid derivatives may  be an adequate
indication of the  source from which  the acid rain was derived; a high  proportion of
oxides of nitrogen or of nitric acid derivatives  would  indicate automobile or mobile
sources, whereas a high proportion  of sulfuric acid derivatives would indicate stationary
sources such  as power plants, smelters and heavy industry. It is interesting to note that
in England in the  early part of this  century the acidity  in  the vicinity of  Leeds (a
heavy  coal-use  region)  was  approximately  75%  attributable to  sulfur  compounds
(13), and pH in rain and fog appears to have dropped below 3.0 on occasion.

      Emission  sources for  sulfur  oxides and nitrogen oxides are widely distributed
within and outside urban centers. Contributions  can come from  stacks, both high and
low, and from near ground level sources. Sulfates, including acid sulfates, are present in
the stack gases associated with coal-fired and  oil-fired sources. The amounts of sulfuric
acid and other  sulfates found in  plumes  can  be  sufficient to affect plume opacity and
fallout  of  acid  particles near the source. In plumes  from elevated  sources, lack of
contact with  the ground tends to preserve precursors for some distance downwind. At
night and  in  the early morning  especially,  ground-based  inversions  can isolate the
plume aloft so that near-source deposition is minimized (14).

      The urban  plume already  contains organics, sulfur  oxides and  nitrogen oxide
precursors to sulfates and nitrates  (15).  Photochemical atmospheric reactions can  form
sulfates  and  nitrates  relatively  rapidly  as  the   urban plume  progresses  downwind.
However, during periods of effective photochemical activity urban plumes will tend to
be  well  mixed  all the  way  to the ground.  Therefore, dry deposition  processes are
competing  with  atmospheric  reactions  as sinks for sulfur  oxides and  nitrogen oxides
(14).

      In  this  country,  acid precipitation is thought to be most severe in the northeast.
Recent  data,  however, show the problem  to be increasing in the southeast and  midwest
with all  states  east  of the  Mississippi affected to some degree. Furthermore, there is
recent evidence  of  acid  rain in the western United States, at  least  in major  urban
centers  such as the Los  Angeles area,  San Francisco and Seattle  (16,17). The ratio of
sulfur  derivatives to nitrogen derivates  (approx.  2) indicates that acidity in and near
urban  areas of  the west is  probably  due to automobiles rather  than  to  stationary
sources.  Precipitation  analyses show that the acid rain  problem extends into Canada,
covering an extensive  eastern area as  well as a  western Alberta region. Unlike  more
conventional  atmospheric pollution, that  which gives rise to acid rain may not exceed
air  quality standards nor cause immediately obvious damage to receptor organisms and
materials.

      In  Canada emissions of SO2 amount to about 6.5 x  10^ metric tons  annually,
causing concern  in  three main areas and  several  smaller ones.  The major areas are the
Sudbury region  of Ontario  (13.7 x 10^  km2), the  Windsor-Sudbury-Montreal triangle
in Ontario and  Quebec (150 x  lO^krr^), and  the  Grande Prairie-Edmonton-Pincher
Creek  triangle in  southwestern Alberta (78 x 10^ km2). The isolated  centers include
Noranda,  Quebec;  Thompson,  Manitoba;  Murdochville,  Quebec; and  Flin   Flon,
Manitoba. In Sudbury, high ambient concentrations of SO2, acting with acid  rain and
particulates  have  for  many  years been a  major  threat  to vegetation  and  other
environmental values.  In the  Windsor-Sudbury-Montreal triangle, local emissions have
not  by  themselves   generated   problems,  but   steady  urban-industrial  expansion,
combined with  large emissions in surrounding  areas, has caused the normal resilience of
environmental  characteristics,  particularly   water   bodies,  to   be   exceeded.  In
southwestern  Alberta,  emissions  from  sour-gas  processing do  not yet constitute  a
serious  threat,  but some of the region's  agricultural crops are highly sensitive  (18).

      From the Canadian precipitation sampling  and analysis network  (CANSAP), data
show  that large parts of eastern Ontario, stretching from the Manitoba-Ontario border
to Newfoundland,  receive  substantial  amounts of SO4  in the form of wet deposition
224

-------
BEDROCK GEOLOGY
LAKE SENSITIVITY
(19). In the more markedly affected  parts of  southcentral Ontario and  Quebec, the
amounts of 804 being deposited range from 0.6 grams to  2.6 grams  of S per m2 per
year. Such deposition rates  are  less than those  in the more severely affected parts of
the  northeastern  United States, but they  are  about the  same  as those  recorded in
Scandinavia where serious damage to the environment has  occurred  (20).

      Serious  though  these  emission  and  deposition  data  appear,  they  become
significant  only  when  the nature and  properties of the impacted materials are also
taken  into account.   For this reason,  precipitation  would have to become very acid
indeed  in the Canadian Prairies to generate environmental  concern for calcareous or
sulfur  deficient  soils  (21).  The  same  holds  for  the calcareous and  neutral  soils of
southern Ontario  in spite of appreciable sulfate  loadings.  However,  for most of eastern
Canada, soils  are podzolic, are not well endowed with nutrient elements, and display
natural acidities ranging from  about pH 4  in the surface  horizons  to  about 5.5 in the
lower parts of the profile (22).

      In general, then, the picture for  much of eastern Canada is of a  bedrock geology
with surficial  deposits  giving rise  to acidic soils and water bodies that  are  naturally
low  in  alkalinity  and calcium reserves. Their neutralizing  ability  is limited and their
resistance to  further acidification is  severely  tested when the  strongly  dissociated
sulfuric acid  brought in by acid rain supplants a system normally stabilized by the far
less strongly dissociated carbonic and other organic acids.

      However,  such  terrestrial and aquatic systems  must not  be thought of as being
unproductive and of  little ecological or economic significance. For the forest resource
alone,  for  example, the direct value  (after processing) is about $4 billion per year;
indirect and intangible values in providing recreation,  providing habitat for wildlife,
stabilizing  river  flow,  preventing  erosion  and   the  siltation  of  water  bodies,  and
furnishing  aesthetic appeal  are  inestimable.  Forest  growth rates  are  not as high as
in other more favored soil and climatic zones of  North America, but this merely means
that larger areas have to be more soundly managed than elsewhere.

      As the United  States  increasingly relies on coal as  an energy source because of
crude  oil price  and  foreign  crude oil  supply problems,  as well  as the  questionable
safety  of nuclear power, air emissions from energy producers will  increase.  Switching
fuel  from natural gas or oil to coal  will  make the  task  of reducing  sulfur emissions
from new  and existing  power  plants difficult. Mobile and  stationary  sources of NOX
will  also continue to contribute  to the  loading of acidity  to the aquatic and terrestrial
environment. In  brief, it  seems probable that  acid deposition to  the environment will
at least remain  at present  levels and  might be expected  to  increase over the next
decade  or two.

      As more  coal-fired  power plants are built  and become operational,  expecially
upwind of  the westcentral United States and  in the  midwest and southeast, the thres-
hold of lake acidification  may  be exceeded. The  threshold  value for Swedish lakes is an
annual  average pH  depressed to  pH 4.6 or below  (23). Increased acid loading beyond
the threshold value has resulted in more than 15,000 fishless lakes in Sweden.

     The transferability of this threshold value for U.S. watersheds (lakes) will depend
on the  similarity of the environmental factors of the watersheds, and  primarily  on the
lack  of  acid  neutralizing  (or  alkaline)  soils. This  single  primary factor  places  limits
on the  geographic regions which are extremely  sensitive to acid precipitation. Lakes
in the  Adirondack State Park of  New York  and the Boundary Waters Canoe Area—
Voyageurs National Park  (BWCA-VNP)  of Minnesota  are  examples  of  such susceptible
environments  in  the  U.S.  In  the Adirondack  area  the  threshold acid  precipitation
value has been exceeded for many years and as a result,  lake  pH values are depressed
to the point  where fish  have stopped reproducing and some 90  lakes are  now fishless
(24).
MAXIMUM SENSITIVITY
      In  the  BWCA-VNP,  the  process  of  lake acidification is just  beginning and only
the most susceptible  lakes  are  affected.  This  area  is one  that exhibits the proper-
ties of maximum  sensitivity to  acidification due  to  extremely soft waters, thin soils
and very sensitive  terrestrial and aquatic plants  and animals. In addition, the BWCA is
                                                                                                                     225

-------
 ACIDIC BEDROCK
 EXHAUSTED
 BUFFER CAPACITY
 EFFECTS ON SOILS
 AND FORESTS
a wilderness area where the Congress has taken extreme care  to  preserve the environ-
ment against  the impacts of  development  (P.L.  95-495).  No  man-induced changes
are desired. As a wilderness area it  is also a class I air quality maintenance area under
the Clean Air  Act.

     The BWCA-VNP region like the Adirondack Park area is found on acidic bedrock
which  is the main criterion for an  acid-sensitive classification  (25). Of the midwestern
states,  only  upper Michigan,  northern  Wisconsin, and northern Minnesota have this
type of bedrock  covering wide areas (25). The lakes in the BWCA-VNP area have only
been surveyed recently for possible  impacts from acid precipitation (26)  and the results
are shown in Figure 1. About two-thirds of the 85 lakes sampled in  1978 and 1979 are
susceptible to change from acid precipitation. If  these lakes are  representative of the
1,500  lakes in the BWCA-VNP,  the potential for severe ecological damage is serious.
The annual average  pH of precipitation in this region is just  at  the edge  of 4.6, and
contributions  from increasing  emissions, including  six major  coal-fired power  plants
that are being built  or just  completed  in the area, will  certainly increase the  rate of
acidification.

     Another measure of the acidification  process  is shown  in Figure 2. Since the
major source  of acid  in precipitation is  related to sulfur emissions, the extent of lake
acidification has  been measured as a function of annual atmospheric loadings of sulfate
for lakes in southern Sweden.  The sharp drop of this pH curve for extremely sensitive
lakes shows how a slow increase in added increments can and  will cause a  sharp break
in the response  curve.  This  response  is characteristic  of  very soft water  lakes where
only a  small  amount of bicarbonate is  available to neutralize  the incoming acid. The
pH remains relatively constant until all of  the  carbonate  is consumed and then the
stronger organic and  sulfuric acids  control the lake pH. In other words the assimilative
capacity (or buffer capacity) of the lake has been exhausted as indicated by the break
point and downward  slope, especially, on curve 1 of Figure 2.

     The general  shape of the sulfate loading-pH response curve shown in  Figure 2  is
also expected for an individual  lake as the acid  loading from atmospheric sources  is
increased  over time.  For  a given region where the loading  is fairly constant, the pH
response of lakes may be  described as  a series  of response curves,  similar  to those in
Figure 2, each reflecting individual  differences and characteristics  of the particular lake
watershed. Some  of  the factors  which  control the shape and displacement of these
loading-pH responses  are watershed  area/lake volume ratio, soil-geology factors, vegeta-
tive cover,  ground water  input, organic acid  input  from bogs,  and a host of other
factors  yet  to be defined. The size of  watershed  and  stream order have also  recently
been discussed as factors  in pH loading  (27). If the acid loading  to a particular region
is limited to  the  amounts defined  by  the  upper portions of  the response curves for
sensitive lake  systems, the  magnitude of  the damage to the aquatic environment can be
minimized.

      In 1930, the  federal Canadian Forestry Service became  involved  in terrestrial
research on air pollution effects  dealing with problems at Trail, British Columbia, and
with the separation of pollution  effects  on forests from  those arising from insect and
disease  attack.  Since then numerous  signal contributions  have been  added  to the
understanding of  pollution problems, usually near strong point emitters (28,29,30,31,
32,33). In  perspective, although  there  may seem  to be many  features common to
acid rain  and atmospheric pollution regardless of how they  originate, there are two
important differences. First,  long-range pollution  usually does  not exceed  conventional
air quality standards. Second, it may not cause any spectacular or immediately measur-
able reduction in  tree growth.  A superficial  view, therefore,  or one based  on a ranking
in priority of more obvious disasters would  fail to  discern much of a problem. Early
research  of H. J. Wheeler in  Rhode Island  and  J. A. Voelcker  at Woburn may now
seem very  distant, but their striking demonstration of the soil  acidification, calcium
removal, and  aluminum  solubilization effects consequent  upon repeated sulfate fertil-
izer applications  are well  documented (34).  Indeed, the apprehension is that acid rain
could bring about analogous effects leading to permanent reduction in tree growth and
site  quality.  Useful  soil  microorganisms will be eliminated  and  potentially toxic soil
elements, such as aluminum  and manganese, brought into solution to exercise delete-
rious effects  on   plant roots  and  nutrient  absorption.  Moreover, since  heavy metal
226

-------
    8.0
    7.5
     7.0
pH  6.5
     6.0
     5.5
    5.0
         1500
1000
                       NOT SUSCEPTIBLE
                   500
                  —i—
            BWCA-VNP LAKES
                                                        SUSCEPTIBLE
                                                           (KRAMER
                                                        *      1976)
                 POTENTIALLY.

                 SUSCEPTIBLE   ......
                       FISHERY:
                       MEAN DANGER
                    P" THRESHOLD
                                        8.0
                                                                   7.5
                                                                   7.0
         1500
1000
 ALKALINITY
                   500
                                        6.5  pH
                                                                   6.0
                                        5.5
                                                                   5.0
FIGURE t-The relationship between pH and alkalinity in 85 BWCA-VNP lakes
pH
                                                                   I
       0                   30                  60                  90

                     SULFATE LOADING TO LAKE WATER (Kg/ha/yr)

FIGURE 2—Data from lakes in Sweden showing the relationship between acid loading and
pH change for (1) very sensitive and (2) somewhat less sensitive surroundings
                                                                          227

-------
NEW APPROACHES
 EFFECTS ON
 AGRICULTURAL SYSTEMS
 ALTERATIONS IN
 PATHOGENICITY
particulates  sometimes accompany  gaseous  pollutants, a situation could arise that such
noxious  elements are held  preferentially  on the  exchange sites  of colloids  at  the
expense of the more useful monovalent and divalent cations.

      Unlike the  situation in aquatic systems,  however, there  is a more  acid state of
podzolic forest soils, where  acid  rain  may  not very readily lower the pH further or
induce further losses in bases (35).  The complex makeup of soils prevents  the pinpoint-
ing of a sharply critical  soil  pH value separating adverse and nonadverse effects of acid
rain.  However, it  seems likely that  the approximate value  lies within the  pH 4.0-5.5
gradient seen in eastern Canada podzol  profiles.

      New  approaches, not based on strong point emitters, include  sensitivity mapping.
This can be very crude—such as the separation of areas of calcarious and noncalcarious
bedrock or the  identification of  sulfur deficient  soils (21)-or it can  be large-scale
and  based  on  a  synthesis of soil  attributes. Considerable progress has been made in
grading the  sensitivity of Ontario  lakes, using alkalinity as an  index, and it is possible
that a somewhat  similar index based  on  exchangeable calcium  status could be used
for soils. For  at least the reasons that are  explained above, however, such a soil sensi-
tivity index may always  be no more than a  very crude indicator.

      Of particular value are lysimetric-type studies in progress by  I. K.  Morrison and
his colleagues at Sault  Ste.  Marie, Michigan. Representative monoliths are being per-
colated,  with  known amounts of  simulated  rain,  to  test the  rate at which  horizons
change  their properties  and the speed  of calcium release.  Knowing  the sulfate loadings
such  soils  are  experiencing under  natural  conditions, the results from such  lysimetric
installations  should  permit   approximate  predictions  of  soil  changes  under field
conditions.

      There are two basic ways acidic precipitation can impact  agricultural crops. First,
acidic precipitation can  impact directly on the  foliar surface of the plant  itself causing
a direct effect on the leaf or stem of the crop plant. In these cases the most immediate
effect is on crops  such as  lettuce,  spinach, or  chard for which the foliage  is  the
valuable portion.  Second,  acidic  precipitation can indirectly  affect the crop  plant
through effects on the  soil.  For example, changing the pH of rainfall which strikes the
soil  can change the rate  at which nutrients are recycled, litter and other organic matter
is broken  down  through  microbial  action   in  the soil, and  the rate at which both
macronutrients and micronutrients  are  leached from the soil into surface waters or into
ground waters. Detailed  physiological mechanisms whereby these two basic impacts are
manifest have been discussed elsewhere (36).

      At pH  below about  3.0,  areas of  leaf  surfaces generally  become  spotted  or
necrotic.  For  obvious  reasons, vegetables  as well as ornamental  plants may be  un-
marketable  after  exposure to rain  or  mist at or near pH 3. With decreases in function-
ing  leaf area, the photosynthetic  process itself decreases and  the  productivity of  the
plant necessarily  decreases.  It is also true that, with changes in aboveground biomass
such  as would  be experienced  under  low pH  rain, belowground biomass  would  be
similarly decreased. It   is  not yet known what the relationship  is between  percent
leaf area affected  (nonfunctional due to necrotic areas) and percent  change in growth
for  plants.  However, it  is known  that, with depressed pH, foliar  losses  of  important
nutrients such as  K+, Mg++, and Ca++ are observed  (37,38).

      Nutrient  cycling changes in  either agricultural land or forestry  land can result in
lowered fertility over the long term as well  as decreases in essential  soil nutrients  which
are required for normal  plant growth.

      In three  out of five host-parasite systems involving  oak trees and kidney  beans,
alterations  occurred in the  pathogenicity of  the parasite under conditions of artificial
sulfuric acid precipitation at pH 3.2. An  additional observation was that root  nodule
number  and nitrogen fixation of  kidney  bean were diminished by  sulfuric acid rain
at pH 3.2, and that bean yield was decreased in low cation exchange  capacity soils but
not  decreased in  higher  cation exchange capacity  (greater than 3 meq/100 g soil) soils
(39).
228

-------
EXTENSIVE SCREEN
PROGRAM
SUMMARY
      Rain water at approximately  pH 4.0 due to volcanic activity  in the Kona district
of Hawaii  is known to adversely affect tomatoes. While 5 kg per plant of salable fruit
was  obtained from  tomato  plants  grown  under a plastic rain  shelter, no salable fruit
was  produced on  plants growing immediately outside the rain  shelter (40).  While it is
possible  that  gaseous  pollutants  such  as  SC>2 may also be present near fumaroles or
volcanic  activity,  the  fact that  the plastic  rain shelter  provided  enough  protection to
the plants to permit fruiting indicates that gases alone are probably not the cause. It is
possible  that the causative   agent  was not rainfall, but dry  fallout. This  possibility
should be  investigated  experimentally. However, it has  been shown that  cations, plant
growth  regulating substances, and other materials are leached from growing plants by
rainfall  (41) and that  leaching rates increase for many  materials  as pH decreases (42).

      While the data  relating the effects  of acid  precipitation  on crop yield and  pro-
duction are somewhat  sparse, there is every indication  that acid  rainfall  is deleterious.
In order to pursue this hypothesis somewhat further, an extensive screening program to
look at the effect of sulfuric acid rain on virtually every major field crop  of the United
States has  been  initiated  by  EPA.  This study  has  been undertaken to  determine the
sensitivity  of crops to simulated acid  precipitation in an  experimental  farm  facility
because of  the potential  for widespread economic damage to a number  of field crops
(43). Results from this study are expected by the summer of 1980. Preliminary indica-
tions of  effect of simulated  acid rain on  yield  of certain early maturing  crop  varieties
such as peas, broccoli, and certain other early crops are expected  by fall,  1979.

      In  summary, there is  substantial reason to suspect that the deposition of acidic
precipitation  throughout  wide  geographic  areas of the  eastern  United  States  and
Canada will  have  adverse effects on aquatic systems, forests, and agricultural  systems.
Evidence  presented  in  this  paper suggests several avenues of research which should be
pursued  to  further define the magnitude and extent of the effects of acid precipitation
on resources. The cumulative threat of acid precipitation is recognized and a concerted
attack  is  being  spearheaded by Environment Canada  and the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency that brings together different disciplines and jurisdictions.  Ongoing
pollution studies  based  on   strong  point  emitters and special new  investigations are
being applied in  a number of promising approaches. These  include the use of  sensitive
lichens  as  indicator  species,  previsual  biochemical  tests on  tree  tissues, differential
depositional patterns  of  pollutants  on soils, and delineation of sensitive  soils,  forests,
and  water bodies. While  direct effects on  terrestrial  and aquatic  ecosystems should be
investigated  intensively,  indirect effects on the abiotic components of  such  systems
should also  be  studied.  For  instance, a number  of  processes  involving  the impact of
acidic  precipitation  on soil  systems, both amended  agricultural soils and  natural forest
soil  systems,  need to be investigated.  Processes such as litter decomposition,  nutrient
cycling, leaching of nutrients and other cations and  anions from natural and managed
soil  systems should  be investigated. Further definition of sensitive  areas of the eastern
portion of  North  America should be accomplished so  that field research  programs can
be  focused  geographically  in those areas where the  impact is  suspected of  being
greatest.
                                                                                                                       229

-------
                                       References
                                       1.  Cogbill,  C.  V., and  G. E. Likens.  1974. Acid precipitation in the northeastern
                                           United States. Water Resources Research  10:  1133-1137.

                                       2.  Nisbet,   I.   1975.  Sulfates and acidity  in  precipitation:  Their  relationship  to
                                           emissions and  regional transport of  sulfur  oxides.  In: Commission on  Natural
                                           Resources,  National Academy of Sciences,  National  Academy of Engineering,
                                           National  Research  Council,   "Air  Quality  and  Stationary Source  Emission
                                           Control," prepared for the Committee on Public Works, U.S. Senate.

                                       3.  Likens,  G.  E.,  and F  H. Bormann.  1974. Acid rain: a serious regional environ-
                                           mental problem. Science 184:  1176-1179.

                                       4.  Newman, L. 1975.  Acidity  in rainwater:  has an  explanation been  presented?
                                           Science 188: 957-958.

                                       5.  Galloway, J. N., G. E. Likens, and  E. S. Edgerton. 1976. Acid precipitation  in
                                           the northeastern United States: pH and acidity.  Science 194: 722-724.

                                       6.  Likens,  G.  E.  1976.  Acid precipitation.  Chemical and Engineering News 54(22
                                           Nov): 29-44.

                                       7.  Preston,  R., and  B.  Sanyal.  1956.  Atmospheric  corrosion  by  nuclei. Journal
                                           Applied Chemistry 6: 28.

                                       8.  Glass,  N. R.  (ed.) 1978. Environmental effects of increased coal utilization:
                                           ecological effects of gaseous emissions from coal combustion. EPA-600/7-78-108.
                                           50 pp.

                                       9.  Dochinger,  L. S.,  and T. A.  Seliga  (eds.). 1976. Proceedings of the  first inter-
                                           national  symposium  on  acid  precipitation   and  the  forest ecosystem.  USDA
                                           Forest Service General Technical Report  NE 23. Northeastern Forest Experiment
                                           Station, Upper  Darby,  PA.

                                      10.  Berry, M. A., and J. D.  Bachman. 1977. Developing regulatory programs for the
                                           control of acid  precipitation. Water, Air and Soil Pollution 8:  95-103.

                                      11.  Barett,  E.,  and  G. Brodin.   1955.  The acidity  of Scandinavian  precipitation.
                                           Tel/us 7: 251-257.

                                      12.  Aimer,  B.   1974.  Effects of  acidification on Swedish lakes. Ambio 3: 30-36.

                                      13.  Crowther, C., and A. E. Ruston. 1911. The nature,  distribution and effects upon
                                           vegetation of atmospheric impurities in and  near an  industrial town. Journ. Aq.
                                           Sci. 4: 25-55.

                                      14.  Altschuller,  A. P. (personal communication).

                                      15.  Fennelly, P. F  1976. The origin and influence of airborne particulates. American
                                           Scientist 64: 46-46.

                                      16.  Liljestrand,  H.  M., and J. J.  Morgan.  1978. Chemical composition of acid  precipi-
                                           tation in Pasadena, California.  Env. Sci. and Tech.  12: 1271-1273.

                                      17.  McColl, J. G., and D.  S. Bush. 1978. Precipitation  and throughfall chemistry  in
                                           the San Francisco  Bay  area. J.  Environ, dual.  7(3): 352-357.

                                      18.  Rennie,  P   J.,  and  R. L. Halstead.  1977.   The  effects  of sulfur on  plants  in
                                           Canada.  In: Sulfur and  its  Inorganic Derivatives  in the  Canadian Environment.
                                           Environmental  Secretariat,  National  Research  Council  of Canada.  Publ.  No.
                                           15015, pp. 426.
230

-------
19.  Whelpdale, D. M., and J. N. Galloway. 1979. An atmospheric sulfur budget for
     eastern  North America.  Environment Canada,  Atmospheric Environment Service,
     Downsview, Ontario.

20.  Braekke,  F  H.  1976. Impact of Acid Precipitation on Forest  and Freshwater
     Ecosystems in Norway.  Summary Report  on the Research Results from Phase
     1   (1972-75)  of  the SNSF-Project.   Research  Report.  FR6/76.NLVF/NTNF
     Oslo-As, Norway.

21.  Halstead, R. L., and  P. J. Rennie. 1977. The effects of sulfur on soils in Canada.
     In: Sulfur and its Inorganic Derivatives in  the Canadian  Environment.  Environ-
     mental  Secretariat, National Research  Council of Canada. Publ. No. 15015. pp.
     426.

22.  Rennie,  P. J. 1978. Utilization of soils of  the Boreal for forest production. In:
     Proceedings Xlth International Congress of Soil Science, Symposium IV: Utiliza-
     tion of  Northern Soils, Edmonton, Alberta,  pp. 305-331.

23.  Wright,  R. F. SNSF-Proj. TN 34/77 (NISK, As, 1977).

24.  Schofield,  C. L.  1976. Acid  precipitation:  effects  on  fish.  Ambio.  5(5-6):
     228-230.

25.  Kramer, J.  R.  1976.  Geochemical and lithological factors in acid precipitation.
     USDA Forest Service  Gen. Tech. Rep. NE-23, pp. 611-618.

26.  Glass, G. E., and O. L.  Loucks, (eds.).  1979. Impacts of air pollutants on wilder-
     ness areas of northern  Minnesota.  EPA Ecological  Research Series (in press).

27.  Johnson,  N. M.   1979.  Acid rain:  neutralization  within the  Hubbard Brook
     ecosystem and regional implications. Science 204: 497-499.

28.  Katz, M. et al. 1939. Effects of sulfur dioxide on vegetation National  Research
     Council of Canada, Ottawa.  Publ. No. 815. pp. 447.

29.  Linzon, S. N. 1971. Economic effects  of sulfur dioxide on forest growth. J. Air
     Pollut. Control Assoc., 21: 81-86.

30.  Sidhu, S. S.  1978. Patterns  of fluoride accumulation in forest species as related
     to  symptoms and defoliation. Paper No. 78-24.7.  In: Proceedings of the  71st
     Annual  Meeting  of  the Air  Pollution  Control  Association, Houston,  Texas.
     (June).

31.  Rennie,  P J. 1978.  Ecosystem  responses to  environmental pollutants.  In: Pro-
     ceedings of the Air Quality Criteria Workshop.  Atmospheric Environment Service,
     Downsview, Ontario, pp. 139-144.


32.  Malhotra, S. S., and  R. A. Blauel. 1979.  Symptomology  of Air  Pollutant and
     Natural  Stresses  on Boreal Forest Vegetation.  A Field Diagnostic Tool to Detect
     Air Pollutant Injury.  Canadian Forestry Service, Edmonton, Alberta. Inf. Report.
     NOR-X-185.  pp. 84.

33.  Robitaille, G. 1979.  Pollution and the annual rings of Abies balsamea.  In: Pro-
     ceedings  of  the  Contaminants in the Environment Conference,  Quebec  City.
     (May).

34.  Russell, E. J. 1950. Soil Conditions and Plant Growth. Eighth edition. Longmans,
     Green & Co., London, New  York, Toronto, p.  120.
                                                                             231

-------
                                       35.   Wiklander,  L.  1978.  Leaching and  acidification  of  soils.  In:  Electric  Power
                                             Research  Institute   (EPRI)/Central  Electricity  Research  Laboratories (CERL)
                                             Workshop  on  Effects  of Acid  Precipitation,  Gatehouse-of-Fleet,  Scotland.
                                             (September).

                                       36.   Cowling, E. B.,  and L.  S. Dochinger.  1979. Effects  of acid rain on  crops and
                                             trees. ASCE Preprint #3598.

                                       37.   Wood,  T.,  and  F.  H.  Bormann.  1975.  Increases  in  foliar  leaching caused by
                                             acification of an artificial mist. Ambio 4(4): 69-171.

                                       38.   Fairfax, J.  Q. W., and N. W.  Lepp.  1975.  Effect of  simulated  "acid rain" on
                                             cation loss from  leaves. Nature.  255: 324-325.

                                       39.   Shriner, D.  S.  1976.  Effects  of simulated rain acidified  with sulfuric acid on
                                             host-parasite interactions. Water and Soil Pollution. 8(1): 9-14.

                                       40.   Kratky,  B.  A., E. T. Fukunaga, J. W. Hylin, and R. T.  Nakano.  1974. Volcanic
                                             air pollution: deleterious effects on tomatoes. J. Environ.  Qua/.  3(2):  138-140.

                                       41.   Tukey, H. B., Jr. 1970.  The  leaching of substances from plants. Annual Rev. of
                                             Plant Physiology.  21: 305-324.

                                       42.   Hindawi, I.  J., J. A.  Rea, and W.  L. Griffis.  1977.  Response of  bush bean
                                             exposed to  acid mist. Am. Jour.  Botany, (in press).

                                       43.   Lee. J. J., and D. E. Weber. 1976.  A study  of the  effects of acid rain  on  model
                                             forest  ecosystems. Proceedings of the  69th Annual  Meeting of the Air Pollution
                                             Control Association. Vol. 3, no. 76-25.5, pp.  1-17.
232

-------
                                                            AIR QUALITY STUDIES IN SUPPORT OF THE
                                                                     OHIO RIVER BASIN  ENERGY STUDY
                                                                                          Michael T. Mills, Ph.D.
                                                                                        Teknekron Research, Inc.

                                                                                          Lowell F. Smith, Ph.D.
                                                                Office of Environmental  Engineering and Technology
                                                                             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
ORBES
     The Ohio  River Basin  Energy Study  (ORBES)  is designed to assess the poten-
tial  environmental, social,  and  economic  impacts associated  with the  construction of
additional  power plants in the Ohio River Basin.  The original  study area, as man-
dated  by Congress, included parts of the four  states of Illinois,  Indiana, Kentucky,
                                                      Michael Mills
 i
                                                                                                           233

-------
UTILITY GROWTH
AND EMISSION
 EMISSION AND SITING
 CONSTRAINTS
and  Ohio  but  has  since  been  expanded  to  include  parts  of  West  Virginia  and
Pennsylvania.  The evaluation of air quality changes for different assumptions of power
demand, economic conditions,  and regulatory  constraints plays  a central role in  this
assessment.  From  the outset  of the  study,  there  has been the concern  that  the
locations  of existing and  future  power  plants along the major  rivers (see  Figures  1
through  3)  could  lead  to elevated  primary and secondary pollutant concentrations
during periods of persistent winds along  these high density siting corridors (1).

      The air  quality  analysis  for ORBES is one part  of the Integrated Technology
Assessment  (ITA)  process  (Figure  4)  which  forecasts  the  growth and development
of the  utility industry  as a function  of regulatory constraints,  electricity demand,
economic conditions,  and  technologies and costs for  electric generation and pollution
control.  The  actual projection  of utility  growth and  emissions  is carried out by  use
of the  EPA  Utility Simulation  Model  (USM)  which was described  during  the  1978
Interagency  R&D meeting  (2).  The  USM emission calculations are then input  to an
air  quality  dispersion model along  with appropriate meteorological  data  to obtain
estimates  of air  pollutant  concentrations  for comparison with  applicable standards or
use in impact assessment.  While this analysis is in principle straightforward,  a  number
of complications  arise due  to  the intricacies  of  the  regulatory  process and  lack of
validated  models for certain pollutants  and transport scales of interest. For a better
understanding of the air quality  issues for the  ORBES region, the following  discussion
will deal separately with  air quality constraints and impacts.

      The Clean  Air  Act Amendments of 1977 impose  certain air quality constraints
upon  new source  emission characteristics and  siting. An emission constraint  can be
viewed  as an  air quality  constraint which deals with individual source  characteristics
such  as  stack  height, percentage  of  the pollutant  removed,  or  quality of the fuel
burned. Examples  of  emission constraints are  State Implementation Plans (SIP), New
Source  Performance  Standards  (NSPS),  Best Available  Control Technology (BACT),
and Good Engineering Practice (GEP)  stack  heights.  Siting  constraints,  on  the  other
hand, deal with  the total emissions from an individual plant or group of plants, possi-
ble  interactions  with other plants in the  area,  and the potential  impact on  pollutant
nonattainment areas.  Siting  restrictions are embodied in Emission Offset  Rules and
Standards for  the Prevention of Significant Deterioration  (PSD).

      As it now stands, the USM  considers several air quality constraints  in the assign-
ment  of future electric generating capacity on  a county  by county basis: current and
234

-------
 FIGURE  2-Fossil  steam units in  the Ohio River Basin (1976-1982) in accordance with
 NSPS
 FIGURE 3-Fossil steam units in the Ohio River Basin (1983-2000) projected by the utility
 simulation  model in accordance with  the revised new source performance standards
1 	 s


£ REGULATORY CONSTRAINTS
	 ^
(~~^ AIR QUALITY
00 0
ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS

ELECTRICITY PRICES

ft
\—| ELECTRIC UTILI
INVESTMENT M
OPERATING DECIS
r^
/> ^>
PRESENT AND „„,,.,,.,_..
Tnwrr 'CONTROL-
DEMANDS cosrs
1
TY
4D
IONS
^\
TECHNICAL
AND
ECONOMIC
CONDITIONS
) EMISSIONS
-/

FIGURE 4—The integrated technology assessment of electric utilities
                                                                                   235

-------
IMPORTANCE OF
STANDARDIZED MODELS
revised  NSPS,  SIP emission limitations for existing  plants,  and no  post-1987 plant
siting in those  counties designated as nonattainment for sulfur dioxide  (S02) or total
suspended  particulates (TSP) or  in  those  counties containing designated  PSD  Class I
areas. An evaluation of other air quality constraints, however, requires the analysis of
local or subregional scale pollutant transport which is described through the application
of EPA standardized  dispersion  models.  While  the  existence  of these standardized
models  does not  preclude  the use of  more  refined  modeling techniques,  they  are
heavily  relied upon by federal  and  state agencies for PSD review and therefore repre-
sent  a de  facto air quality constraint.  For example, apart  from the question of non-
attainment, the principal  air quality constraint on the  growth of coal-fired generating
capacity in the Ohio  River  Basin can be traced to the calculated  second  highest 3-hour
S02  concentration under the extremely unstable (A Stability)  condition. This  relatively
high  concentration is  expected to occur rather close to the plant in question  and only
over  a  very limited area so that the chance of additive impacts is remote unless two
sources  are extremely close to  one  another. This assumed maximum impact condition
allows the construction of  additional  plants in an area,  each with  emissions below a
certain  limit, until  the number of  plants  along the prevailing wind direction is suffi-
cient to exhaust the 24-hour or  annual  PSD increment for S02 in  Class II areas (see
Table I).  This  example illustrates the importance of  the standardized  models in  the
regulatory  process. In  recognition of this  fact, we now  briefly  examine some of  the
basic assumptions and operating characteristics of these  models.
                                       TABLE 1
                                       Maximum allowable SO2 and TSP increments (pg/m ) under the Rules for Prevention of Significant
                                       Deterioration
                                                                            Class I
                                                      Class II
               Class III
                                       Particulate Matter
                                         Annual geometric mean
                                         24-hour maximum
                                         5
                                        10
 19
 37
 37
 75
                                       Sulfur Dioxide

                                         Annual arithmetic mean
                                         24-hour maximum
                                         3-hour maximum
                                         2
                                         5
                                        25
 20
 91
512
 40
182
700
 GAUSSIAN PLUME
 EQUATION
      Calculation of short-term concentrations for comparison with standards is carried
out through the application of the steady state Gaussian plume equation on a sequen-
tial hourly  basis.  The  vertical  and horizontal  standard deviation  of plume  concen-
trations depends on downwind distance, wind speed, solar elevation  angle, cloud cover,
and the height of the lowest  cloud  layer. The parameterization of this  dependency is
based  primarily on experiments  involving ground level tracer  releases. The vertical
dispersion of  pollutants is limited by the  ground surface  and  the  top  of  the mixing
layer  so that for long downwind distances, the  concentration becomes uniform within
this layer. Morning and afternoon mixing heights are estimated from the early  morning
temperature sounding and the  morning and afternoon surface  temperature. Hourly
mixing heights are in turn estimated  from morning and afternoon  mixing heights by
use of a stability dependent  interpolation scheme. The rise of the plume above the
stack  top depends on  the stack gas exit velocity, gas temperature, stack diameter,
ambient temperature, wind speed, and atmospheric stability. The wind speed used in
the plume rise and dilution calculation is adjusted to  the top of the physical stack by
use of a stability-dependent power law. If the effective plume height is calculated to be
greater than the height  of the mixed layer, then no concentration impact is assumed at
ground  level for that hour.  The effect  of terrain is  accounted  for  by reducing the
effective  plume height  by the difference between the  receptor and stack base eleva-
236

-------
HOURLY AMBIENT
CONCENTRATIONS
MODEL REVISION
AIR QUALITY IMPACT
ANALYSIS
tions. Hourly concentrations are then calculated for a large number of receptor loca-
tions  around the stack, using 5 years of hourly meteorological  input data. These calcu-
lated  concentrations are then screened  to  find the  highest of all the second  highest
3-hour and  24-hour concentrations  for  comparison with standards. If only 1 year of
meteorological  data is  available,  then  the highest  of all  the  highest  calculated con-
centrations at each  receptor is selected.

      From  the preceding description  of the PSD  models, it can be seen that the
calculation of an hourly ambient  concentration is a somewhat  involved procedure. For
example, the wind  speed  not  only enters  into the calculation  of  plume dilution, it  is
also used  in the estimation of  plume rise  and the  assignment  of atmospheric stability
class.  In  spite  of this built-in  complexity, however, the critical impact condition for
various  source  types  is  calculated  to  occur  under well  defined  meteorological
conditions.

      The Stability  A impact mentioned earlier  is one example of a critical meteorolo-
gical condition  for  elevated point sources. The dispersion model will make this stability
class assignment for the midday hours of  spring  and summer  months when the sky  is
relatively  clear  and the winds are quite light. The highest or second highest  3-hour
concentration for this  impact  condition  will occur when the wind flow vector falls
along  the line  joining the source and  receptor for at least 1  hour or when the flow
vector is close to this line for 2 or 3 hours.

      While  the application of these standardized  models acts as  a constraint  to the
siting  of  new power plants in the ORBES region, it should  be  noted that these  models
will  in time be  revised,  even to  the  extent  of changing  some of the  basic  model
assumptions. Every 5  years  EPA  will hold  a  conference  to discuss suggested  model
improvements.  Modifications will be made based upon the  results  of field studies and
the comparison of  model  calculations  with  monitoring network  data. In addition to
these  basic changes to the models, guidance is continually  provided by EPA regarding
detailed model  application procedures and the suitability of emissions and meteorologi-
cal  input data.  These activities also  introduce an element of time  dependency into the
air  quality constraints  imposed by  the  use  of these  models  in  the licensing process.

      The preceding discussion  was designed to indicate the increasingly important role
of air quality modeling in the  regulatory framework. With the  standardization of these
models, they have  become almost an extension  of the regulations  themselves. The air
quality impact  analysis described  in this  paper, on  the other hand, deals with those
pollutants and  averaging times for which  standards exist, but is not restricted  to the
application of  standardized models. In  addition,  the impact  analysis for the ORBES
Region addresses those  air quality issues for which  standards are  under consideration.
These  include  the  formation and regional  transport of sulfate and  ozone, visibility
degradation  and acid precipitation.

      As  was the case with the  analysis  of air  quality constraints, this impact analysis
requires the use of dispersion models to  relate emissions to ambient concentrations or
other  air quality  related values. Unfortunately  many of these  models  are  designed for
specific  applications, have large computational  and  input data requirements, and are
not adequately validated.  In some cases,  the models are still under  development or
have not been  released. Due in part to these problems with the air quality models, the
initial portion of the ORBES  air quality study was devoted to the collection of emis-
sions, meteorological and  air quality data. The ORBES Aerometric Data  Base includes
the following information:
                                         • Continuous emissions, meteorological and  air quality data from member utilities
                                           of the East Central Area Reliability Council

                                         • Surface and upper air data from the National Climatic Center

                                         • Tower meteorological data from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission

                                         • Historical, sulfate, 03, and TSP data from the National Aerometric Data  Branch

                                                                                                                    237

-------
 ANALYSIS OF SO2
  •  Emission  inventories from the  National  Emissions  Data System, Electric Power
     Research  Institute and Brookhaven National Laboratory

  •  Satellite photographs for identification of haze layers

  •  Precipitation chemistry data

     The continuous  monitoring  data has  been  used  to  provide  a  realistic picture
of existing air quality  throughout  the  region (see  Figure 5).  In particular, the network
data from the American Electric  Power  System  provides excellent geographical  and
historical  coverage for S02,  NOX, and TSP.  In addition, 8 of the II networks have
meteorological towers  and the remaining  3 have ground based wind instruments.  For
all  of  the networks combined, there  are a  total  of 65 SC>2, 14  NOX,  and 64 TSP
monitors with at least 3 years of  data at  each site. Before the acquisition and analysis
of this data, the determination of regional  SC>2 and  TSP concentrations  was difficult
since much  of the  data  was  taken in  cities and towns  and in many cases only repre-
sented measurements taken every  6  days.  In addition, very little data was available to
estimate peak  3-hour  S02 concentrations  since most of the measurements consisted of
24-hour  bubbler  samples. The SO2 and meteorological  data from these power plant
monitoring  networks  has also been  extensively  analyzed to study  the  influence of
meteorological parameters upon the observed  hourly concentrations  (3). The following
information has been obtained from this analysis:

   •  Cumulative  frequency distributions  of  1-hour, 3-hour, and  24-hour SO2 con-
     centrations  for each site-year  of data. Also  given are the  mean, standard devia-
     tion, and highest and second  highest values along  with  their time and date of
     occurrence for each of the averaging  times.

   • Average  hourly   SC>2 concentrations for each  16 wind  directions  and 5 wind
     speed  classes. In addition, the yearly  frequency  of occurrence of 1-hour S02
     concentrations over  100 ;ugrrr3  js specified for each  wind  direction and wind
     speed class.

   •  Relative  frequency  of occurrence by  stability class of a  particular wind speed
     and wind direction range.

   •  Frequency  of occurrence  of cases  of persistent  wind by wind direction class,
     wind  speed  class,  and  duration of  persistence.  For  this analysis,  persistence
     was defined as  a period of  7 hours or greater  during  which  the wind direction
     did not  vary  by more than   11  degrees  and the  wind speed by more  than 2.5
      msec"1
 RESULTS OF SO2
 ANALYSIS
   •  Summary of the emissions, meteorological, and air quality data for those days on
      which  the  highest 25 daily  SC>2  concentrations  were  reported.  For  each
      network-year, 25 S02  24-hour episodes are selected.

      The preceding analyses are currently  being extended to TSP and NOX concentra-
tions. Some of the most significant results of the ORBES air quality work have come
from  an analysis of SO2 episodes observed by these networks. From this analysis a
climatology of worst case meteorological conditions has been developed  not only  for
source specific impacts but  also  for  periods  of  elevated background SC>2 concentra-
tions. In the lower Ohio Valley, the highest 24-hour SO2 concentrations are associated
with  moderate to  strong persistent  winds from  the south-southwest.  On the other
hand, the highest 3-hour and 24-hour SO2 concentrations  in the upper portion of  the
Ohio  Valley  are often  associated  with a large, slow moving high pressure system. In
this case, the S02 emitted  overnight is trapped and  then brought to the ground at
midday  in response to the  heating of the ground surface. An  example  of this sharp
midday  peak of SO2 is shown in Figure 6  for several monitors at the AEP Muskingum
Plant. If the 25  episode dates for each network are  examined, there  appear  days or
groups of days on  which more than one network reports an episode. This clustering of
episode  dates can  extend  an  entire   month  as  was  the  case  in  October 1974   and
January 1977. The 24-hour SO2  concentrations during these periods were some of  the
highest  of  the 25  selected for each network.  This phenonmenon is due to the extent
238

-------
                                                  KEY

                                          • Existing Power Plants
                                          D Plants Under Construction
                                          • Monitors
                INDIANA
                                                                       WEST VIRGINIA
 FIGURE  5-Map  of the AEP  network locations showing  second highest  3-hour  SC>2
 concentrations (ng/m3j for 1976
    «
ation (jug
SC>2 C
               -X
         KEY:
	   Hackney
	Beverly
	„   Rich Valley
              1  2  34   5  6  7 8  9  10 11 12 13 14  15  16  17  18  19 20  21 22 23 24

                                            HOUR
FIGURE  6-^Diurnal variation of SC>2 concentrations at the Hackney,  Beverly and Rich
Valley sites of the Muskingitm network on April 14, 1976
                                                                                     239

-------
 VARIATION IN DISPERSION
 METEOROLOGY
 EVALUATION OF POINT
 SOURCE MODELS
and movement of synoptic scale features and their associated worst case, meteorological
conditions  across the  region.  In  some  cases, not only  do the critical meteorological
conditions  extend  over more than one  network, but actual regional scale transport of
S02 can occur. This appears to have been the  case during January 1977 when plume
trapping and  recirculation  occurred  with the frequent  passage of cold  high  pressure
systems.

      The variation in  dispersion  meteorology from  one year to the next is illustrated
in Figure 7, which  shows substantially  fewer monitoring network S02 episodes during
January 1976  than January 1977. The first implication of this result is the difficulty in
the assignment of  a  base year concentration  for 3-hour and 24-hour averaging times. A
more  important implication is that any  program designed to examine  the validity of a
particular dispersion modeling  technique must  involve an analysis of several years of
monitoring data. Only in this case can one be assured that a reasonable fraction of the
worst-case meteorological conditions  have been examined.

      In light  of this  extended  record  of air quality and meteorological data at  each
of the  network sites,  the EPA Office of Air Quality Planning  and Standards  and the
Meteorology and Assessment Division are making use of this data  base for the evalua-
tion of the  point source regulatory models which were  described earlier. An important
aspect to this  evaluation  is the comparison of the meteorological conditions for the
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
« 2
UI *
D
O 1
W '
0.
UJ
u- in
O10
DC
ui 9
m
£
D 8
Z
7
6
5
3

1
i


















































r
























i

















































































































MAXIMUM NUMBER OF EPISODES




JANUARY 1976
—


i r~i


n n n n n

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF EPISODES




—

JANUARY 1977




r n n
                                                0   24    6    8   10   12   14  16  18  20   22   24  26  28  30
                                                                             DAY
                                          FIGURE 7-Number of AEP network SO2 24-hour  episodes  during January  of 1976
                                          and  1977.  The episode days are selected on the basis of the highest 25 daily SO2
                                          concentrations observed for each network-year.
240

-------
EPISODE ANALYSIS
observed and calculated  25 highest 3-hour and 24-hour concentrations. For the periods
of the highest observed  concentrations,  a  case by case comparison of observations and
model calculations will  be  carried out.  While  an  actual  quantitative  comparison  of
observed and calculated  hourly concentrations is difficult because of  the uncertainty  of
the actual  plume centerline location, it  will be evident whether the model could have
possibly  described the event. Of special  interest will be the evaluation of the calculated
A-Stability impacts mentioned earlier  in connection  with  the  discussion of  air quality
constraints and standardized point source  models. Our analysis to date has identified a
number of daytime light wind 3-hour SO2 episodes similar to  the one shown in Figure
6, but  the concentration peak  extends  over  a much wider area  and  to  a greater
distance  from the  plant  than  would  be calculated  by use of the  A-Stability vertical
dispersion  curve.  If  the evaluation  study identifies this observed  light  wind 3-hour
impact  as critical  for  elevated  point  sources,  this  implies  that additive  short-term
impacts would be an  important factor in the PSD analysis.

      This treatment of air pollution episodes  has  been  extended  to  other  portions
of the  ORBES   Aerometric  Data  Base  to obtain a  better understanding of  regional
pollutant  transport  and  transformation  characteristics during  periods  of  observed
high concentrations. This episode analysis has been conducted principally with sulfate,
ozone, and TSP  data from the National  Aerometric Data Branch.  Whenever  possible,
these data  have  been  supplemented  with measurements  from  the Sulfate  Regional
Experiment (4)  and  the  Tennessee Valley Authority. For each pollutant and  year,
the  data  were screened  to  find  for each  day the  number  of monitoring locations
reporting a concentration greater than a  specified threshold value and the total  number
of monitors reporting on that day. In  spite  of  the  every-6-day sampling schedule  for
sulfate, this has  proved to be a reliable way  for the identification  of episodes.  Since
these episodes  take several days  to develop,  the probability  of missing an episode  is
smaller than would  be indicated  by the once-every-6-day coverage.  A selection  of
ozone episodes is performed by means  of a similar threshold  analysis of 1 p.m. ozone
concentrations.

      The  most  striking result from  this analysis  is the simultaneous occurrence  of
sulfate and ozone  episodes. One  such  case is shown in  Figure 8,  which  is based on
                                          FIGURE 8-Spatial distribution of sulfate and ozone for August 22, 1976
                                                                                                                     241

-------
SIMULTANEOUS OCCURRENCE
OF EPISODES
average  sulfate  and ozone concentrations for each  Air Qualtiy Control  Region (5). The
August  22,  1976, case is an  interesting episode  because it shows  a  recirculation of
pollutants within a relatively  small  region of eastern Ohio  and western Pennsylvania.
This recirculation is indicated  by the air parcel trajectories  shown in Figure  9. During
August  21 and  22, there was  no significant movement of the high pressure center just
south of Lake  Erie. In fact, the entire eastern United States was dominated by high
pressure with a weak  gradient. The ozone episode began on August  18 with  38 of the
monitoring stations exceeding the 0.08-ppm level. This number grew to reach  a peak of
117 monitors exceeding this level on August 21 and then  declined to 99 on the follow-
ing day. This  was also  a  period of reduced  visibility  throughout  the midwest  and
northeast. The  enhanced satellite  photograph (see Figure  10) made available by Dr.
Walter Lyons shows the extent of the haze layer  on this day. The haze shown in this
photograph  is  most likely due to the presence  of fine particulates  which, in  large
measure, are produced by the conversion  of tall stack sulfur dioxide emissions to
sulfate.
                                            In  addition to the  recirculation condition, another  typical  summertime sulfate
                                      episode has been found from an analysis of the data. This episode is characterized by
                                      persistent southwesterly winds in advance of an approaching cold front. The pattern of
                                                -• Trajectory Start at OOZ
                                                    Trajectory Start at I 2Z
                                                    Origin of Trajectory
                                        FIGURE 9-Forward running air parcel trajectories (600-meter level) beginning August 20,
                                        1976. Interval between trajectory points is 12 hours.
242

-------
                                                                                                          -

FIGURE  '\Q-Satellite photo for August  22, 1976, showing the haze layer over the midwest
and northeast
                                                                                                              243

-------
 LOCAL AND REGIONAL
 ANALYSES
sulfate concentrations for August 27, 1974 (see  Figure  11)  is an example of one of
these persistent wind episodes.  The highest sulfate concentrations during this  period
were  confined to the warm  sector of  an eastward moving occluded  frontal system.

      These analyses  of  local  and regional air  quality data have provided  much  more
useful  information than would  have  been gained through  the routine application of
existing  models.  In  the  first  place,  the  data  analysis gave a  picture of  existing air
quality  throughout the ORBES  region. Moreover, it has  made  possible the identifica-
tion of  critical meteorological  conditions for  elevated  pollutant concentrations. An
understanding of the meteorological conditions associated with air pollution episodes is
essential  since many  of  the  air quality  standards  and  allowable increments are ex-
pressed  in terms of concentrations which may be exceeded only  once per year. Damage
to vegetation  is a  strong  function of the peak SC>2 and ozone concentrations during
the summer months. Unfortunately,  most of the existing air  quality models have not
been  designed to specifically deal with these episodes, but instead  incorporate detailed
algorithms  for the description of all  possible  conditions. Without first understanding
the worst-case  meteorological conditions from  an analysis of ambient data, a  modeler
could devote years of effort to the development of a detailed model which could be of
little  use for  the  calculation  of concentrations under the actual critical  conditions.
Another  benefit from the  analysis of  air quality and meteorological data is the finding
that simpler modeling approaches can be  used,  so that computing  and input data
         Precipitation >0.01"

    .L  Low Pressure Center

    iy  \qp yjf cold Front




    *""*"•»-• 24-Hour Average Sulfate
          Concentration (pg/m3)

    ±1 High Pressure Center

                 Stationary Front
    A  A  dfe
                 Occluded Front
   FIGURE  tl—Isopleths of sulfate  concentrations and synoptic weather patterns for August
   27, 1974
244

-------
MODELING APPROACH
DEVELOPED
requirements will  not be prohibitive for the user. These simpler  modeling approaches
may actually yield  more accurate results than the more complex models. For example,
detailed calculations  of  primary  pollutant concentrations for an  urban area  are often
no  more  accurate  than  those  obtained  from a  very  simple  area source  model. This
result can occur since,  for  most air pollution  problems, there  are generally  only a
few factors of major  importance and if these are  described properly, the model calcula-
tions  will be reasonable. The inclusion of further complexity in  a model, unless war-
ranted by an analysis of available data, may introduce a large component  of unwanted
noise  into the model  predictions.

      Based  on  the analysis  of these air pollution episodes, a modeling approach has
been  developed  for the  evaluation  of air quality impacts for  various  energy  growth
scenarios. Short-range pollutant  impacts are based on  the results from  standardized
Gaussian  models, modified to  reflect the influence of observed critical  meteorological
conditions.  Since  pollutant  transport plays a crucial role in  the occurrence  of the
worst regional  sulfate episodes,  a  regional  model has  been selected  which employs
a very efficient, yet accurate, algorithm  for  the  calculation of pollutant advection and
diffusion  (6). The  model also allows for  the  time-dependent transformation of SO2
to sulfate and  the removal of both chemical species  by dry  and wet deposition.  The
computational  efficiency of this model  allows  its evaluation for a large number of
episode  cases and its  application  to develop  regional  source-receptor relationships.
Model calculations  of regional  sulfate concentrations for the  August 27, 1974 episode
are shown in Figure  12. A  large fraction of the sulfate  observed in the Upper Ohio
Valley on this day can be traced to S02 emissions in the lower part of the valley (7).
During  a light  wind   stagnation  condition similar  to the August  22,  1976 episode,
however,  emissions in the Upper Ohio  Valley can actually be transported as sulfates
down  the valley.  Regional  model  calculations   are  currently  being carried  out for
additional episode  cases  to estimate the  change in regional SO2 and sulfate concentra-
tions  for  several ORBES energy growth  scenarios under different governmental regula-
tory policies and future power-plant siting patterns in the Ohio River Basin.
                                        FIGURE 12—Sulfate levels (ng/m3j predicted by the regional sulfate model for August 27,
                                        1974
                                                                                                                     245

-------
                                     References
                                     1.   Gage, S.J., Smith,  L. F., Cukor, P. M.,  and Niemann, B. L. 1977. Long-Range
                                          Transport of SOX/MS04 from  the  U.S.  EPA/Teknekron Integrated Technology
                                          Assessment  of  Electric  Utility  Energy  Systems.  Paper presented  at the  Inter-
                                          national  Symposium on  Sulfur  in the Atmosphere,  Dubrovnik,  Yugoslavia, 7-14
                                          September.

                                     2.   Cukor, P. M., Large, D.  B., Niemann, B. L., Smith, L. F., and  Van Horn, A. J.
                                          1978. An Integrated Technology Assessment of Electric Utility  Energy  Systems.
                                          Paper  presented at the  Third  National  Interagency Energy/Environment  R&D
                                          Program  Conference, sponsored  by  the  U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency,
                                          Office of Energy, Minerals and Industry,  Washington, D.C. (June).

                                     3.   Mills,  M. T.  1979. Data  Base  for  the  Evaluation of Short-Range Dispersion
                                          Models.  R-001-EPA-79. Prepared for the  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                                          Office of  Energy, Minerals and  Industry. Berkeley,  Calif.:  Teknekron,  Inc.
                                          (January).

                                     4.   Hidy,  G. M.,  Mueller,  P.  K.,  and  Tong,  E.  Y  1978.  Spatial and Temporal
                                          Distributions of Airborne  Sulfate  in parts  of  the  United  States.  Atmospheric
                                          Environment, 12:735-52.

                                     5.   Tong,  E.  Y.,   Mills,  M.   T.,   Niemann,  B.  L.,  and  Smith,  L. F  1979.
                                          Characterization of  Regional Sulfate/Oxidant  Episodes in  the Eastern United
                                          States and Canada. Paper presented at the APCA Annual Meeting (June).

                                     6.   Mills, M. T., and  Hirata, A. A. 1978. A Multi-Scale  Transport and Dispersion
                                          Model for  Local  and  Regional Scale  Sulfur  Dioxide/Sulfate  Concentrations:
                                          Formulation  and Initial  Evaluation.  Paper presented at the  Ninth  International
                                          Technical Meeting on Air Pollution  Modeling and Its Application, NATO/CCMS
                                          Air  Pollution  Pilot  Study  Assessment,  Methodology  and   Modeling, Toronto,
                                          Canada,  28-31 August.

                                     7.   Niemann, B.  L., and Mahan, A.  L.  1978. Interim  Report, Impact of Long-Range
                                          Transport of Pollutants on  Air  Quality  in the  Commonwealth  of Pennsylvania.
                                          Prepared for  the  U.S.   Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Office  of Energy,
                                          Minerals  and  Industry. Berkeley, Calif.: Teknekron, Inc. (May).
246

-------
         WH^<
          &
answers
                              Dr. Theodore C. Doege
                        American Medical Association

                               Benjamin Linsky, P.E.
                             West Virginia University
QUESTION

     For  years physicians have  looked at  effects  of
influenza in terms of excess mortality.  Are there any
current  plans to look at the spectacular  air pollution
effects  which we  have just  seen  documented in terms
of excess mortai/ity in the areas covered by those systems
of pollutants?

RESPONSE:  Dr. William Wilson (EPA)

     There  are no fully developed  plans,  but there
are discussions  among health effects people  about  the
possibility of bringing  in mobile health effects units  to
look for more subtle effects of pollution in relationship
to these  episodes.  I  do  not think anyone has suggested
looking  for excess mortality, but that would be  simpler
than taking the vans  in and looking for changes in  respira-
tory function.

COMMENT

     There is a study done by the West Virginia  Depart-
ment of Natural Resources which found streams that had
been fishable and  stockable have become unfishable and
unstockable  because  of acid rain. I hope the  author will
put the report into the peer review literature.

QUESTION

     The  visibility limitation at Lake Tahoe is set at  20
miles, specifically so people can see across the lake. Is this
sort  of  criterion  valid  when used  by state  and local
governments in setting  minimum  visibility limitations?

RESPONSE:  Dr. Wilson

     Different standards are needed for different  parts of
the country, depending on what objects you want to see
and how badly you want to see them. The people of New
Mexico maintain that if you cannot see the mountains in
New Mexico, why  live there?  Visibility certainly is a
                                                             247

-------
                                                   consideration   in  terms  of  property  values.    Another
                                                   important  thing to consider is  that  if you  want  to  see
                                                   something  20  miles  away  you  may  have  to set your
                                                   standard in terms of a visibility distance of more like 100
                                                   miles,  a fact   probably not  realized  at the  time  of  the
                                                   Lake Tahoe studies. There  is a difference between  visibil-
                                                   ity distance and visual air quality. Local agencies will have
                                                   to  consider this  in setting standards for their emission
                                                   sources.  They will  have to  consider  as  well  that their
                                                   emission sources not only impact them locally but affect
                                                   other areas.
248

-------
session 6

-------
                                                                 ASSESSMENT OF THE CARCINOGENIC RISK
                                                                         FROM ENERGY-RELATED ORGANICS
   J Michael Holland
                                                                                                    J. Michael Holland
                                                                                                William M. Eisenhower
                                                                                                       Larry C. Gipson
                                                                                                      Lawton H. Smith
                                                                                                   Thomas J. Stephens
                                                                                                      Mary S. Whitaker
                                                                                                       Biology Division
                                                                                         Oak Ridge National Laboratory
UNKNOWN-REFERENCE
DOSAGE COMPARISON
      The extraction, refining, and use of natural petroleum over the last half century
have  resulted  in extensive  industry experience with these materials. Based  upon this
experience,  there is  justifiable  confidence  in the adequacy  of current  procedures to
limit  occupational  dermatoses and skin cancer arising from contact with natural petro-
leum  and distillate  fractions. This,  in  part,  may  result  from  the  fact that natural
petroleums  possess  a low order of intrinsic carcinogenicty (1). By contrast, it is well
documented that coal liquids and  shale oils are human skin carcinogens, under condi-
tions  of prolonged or unregulated exposure (2-4). Given the inevitable need for massive
quantities of these materials  it  is essential that their potential for skin contact toxicity
and carcinogenicity be assessed. There is an additional question concerning whether the
greater skin  carcinogenic potency  manifest  by syncrudes  will  be reflected  in finished
products that may  eventually enter commerce.

      To facilitate  risk-benefit decisions our approach has  been to obtain comparative
and quantitative data concerning the skin carcinogenicity of syncrudes, derived from
various starting materials and by different processes relative  to both natural petroleum
and the  pure  reference  carcinogen, benzo(a)pyrene (BP).  To quantitate the response,
we  have  adapted biostatistical methods that have been used for  the comparative bio-
assay  of tobacco  smoke condensates (5). Using  these approaches,  it  eventually will
be possible  to  relate the dose  response  obtained for a specific syncrude to that ob-
tained for BP. By comparing the dosages,  between unknown  and the reference, re-
                                                                                                                  251

-------
 TEST MATERIALS
                                      quired to elicit a common risk  or probability for skin cancer, we can accurately and
                                      reproducibly compare different  materials, as well as assess the importance of various
                                      bioassay  conditions (6).

                                            Materials examined  by  us have  been  obtained from a variety of  small  scale
                                      process simulations or process development units.  For this  reason the findings may or
                                      may not be relevant  to  larger scale or  commercial processes that utilize similar source
                                      material. The  question concerning whether these data reflect  a trend  or reveal charac-
                                      teristics  applicable to broad  classes  of  generically  related  crude liquids  is  still the
                                      subject of ongoing experimentation.  Our primary  use of these materials, to date, has
                                      been to  establish appropriate bioassay conditions  for reliable, and potentially  extrapo-
                                      latable, analysis of the  skin carcinogenicity of generically similar materials. It  is antici-
                                      pated that this knowledge  and experience will facilitate  analysis  of materials that may
                                      some day be produced commercially. Table  1 summarizes information concerning the
                                      general characteristics of the test materials. Additional detail concerning their chemical
                                      and physical characteristics has been published elsewhere  (7,8).

                                            Materials have been  tested for carcinogenic activity by diluting them in a hetero-
                                      geneous  solvent.  The solvent  consisted, by volume,  of  30%  acetone and  70% cyclo-
                                      hexane.  This  mixture was selected because  it would  permit  solution or uniform dis-
                                      persal  of all the test materials.  Test solutions  were  made  fresh weekly and  applied,
                                      using a 50 microliter automatic  pipette. Equal numbers  of  male  and female C3Hf/He
                                      inbred mice, 10  weeks  old at the start  of each  experiment, were  used. Details con-
                                      cerning experimental  animals and procedures can be found elsewhere  (6,9).

                                            Data are presented for two separate  experiments. The first study involved 3 times
                                      weekly (Monday, Wednesday,  Friday) application  of a 50% (w/v) concentration of the
                                      various syncrudes  as  well as the composite natural  petroleum to groups of 30 mice for
                                      20 weeks.  Following  this exposure, the mice  were held for an additional 20 weeks to
                                      allow expression  of skin lesions, in the  absence of  continued application  of  the test
                                      materials. The total  period of  observation of these  animals  was approximately 300
                                      days. In  the second experiment, groups of 20 mice were exposed to serial  dilutions of
TABLE 1
Characteristics of materials tested for skin carcinogenicity
  SKIN  CARCINOGENICITY
Material
Wilmington, California*

South Swan Hills, Alberta, Canada*

Prudhoe Bay, Alaska*

Gach Seran, Iran*

Louisiana-Mississippi Sweet

Arabian Light

Shale Oil'f

Coed Syncrude
Synthoil Syncrude

Type
Natural

Natural

Natural

Natural

Natural

Natural

Centrifuged
crude product
Hydrotreated
product oil
Centrifuged
crude product
Specific
Gravity
0.938

0.826

0.893

0.880

0.825

0.858

0.909

0.940
1.136

Wt. %
Sulfur
1.59

0.11

0.82

1.57

0.17

1.80

0.93

0.05
0.52

Viscosity
(Sec.100°F)
470

37

84

72

50

46

66

48
80(180°F)

Pour
Point
<°F)
<5

<5

15

<5

<5

<30

30

43
_

Color
Brownish
Black
Brownish
Green
Brownish
Black
Brownish
Black
Brownish
Green
Brownish
Black
Brownish
Black
Pale
Yellow
Brownish
Black
Wt. %
Nitrogen
0.631

0.056

0.230

0.226

0.067

0.1-0.2

1.14

0.05
1.30

   *   Bureau mines routine crude oil analysis. Data provided by J. Dooley, Bartlesville' Energy Technology Center, Bartlesville, Oklahoma.

   t   Analysis not based on these specific samples and therefore the data are approximate and given for comparison purposes only: provided by
      J. Dooley.

   $   Laramie Energy Technology Center, Run No. 14, Colorado Shale, Rifle, Colorado. Fisher assay 24.4 gallons/ton from a 150 ton above
      ground simulated in situ retort. Data provided by John McKay.
252

-------
                                      the  same  materials,  starting  at  50%.  Exposure  was  twice weekly  (Monday and
                                      Thursday) for 30 weeks followed  by a 20-week expression period. The total observa-
                                      tion period  of  these  animals  was approximately 350 days. Taken  together, the two
                                      experiments allow a  comparison of the materials  as  a  function  of  temporal aspects
                                      of exposure.  In both  experiments, animals received 60 exposures.  However, in the first
                                      study  the  60 doses  were  applied in  20  weeks,  but in the second, 30  weeks were
                                      required.

TEST RESULTS                            The results, expressed in terms of  grossly typical squamous  carcinoma, are listed
                                      in Table 2  for  the  3/wk-20 week  exposure and  in  Table 3 for the 2/wk-30 week
                                      exposure. Under both treatment conditions, the syncrudes  were found to be efficient
                                      skin carcinogens while natural  petroleums failed to induce skin cancer. In the 20-week
                                      study,  both synthoil  and  shale oil were more active than  COED,  with synthoil  ex-
                                      hibiting a slightly  greater  activity than with shale  oil. This pattern  was duplicated in
                                      the   30  week  study   with   the  order  of  carcinogenic  activity,  synthoil>shale
                                      oil>COED»natural  petroleum. Natural  petroleum, while  negative under these experi-
                                      mental conditions, does possess a low order of  carcinogenicity. In  other experiments in

                                      TABLE 2
                                      Epidermal carcinogenicity of fossil liquids following 3 times weekly skin application for 20 weeks at a
                                      50% concentration
                                                            Percent of Mice With    Average Latency     Percent
                                             Material        Squamous Carcinoma     (Days±SE)       Mortality
Synthoil
Coed
Shale Oil
Petroleum Blend
63
37
47
0
153±
192 ±
151 +
-
8
13
14

20
3
37
0
                                      TABLE 3
                                      Epidermal carcinogenicity of fossil liquids following 2 times weekly skin application for 30 weeks at
                                      various concentrations

Material
Synthoil



Coed



Shale Oil



Wilmington
Petroleum


Percent (W/V)
Concentration
50
25
12
6
50
25
12
6
50
25
12
6
50
25
12
6
Percent of Mice With
Squamous Carcinoma
80
35
10
0
10
5
0
0
35
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
Average
Latency
214±11
238±22
287±50
-
329+17
253
—
-
208±9
213
—
-
	
—
_
—
Percent
Mortality
45
5
5
0
0
0
0
0
30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
                                                                                                                    253

-------
 INCREASED INTERVAL
 DECREASED RATE
which a 0.2%  concentration of the composite petroleum was  applied 3 times weekly
for  24 months, an 8% final  incidence of squamous carcinoma was obtained with an
average latency of 658±22 days (10).

     The temporal distribution of tumor latencies is illustrated in Figure 1 for the 20
and  30  week  data, respectively.  These  curves reveal that,  in general, increasing the
inter-treatment interval from 56 (3/wk) to 84  (2/wk) hours is accompanied by a longer
average latency and decreased  skin cancer frequency particularly with COED, but also
evident for shale oil.  Interestingly, while skin tumors  developed at  later times, the
cumulative  incidence was actually greater  when  mice were  exposed to synthoil at a
reduced  dose rate. This suggests that synthoil is less subject to a decreased carcinogenic
effect as a result  of an  increased interval  between  successive exposures.
                                                   60-
                                                   40-
                                          ~      20H
                                                     0
      CD
      LLJ
      Q
      o
      ^       80-


               60-


               40-


               20-

                0
                                                           B
                                                                                        i
                                                                                       o
                                                                                      6
                                                                                  6   •
                                                                              o'
                                                                              6'    !
                                                        0      50    100    150   200   250   300   350

                                                                        LATENCY (DAYS)
                                       FIGURE  1—,A_ Incidence of squamous carcinoma included by three times weekly application
                                       of 50% solutions of synthoil (O), shale  oil (•) or coed (A) syncrudes for 20 weeks, B
                                       Incidence of squamous carcinoma induced by two times weekly application of 50% solutions
                                       of synthoil, shale oil, or COED (same symbols), for 30 weeks.
254

-------
DIFFERENCES
AMONG  MATERIALS
      The difference among the various  materials  are more clearly illustrated in Table
4, which contrasts the average time to occurrence of skin cancer as well  as final inci-
dence in the two experiments.
RELATIVE POTENCY
                                      TABLE 4
                                      The effect of dose rate on cumulative incidence and average latency of skin cancer induction by
                                      syncrudes

                                                    Intertreatment       %          Average        Dose Rate Effect
                                        Material     Interval (Mrs)    Incidence    Latency (±SE)  Upon Tumor Expression
Synthoil

Coed

Shale Oil

56
84
56
84
56
84
63
80
37
10
47
35
153± 8
214±11
192+13
329±17
151+14
208+ 9
Enhanced Expression

Reduced Expression

Reduced Expression

      Relative potency is  a reproducible, quantitative, and  extrapolatable  means to
compare the skin  carcinogenicity of any two materials, if each is applied under identi-
cal conditions to  genetically homologous  test animals. The approach  we have taken
previously  to establish the carcinogenic potency of a material  has been to compare the
dose  responses obtained for the test  material with  that obtained for reference  skin
carcinogen, BP  (6). Proportions of mice surviving  over the  duration  of the study,
without skin tumor, are fitted  to a three parameter  Weibull distribution  by  the maxi-
mum likelihood  method.  Dose responses, in terms  of the model, for the  unknown
compound or mixture and the reference  carcinogen, are then compared by  relating
doses of  the  unknown, relative  to BP, that would  be required to  elicit a common
probability of skin cancer. This allows a quantitative estimate of the degree of differ-
ence  between  the  two materials. This  approach will enable us  to reproducibly compare
different materials tested under  standard conditions at different times. In addition it
will  facilitate interspecies comparison  because the reference carcinogen  used  is a com-
ponent  of  man's  environment.  As such, estimates of human  population exposure to BP
will  inevitably  improve and with each improvement will come better appreciation of
the extent, if  any, of  adverse health impact  attributable to observed differences in BP
exposure. With this common link between the two  species, known BP  dose responses,
then  extrapolation of  this  to  other hydrocarbon skin  carcinogens will  be facilitated.

      For  purposes of the present communication,  data concerning the response of
C3H  mice  to  topical  application  of BP in the same acetone-cyclohexane solvent, has
been  summarized  in Table  5. BP was  applied at  concentrations ranging from 0.1% to
0.004% which are  much lower than were used for any  of the fossil liquids, but on the


TABLE 5
Skin cancer induction by Benzo(A)pyrene applied three times weekly*
Percent Concentration
(Wt/Vol)
0.1
0.02
0.004
Percent of Mice with
Squamous Carcinoma*
100
100
90
Average
Latencyt
139(4)
206(7)
533(5)
                                     *  Duration of exposure at lowest dose was 24 months.

                                     t  Days ± standard error.
                                                                                                                   255

-------
 FLUORESCENCE
 MICROPHOTOMETRY
same  3-times-weekly  schedule. The concentration  of  BP that came closest to yielding
an average tumor latency equal to that of synthoil was somewhat less than 0.1%. Thus
a 0.1%  solution of BP  is approximately equipotent to  a 50% solution of synthoil, all
other conditions being equal.  A  crude  estimate  of  relative potency  can be obtained
from  this  relationship  by expressing potency as a  ratio  of  these two percentage
concentrations  which in this case is 500.  Therefore, as a first approximation, it  would
appear that synthoil is  500 times  less active a skin carcinogen than BP. This estimate is
preliminary and subject to  refinement as the full  dose  response  relationship, for both
the test material and the reference carcinogen, is taken into account.

      To  better  understand the  basis  for the difference  in carcinogenicity observed
among the syncrudes,  we have developed analytical methods to observe and quantitate
the movement  and localization of syncrudes  in  the  skin (9).   At various times after
standardized  skin application, frozen sections are obtained and  the distribution of
syncrude  is determined by fluorescence  microphotometry.   All  fossil liquids thus far
examined are highly  fluorescent  and  thus this measure provides  a convenient marker
for observing skin distribution.    It also  should  be  kept  in mind  that  polyaromatic
hydrocarbons, known to be a  carcinogenic component  of fossil  liquids, are also  highly
fluorescent  and  that this  feature was exploited  in  their  isolation and  identification
(11).

      Using  this approach  we have compared the intensity and distribution of skin
fluorescence  for each of the syncrudes as well  as  the composite  petroleum.  The data
in Table 6 indicate the observed  fluorescence intensity (in  arbitrary units) at specific
locations. Solution of  each material was adjusted to contain 2 mg solids per ml. One
hundred microliters of  this solution was applied,  using  a micropipette being careful to
ensure as uniform a  dispersal  as  possible.  Using  dye solutions,  it was  independently
established that this volume of an acetone-cyclohexane solvent will reproducibly cover
an area approximately  100 cm2.   From this relationship, we estimate  the area concen-
tration to have  been  200 jug/cm2.
                                       TABLE 6
                                       Distribution of fluorescence following topical application of petroleum liquids
Site of
Measurement
Skin Surface




Sebaceous
Gland



Papillary
Dermis



Time After
Application
1 hr
4hr
24 hr
8 days
14 days
1 hr
4hr
24 hr
8 days
14 days
1 hr
4hr
24 hr
8 days
14 days
Average Fluorescence Intensity
Synthoil
185(32)
219 (58)
107 (26)
70 (25)
37(7)
540(123)
422(101)
454(114)
112 (21)
42(11)
28(2)
28(2)
27(2)
27(1)
25(1)
Coed
75(11)
87(11)
98(13)
40(10)
28(6)
172(49)
185(61)
190 (24)
43(6)
23(1)
29(2)
29(2)
29(3)
27(2)
25(1)
#
Shale Oil Composite Crude
49(14)
37(5)
42(8)
31 (2)
25(2)
70(21)
66(12)
109(21)
29(1)
25(1)
20(1)
24(1)
24(1)
24(1)
25(1)
65(11)
70(15)
52 (22)
28(2)
25(1)
137(44)
140(88)
135(40)
27(1)
25(1)
26(2)
24(1)
26(1)
25(1)
25(1)
                                       *Arbitrary  fluorescence  units ± standard error. Tissue background in  mice treated  with
                                        solvent only was approximately 25 units.
256

-------
FLUORESCENCE INTENSITY
MOUSE SKIN
CARCINOGENESIS DATA
      Fluorescence intensity was determined  at  specific sites within frozen sectioned
skin,  at  fixed times.  Concentration of fluorescent  material was  observed to occur in
sebaceous glands.  Fluorescence  intensity was greatest with synthoil and least for COED
at all times.   The degree of initial fluorescence was  also positively correlated with the
speed  of clearance.   It  is  interesting  to note  that fluorescence significantly above
dermal background was  detectable in the sebaceous glands of mice, for up to  14  days
following a  single skin application of synthoil.  Thus synthoil  exhibited a high affinity
for skin  lipid while the other materials were cleared  rapidly.  It may be significant that
the effect of  increasing the  interval  between successive  exposures was less pronounced
for synthoil  than with the  other compounds. One possible explanation  for this  may
well have been that synthoil persists in skin longer  than the  other materials and  thus
there is a less pronounced effect introduced by increasing the interval between succes-
sive exposures.

      The value and relevance of animal carcinogenesis bioassay data could be increased
significantly  if a  means  could  be found to directly  compare the responsiveness of
human skin and experimental animal skin to the same  test materials under identical in
vivo conditions.   We feel   that  it may  be feasible to do this  using the genetically
athymic  nude mouse (12).   This animal  is incapable of recognizing  and  thus rejecting
foreign tissue grafts.  We have  established a pathogen-free colony of these mice under
conditions which  maximize  experimental  flexibility.  We have further determined  that
it  is feasible  to establish xenografts of  human skin for periods  sufficiently long  (up
to 300 days) to  easily  compare more  potent skin  carcinogens.  The essential  micro-
scopic differences between  mouse skin and human skin as well as  an illustration of the
graft  procedure are given in Figure 2.   Panel _A_is a microscopic section of mouse  skin
                                                                                                             *   '^«p
                                                                                                             "'
                                           FIGURE  2-^A Light microscope section of mouse skin  revealing a thin cellular epidermis.  B
                                          Similar section  of human skin  revealing a thicker,  more cellular epidermis.  C_ Human skin
                                          grafted to the back of an athymic nude mouse. Healing is complete with no overt evidence of
                                          inflammation. D Microscopic section of human skin graft.   The margin of the graft (arrow)
                                          reveals an abrupt  transition from epidermis characteristically human  to  that characteristic of
                                          the nude  mouse.
                                                                                                                       257

-------
 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
 MORE MODELS NEEDED
revealing a characteristic of this species, an exceedingly thin epidermis.  Panel J3  is a
similar  section of  human  skin  depicting a  more  highly  cellular  and physically  less
permeable epidermis.  Panel CJs a gross photograph of an athymic nude mouse bearing
a well established graft of human skin.  The human skin graft is  easily  distinguished
because the host mouse is  albino and  human skin  is pigmented.  Evidence that these
grafts are well  tolerated by athymic mice, without evidence  of rejection,  is revealed in
panel JX  This is a  microscopic  section of  a skin graft like that displayed  in panel C,
which  reveals  that the  thicker epidermis characteristic of human skin is preserved  and
that mouse and human epidermis merge without a noticeable  interruption.

      These  findings, while  still preliminary, are encouraging  because they point a way
to achieve the goal  mentioned  previously.  If a sufficient number of these  grafts can be
established to allow direct application of reference carcinogen solutions, then it should
be possible to  compare the biological response of human skin to chemical and physical
agents,  singly  and  in  combination,  and to compare directly  differences  in tissue  and
cellular and  molecular aspects of the  response across species lines. To control  the
possible interference  introduced  by the graft procedure  itself  due to alteration of nerve
supply and microvasculature, control grafts of animal skin of  known carcinogen suscep-
tibility  can  be  tested  in parallel with  the  human skin.   Any difference  in latency,
histogenesis, or biological behavior of tumors induced in the graft versus those induced
in the same tissue on its natural host could then be assumed to be constant regardless
of species and thus  factored into the interpretation of the data.

      We have determined that three synthetically-derived fossil liquids are more  potent
skin carcinogens than  natural  petroleum.   None  of  the syncrudes  approached  the
specific carcinogenicity of a reference carcinogenic  hydrocarbon,  benzo(a)pyrene (BP).
By  comparison of the dose rates necessary to achieve  similar average  tumor latencies,
under  identical experimental  conditions, it  was estimated that synthoil  had a  mouse
skin carcinogenicity  one five hundredth that of pure BP.

      Increasing the  interval  between  successive exposures,  while keeping  the total
number of exposures constant, had  the  effect of  decreasing  risk of skin cancer for both
shale oil and COED but not for synthoil. The percent of  mice developing skin  cancer
with the latter material  actually  increased as the dose rate was reduced from three to
two  exposures  per week.  We interpret this as an indication that high dose rate applica-
tion of synthoil may actually inhibit either skin  cancer  induction  or expression,  proba-
bly as a result of toxic components  present in the whole material. As the dose rate is
decreased, there is  sufficient time between  successive exposures for the skin to elimi-
nate or recover from the toxic but not the  carcinogenic effect and thus expression of
neoplastically  transformed epithelial  cells is enhanced.  Another  factor that also may
contribute to  a diminished dose rate effect  is  the slower skin clearance of synthoil
relative to any of the  other materials tested.  Based  upon fluorescence intensity as a
measure of the quantity of material  trapped  in  sebaceous glands, synthoil components
were detected  in sebaceous glands  for up to 2 weeks following a single surface  applica-
tion of synthoil while all other materials were observed  to clear within 1 week.  There-
fore the question of whether workers who are exposed only infrequently or accident-
ally  are at as  great  a risk as those who are  exposed continuously could  depend upon
how rapidly the material is cleared from the skin. For syncrudes  similar to the present
shale oil and COED, detoxification and skin clearance  would be expected to be rapid
and  therefore increasing the interval between exposures would be anticipated to result
in a  decreased tumor  risk.   For materials  with the skin  clearance  characteristics of
synthoil even infrequent exposure could pose a significant risk.

      Future biological  research in  support of  the synthetic fuels  industry needs to
emphasize  the potential  applicability  of  animal carcinogenesis data  to  the  question
of  human risk.  More  comprehensive and  relevant experimental models need to be
developed and evaluated for the purpose of risk quantitation. There is  an additional
need to better understand the biological interactions between the target tissue  and  the
whole chemical mixture. We have explored the feasibility of using the athymic nude
mouse as an incubator host in order to compare the relative sensitivities of mammalian
skin to hydrocarbon carcinogens.   This would  provide direct information  concerning
whether major species  differences exist as well as provide  a  measure of the magnitude
of these differences  under identical environmental and experimental conditions.
258

-------
 References
 1.    "The Carcinogenic  Action  of  Mineral  Oils:  A  Chemical  and Biological  Study."
      Medical Research Council,  Special Report Series No. 306.   Committee  on the
      Carcinogenic Action of Mineral  Oils, London:  Her Majesty's Stationery  Office,
      1968.

 2.    Scott,  A.  "The  occupation  dermatoses of the  paraffin  workers of the Scottish
      shale oil  industry,  with a  description  of  the  system adopted  and the results
      obtained  at  the periodic  examinations of  these  workers."  Eighth Scientific
      Report of the Imperial Cancer Fund.  Taylor and Frances,  London, 1923.  pp.
      85-142.

 3.    Henry, S. A. "Occupational cutaneous cancer attributable to certain chemicals in
      industry."  Brit.  Med. Bull.   4: 389-401, 1947.

 4.    Smith, W.  E., D. A. Sunderland, and K. Sugiura.  "Experimental analysis of the
      carcinogenic  activity  of certain petroleum  products."  Arch. Industr. Hyg.  4:
      299-314, 1951.

 5.    Davis,  R.  F.,  P.  N. Lee, and  K. Rothwell.   "A study  of the dose  response of
      mouse skin  to cigarette smoke condensate."  Brit. J. Cancer 30: 146-156, 1974.

 6.    Holland, J.  M.,  D.  G. Gosslee, and N.  J. Williams. "Epidermal carcinogenicity of
      bis (2, 2-bis(p-glycidyloxyphenyl)-propane), and  m-phenylenediamine in male and
      female  C3H and C57BL/6 mice."   Cancer Research 39:   1718-1725,  1979.

 7.    Guerin, M. R., J. L. Epler, W.  H. Griest, B. R. Clark, and T. K. Rao.  "Polycyclic
      aromatic  hydrocarbons  from  fossil  fuel conversion  processes." Carcinogenesis:
      Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons.  Vol. 3  (P.W. Jones and R. I.  Freudenthal,
      Eds.),  Raven Press,  New York, 1978.

 8.    Griest, W.  H., M. R.  Guerin, B.  R. Clark, C. Ho, I. B. Rubin, and  A. R. Jones.
      "Relative  chemical composition of selected synthetic crudes."  Proceedings of the
      Symposium on  Assessing the  Industrial Hygiene Monitoring Needs  for the Coal
      Conversion and  Oil Shale Industries.  Brookhaven National  Laboratory,  Upton,
      New York, November 6-7, 1978.

 9.    Holland, J.  M.,  M.  S. Whitaker,  and  J. W. Wesley.  "Correlation of fluorescence
      intensity and carcinogenic potency of synthetic and natural petroleums in mouse
      skin."  Am. Indust.  Hygiene Assoc. J. 40: 496-503, 1979.

10.    Holland, J.  M.,  R.  O.  Rahn,  L.  H.  Smith,  B.  R. Clark, S.  S. Chang, and  T. J.
      Stephens.  "Skin carcinogenicity of  synthetic and natural petroleums."  J.  Occ.
      Med., in press, 1979.

11.    Cook.  J. W., C.  L.  Hewett,  and  I. Hieger.  "The isolation of a  cancer-producing
      hydrocarbon from coal  tar."  Parts I,  II, and III,  J. Chem. Soc. 395-405, 1933.

12.   Pantelouris,  E.  M.  "Absence  of the thymus in a mouse mutant."  Nature 217:
      370-371,  1968.
                                                                              259

-------
                                           HEALTH  CONSEQUENCES OF NITROGEN DIOXIDE EXPOSURE
                                                                                             Donald E. Gardner, Ph.D.
                                                                                             Judith A. Graham, Ph.D.
                                                                                    Health  Effects  Research Laboratory
                                                                                 U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency

                                                                                                 Daniel Menzel, Ph.D.
                                                                            Departments of Pharmacology and Medicine
                                                                                                      Duke University
   Judith A Graham. Ph D
RESTRICTED EVALUATION
     Biological effect of oxides of nitrogen  have been evaluated in  animals and man.
Of the oxides of  nitrogen which have been studied and which occur  in the atmosphere
through combustion of fossil fuels and subsequent  conversion processes, nitrogen dioxide
(NO2>  is the  most toxic.  Our  knowledge of the toxicity of NO2 is still incomplete.
Yet, significant knowledge has been gained about  its  overall  toxicity  from the study of
(1) exposed animals, (2)  individuals, and  (3) communities.

     Evaluation of the  health effects of N02, demonstrated in  all three of the  above
major experimental approaches, permits  improved  understanding when taken as a whole.
In  clinical  human  studies,  safety  of  the  volunteer  is  of paramount importance.
Therefore, chronic  exposures cannot be performed and only  limited  endpoints such as
pulmonary function, clinical chemistry, and the like which  are relatively benign can be
used. This leads to a restricted  evaluation of N02 effects.  However, the  research  is
highly  controlled  and the concentration and  time of exposure to N02 can be directly
related  to the observed effects in  man.
BIOLOGICAL
PARAMETERS LIMITED
      Information from  population exposure  studies  is of  value since humans are
investigated  under natural conditions.  However,  this natural condition  is so complex,
particularly with  respect  to  individual exposure differences within the population, that
it is extremely difficult to relate a particular pattern of NO2 exposure  to health  effects.
Again, for ethical  reasons, biological parameters are limited.

     The strength  of animal  toxicological  studies  lies in  the  unlimited  exposure
conditions and  biological  endpoints that  can  be used.   Since animals  and man have
                                                                                                                 261

-------
ANIMAL TOXICOLOGICAL
STUDIES
extensive physiological similarities,  if a particular  effect occurs in a number of animal
species, it is  likely  that this same effect occurs in humans.  However, at this time,  it is
not  possible  to extrapolate  directly from  animal studies to those concentrations of
NC>2 which will cause toxicity in  man.   With this as background, the review of the
health  effects of NC>2 can be placed into better perspective.  Several  other excellent
reviews are available (1-3)  and  an Ambient Air Quality Criteria Document for Nitrogen
Oxides is presently  being prepared by the Environmental Protection Agency.

     Superficially,  there appears to be a great similarity between the toxicity of N02
and ozone.  A detailed analysis of the toxicity of NC>2, however, reveals that there are
as many dissimilarities as similarities. A summary of the research findings is  in Table 1.
An unusual aspect  of the toxicity  of  NC>2 is a  delay between exposure  and effect.
This temporal  sequence  is inherent in  understanding the toxicity  of NC>2 and  has
important implications for the effects of both short-term and long-term exposures to
this  air pollutant.   Despite the differences in  NO2 sensitivity between  animal  species
and the many different endpoints of toxicity,  the sequence of events seems to be the
same.  The sequence  of events is illustrated in Figure  1.  A composite has been drawn
from these different studies  to illustrate the relationship with time following a single
short-term  exposure of 4 hours or less.  These results are drawn primarily from a single
species, the rat.  A similar type  of sequence  could be drawn  for other species.  It  is
likely that  this sequence is the same for all mammalian species exposed under similar
conditions.  These reactions will be obtained predominately with low  concentrations of
NO2-   As  the concentration  of  NO2 is  increased more than  100-fold over ambient
concentrations, complications arise which tend to obscure the sequence  of events.  It  is
not clear, further,  whether or  not these higher concentrations are truly relevant to the
toxicity of NC>2 to man as it  occurs in  the atmosphere of urban areas.  In any event,
the  animal  studies most  important to  determining the standards used in  regulating
emissions are those  more closely aligned to ambient concentrations of N02-
 CELLULAR REACTION
      Studies of the  reaction of N02 with cellular constituents clearly illustrate that
the chemical  reactions are essentially  instantaneous  (4,5) when compared with  the
length of time required for demonstration of a biological effect.  Most  investigators
believe  that the chemical reactions of N02 are dominantly with  lipid  components of
the cell  (5). The  reaction of NC>2 with  the unsaturated lipids of cellular membranes
                                          C/5
                                          O
                                          til
                                          U.
                                          u.  2
                                          UJ
                                          Q
                                          ID
                                          >
                                          GC
                                          UJ  1
                                          V)
                                          CO
                                          O
                                                       I    ""I   'I  I
                                                     —  EXPOSURE

                                                         CHEMICAL REACTION
                                            	 SUSCEPTIBILITY TO
                                                  MICROORGANISMS

                                            	CELL DEATH (max. at 24 hr.)
                                                                                        BIOCHEMICAL INDICATORS
                                                                                        OF INJURY (max. at 18 hr.)  ~
                                             -—  REPLACEMENT OF DEAD
                                                  AND INJURED CELLS
                                                  AND BIOCHEMICAL
                                                  INDICATORS OF REPAIR
                                                  (max. at 48 hr.)
                                                                                                      I    I  .  . I
                                            (log scale)  4
                        10
                                                         hours
24   48

 I
                                                    14
                                                          30
                                                                2  3
6    12
                                                                                  days
                                                                   months
                                          FIGURE  1-^Temporal sequence of injury and repair hypothesized from short-term single
                                          exposures of less than 8 hours
262

-------
TABLE 1
Effects of nitrogen dioxide in animals
Concentration of NO_
Time of
Exposure
                                                   Species
               Summary of Effects
                                                                                               References
  ppm
0.1 + 2hr     188 +
daily spike    2 hr
of 1          daily
              spike of
              1,880
Continuous
6 mo
                       Mice
               Emphysematous altera-
               tions
                                                                                                   82
0.25
              470
                            4 hr/day
                            5 days/wk
                            24 or 36
                            days
                       Rabbits        Swollen collagen fibers
                                      in lung
                                                                                                  32
0.3 -0.5
              560 - 940
                            Continuous
                            3 mo
                                                   Mice
                                      NO,, + influenza virus
                                      caused a high incidence
                                      of adenomatous prolifera-
                                      tion of peripheral and
                                      bronchial epithelial
                                      cells
                                                                                                   29
0.32
              600
                            3 mo
                                                   Rats
                                                                  Decreased conditioned
                                                                  reflexes
                                                                                                  83
0.36
              680
                            7 days
                       Guinea         Increased erythrocyte
                       Pigs            D-2,3-diphosphoglycerate
                                                                                                  84
0.4
              740
4 hr/day
7 days
Guinea         Increase in lung acid
Pigs            phosphatase
                                                                                                  85
0.4
              740
                            Continuous
                            1 wk
                       Guinea         Increase in protein of
                       Pigs            lung lavage
                                                                                                   12
0.5
              940
                            6,18, or
                            24 hr/day
                            12 mo
                                                   Mice
                                      Morphological effects in
                                      alveoli
                                                                                                  86
0.5
              940
8 hr/day
7 days
Guinea         Increase in serum LDH, CPK,   17,18
Pigs            SCOT, SGT and cholinesterase,
               and lung and plasma lysozyme.
               Decrease in erythrocyte GSH
               peroxidase.  No change in
               lung GSH  peroxidase.
0.5
              940
0.5
                            Continuous
                            14 days
              1,OOONOx    8 hr/day
              (mostly       180 days
              (N02)
              940           Continuous
                            30 - 45 days
                       Guinea
                       Pigs

                       Guinea
                       Pigs
                                                   Mice
               Albumin and globulins             87
               in urine

               Nitrates and nitrites in             88
               urine; slight increase in
               serum cholesterol; decrease
               in total serum lipids,
               hepatic edema; increase in
               urinary Mg and decrease in
               liver and brain Mg

               Morphological alterations       89,90
               of tracheal  mucosa and
               cilia

               (continued)
                                                                                                                           263

-------
       TABLE 1 (continued)
Concentration of NO
3
ppm Hg/m
0.5 940


0.5 940





0.5 or 2 940 or
3,760



'
0.5 940







0.5 or 1 940 or
1,880
0.5 or 1 940 or
1,880
0.5 940



0.53 1 ,000

0.55- 1,030-
1.6 3,000
0.8 1,500

1 1 ,880


1-1.5 1,880
2,820



1 1 ,880



Time of
Exposure


5 days/wk
7 wk

Continuous
8 hr/day
4 mo



Continuous
with 1 hr
peaks of
2 ppm
5 days/wk

Continuous
12 mo






Continuous
1 yr, 5 mo
Continuous
1 yr, 6 mo
Continuous
or
intermittent
(7-8 hr/day)
180 days
8 hr/day
Continuous
5 wk
Continuous
2.75 yr
Continuous
2 wk

Continuous
1 mo



Continuous
6 mo


Species


Mice


Guinea
Pigs




Mice





Mice







Mice

Mice

Mice



Guinea
Pigs
Mice

Rats

Rabbits


Mice




Guinea
Pigs


Summary of Effects


Increase of injected
horseradish peroxidase in
lung
Decrease in plasma cholin-
esterase; erythrocyte or
lung GSH peroxidase
unchanged. Increase in
lung acid phosphatase and
plasma and lung lysozyme
Morphological alterations
of alveolar macrophages;
decreased serum neutralizing
antibody to influenza virus
immunization; changes in
serum immunoglobulins
At 10 days — damage to
clara cells and cilia and
alveolar edema.
At 35-40 days — bronchial
hyperplasia.
At 6 mo — fibrosis.
At 12 mo — bronchial
hyperplasia
No increase in lipofusin
or glutathione peroxidase
Growth reduced;
vitamin E improved growth
Increased susceptibility
to K. pneumoniae after 90
days continuous or 180 days
intermittent exposure
Alterations in several
serum enzymes
Cilia damaged; increased
mucus secretion
Increase in respiratory
rate
Decrease in lung lecithin
synthesis after 1 wk;less
marked depression after 2 wk
Hypertrophy of bronchiolar
epithelium after 1—3 mo.
After recovery from
exposure, lymphocyte infil-
tration
Inhibition of protein syn-
thesis; decrease in body
weight, total serum
proteins, and immunoglobulins
References


91


17,18





92,93





94,95







96

97

25



98

99

100,101

102


103




105



                                                                   (continued)
264

-------
TABLE 1 (continued)

Concentration
ppm
1


of NO2
jUg/m3
1,880

Time of
Exposure

Continuous
493 days

Species Summary of Effects

Monkeys Immunization with monkey-
adapted influenza virus.

References

106

1.1
              2,000
1.26
              2,360
1.3-3         2,400-
              5,200
1.5
              2,800
2 or 3
              3,760
              5,600
              3,760


              3,760
              3,760
              3,760
8 hr/day
180 days
Guinea
Pigs
12 hr/day
3 mo.
2 hr/day
15 & 17 wk
Continuous
or
Intermittent
(7 hr/day,
7 days/wk)
                            3 hr
                            3 hr
Continuous
1-3 wk
Continuous
3 wk

Continuous
43 days
Rats, before
breeding
Rabbits
                                                   Mice
                                                   Mice
                                                   Mice
Guinea
Pigs
Guinea
Pigs

Rats
Increased serium neutraliz-
ing antibody titers at 93
days of exposure. No change
in hemagglutination inhibition
titers; no effect on hemato-
crit or hemoglobin; increased
leukocytes in blood.
Slight emphysema and thick-
ened bronchial and bronchio-
lar epithelium in virus-
challenged monkeys

Plasma and liver changes          107
decrease in albumin, sero-
mucoid, cholinesterase,
alanine and aspartate
transaminases, increase in
alpha and beta  immuno-
globulins

No effect on fertility,             108
decrease in litter size
and neonatal  weight, no
teratogenic effects

Increased leukocytes in           109
blood with decreased phago-
cytosis, decreased number
of erythrocytes

After 1 wk, increased sus-          24
ceptibility to S. pyogenes
aerosol greater in continu-
ous exposure group. After
2 wk, no significant differ-
ence between modes of
exposure

Increased susceptibility            21
to S. pyogenes aerosol in
mice exercising compared
to those not exercising

Increased susceptibility            22
to S. pyogenes aerosol.

Increased in number of lactic      110
acid dehydrogenase positive
lung cells (presumably
Type II cells) with time
of exposure

Type II cell hypertrophy          111
                Between 72 hr - 7 days            26
                increasing loss of cilia
                and focal hyperplasia; by
                14 days, cilia regenerated
                and recovery was evident
                at 21 days
                                                                   (continued)
                                                                                                                              265

-------
          TABLE 1 (continued)
Concentration of NO
, 3
ppm jUg/m
2 3,800


2 3,800


2.3 4,280




2.7 5,000
2.9 5,450


2.9 5,450








3 5,640


3.5 6,600





4-7 7,500-
1 3,000
5-50 9,400-
94,000

5 9,400


5 9,400


5 9,400


Time of
Exposure

Continuous
14 mo

Continuous
2yr

17 hr




8 wk
Continuous
20 days

24 hr/day
5 days/wk
9 mo






4 hr/day
4 days

Continuous
or
intermittent
(7 hr/day.
7 days/wk)

Continuous
14 days
3 hr


4 hr


4 hr/day
5 days/wk
2 mo
7.5 hr/day
5 days/wk
5.5 mo
Species

Rats and
Monkeys

Rats


Mice




Rats
Rats


Rats








Monkeys


Mice





Mice

Rabbits


Guinea
Pigs

Guinea
Pigs

Guinea
Pigs

Summary of Effects

Polycythemia with or
without NaCI. Hypertrophy
of bronchiolar epithelium
Increase in respiratory
rate; no change in resis-
tance or dynamic compliance
Decreased pulmonary bac-
tericidal activity (no
measurable effect at 1
ppm x 17 hr or 3.8 ppm x
4hr)
Decreased body weight
Decrease in linoleic and
linolenic acid of lung
lavage fluid
Decrease in lung compli-
ance and volume; increased
lung weight and decreased
total lung lipid; decreased
saturated fatty acid con-
tent of lung lavage fluid
and tissue; increased sur-
face tension of lung lavage
fluid
Thickening of basal laminar
and alveolar walls; inter-
stitial collagen
Increased susceptibility
to S. pyogenes aerosol with
increased duration of expos-
ure. No significant differ-
ence between modes of expos-
ure
Increase of injected radio-
labeled protein in lung
No measurable effect on
benzo (a)pyrene hydroxylase
activity of tracheal mucosa
Increase in respiratory
rate and decrease in tidal
volume
Increased lung tissue
serum antibodies

No increase in airflow
resistance

References

112


9


113




114
23


115








116


24





13

117


118


119


118


                       9,400
                                    14-72hr
                                                          Mice
Increased lung protein
by radio-label method

(continued)
                                                                                                      120
266

-------
TABLE 1 (continued)
Concentration of NO,.
              Time of
              Exposure
                      Species
               Summary of Effects
                                                                                             References
  ppm
5-10
5-10
10-0.1
jug/m

9,400


9,400
              9,400-
              18,800
              9,400-
              18,800

              9,400
 18,800
 190
              9,400
Continuous
1 wk

Continuous
2 mo

Continuous
90 days
              Continuous
              90 days

              Continuous
              133 days
                           6hr
              7.5 hr/day
              5 days/wk
              5.5 mo
                                                  Rats           Hyperplasia began by 3 wks       121
Monkeys       Increased susceptibility            34
               to K. pneumonias

Monkeys       Infiltration of macrophages,       122
               lymphocytes and some poly-
               morphonuclear leukocytes;
               hyperplasia of bronchiolar
               epithelium and Type II cells

Monkeys       No significant hematologi-        123
               cal effects

Monkeys       Immunization with mouse-       124
               adapted influenza virus.
               Initial depression in
               serum neutralization liters
               with return to normal by
               133 days. No change in
               hemagglutination inhibi-
               tion liters or amnestic
               response

Mice           No chromosomal alterations       125
               leukocytes or primary
               sperm at ocytes

Guinea         No increase  in airflow            118
Pigs            resistance
5-10
10-0.1
              9,400
              9,400
              9,400
9,400-
18,800
5-10         9,400-
              18,800

5             9,400
 18,800
 190
                            14-72 hr
Continuous
1 wk

Continuous
2 mo

Continuous
90 days
              Continuous
              90 days

              Continuous
              133 days
                           6hr
                                                  Mice
                                                  Rats
                                                  Monkeys
                                                  Monkeys
                                                  Monkeys
                       Monkeys
                                                  Mice
                                                    Increased lung protein           120
                                                    by radio-label method

                                                    Hyperplasia began by 3 wks      121
               Increased susceptibility to         34
               K. pneumonias

               Infiltration of macrophages,       122
               lymphocytes and some poly-
               morphonuclear leukocytes;
               hyperplasia of bronchiolar
               epithelium and Type 11 cells

               No significant hematologi-        123
               cal effects

               Immunization with mouse-       124
               adapted influenza virus.
               Initial depression in
               serum neutralization
               titers with return to
               normal by 133 days.
               No change in hema-
               gglutination inhibition
               titers or omnestic response

               No chromosomal alterations      125
               in leukocytes or primary
               sperm atocytes

-------
 ACID ANHYDRIDE
 INJURY TO  LUNG
 TISSUE
CELL TYPES AFFECTED
 results  in  a  chemical reaction  characterized by  the  formation of peroxidic products.
 This  is a devastating event in  terms of the organization and  properties of the  cellular
 membrane necessary  to  maintain the  integrity  of the  cell.   Many of the  biological
 effects can be  ascribed to the peroxidation of cellular  membranes, the most obvious
 example of  which is  pulmonary  edema, a commonly observed phenomenon on expo-
 sure  to high concentrations of N02-   Inhaled  N02 is rapidly taken up and distributed
 throughout the lung as has been  determined using short lived radiotracer studies with
 13|\|O2 (6).   A very significant fraction of N02 is retained in the  lung.  The fraction
 which has been retained  probably represents  that NC>2 which  is chemically reactive
 with  pulmonary tissue via  peroxidation.

      N02 is an acid  anhydride and reacts with water vapor at ambient concentrations
 in the air  and more  so at  the increased temperature  and humidity  existing within the
 respiratory  system.   The exact chemical species  which reaches the  pulmonary  surface
 to  produce the observed  lesions is  most likely NC>2,  but HIMO2 and perhaps NO may
 be  formed  in  the   liquid  lining  the  airways.   HNC>2 and HNC>3 will be  rapidly
 neutralized by the biological substances dissolved in  the liquid layer lining the airways
 of the lung.

      Despite the hydration of NOg  by water vapor, a  significant fraction  of  N02  is
 not removed  in the upper  airways and penetrates deep within the lung to produce its
 toxic effects.   As  a strong  oxidant,  IMC>2 may also oxidize small  molecular  weight
 reducing  substances  and proteins within seconds to  minutes.  Reaction with unsat-
 urated fatty acids to produce peroxidation is essentially instantaneous.  It  is not likely,
 so  far as is  known, that  NC>2 reaching the respiratory portions  of the lung would be
 able  to penetrate the lung  cells and attain a significant concentration within the blood.
 Nitrate is formed as  a consequence ot  reactions with cellular constituents and has been
 detected in the blood and  urine of animals exposed to NC>2.  Levels of  nitrate attained
 during  N02  exposure are  unlikely to induce biological responses of  the  nature which
 have  been observed.  Because  of the high  reactivity of NC>2, the  predominant response
 observed  on the inhalation of NC>2 is direct  injury  to  the tissues  of  the  lung. The
 effects  on  organs distal  to  the  lung  are  likely to  result from the  production  of
 secondary  toxicants  in the lung  which are circulated to other  parts of the body. A
 direct proof  of this hypothesis  of circulating  toxins  following inhalation of N02
 has not  been found, but effects on organs other than the lung have been found. The
 significance of these effects on other organs is not known as yet.

      The  major effect observed  on IMO2 exposure is cellular  injury and death which
 occurs among specific cell  types within the lung  during a period of  less than  24 hours
 after  inhalation (7).   The  magnitude  and site of the injury resulting  from N02 will
 depend upon the concentration  of  NC>2 which  was  inhaled; therefore, the absolute
 degree of  response will depend upon both the rate and  magnitude  of  respiration and
 the N02 concentration.   The moderate solubility of NC>2 in water and  the inability of
 the upper  respiratory  tract to  remove  all  of the NO2 which is inhaled results in injury
 to  specific  regions  within  the lung.  At  concentrations  near those found in  urban
 environments,  the  region  of the  lung  bounded  by  the  terminal and  respiratory
 bronchioles and adjacent  alveoli  is that which  is  most affected (7,8,9,10).  This region
 represents the terminal portion of the  lung and is intimately involved in the exchange
 of oxygen and carbon dioxide.  This  is the region of the lung which is most essential
 for the maintenance of life.   Some differences  may  exist  between  man  and rodents
 because this  region of the lung is  proportionately much shorter in the rat than in man.

      At high concentrations of NC>2,  that is  above 9,400jUg/m3 (5.5 ppm), segments
of the upper  airways  may  be affected as well as those around the alveoli.  As cells
are  exposed to N02 and begin to  die, protein and nucleic acid  synthesis are stimulated
in the surviving stem cells  and a wave of mitosis  occurs which  reaches its maximum at
about 48  hours during or after exposure.   The type   I  cell of the  lung (a thin,
squamous cell across  which gases  are exchanged)  appears  to  be the most sensitive and
likely to be injured at lower concentrations than the  type II cells (a cuboidal cell that
produces surfactant) (11).   The nature  of this injury can  be  sufficiently  severe that  the
cell  dies, sloughs off, and  leaves  debris within the alveoli.  Other cells in the upper
airway,  such  as  ciliated cells, are similarly sensitive and may be replaced by other stem
cells known as Clara  cells.  These  effects on the lung  result  in  dramatic  changes in its
structure and cell composition.
268

-------
BIOCHEMICAL  INDICATORS
      Biochemical indicators of this injury can be detected by a wide variety of means.
 One of the most sensitive biochemical  indicators of injury to these cells is a change in
 cellular permeability  which  has been  detected  at concentrations as low as 752 /J.g/m3
 (0.4  ppm) NO2  (12,13).    At this  concentration,  plasma proteins  or  radiolabeled
 albumin  injected  into the  bloodstream  of animals can  be detected  in the  airways.
 Under normal circumstances, such  exudates do  not  occur and represent a major change
 in  the  permeability  of the  cell  to  allow  large  protein  molecules  to  escape into
 the  airway.    Cells  which  are resident  within the  airway,  such  as  the pulmonary
 macrophage, are  also damaged by  inhaled N02-  N02 damage can be detected as major
 changes  in the macrophage respiration  (14,15).   The death of macrophages may release
 proteolytic enzymes  which can produce further  alterations  in  the organization and
 morphology of the lung.  Effects similar to those observed in vivo can  be produced  by
 exposing   isolated  pulmonary  macrophages  to  NO2  in vitro.   The  macrophage  is
 particularly sensitive  to  NO2 exposure. Paradoxically, biochemical parameters of  injury
 often  return to normal  or near normal  values  within  a week  or two  of  cessation  of
 exposure (16,17,18).
INFECTIVITY MODEL
LONG-TERM EXPOSURE
      Pulmonary defenses against infectious agents are affected by short-term exposures
to N02- The infectivity  model in  which pollutant-exposed animals receive an aerosol of
live microbes has  proven to be a particularly sensitive  indicator  of pulmonary  injury
and has been  responsible for the  development of most  of the data indicating toxicity
of NO2 at low concentrations and short times of exposure (19,20,21).  Mortality from
exogenous infectious agents  is influenced more in  proportion  to the  concentration
of  N02  than  the duration  of  exposure.   This  observation  is consistent  with the
hypothetical  temporal  sequence  of  injury.   Pulmonary  damage  occurs  rapidly  on
exposure  to  N02 but  its effects may  be observed much later, depending upon the
extent of damage and the  system which  has been used  to measure the damage.  The
infectivity model tends to be an  integral of many  of the defensive  mechanisms  of the
lung and, therefore, to  reflect the overall  damage which  has occurred.  Concentrations
as low as 4,700 /ag/m^  (2.5  ppm)  may result  in excess mortality from  a single exposure
of only  3 hours (22).  The  injury of a  3-hour exposure  appears to be repaired  within
24 to 36 hours after exposure.

      In Figure 2, a short-term  exposure of constant duration  has been given  to an
animal and only one  of  the  properties of  intoxication is  illustrated,  the death of  type  I
cells.    Increasing  concentrations  of  N02 are illustrated  in this figure  on  the z axis.
Thus,  as  the   concentration  of  N02  is  increased,  the   magnitude of cellular  death
increases while  the time  at which  cell death occurs is constant.   The  magnitude  of cell
death  is proportional to the  logarithm of the concentration  of  NO2 which  has been
inhaled.   Increasing  the  total amount of N02 inhaled by manipulations in  the respira-
tory pattern will likewise  increase the magnitude of cell death, but  not influence the
time  at  which  cellular  death occurs.   Eventually, sufficient  cells  will be  injured to
produce  mortality during  the peak  wave of death  of  alveolar  cells.   Death  through
respiratory insufficiency  and pulmonary edema, however, does not occur at concentra-
tions  achievable in the urban atmosphere.  Concentrations greater than  47,000 M9/m^ or
25 ppm  are necessary to achieve direct death. This  is not to say, however, that severe
pulmonary damage is not  achieved  at  lower concentrations near  those which occur
regularly in urban areas.

      The  delay  between  the end  of exposure and observation  of  biological  effect
complicates the understanding of  the effects of long-term exposure  to N02-  This is
especially so in cases resembling those that occur in  the  atmosphere where  exposure to
NO2  may  occur  repeatedly  over  a short time period to  relatively high  concentrations.
Figure 3  illustrates the  sequence  of events which  is hypothesized  to occur on  con-
tinuous long-term  exposure to N02-  The sequence of  events is essentially similar to
that in short-term  exposure.  The  chemical  reactions between  the  inhaled  NO2 and
cellular constituents  are  instantaneous  and  achieve a constant  level throughout the
exposure.   During the  first 14  days  of exposure, cell death and replacement of
pulmonary cells are  the dominant features.  This is  expressed as a wave of mitosis or
cellular division  which  reaches  its  maximum  about 48 hours  after  the  onset of
exposure.  The extent of cell death  is illustrated in Figure 2  and is proportional to the
concentration  of IMO2.   Likewise, all of  the other  indicators of N02 damage so far
                                                                                                                   269

-------
                                             U)
                                             O
                                             LU
                                             cc
                                             LU
                                             00
                                             m
                                             O
                                                                              24   48
                                                                                              7     14     30    60   (log scale)
                                                                hours                      days
                                                                 TIME AFTER BEGINNING EXPOSURE
                                              FIGURE 2—Proportionality between  effect (cell death) and  concentration of NC>2 during
                                              a constant exposure period.  The maximum in cell death is reached ~ 18 hours after exposure
                                              and the extent is proportional to the dose (concentration x time)
                                               l-
                                               o
                                               LU
                                               LU
                                               O
                                               oc
                                               LU
                                               C/J
                                               CO
                                               O
                                                                                    I—I	1     I    I
                                                                                 CHEMICAL REACTION
                                                                            CELL DEATH
                                PULMONARY
                                   FUNCTION
                                    CHANGES
                                                      BIOCHEMICAL
                                                      INDICATORS
                                                      OF DEATH
                                                      AND
                                                      INJURY
REPLACEMENT OF DEAD
AND INJUREDCELLS
AND BIOCHEMICAL
INDICATORS OF REPAIR
                  INCREASED
       SUSCEPTIBILITY TO
     MICROORGANISMS
                  LEVATED
                   CELL
                TURNOVER
                                   INCIDENCE
                              OF EMPHYSEMA
                            -LIKE PATHOLOGY
                            HYPOTHETICA
                                TOLERANCE
1 -
                                                                                                                     (log scale)
                                                              hours
                                                                                      days
                                                                                                       months
                                              FIGURE 3—Temporal sequence of injury and repair hypothesized from continuous exposure
                                              to NO2 as observed in experimental animals
270

-------
                                    examined are dose  dependent.  The biochemical and physiological functional indicators
                                    of damage  change  rapidly  with  injury  and  repair,  reaching  a relatively  steady  state
                                    after  about a  week  or  two  (17,18,23).  Several  enzymes have been detected which
                                    are indicative  of cellular  injury at  concentrations of N02 as low as 940 /ug/m3 or 0.5
                                    ppm  during the  injurious  phase  of continuous exposure, that  is greater than  7 days.
                                    Pulmonary macrophages  are aggregated  within  the  lung  and the degree  of aggregation
                                    has been estimated by  a number of  biochemical  techniques.   Again, the  infectivity
                                    model is highly sensitive to NC>2 exposure. The susceptibility to  infection  as measured
                                    by this technique  rises almost linearly  during  this  period.  The infectivity model has
                                    been  used  to  illustrate  excess  mortalities  due  to  NC>2  exposure at concentrations
                                    within the  range of 940-2,820 jug/m3 or 0.5-1.5  ppm No2 (24,25,27,28).
ALTERATIONS OF LUNG
MORPHOLOGY
      Long-term exposures to  I\IC>2 also result in major alterations  of lung morphology.
These are very difficult to interpret because  of  the slow gradation  of response once the
initial phase  of replacement  of cells susceptible to NO2 has passed (9,26,27,28).  The
development   of  an   emphysema-like   disease  in   experimental  animals  requires
considerable  time  as  has  been demonstrated  in studies of rats.  The  development of
obstruction   to  airflow  and  distension  and  destruction  of  the alveolar  tissue in
experimental  animals  requires considerable time.  When compared  to the life span, the
time required for damage  in  experimental animals is equivalent  to  that required for the
development  of emphysema  in  man. The process  of  emphysema development on NC>2
exposure is indeed complex,  but it is clear that the effects are interpretable in terms of
the changes in the cell populations and structural  alterations concommitant to that. A
major pathologic change  is an increase in the distance between the air space and the
capillary in the  respirable  or alveolar region of the lung (31-34).  Other effects include
the loss of ciliated cells which are  responsible for removing particles from the lung and
narrowing of the  airways and  alteration  in  the  morphology  of  the  cells  lining the
junction between the respiratory segment and the mucous containing  segment (26,28).
The  cell type  in the  alveoli  most  sensitive to N02, the type  I cells, are replaced by
type  II  cells, their progenitors,  but the appearance of the type I  cells maturing  in the
presence of  NO2  is  significantly different from  those in the absence of  NO2 (31).
Other alterations  in the  lung include  the  appearance of collagen  in  areas  which are
normally devoid of this fibrous  protein and  the  aggregation of macrophages (28,32).
These effects  have been observed in rats that have  been exposed continuously to 3,760
       (2 ppm) NO2 or greater.
VITAMIN E AND NO,
RESISTANCE AND RECOVERY
      The fatty  acid composition of the lung membranes has also been noted to change
during the exposure  to  NO2 (23).   The  mortality from  continuous exposure to high
concentrations of NO2  is influenced  by the level of vitamin E and other free radical
scavengers  which  are included  in  the diet (23).   These  observations support  the
hypothesis that  membrane  damage by chemical oxidation of unsaturated fatty acids  is
a  major  mechanism of toxicity of  NO2-   These  changes in fatty acid composition of
the  lung  are  accompanied  by enzyme  changes which in part may be  protective  and
aid in the destruction of the  peroxidic products formed in the lung on N02 inhalation
(29).  It should be emphasized that at no point is it possible to provide adequate levels
of vitamin E or other dietary factors  that provide complete protection against N02-  It
should be  noted,  however,  that  certain segments  of the  population may be unusually
sensitive  to NO2  should their intake  of vitamin E and other antioxidants be marginal.

      The temporal  sequence of  events  suggests  that the  response  of the  animal to
inhalation  of  N02  returns to near  normal  levels during continuous exposure.  These
results are  misleading since  it has clearly been observed in long-term studies of  rats  that
the  morphology of  the  lung  has changed  from its normal structure to that  resembling
emphysema (9,26,27).  This raises the question of tolerance to  resistance and  recovery
during continuous  exposure.   It is  possible that,  at some  point, replacement of dead
and  injured cells resulting from the  continuous inhalation  of NO2 may return  to levels
equivalent to that found in clean air  (26).  Tolerant cells, as compared with  naive cells,
may  be  more resistant to  N02  because they are younger  or  because they  may have
                                                                                                                    271

-------
                                     produced  a protective  mechanism  such  as  specific  increases in enzymes capable of
                                     degrading  the  secondary products formed on NO2 inhalation.  Some enzymes such as
                                     glutathione peroxidase,  glutathione reductase,  and glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase
                                     in  the  rat  may be increased  as a protective  mechanism  (16), or they more likely  may
                                     reflect  a  proliferation of specific cells within the organ  which contains higher  concen-
                                     trations.  These cells are younger because they are dying and being replaced at a more
                                     rapid rate, at  levels  in  excess of those which  occur  normally in the lung in pollutant
                                     free air.   Not all species exhibit this  protective induction of enzymes.  For example,
                                     the guinea pig, when exposed to 940 jug/m3  (0.5 ppm)  NC>2  for 4 months  failed to
                                     develop higher levels of these potentially protective enzymes (17,18).   Importantly,
                                     when cultured lung  cells are coated with  a very thin  layer of nutrients to resemble the
                                     condition within the  lung, direct exposure  to  NC>2 is highly toxic.
APPARENT ADAPTATION
 TUMOR FORMATION
 CUMULATIVE EFFECT
      It  is most  likely that all  cells  are sensitive to relatively  low concentrations  of
NC>2  and that  no adaptation in  the true  sense  ever occurs.   The apparent adaptation
that may been seen in pulmonary function measurements of people  living  in polluted
areas  vs. those  that live in nonpolluted areas may be artifactual  in the sense that large
changes  in pulmonary  tissue may be necessary  before  permanent alterations may  be
detected in pulmonary function.   In  other words,  a  major patho-physiological change
must  occur before it  is detected by these relatively  insensitive  pulmonary physiology
methods.   Biochemical  and  morphological techniques are more sensitive, but so invasive
that they can  only  be used on  experimental animals.  In further support of the idea
that all  cells  are  sensitive  to  concentrations of NC>2  which are easily  attainable  in
inhaled air, when rats have been exposed to 3,760  |itg/m3  or  2 ppm NO2 for  long
periods of time and then exposed to an  abrupt increase in  concentration  of N02, a
second  wave of  mitosis  and subsequent alterations in  biochemical, physiologic, and
morphologic  indicators of  cell  damage  occur  in exactly  the same temporal  sequence
(33).   Thus, although  adaptation may appear to  occur, the ultimate development of  an
emphysema-like condition occurs in  the rats on  long-term exposure  and they remain
sensitive to alterations  to higher concentrations of NC^.

      An  important consideration  has  been  the  question   of  tumor  formation  of
malignant  metaplasia due to NC>2  exposure.  This concern  comes  about due to the
morphology of the  lungs of animals which  have been exposed  to NO2- Because N02
produces a stimulation  or rapid  turnover of cells, a  transient  hyperplasia of the specific
type  II  lung  cell  and  nonciliated bronchiolar  cell  is observed.   Such  a  hyperplasia
represents  a part  of the  natural  repair mechanism.  There  is, however,  no evidence  to
indicate  that such changes  represent tumor- formation or  malignant  metaplasia.  Thus,
there  is no data to connect the inhalation of N02 with an  increased incidence of cancer
at the  present time.

      We have  come now to what is an important consideration  of the effect of NC>2
on  man.  As was  noted in the discussion of the  effects of short-term exposure to NC>2,
the lag between  exposure and biological effects.  Such  a cumulative effect  has been
demonstrated  using the infectivity model in mice which were exposed continuously  or
intermittently   (7  hr/day) to 2,820 /ug/m3  (1.5  ppm)  N02  (24).   After  2 weeks  of
exposure, there was  no  difference  in the  pneumonia-related  mortality  between the
intermittent and  continuous exposure groups.   Therefore, for  the intermittent NC>2
treatment,  the  intervening 17 hours between exposures apparently were inadequate for
complete recovery.  Excess  mortality could be shown  at much lower concentrations  on
continuous exposure.  Ninety days of exposure  to concentrations as low as 940 /ug/m3
(0.5 ppm) resulted in significant mortalities (25).

      The effects  of NC>2 inhalation  on the susceptibility  to  bacterial infections is not
unique  to  the  mouse.    Other  species of  animals  have been  used including squirrel
monkeys (39).  The common thread  of these experiments has been that the infectivity
model  is a good  general  indicator of damage by NO2-   The direct extension of these
data to man is difficult,  in part because of differences in anatomical structure of the
lung and in part because  of  differences in  native and acquired immunity on the part  of
man.   These data  then  should be viewed in terms of their indication  of toxicity rather
than in terms of their direct modeling of pulmonary infections in  man.
272

-------
                                           In  terms of  the probable temporal  sequence of events,  NO2 inhalation affects
                                     almost all of the cell types within the lung.  Depending, then, upon the concentration
                                     of NO2, different cells will be affected  in addition to those which are most susceptible
                                     at lower concentrations.  The mode of  exposure, that is the rate  and depth  of respira-
                                     tion,  will also influence the specific cell types which  are damaged.  Because the rate of
                                     chemical  reaction   of  N02  with  cell constituents is  almost  instantaneous when
                                     compared to the time  required  for  biological expression  of  injury, it may be expected
                                     that the concentration of NO2  during  a given  exposure  will have  a greater  effect on
                                     determining  the  end  point used  to  measure  toxicity  than  would the duration of
                                     exposure.   Sensitive biochemical parameters are difficult to  interpret because of the
                                     need  to  correlate biochemical  changes with pathological  processes.   They are  viewed,
                                     then, as  indicators  of  death of specific cells or injury during the inhalation at the given
                                     concentration and extent and duration of exposure.
OTHER AIR POLLUTANTS
CUMULATIVE
EFFECTS
HUMAN  CLINICAL
STUDIES
      Because of the  universal  toxicity of  NC>2 to pulmonary cells, it  is likely that
other air  pollutants such as ozone, sulfuric acid, sulfur dioxide, and particulate matter
may  injure  the same  cells within the  lung  as are injured  by NC>2.  In most cases,
following  the simultaneous inhalation  of NC>2 and other air pollutants, additive, rather
than  synergistic effects,  have  been found.  Tobacco  smoking and occupational  exposure
add  very  significantly  to the  toxicity  of NC^.  At present, the data  are  not sufficient
to  provide  a detailed  evaluation  of  this important  variable  in the  response  of  the
population.    Because of  the delay  between  the  exposure to N02 and  effect,  the
sequence  of  exposures  to  air  pollutants may  be  particularly  important.    Similar
responses  have been observed with ozone and sulfuric acid.

      Another area  of possible toxicity may  be the formation of  nitroso compounds,
because  nitrosamides  and  nitrosamines  are  known  carcinogens.  Nitrosamines  and
nitrosamides have  recently come  into  the  public view through their formation  in food-
stuffs  containing  nitrites.   In this case,  nitrite has been  added to the  foodstuffs to
prevent bacterial contamination  and  spoilage.  Gas phase  reactions between NC^  and
amines  to  form nitrosamines have been  reported, and inhaled,  injected or  ingested
nitrosamines  produce  lung tumors in  exposed animals.   No  evidence  exists at  the
moment that nitrosamines or nitrosamides  are formed  in ambient air  from  nitrogen
oxides,  nor has it  been  demonstrated that they  are formed in vivo in the lungs from
the  inhalation of NC>2.    Similarly, the role  of inhaled  nitrites and  nitrates  found in
atmospheric  particles is  unknown and should  be  studied further.  A  few experiments
indicate that  inhaled  nitrate  produces  biological effects through  the  release  of hista-
mine and  other  intracellular  hormones.  Whether  such  effects occur  in man  is  not
known. Continued surveillance of these  important areas is needed.

      While  much  remains to be  learned about  the  toxicity  of  NC^,  studies  so far
conducted   in animals  indicate  that  the  biological effects  of N02  are  likely  to  be
displaced  from  the time  of  exposure.  As shown  in  Figures 1 through  3, this delay
between  onset of  symptoms  and  exposure  to  N02  may  explain  many of  the con-
founding factors observed  in  epidemiologic data, but complicates  further the question
of effects  of transient episodes  of high N02 concentrations  in the atmosphere. It is
clear  that  the lowest  concentration   at which  NC^, in particular,  produces biological
effects of  a reproducible magnitude so far detected in  animals  is 940 jug/m^ (0.5 ppm)
after  repeated exposure. The  observation  of cumulative effects  is especially important,
suggesting  that  under appropriate circumstances intermittent  short-term exposure  to
IM02  may   eventually  become  equivalent  to  continuous  long-term  exposure.  These
observations,  when  compared with  the  data  which  have been accumulated  on  the
long-term  effects of N02,  may be particularly  pertinent to  the potential toxicity of this
air  pollutant  to man.   There is little  doubt  that the  inhalation of  N02 results in
toxicity, regardless of the species  which has been  exposed.  Thus, animal experiments
are truly indicative  of the hazard  of this  air pollutant to man.

      A  number  of  investigators  have  examined the  effects  of   NC>2  in  human
volunteers  exposed  for  short  periods of  time under  carefully controlled  conditions.
Although  sensory  effects have been found by  several  researchers  (35-39) these  effects
are  of  uncertain significance.  Therefore,  the emphasis of this review will be on the
NO2  induced  alterations  of   pulmonary  functions. The  summaries  of the  research
findings are on Table 2.

                                                                                273

-------
          TABLE 2
          Effects of nitrogen dioxide in humans (clinical studies)
Concentration
ppm
0.05 NO
0.025 03
Time of
of NO Exposure
JUg/m
94 120 min
50
Subject Summary of Effects References

Healthy No effects on airway 41
resistance; increased
sensitivitv to a bron-
                                                                            choconstrictor
                                                                            (acetylcholine)
          0.1
                        188
                                      60 min
Asthmatics      In 3 of 20 subjects —
                increased specific
                airway resistance; in
                13 of 20 subjects -
                increased sensitivity
                to a broncho-constrictor
                (carbachol)
                                                                                                             51
          0.3 NO        564 NO,      4 hr
          0.50         9800
          30 CO        45,900 CO
Healthy        NO  and CO did not alter
               the effect of O  expos-
               ure on pulmonary function
                                                                                                          54-56
          0.5-5.0
                        940-9,400    15 min
Healthy        Only highest cone.
               caused effects:
               decreased arterial par-
               tial pressure of O , no
               change alveolar partial
               pressure O  decreased
               pulmonary diffusion
               capacity for CO; with
               exercise, increased
               airway resistance
40,41,42
          0.5-5
                        940—9,400    15 min
Bronchitics      Effects only at 1.6 ppm
                and above — increased
                airway resistance. At
                4—5 ppm, there was a
                decreased in arterial
                partial pressure of O_
                and no change in alveolar
                partial pressure of O0
40,42,43
           0.5
                         940
                                       120 min
 Healthy,        No change in pulmonary
 brochitic,       function
 and asthmatics
                                                                                                              50
           0.61-1        1,147-1,880   120 min
 Healthy        No observed effects on        44,45,46
                pulmonary function
           0.7-2         1,317-3,766   10 min
 Healthy        Increased inspiratory
                and expiratory flow
                                                                             resistance
    48
           2.25-7.5     4,230-14,000  120 min
 Healthy        Increased airway resis-
                tance which did not
                increase as concentra-
                tion was increased.
                No change in arterial
                or alveolar partial
                pressure of O0
                                                                                                              46
                                                                             (continued)
274

-------
       TABLE 2 (continued)
Concentration of NO
Time of
Exposure
Subject Summary of Effects References
        2.5,5,       4,700,9,400   120min
        or 7.5        or 14, 100
        3.6 NO  +    5,640, 11,230  Variable
        NaCI
        4-5
        5.0
        5 NO
        0.1 O,
        5 SO"
                    N02 + 1 ,400  Sequence
                    NaCI
                    7,520-9,400  10min
                    9,400        14 hr
9,400 NO     120 min
1960,
13, 000
                          SO,
                                  Healthy       At higher concentration          46
                                               only, increased sensi-
                                               tivity to a bronchocon-
                                               strictor (acetylcholine)

                                  Healthy       No effect from NaCI             52
                                               alone; increased airway
                                               resistance caused by NO2
                                               even greater when NaCI
                                               included in exposure

                                  Healthy       Increased expiratory and          47
                                               inspiratory flow resis-
                                               tance greatest 30 min.
                                               after exposure ended

                                  Healthy       Initial increase in air-             46
                                               way resistance, followed
                                               by partial recovery,
                                               followed by even larger
                                               increase in airways resis-
                                               tance during exposure
Healthy        SO_ and O., lengthened time       41
              of recovery from increased
              airway resistance
                    13, 160
                                 10—12 min
                                  Healthy       Only some subjects showed
                                               increased airway resistance
                                                                                                 43
EFFECTS FROM
I\I02 ALONE
HEALTHY INDIVIDUALS
EXPOSED TO NO2
                       Much of this  research  has  been conducted  in the laboratory of von Nieding and
                 his  colleagues  (40,41)  who  have  studied  both  healthy  and  bronchitic  subjects.
                 Unfortunately, some of the techniques used for measurement of arterial partial oxygen
                 pressure, airway resistance, and plethysmography  are different from the typical systems
                 used  m this country. Because  of this, it may not be  possible to compare the data  of
                 von  Nieding et al. with those of American investigators. Nonetheless, the same technique
                 was  used for a given study, and differences between functional measurements before and
                 after  exposure were found by von  Nieding. So even though the  absolute values of these
                 changes may be subject to argument, the direction of the effects  holds.

                       When von Nieding et al. studied 13  healthy individuals exposed for  15 minutes
                 to 940-9,400  jug/m^ (Q.5-5 ppm) NC>2, only  the highest  concentration was  found  to
                 cause alterations  in  pulmonary function.  There  was a decrease in the arterial partial
                 pressure  of oxygen, but  no change  in the  end-expiratory partial  pressure  of oxygen.
                 The  net  effect  was an  increase in the alveolar-arterial difference in partial  pressure of
                 oxygen  (AaDC^).  Such  a  change implies a  decrease in  the  transfer  of oxygen across the
                 alveolar-capillary membrane. A  similar effect was  also found  by  von Nieding et al. (41)
                 when 11 healthy  subjects  were exposed for  2  hours to 9,400 ng/m^ (5 ppm) N02. The
                 subjects  who  had  intermittent light  exercise during exposure  also exhibited  increased
                 airway  resistance,  a finding that  suggests  a  narrowing  of airway   diameter.  In  an
                 additional  study by von Nieding  (42), the pulmonary diffusion  capacity for CO, which
                                                                                                                       275

-------
 AIRWAY RESISTANCE
 TIME COURSE OF NO2
 RESPONSE
reflects transfer of gas between the  airspaces and  the  blood, was significantly decreased
after a 15-minute exposure to 9,400  ng/m^ (5 ppm).

      That  individuals can differ  in  their sensitivity to NO2  was  demonstrated by
Yokoyama  (43) who exposed humans to concentrations of 13,161 Mg/m1-' (7 ppm) and
higher for 10-12 minutes while some subjects experienced increases in airway resistance
at 13,160 Mg/m3 (7 ppm),  others were not affected by 30,080 ;ug/m3 (16 ppm).

      Investigations by Hackney (44)  and Folinsbee et  al. (45)  employed measures of
airway resistance and several additional functional endpoints.  In these studies, exposure
to  1,880 M9/m3 (1  ppm)  or  1,146.8 |Ug/m3 (0.61  ppm)  for 2 hours caused  no signifi-
cant effects on  healthy  individuals. A  concentration  of 1,880  /ig/m3  (1  ppm)  was
also found  to  have  no effect after 2 hours of exposure in a  study performed by Beol
and Ulmer  (46). However, at 4,230 jug/m3  (2.25  ppm) and above, significant increases
in airway resistance were observed which did not increase as concentration was increased
up to  14,000 /ig/m3  (7.5 ppm). There were no changes in the alveolar or arterial partial
pressure  of oxygen. When exposure to  9,400  jug/m3  (5  ppm)  was lengthened  from 2
hours  to 14 hours, there was an initial increase in arway  resistance during the first 30
minutes  which  returned  towards normal  during the second hour.  However,  during the
continued  exposure, even  larger increases in airway resistance occurred bewteen 6 and
14 hours of exposure. When  exposure was  repeated on 2 consecutive days,  the airway
resistance of the subjects was within normal values 10 hours after cessation of exposure.
In  another  phase of the  experiment, the sensitivity of exposed healthy individuals to a
bronchoconstrictor agent (acetylcholine)  was studied.  After  2 hours  of  exposure to
14,100 M9/m3  (7.5 ppm), but not 4,700 or 9,400 M9/m3 (2.5 or 5  ppm) NO2, there was
an  increased sensitivity  to the drug.  However,  when  the duration of exposure  was
lengthened to 14 hours, 9,400 jUQ/m^ (5 ppm)  NO2 did cause increased sensitivity to the
bronchoconstrictor agent.

      In  another study of the time course of the  N02 response, Abe  (47) showed that
the increases in expiratory and inspiratory  flow resistance from a 10-minute exposure
to  7,520-9,400 jug/m3 (4-5 ppm) were maximal 30  minutes after exposure terminated.
At this time, compliance  (a measure of lung distensibility)  was also decreased.

      Suzuki and Ishikawa  (48) reported that healthy individuals exposed for 10 minutes
to  1,316-3,760 jug/m3   (0.7-2  ppm)  had increased inspiratory  and expiratory  flow
resistance. Unfortunately,  some  information on  the  variability  of the data was  not
included in the report, and it was stated that NO2  levels varied during exposure. These
factors make an independent interpretation of the results difficult.

      All  the foregoing  studies  were made  on  healthy individuals. However,  numerous
disease states  exist which  could alter  an individual's response to  NO2. Studies  delving
into this complex problem of pollutant  sensitivity have  been  performed  by a  few
investigators.
 EFFECTS ON CHRONIC
 BRONCHITIS
     Von Nieding et al. (42)  investigated the effects of a 15-minute exposure to 9,400
M9/m   (5 ppm) N02 on chronic bronchitis. While there was no change  in the alveolar
partial  pressure of oxygen, the arterial partial  pressure of oxygen did decrease, resulting
in an  increased  AaD02,  as  found  in  healthy  subjects.  Even though  exposure was
continued for up to 60 minutes, further significant changes in these endpoints were not
found.

      In additional studies with  up  to 88 chronic bronchitics, von Nieding et al. (40,49)
made  observations on  airway  resistance as well as AaD02. The patients were exposed
for 15 minutes to between 940  and 9,400 /ug/m3 (0.5-5 ppm). No significant alterations
were found  at <  2,820 |Ug/m3  (1.5 ppm). However, at > 3,008-9,400  (1.6-5 ppm), a
significant increase in  airway  resistance was observed and at 7,520-9,400 MS/m3 (4-5
ppm)  there  was a significant decrease in the arterial partial pressure of oxygen  and  an
increased AaDO2.  On the other  hand, after a  2-hour exposure to 940 /ug/m3 (0.5 ppm)
with light to medium exercise of healthy, bronchitic and asthmatic subjects,  Kerr et al.
(50) found  no  significant changes in  a  number of pulmonary function parameters.
276

-------
ASTHMATICS EXPOSED
      Orehek et al. (51) exposed  20 asthmatics  to  188 /ug/m3 (0.1  ppm) N02 for 1
hour. In 3 of the  20  subjects, there were marked increases in specific airway resistance
after  NO2  exposure. In another  phase of the study, the sensitivity of the  patients to a
bronchoconstrictor  agent  (carbachol) was studied.  In  13 of the  20  exposed subjects,
there was an increased sensitivity to carbachol. This study is subject to controversy from
a statistical  viewpoint and because an extremely sensitive technique (i.e., sensitivity to a
bronchoconstrictor agent)  was employed. Although  from this study it is not possible to
conclude that short-term  exposure to  188 M9/m  (0.1 Ppm) has an adverse effect, the
findings  have  public health  implications which must be defined further by replication
of the study. In the Beil and Ulmer (46) von Nieding, et al.  (41) and Orehek, et al. (51)
studies, cholinergic stimulation of the  upper airways demonstrated the greatest airway
sensitivity to N02 inhalation. It could be argued  that such  stimulation is artifactual and
nonphysiologic.  On the other hand, the role of cholinergic innervation and cholinergic
receptors in  vasoactive  hormone  release and bronchial tone in  man is well established.
Cholinergic pathways may be highly stimulated in  atopic individuals, especially asthmatic
and  bronchitic patients. Since atopy is  a relatively common trait in man, these  studies
bear  confirmation and  further  study.  NO2 may well  cause the  release of  vasoactive
hormones,  alter  bronchial  tone or increase  mucus secretion. Such effects would tend to
exacerbate pre-existing  disease and to accelerate  the natural course of  bronchitis and
asthma  in man.
EFFECTS FROM IMO2 WITH
OTHER POLLUTANTS
 INTERACTION OF GASES
      In the natural  environment, man is exposed  to  a complex mixture of pollutants.
The variety of this mixture  with respect to  the type  of pollutants, concentrations, and
time  patterns of  occurrence  make evaluation  of the  effects of pollutant combinations
inherently difficult. Several  interesting relationships have  been elucidated  in the work
that has been done, but much remains to be  understood.

      Nakamura  (52) investigated the  effect  of NO2 in combination with an  aerosol  of
NaCI  (mean diameter 0.95 /urn) on airway  resistance.  The exposure regimen was varied
and involved a 5 minute exposure  to  1,400  jug/m3 NaC1 along, a  rest period of  10  to
15 minutes  a 5  minute exposure  to 5,640 or  11,280  ^g/m3 (3 or  6 ppm)  NO2,  a rest
period of  10 to  15 minutes  and a final 5-minute exposure to a combination of the same
concentrations of NaCI  and NO2.  The  NO2 exposure alone caused increased  airway
resistance  (at each concentration), whereas NaCI  alone produced no effect.  In combina-
tion,  the increase in  airway  resistance was about twice that  produced by the gas alone.
Schlipkoter and  Brockhaus (53) showed that exposure to 9,024 ^9/m3  (4.8 ppm) N02
increased retention of inhaled dust. In the natural setting, if the inhaled dust were toxic,
it is likely that NO2 would increase its toxicity.


      In  an investigation  of the interaction of gases, von  Nieding et al. (41)  exposed
healthy subjects for  2 hours to NO2  (9,400 ^ig/m3,  5 ppm) in combination with ozone
(196  _ug/m3, 0.1  ppm)  or the same concentration  of  ozone plus sulfur dioxide (14,300
/ug/m , 5  ppm). The  major  effect of  combining ozone or ozone plus sulfur dioxide with
N02  was  to lengthen  the time required  for  recovery  from  the  increased  airway
resistance,  von  Nieding et al. (41) also studied the effects of different concentrations of
these gases in combination.  The  2-hour exposure of healthy  subjects was to 94 jug/m3
(0.05 ppm) N02, 49  jug/m3 (0.025  ppm)  03 and 314 /ug/m3 (0.11  ppm) S02. There
was  no effect on airway resistance or the AaD02. However, this exposure did increase
the individual's sensitivity to a bronchoconstrictor.

      Different mixtures of  gases were investigated by Hackney et  al.  (54-56). For 4 to
5  hours, healthy humans were exposed  to Og, Og  plus N02, or 03, NO2, and  CO.
The   following concentrations were employed: 980 j^g/m3  (0.5 ppm)  03, 564  /ug/m3
(0.3 ppm)  NO2,  and 34,500 ^g/m3 CO (30  ppm).  The minimal alterations in pulmonary
function which occurred after  03 exposure were  not increased by the  addition  of N02
or N02 plus CO.

      The epidemiological studies demonstrate increased risk of acute respiratory  disease
and diminished lung  functions particularly among school children exposed to community
air containing N02, sulfur  oxide, particulate matter, and in some cases photochemical
oxidants.  In many cases, it  is difficult to determine  whether  a given level of N02  was
                                                                                                                   277

-------
                                     responsible for the observed health effects, or whether one of the other pollutants, alone
                                     or in combination with NC^,  was the causative agent.  However, it is significant that the
                                     reported  studies directly  support  evidence from animal experiments and from controlled
                                     human studies  of increased  risk of acute respiratory infection and  alteration in normal
                                     lung function. Interpretation of the data is  complicated  because of the complex variety
                                     of pollutants constantly present in the ambient atmosphere and the difficulty in defining
                                     actual exposure of  the study  population. Furthermore, those studies conducted  before
                                     1973  are of questionable  validity due  to a  number of instrumental  and  analytical
                                     difficulties  inherent in  the  techniques used for measuring atmospheric concentrations of
                                     NO2.  Nevertheless,  the  existing  data  do not  contradict the findings  that  pulmonary
                                     effects are related to NC>2 exposure. These studies are described on Table 3.
 PULMONARY TESTS
 OF SCHOOL  CHILDREN
      The Chattanooga, Tennessee study conducted by  Shy et al. (57-59), was designed
to detect changes  in  pulmonary  function  in school children  living in a high, inter-
mediate, or  low concentrations of NC>2. The  results of these  studies were of  borderline
significance  and consequently the association of impaired lung  function with higher N02
concentration  is not strongly supported. In  these studies  it is estimated  that the annual
means of daily NO2 concentrations  at  the industrial area of high  NC>2  was approxi-
mately 280  Atg/m^  (0.15 ppm). The validity of results of this study has been questioned
because  direct  measurement  of  NO2  could  not  be used  and  because  significant
concentrations  of sulfate and nitrate  particulate seem likely to have  been  present. It is
possible that the particulate matter may have  been  a contributing cause of any observed
adverse  effects measured. Several  years  later, Hasselblad, (60) performed  an  additional
study in  the  same  areas of Chattanooga to  investigate whether  the exposure to air
pollutants during early life might have produced  effects in children that persisted for a
number  of  years.  Analysis of these data  showed  that  the  population  living  in  the
intermediate and  low  pollution  areas  had  no  statistically  significant  impairment  of
pulmonary function, suggesting that the effects observed earlier were reversible and that
recovery was essentially completed after 3 years.
 PULMONARY TESTS
 OF POLICEMEN
      Speizer and Ferris, (61) studied 268 policemen in urban Boston who were exposed
to a spectrum of levels of automobile exhaust as traffic officers, patrol car officers, and
indoor clerical  officers.  The mean 24  hour NOo concentrations (as determined from
                                                                  Q
1-hour sampling data using the Saltzman  technique) were  100 jug/mj (0.055 ppm)  in
the downtown  urban area,  and 75  /ug/m^  (0.04 ppm) in the suburban area. The test
results were standardized for  age, height,  and cigarette smoking habits. No  differences
in pulmonary function were observed in these studies.
                                          Cohen et  al. (62) compared a variety of pulmonary functional tests in nonsmoking
                                     Seventh Day Adventists living in  Los Angeles with others of the same religious affiliation
                                     living  in San  Diego.  The  average N02 concentration  in the  Los Angeles Basin  was
                                     96 Afg/m^ (0.05 ppm). In San Diego the levels were much lower.  No group differences
                                     in lung functions were detected in these studies.
JAPANESE TEST
RESULTS
      Mogi et  al.  (63) and Yamazaki et al. (64) studied Japanese employees who worked
in areas  where the  N02 concentration could  be classified  as  medium, light, or no
pollution. Mean NC>2 concentrations measured  by the Saltzman  method, ranged from
300-1,130  /ig/m-'  (0.16-0.60  ppm).  Test  results  obtained  showed  a decrease  in
pulmonary function which did  not correlate with the NO2 concentration in the working
area  of the people. Kagawa et al. (65) and  Kagawa and Toyama (66) studied the weekly
variation   in pulmonary  function of normal  school  children  in  Tokyo  in relation to
variation  in temperature and ambient concentrations of  03,  NO, NO2,  hydrocarbons,
S02,  and particulate  matter. In these studies, temperature was the factor most closely
correlated with variation in specific  airway conductance  and maximum expiratory  flow
rate  at  25 percent and  50  percent forced vital capacity.  Negative  correlations  were
observed  in sensitive children between 63 and specific airway conductance, and between
NO^, NO, SO2,  and  particulate  matter at Vmax  at  25  percent and 50 percent forced
vital  capacity. The range of hourly  N02 concentrations at the time of the lung function
tests, which  was used  for  correlation  during the  period  of study during the  high
temperature season, was approximately 40-360 ^ig/m^ (0.02-0.19 ppm).
278

-------
EXPOSURE-HIGH AREAS
           Using animal models there have been  numerous reports  that  both continuous and
     intermittent  exposure  to low concentrations  of nitrogen dioxide  can  alter the host
     respiratory defense mechanisms  making  the individual more  susceptible to respiratory
     infections. Based  on this  information, epidemiological studies  have  examined the effects
     of  IMO2  on  acute  respiratory  illness.  In a  similar study, Poljak also reported that a
     population residing within 1 Km of  the  chemical works  in the Soviet  Union had  more
     visits to the health clinic for respiratory, and other disorders than  did  a  population  living
     more than 3  Km away.  In  this study also, the NC>2 was  combined  with high concentra-
     tions of SC>2 and  H 28(1)4 which may well have  accounted for the  observed respiratory
     effects. Shy  et  al. (58,  59,  67) as a part  of  the Chattanooga, Tennessee study, evaluated
     the  frequency of  acute  respiratory disease  in  children  and their parents living near a
     large point source of nitrogen  dioxide. Three populations were studied—one close to the
     source  with  high  N02  exposures and  two  with low N02 exposures.  The total  study
       TABLE 3
       Effects of nitrogen dioxide on humans (community studies)
A. Pulmonary function
Concentration
Measure
x annual 24 hr
high area
low area

1 hrx
high area
low area

x annual 24 hr
high area
low area

Est. 1 hr max
high area

low area

1 hr

Concentration of Summary of
NO2 Study Group Effects
ppm Mg/m^

0.055 +
0.035 SO2
0.04 +
0.014 SO2

0.14 to 0.3
0.06 to
0.09

0.05
0.01


0.26 to
0.51
0.1 2 to
0.23
0.02 to
0.19

103+ Policeman in No difference
92 SC>2 urban Boston in pulmonary
75 + 36 vs surburban function
SO2 areas

260 to 560
110 to 170


96 Nonsmokers in No difference in
43 Los Angeles vs pulmonary function
San Diego

480 to 960

205 to 430

40 to 360 11yrolds Temperature most
correlated with
References

61







62







65,66

                                                                                    pulmonary function
                                                                                    changes in sensitive
                                                                                    children. Specific air-
                                                                                    way conduction
                                                                                    negatively correlated
                                                                                    with NO2,   NO, SO2
                                                                                    and particulates. At
                                                                                    high temperature, VMAX
                                                                                    and specific airway con-
                                                                                    ductance negatively
                                                                                    correlated with N02, SO2,
                                                                                    and particulates
        Est. 1 hr max
        high area

        low area
0.75 to
 1.5
0.4 to
 0.8
1,400 to 2,800

750 to 1,500
                               children
Decreased forced
expiratory volume in
high concentration area.
Differences are of
borderline significance.
(continued)
                                                                               57-59
                                                                                                                          279

-------
 TABLE 3 (continued)
B. Acute and chronic respiratory disease
Concentration Concentration of
Measure N02
ppm /Jg/mJ
N02 0.31 to
0.64
SO2 0.12
H2 S04

High area 0.08-0.14
NO2 <0.01
SO2
suspended
sulfates (SS)
suspended
nitrates (SN)
total susp.
particles (TSP)


Intermediate
area
NO2 0.06
SO2 <0.01
SS
SN
TSP




Low area
NO2 0.03
SO2 0.01
SS
SN
TSP
Annual x
N02 0.05

03 0.046
NO2 0.023
Oo 0.038
580 to 1 ,200

225
400

150 to 282
<26
13-4

7-4



96-93




113
<26
10
3
62





56
26
10
2
62

96

92
42
76
Study Group
Adults within 1
Km of chemical
plant vs adults
>3 KM away from
plant
871 families

Families with
children born
1966-68



School children
born 1966-68



















Nonsmokers in
Los Angeles

Nonsmokers in
San Diego
Summary of
Effects References
Subjects living close 67
to plant had 44% more
visits to health clinic


Respiratory illness 58,59,67,68
rate:
Children 22.1%
Siblings 18.8%
Mothers 14.2%
Fathers 12.1%


Bronchitis rate:
33.2% for children
in area > 3 yr.


Respiratory illness
rate:
Children 18%
Siblings 15.6%
Mothers 1 1 .8%
Fathers 8.8%
Bronchitis rate:
31.2% for children in area
>3yr,

Respiratory illness rate:
Children 20.1%
Siblings 17.0%
Mothers 12.3%
Fathers 9.6%

No difference in 76
prevalence of chronic
respiratory disease


                                                                                (continued)
                                     included 4,043  individuals. After  adjusting for group  differences in  family  size and
                                     composition, the incidence of acute respiratory disease in the high exposure population
                                     was  found to be 19  percent higher than in the two comparison groups.  In this study,
                                     N02 concentrations were determined by  the Jacob-Hochheiser method. This method of
                                     analysis has been criticized for a variety of reasons, and thus the data were re-examined
                                     using analysis obtained  by the  more  acceptable  Saltzman  method. The reevaluation
                                     indicated that the largest group differences in  pollutant exposures were in the NC>2 and
                                     suspended nitrate. However, it  is known that h^SC^  and nitric acid  aerosols  were also
                                     present  in the atmosphere during this epidemiological  study. As  in all  complex  low-level
                                     exposures,  it is  extremely difficult to  identify which particular  individual pollutant at
                                     any concentration of exposure is the sole cause of the effect.
280

-------
    TABLE 3 (continued)
Concentration
Measure
Median hr
high
N02
°3
low
NO2
°3
Annual x
NO2
Concentration of
NO7
»j
ppm jUg/mJ


0.07
0.07

0.035
0.02
0.042



130
137

65
39
79

Study Group


Office workers
in Los Angeles
vs San Franscisco


Women

Summary of
Effects


No difference in
prevalence of
chronic respiratory
disease

Bronchitis rate <5%
in areas having
References


77




69

                                                                             <0.042 ppm NO2.   High
                                                                             cone, of TSP present
1/2 to 1 hr




N02



Annual x
NO2
so2


Annual x
6-70 to 12-70
high
intermediate
low

12-67to 11-68

high
intermediate

low
0.5 to 940 to
1 .0 1 ,880



0.25 to 470 to
0.5 940


0.04- 75-103
0.055





0.05 92
0.04 71
0.03 58



0.08- 15-282
0.15 117
0.06
0.06 117
Women cooking
with gas
stoves vs
electric
stoves
Children from
homes using
gas stoves vs
electric stoves
Policeman in
urban Boston
vs surburban




Adults









No increased
respiratory illness



Homes with gas
stoves: increased
bronchitis, coughing,
and wheezing
Small (not statistically
significant) increase in
chronic respiratory
disease of some
subgroups
in urban Boston

Prior exposure to higher
concentrations had no
influence on effects
observed


% prevalence of
chronic bronchitis


70
71



72



74






75



disease
early advanced
30 11
33 20

25 13
STUDY OF SCHOOL
CHILDREN
      In  a  retrospective study  in the same area, Pearlman  et  al. (68)  determined the
frequency of lower  respiratory disease  among school children  born between 1966 and
1969 in  an area of high NC>2 exposure.  The responses were validated by physicians and
hospital  records.  Bronchitis  rates per hundred children  were highest  in  the  areas of
maximum NC>2 concentration. For children who had lived in the same neighborhood for
3 or more years, the bronchitis rate in the areas of high NC^ concentration were greater
than  those  for  children  living  for  comparable • periods  in  low concentration areas.
Bronchitis rates for children  in the intermediate area were nearly as high as those deter-
mined from the children  in  the  area of high NC^ exposure.  However, the bronchitis
rate  in  children who had  lived in  the  area  for less  than 2 years did not follow the
exposure gradient.

                                                                               281

-------
CHRONIC BRONCHITIS
STUDY
 INCREASED ILLNESS
 RATES
 RESPIRATORY DISEASE
 AND POPULATION
 EXPOSURE
     A  study  (69)  of  chronic bronchitis  among Japanese  housewives  living in six
localities throughout  Japan  was conducted during the winter of 1970 and 1971.  The
prevalence  rate of chronic bronchitis  was found to exceed 5 percent only in those areas
where  the annual  N02  concentration  was  79  ng/m3  (0.042 ppm)  or  above.  This
Japanese study was confounded by high total suspended particulates ranging  from 2-6
times the United  States primary standard, which could not be appropriately  disentangled
from the effects of N02 alone.

      Investigators  from   the   Environmental  Protection Agency  (70) compared  the
incidence of  acute respiratory  disease among  housewives  cooking with either gas or
electric stoves.  Because of the  high  flame temperatures, the gas stove produced peak
concentrations of  NC>2 as high as 940 jug/m^ (0.5 ppm) for durations of 1/2 to 1 hour
each time  the  gas  stove  was  used  in  preparing meals.  Electric  stoves which operate at
lower  temperatures do not form  N02.  In  this  comparative study,  no difference in
incidence of  respiratory  disease was evident.  A similar study  by Mitchell  et  al.  (71)
determined the incidence of respiratory disease  in  Ohio middleclass  families  with  gas
stoves  and electric stoves.  Health data were  obtained through biweekly telephone calls
for one  year. No difference in respiratory disease was detected. In these studies,  the
reported peak NO2 concentration in  homes with gas stoves was as much as eight times
higher  than the 24 hours  means, and sometimes exceeded 1,900 M9/m^ (1 ppm).
     A study  of children  in  England  and Scotland showed increased illness  rates in
those living in  homes with gas stoves compared with children from homes with electric
stoves  (72). In  this study, the analysis of data collected took account of the individual's
social class, age, population density, family  size, crowding in the  homes, outdoor level of
smoke and sulfur dioxide, and type of  fuel used for heating in  the home. However, the
smoking habits of the parents were  not determined. The prevalence of bronchitis in the
homes using gas stoves was  5.7  percent and 4.7 percent for boys and  girls, respectively.
In the homes with  the electric stoves, the  prevalence was  3.1 percent and 2 percent. It
was also  noted that girls in  the homes of gas stoves had a significantly higher prevalence
rate  for morning cough  and for wheeze. The investigators concluded  that the elevated
levels of NOX might have caused the increased  respiratory illness.

     These studies provide  evidence of increased occurrence of acute illness in areas in
which  ambient  concentrations of NO2 are  high. The data  suggest that peak hourly con-
centrations in  the range of 470-1,880 jug/m^ (0.25-1.0 ppm) may be associated with the
occurrence of a greater number of respiratory illnesses. However, it should be noted that
the epidemiological  studies  or  acute respiratory  disease and populations exposed for
long periods to elevated N02 concentrations,  provide  evidence to  support the animal
data on N02,  which  indicates that NO2 can impair resistance to respiratory infections.
However,  in many  of these  studies,  it  is  difficult to determine whether  a  given  con-
centration  of N02 was responsible  for the observed health effects or whether one of
the other  pollutants, alone  or  in  combination  was  the causative  agent.  In many
instances,  the concentration  of materials such as suspended sulfates or nitrates were not
monitored, and  the concentration of potentially toxic acids (such as nitrous and nitric,
sulfurous  and  sulfuric)  that  represent the  intermediate products of the transformation
also  were  not  determined.  These  other pollutants also  could  have  attributed to the
adverse health effects observed.

     A few epidemiological studies  concerned with the  relationship between  chronic
respiratory disease  prevalence and population  exposures  to  NO2 have also been  con-
ducted. One such study (69) conducted in  1970  and  1971 examined young  Japanese
housewives  and  these  investigators found that the prevalence of chronic bronchitis
exceeded  5 percent  in those areas where the overall NO2  concentration was 70 ng/m^
(0.042 ppm). However, at the time  of this study, there were also extremely high  levels
of total suspended particulate  which may have contributed  to the observed effect. Fujita
et al.  (73)  compared the prevalence rate of chronic bronchitis among postal workers in
1962 vs.  1967  and  reported that there was an overall increase rate of chronic bronchitis
in 1967 vs. 1962. These researchers believed that  the concentration of NO2 was higher
in the  later years, however there  were no data to substantiate this claim. The aerometric
data available  for  this  study was  insufficient  to show any  meaningful association
between  the prevalence  of  chronic  bronchitis and  any single pollutant such  as  N02.
282

-------
FOOT PATROL/
PATROL CAR STUDY
      In Boston, Speizer and Ferris (74) compared the prevalence of chronic respiratory
disease among  policemen who  patrolled on foot in congested business areas  of  Boston
with  that of  suburban patrol  car officers. The  exposure  of  each  group to N02  was
determined at several work  locations for the central city officers as well as the officers
in the patrol cars. The  annual mean  pollution levels, based  on  hourly samples, were  103
jug/m3 (0.055  ppm)  NO2 and  90 ;ug/m3  (0.05  ppm)  S02  for the  urban  area.  The
suburban area averaged  75 M9/m3  (0.04 ppm) NO2 and 26  /jg/m3 (0.01  ppm) S02.  The
urban  policemen  who had spent more time in heavy traffic exhibited  a  small, but  not
significant, increase  in chronic  respiratory disease in  nonsmokers and current smokers.
No effect  was seen in exsmokers.
CIGARETTE SMOKING
CONCLUSIONS
      A  number  of  other  studies  also failed  to establish an  association  between
prevalence  of chronic bronchitis and exposure to concentration of N02 in the ambient
environment. Chapman et al. (75) studied the prevalence of chronic bronchitis in 3,500
parents of  high school children  living in three different areas of Chattanooga. In this test
area,  higher NO2 concentrations had been  present during the years  of  1966 to 1969
than  were  present at the time  of this  study (1970). These  authors failed to  find any
correlation  between  the concentration  data for either period and  the prevalence  of
chronic respiratory  illness  in the studied populations. Similarly, Cohen et al. (76) also
found no  difference in the prevalence of chronic respiratory disease  between  the non-
smoking population in San Diego as  compared with a similar population in Los Angeles.
The  Los Angeles  group was exposed to levels of NO2 between 90 and lOO^g/m3 (0.05
ppm) plus  an oxidant level of  about 90 M9/m3  (0.045 ppm); the San Diego group was
exposed  to lower levels  of N02 of approximately 40 M9/m3 (0.02  ppm) and  concen-
trations of  oxidant of approximately  76 jug/m3 (0.04 ppm).

      Linn  et  al.  (77) suggested that cigarette smoking was more significant than was
Los  Angeles air  pollution  in  the development of chronic respiratory  illness. These
investigators compared Los Angeles women  exposed to an hourly  NO2 concentration  of
130  /ig/m3 (0.07 ppm) with  San Francisco women where the hourly N02 concentration
was  65 Mg/m3  (0.35  ppm).  The medium hourly oxidant  level in these two areas were
0.07 and 0.02 ppm, respectively.

      In  addition  to  these epidemiological  studies, there are  a  number of  recorded
accidental  and  occupational  exposures  of workers to  high concentrations of N02  or
other  oxides   of  nitrogen.  The exposures  to  high  concentrations  of  N02  have
demonstrated and confirmed the potential  hazard  associated with short-term exposure
to NO2. Very high concentrations in the range of 560,000 jug/m3 (300 ppm) or higher
are likely  to result in rapid  death.  At  lower levels, acute  exposure  to concentrations
greater  than 50,000 ng/m^ (25 ppm) N02 causes  severe  respiratory  distress consisting
of cough,  dyspnea  and a tightness of the  chest and  respiratory  tract caused  by  acute
bronchitis  or pulmonary edema. In  such acute  exposures, the individuals may recover
without  further complications.  However, if  the exposure duration  is  long  enough more
intense  symptoms may occur after a latency period of  2  weeks to 3 weeks. When the
symptoms  are not sufficiently severe to cause death, the individuals  apparently recover
fully.  For  more  detail  concerning accidental and  occupational  exposure studies, the
reader is referred to the  following references: Lowry and  Schuman (78); Grayson (79);
Gregory et al.  (80); and Milne (81).

      An array of  health  effects is caused  by  exposure  to N02.  Both the type and
magnitude  of the effect are affected by the  concentration, time, and mode of exposure,
the experimental  subject (animal  or man),  pre-existing disease state, and presence  of
additional  pollutants.  While  it  appears that  the  lung is  the primary target organ, other
body systems  cannot be assumed to be safe from  potential hazard, since only limited
studies on  systemic effects have been performed.

      In  quantitative  terms, the  lowest concentration at  which either biochemical
changes or the reduction in  resistance to infectivity  can  be detected in experimental
animals is  940 /ig/m3  (0.5  ppm)  IM02 for 3  weeks to  3  months. Time  needed  for
recovery from a single short-term exposure  to N02 will depend upon the concentration
and  duration of  exposure to  N02  and the endpoint  measured. It  is likely that  the
recovery period  is greater than  17 hours,  since this time resulted  in an  eventual
                                                                                                                  283

-------
                                     accumulative effect of  NO2 exposure.  Such an observation  has  obvious implications on
                                     the  time  between  exposures of the population at large or the cyclical nature of N02
                                     episodes.  The temporal sequence of N02 toxicity in man is unknown, but is likely to be
                                     very similar to that found  in animals because the same cell types exist in animals as in
                                     human  lungs and  because  injured cells  must be renewed. The rate of renewal is basically
                                     the  same  between  animal  and human lung cells. It is not possible at the present time to
                                     resolve  the question of true adaptation,  but it does not seem  likely  that adaptation in
                                     the  true  sense of  the  word (i.e. protection from  further deleterious effects qr reversal
                                     of  pre-existing injury)  could occur in  the  presence of occupational  exposures or social
                                     habits such as cigarette smoking.  Other factors existing in the population at large are
                                     likely  to  influence the overall  toxicity of  NC>2.  Not the least  among these are the
                                     demonstrated  effects of diet and vitamin E on toxicity which has already been observed
                                     in animals and may likewise occur in man. We would  be remiss in not considering the
                                     toxicity of  the other oxides of nitrogen  which exist in ambient air. Of great concern is
                                     nitric oxide or NO. To date, NO has been found  to be much  less toxic than N02, but
                                     it may  have important biochemical effects which are expressed through the changes in
                                     the  intracellular concentration  of  cyclic  nucleotides. These  cyclic nucleotides  represent
                                     the  second hormonal  messengers  which regulate  important cell processes. NO  affects
                                     cyclic  GMP which  is an important intracellular hormone regulating the processes such as
                                     the  expulsion  of  hormones or exocytosis. Alterations in intracellular  levels of this
                                     hormone  also may cause  destabilization of cell membrane. Because of the seriousness of
                                     the  effects, continued  observation  and cognizance of  the potential  toxicity  of NO to
                                     man is highly  important.

 CLINICAL STUDIES                       In controlled  human clinical  studies,  only  measurements  of pulmonary function
                                     and sensory responses have been made. Upon N02 exposure, the most consistent finding
                                     was increased airway resistance which was  found to occur in healthy individuals after a
                                     short exposure  (10  min)  to  1,300 jug/m3 (0.7  ppm). Bronchitics  exhibited  a  similar
                                     response to 3,000 jUg/m3  (1.6 ppm) NO2. Asthmatics exhibited increased sensitivity to a
                                     bronchoconstricting drug  after a 1 hr exposure to  190  jug/m3 (0.1  ppm). Unfortunately,
                                     these concentrations cannot be directly compared to form an absolute ranking  on classes
                                     of  susceptible humans. To accurately  rank susceptible groups,  more controlled studies
                                     are required.

                                           Because of the difficulty of  characterizing pollutant exposure or  utilizing optimal
                                     methods  (i.e. consideration of  confounding factors like smoking),  most  of  the epi-
                                     demiological studies  performed are not  useful in  evaluating the health effect of N02-
                                     However,  in a few studies, health  effects such  as alterations of  pulmonary function on
                                      increased   risk of  acute respiratory disease have been  correlated with  NO2  exposure.

                                           From the  available  data, it  can  be concluded that NO2  is toxic to man.  Great
                                     controversy surrounds the area of  the definition and relative importance of toxic effects
                                     versus  reversible health effects. The lowest concentration which causes  health effects in
                                     man is also argued. However, it is still clear that the public must be protected from  N02
                                     and that meeting this goal  is essential.
284

-------
References
 1.    World Health  Organization (WHO)  and UN  Environment Program. Oxides of
     Nitrogen. Geneva: WHO, 1977.

 2.   National  Academy of Science.  Medical and Biological Effects of Environmental
     Pollutants: Nitrogen Oxides. Washington, D.C.:  NAS, 1977.

 3.   Coffin,  D. L,  and  H. E. Stokinger. "Biological Effects of Air  Pollutants," Ch.
     6, Vol. II. A. Stern (ed.) New York: Academic Press, Air Pollution. 1978.

 4.   Roehm,  J.  N., J.  G.  Hadley,  and  D.  B.  Menzel. "Oxidation of  unsaturated
     fatty  acids by  03 and  N02: a common mechanism of action." Arch.  Environ.
     Health 23: 142-148,  1971.

 5.   Menzel,  D.  B.  "The  Role of free radicals  in the toxicity of  air pollutants
     (nitrogen  oxides  and  ozone)."   Free  Radicals  in  Biology.  W.   Pryor, ed.
     Academic Press, Inc., New York, 1976. pp. 181-201.

 6.   Goldstein,  E.,  N.  F. Peele, N.  J.  Parks,  H.  H. Hines,  E.  P.  Steffey, and B.
     Tarkington.   "Fate   and  distribution of  inhaled  nitrogen  dioxide  in  rhesus
     monkeys." Amer. Rev. Res. Dis.  115: 403-412, 1977.

 7.   Freeman, G., S. C.  Crane, R. J.  Stephens, and N. J.  Furiosi. "Pathogenesis of
     the nitrogen  dioxide-induced lesion  in  the  rat  lung. A review and presentation
     of new observations. "Am. Rev. Resp.  Disease 98: 429-443, 1968.

 8.   Freeman, G.,   L. T. Juhos, N. J. Furiosi, R.  Mussenden,  E. J. Stephens, and
     M. J. Evans.  "Pathology of pulmonary  disease from exposure to interdependent
     ambient   gases   (nitrogen  dioxide and  ozone)."  Arch.  Environ.  Health  19:
     203-210, 1974.

 9.   Freeman, G.,   R. J. Stephens,  S.  C. Crane, and N.  J. Furiosi. "Lesion of the
     lung  in  rats  continuously  exposed to two  parts  per  million  of  nitrogen
     dioxide."Arch.  Environ. Health 17: 181-192, 1968.

10.   Freeman, G.,  R. J.  Stephens,  and  N.   J.  Furiosi.  "The subacute  nitrogen
     dioxide-induced lesion of the  rat lung."  Arch. Environ.  Health  18: 609-612,
     1969.

11.   Evans, M. J.,  L. J. Cabral,  R.  J.  Stephens,  and G.  Freeman.  "Renewal of
     alveolar  epithelium  in  the rat  following  exposure to  N02-" Am.  J.  Path.
     70: 175-190,1973.

12.   Sherwin,  R.  P., and D. A. Carlson. "Protein  content of lung lavage fluid of
     guinea pigs exposed to 0.4  ppm  nitrogen  dioxide." Arch.   Environ. Health
      27: 90-93, 1973.

13.   Sherwin, R. P., and  V. Richters. "Lung  capillary permeability. Nitrogen dioxide
     exposure  and   leakage   of  titriated   serum."  Arch.   Intern.   Med.  128:
     61-68, 1971.

14.   Mintz, S. "NO2 toxicity  in  alveolar  macrophages:  A  mitochondrial  lesion."
     Chest 62: 382,  1972.

15.   Simons,  J. R.,  J. Theodore, and E. D.   Robin.  "Common  oxidant lesion of
     mitochondrial  redox state produced  by N02, Og  and high oxygen  in  alveolar
     macrophages." Chest 66: 9S-11S, 1974.

16.   Chow, C. K.,  C. J.  Dillard, and A.  L. Tappel. "Glutathione perioxidase system
     and  lysozyme  in rats exposed  to  ozone or nitrogen dioxide."  Environ. Res. 7:
     311-319, 1974.
                                                                            285

-------
                                      17.   Donovan, D. H., M.  B.  Abou-Donia, D.  E. Gardner,  D.  L.  Coffin, C. Roe,  R.
                                           Ehrlich, and  D.  B. Menzel. "Effect of long-term low-level exposures of nitrogen
                                           dioxide on  enzymatic indicators of  damage." The Pharmacol.  18: 244, 1976.
                                           (Abstr.).

                                      18.   Menzel, D.  B., M. D. Abou-Donia, C.  R. Roe, R. Ehrlich, D.  E.  Gardner, and
                                           D.  L.  Coffin. "Biochemical  indices of nitrogen dioxide intoxication  of  guinea
                                           pigs  following   low-levels   long-term   exposure."   Proceedings   International
                                           Conference  on  Photochemical  Oxidant  Pollution  and  Its  Control.  Vol.  II,
                                           September 1973,  B.  Dimitriades ed. EPA-600/3-77-001b.  U. S. Environmental
                                           Protection  Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 1977.  pp. 577-587.

                                      19.   Coffin,  D.  L.,  D. E. Gardner,  and  E.  J.  Blommer.  "Time-dose  response  for
                                           nitrogen dioxide exposure  in  an  infectivity  model  system."  Environ.   Health
                                           Persp. 13: 11-15, 1976.

                                      20.   Ehrlich,  R.  "Interaction  between  NG^  exposure  and  respiratory infections."
                                           Scientific  Seminar on Automotive Pollutants,  EPA 600/9-75-003, U. S. Environ-
                                           mental Protection Agency, Washington, D. C., February, 1975.

                                      21.   Gardner,  D. E., and J.  A. Graham. "Increased pulmonary disease  mediated
                                           through altered  bacterial defenses." Pulmonary Macrophage and Epithelial Cells.
                                           R.  P.  Schneider, G.  E.  Doyle, and  H.  A.  Ragan, eds. Proceedings  Sixteenth
                                           Annual  Hanford Biology Symposium,  Richland, Washington,  1976.  pp.  1-21.

                                      22.   Ehrlich, R., J. C. Findlay, J. D. Renters,  and  D.  E. Gardner. "Health  effects of
                                           short-term  exposures  to  inhalation  of  N02-03  mixtures."  Environ.  Res.  14:
                                           223-231, 1977.

                                      23.   Menzel,  D.  B.,  J. N. Roehm,  and S. D.  Lee. "Vitamin E:  the biological  and
                                           environmental antioxidant." J. Agr.  Food Chem, 20: 481-486, 1972.

                                      24.   Gardner, D.  E., F. J. Miller, E. J. Blommer, and  D. L. Coffin. "Influence of
                                           exposure mode on the toxicity of N02/' Environ. Perspec. (in press).

                                      25.   Ehrlich, R., and M. C. Henry. "Chronic toxicity of nitrogen dioxide. 1.  Effect on
                                           resistance to bacterial pneumonia." Arch,  Environ. Health  17:  860-865, 1968.

                                      26.   Stephens, R. J., G. Freeman, and  M. J.  Evans. "Early response  of  lungs to low
                                           levels  of  nitrogen  dioxide—light   and  electron  microscopy."  Arch.  Environ.
                                           Health 24: 150-179,  1972.

                                      27.   Freeman,  G., S. C. Crane, N. J. Furiosi, R. J. Stephens, M. J. Evans, and W. D.
                                           Moore.  "Covert reduction in ventilatory surface in rats during prolonged exposure
                                           to subacute nitrogen  dioxide." Am.  Rev. Resp.  Dis. 106: 563-577, 1972.


                                      28.   Stephens,  R.  J., G.  Freeman,  and  M.  J. Evans. "Ultrastructural changes in
                                           connective  tissue in   lungs  of rats  exposed to NO?."  Arch.  Intern. Med.  127:
                                           873-883, 1971.

                                      29.   Motomiya, T.,  K. Ito, R. Yoshida, G.  Ide, H. Otsu,  and  Y. Nakishima. "The
                                           effects of  exposure  to N02  gas in the  infection of  influenza virus of mouse:
                                           long term experiment in low concentration."  Rep. Environ. Res.  Organ.  Chiba
                                           Univ.  1: 27-33, 1973.

                                      30.   Yuen, T.  G. H.,  and R. P.  Sherwin.  "Hyperplasia of Type  2 pneumocytes  and
                                           nitrogen  dioxide (10 ppm)  exposure." Arch. Environ.  Health 22:  178-188,
                                           1971.

                                      31.   Evans, M.  J., L. C.  Cabral, R. J.  Stephens,  and G. Stephens. "Acute  kinetic
                                           response and renewal of the alveolar epithelium  following injury  by nitrogen
                                           dioxides." Chest 65 (suppl 4): 562-565, 1974.
286

-------
32.   Buell,  G.  C.  "Biochemical parameters in  inhalation  carcinogenesis.  Inhalation
      Carcinogenesis."  U.  S.  Atomic Energy  Commission Symp.  Ser.  18:  209-228,
      1970.

33.   Evans, M.  J.,  R.  J. Stephens,  L. J. Cabral, and G. Freeman. "Cell  renewal in the
      lungs of rats exposed to low  levels of N02. Arch. Environ. Health 24: 180-188,
      1972.

34.   Henry,  M.  C., J. Findlay, J. Spangler,  and  R.  Ehrlich.  "Chronic toxicity of
      N02 in  squirrel monkeys."  Arch. Environ.  Health 20: 566-570, 1970.

35.   Shalamberidze,  0.  P.  "Reflex  effects   of  mixtures  of  sulfur  and  nitrogen
      dioxides."  Hyg. Sanit. 32:  10-15, 1967.

36.   Bondareva, E. N.  "Hygienic evaluation of low concentrations of nitrogen oxides
      present in  atmospheric  air."  USSR, Literature on  Air Pollution and  Related
      Occupational  Diseases. A Survey,  Vol. 8.,  B. S. Levine, ed. Washington, D. C.,
      U.S.  Public  Health  Service,   1963.  (Available  from  the National  Technical
      Information Service.  Springfield, Va.,  as  Publication TT-63-11570).  pp.  98-101.

37.   Henschler, D., A. Stier,  H. Beck, and W.  Neuman. "Olfactory threshold of some
      important   irritant gases  and  effects  in  man  at low  concentrations." Arch.
      Gewerbepathol. Gewerbehyg.  17 (6): 547-570, 1960. (In German).

38.   Feldman,  Y.  G.  "The combined action  on a human body of  a mixture of the
      main components of  motor  traffic exhaust gases (carbon monoxide, nitrogen
      dioxide, formaldehyde and hexane)." Gig. i Sanit. 10: 7-10,  1974. (In Russian).

39.   Kornienko, A. P. "Hygienic  assessment  of  a  mixture of sulfuric  acid aerosols,
      sulfurous anhydride, nitrogen  oxides and  ammonium as atmospheric  pollutants."
      Gig. i  Sanit.  37  (4): 8-10,  1972  (In  Russian). Translation available from  Air
      Pollution  Technical  Center, Research  Triangle  Park,  North Carolina,  as APTIC
      No. 40655.

40.   von Nieding, G.,  H. M.  Wagner,  H. Krekeler,  U.  Smidt,  and  K.  Muysers.
      "Absorption of  N02  in low concentrations  in the respiratory tract and its acute
      effects  on lung  function and  circulation."  Paper  No. MB-15G presented at  the
      Second  International  Clean   Air  Congress  of  the  International   Union of  Air
      Pollution Prevention Assoc. Washington, D.C., December 6-11, 1970.

41.   von Nieding,  G.,  H.  M.  Wagner, H. Lollgen and H. Krekeler. "Acute  effects of
      ozone  on  lung function  of men." VDI-BER. 270: 123-129, 1977. (In German).
42.   von Nieding,  G.,  H.  Krekeler, R. Fuchs, H.  M. Wagner, and  K.  Koppenhagen.
      "Studies of the acute effect of N02 on lung function:  Influence on diffusion,
      perfusion and ventilation  in the  lungs." Intern. Arch. Arbeitemed.  31:  61-72,
      1973.

43.   Yokoyama, E. "The respiratory  effects  of exposure to S02-N02 mixtures on
      healthy  subjects." Japan.  J.  Ind.  Health  14: 449-454,  1972.  (In Japanese).

44.   Hackney, J.  D., F  C.  Thiede, W. S. Linn, E. E. Pedersen, C. E. Spier, D.  C.
      Law, and  D.  A.  Fisher. "Experimental  studies on human  health effects  of air
      pollutants.  IV.  Short-term physiological and clinical  effects." Arch.  Environ.
      Health 33 (4): 176-181. 1978.

45.   Folinsbee,  L.  J., S. N. Horvath, J. F. Bedi, and J. C. Delehunt. "Effect of 0.62
      ppm   N02   on   cardiopulmonary  function   in   young  male   non-smokers."
      Environmental Research 15: 199-205, 1978.

46.   Beil,  M.,  and W. T.  Ulmer. "Wirjung  von  N02  in  MAK-Bereish  auf  atem
      mechanik  and Acelytcholinep-findlichkeit  bei  Normalpersonen."  Intern.  Arch.
      Occup. Environ. Health  38: 31-44, 1976.

                                                                             287

-------
                                     47.   Abe, M. "Effects of  mixed N02-S02 gas on human pulmonary functions. Effects
                                           of air  pollution on  the  human body." Bull.  Tokyo  Med Dent. Univ. 14  (4):
                                           415-433, 1967.

                                     48.   Suzuki,  T.,  and K.  Ishikawa. "Research  of  effect of smog on human  body."
                                           Research and Report on Air Pollution Prevention.  2: 199-21, 1965. (In  Japanese)

                                     49.   von Nieding, G., and H.  Krekeler.  "Pharmakologische Beeinflussung der akuten
                                           N02-Wirkung auf  die  Lungenfunktion von  Gesunden und Kranken  mit elner
                                           chronischen  Bronchitis." Intern. Arch. Arbeitsmed. 29: 55-63, 1971.

                                     50.   Kerr, H. D., T. J.  Kulle,  M. L. Mcllhany,  and P. Swidersky. "Effects of nitrogen
                                           dioxide  on  pulmonary function  in  human subjects. An environmental chamber
                                           study."  EPA-600/1-78-025.  U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency, Office of
                                           Research  and  Development,  Health  Effects  Research   Laboratory,  Research
                                           Triangle Park, North  Carolina, April, 1978.

                                     51.   Orehek, J.,  J. P  Massari, P.  Gayrard,  C.  Grimaud, and  J. Charpin. "Effect of
                                           short-term,  low-level  nitrogen  dioxide exposure on bronchial sensitivity  of
                                           asthmatic  patients." J. Clin. Invest.  57:  307-308, 1976.

                                     52.   Nakamura,  K.  "Response  of pulmonary  airway  resistance by  interaction  of
                                           aerosols and gases of different physical and chemical  nature." Jap.  J.  Hyg.  19:
                                           322-333, 1964. (In Japanese). Translation  available from Air Pollution Technical
                                           Information  Center,   Research  Triangle Park,  North   Carolina  as  APTIC  No.
                                           11425.

                                     53.   Schlipkoter,  H. W., and A. Brockhaus.  "Versuche uber den Einfluss  gasformiger
                                           Luftverunreinigungen  auf  die  Deposition  and  Elimination  inhalierter  Staube."
                                           Zentralbl.  Bakteriol.   Parasitenkd.  Infektionskr.  Hyg. Abt.  1.  191:  339-344,
                                           1963. (In  German).

                                     54.   Hackney, J.  D., W. S. Linn, R. D. Buckley,  E.  E. Pedersen, S. K. Karuza, D. C.
                                           Law, and  D. A. Fischer.  "Experimental studies on human health effects  of air
                                           pollutants. I. Design  considerations." Arch. Environ. Health 30:  373-378,  1975.

                                     55.   Hackney, J.  D., W. S. Linn, J. G. Mohler, E. E. Pedersen,  P. Breisacher, and A.
                                           Russo.  "Experimental  studies  on  human health effects  of air  pollutants.  II.
                                           Four-hour exposure  to  ozone  alone and  in  combination  with  other  pollutant
                                           gases." Arch. Environ. Health  30: 379-384, 1975.


                                     56.   Hackney,  J.  D., W.  S.  Linn, D. C. Law, S.  K.  Karuza,   H. Greenberg,  R. D.
                                           Buckley,  and  E.  E.  Pedersen.  "Experimental  studies  on  human health effects
                                           of  air pollutants.  III. Two-hour exposure to ozone alone and in combination
                                           with other pollutant gases." Arch. Environ.  Health. 30:  385-390, 1975.

                                     57.   Shy,  C.  M.,  J.  P.  Creason, M.  E. Pearlman,  K.  E. McClain, F. B. Benson, and
                                           M. M. Young. "The  Chattanooga school  children study:  Effects of community
                                           exposure to  nitrogen  dioxide. I. Methods,  description  of pollutant exposure and
                                           results  of  ventilatory function  testing." J. Air Pollut. Control  Assoc. 20 (8):
                                           539-545, 1970.

                                     58.   Shy,  C.  M.  "The  Chattanooga study." J.  Air Pollut.  Control Assoc.  20  (12):
                                           832-833, 1970.

                                     59.   Shy,  C. M., L. Niemeyer,  L. Truppi, and  J.  English.  "Reevaluation of  the
                                           Chattanooga  School Children Studies and the Health Criteria for N02  Exposure."
                                           Inhouse  technical  report.  Health Effects  Research Laboratory, Environmental
                                           Research Center, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park,
                                           North Carolina, March, 1973.

                                     60.   Hasselblad,  V.  "Lung function  in  school  children: 1971-1972  Chattanooga
                                           study." EPA 600/1-77-002. U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency  Washington
                                           D.  C., 1977.
288

-------
61.  Speizer,  F. E., and  B.  G.  Ferris,  Jr.  "Exposure to  automobile exhaust.  II.
     Pulmonary function  measurement." Arch.  Environ.  Health.  26  (6):  319-324,
     1973.

62.  Cohen,  C. A.,  A.  R. Hudson,  J.  L. Clausen, and J. H. Knelson. "Respiratory
     symptoms, spirometry, and oxidant air pollution  in non-smoking adults." Amer.
     Rev. Resp. Disease.  105:  251-261,  1972.

63.  Mogi, T., M. Shimizu, N. Koudo, K. Yamazaki,  and  S. Jinguji.  "The effects of
     diesel exhaust gas on the body. Report No. 1. Environmental Survey." Railway
     Labor Sci.  22: 1-25, 1968. (In Japanese).

64.  Yamazaki, K.,  T. Mogi, Y. Nishimoto, and T. Komazawa. "The  effect of  diesel
     exhaust  gas on the body.  Report No.  2. An analysis of pulmonary function
     tests." Railway Labor Sci. 23: 1-11, 1969. (In Japanese).

65.  Kagawa, J., T. Toyama, and M.  Nakaza. "Pulmonary function  test in  children
     exposed  to air  pollution." Clinical  Implications of Air Pollution Research Action,
     A.  J. Finkel,  Jr. and W. C. Duel, eds.  MA, Publishing Sciences  Group,  1976.
     pp. 305-320.

66.  Kagawa,  J.,  and  T. Toyama. "Photochemical  air  pollution:   Its  effects on
     respiratory function of elementary school children."  Arch. Environ. Health.  30:
     117-122, 1975.

67.  Shy, C.  M., J. P.  Creason,  M.  E. Pearlman, K.  E. McClain, F  B. Benson, and
     M.  M. Young.  "The Chattanooga school  study: Effects  of community exposure
     to  nitrogen dioxide.  II.  Incidence of acute respiratory illness." J.  Air Pollut.
     Control Assoc.  20 (9): 582-588, 1970.

68.  Pearlman,  M.  E., J. E.  Finklea, J. P  Creason, C. M. Shy,  M.  M. Young, and
     R.  J.  M.  Morton.  "Nitrogen dioxide  and lower respiratory illness." Pediatrics
     47  (2):  391-398, 1971.

69.  Central  Council for Control of  Environmental Pollution. "Long-term plan for
     environmental  protection."  Environment  Agency, Tokyo,  1977. (In  Japanese).

70.  Scientific and Technical  Data  Base for Criteria and  Hazardous Pollutants. 1975
     ERC/RTP  Review.  EPA-600/1-76-023. U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,
     Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 1976.

71.  Mitchell,  R.  I.,  R. Williams,  R. W.  Cote,  R.  R.  Lanese  and M.  D.  Keller.
     "Household Survey of  the  Incidence  of Respiratory  Disease  in Relation  to
     Environmental  Pollutants." WHO International Symposium Proceedings: Recent
     Advance in the Assessment of the Health Effects of Environmental Pollutants.
     Paris, June 24-28, 1974.

72.  Melia,  R. J. W., C. de V. Florey, D. S.  Altman, and A. V. Swan. "Association
     between gas  cooking  and  respiratory  disease in  children." Brit. Med.  J.  2:
     149-152, 1977.

73.  Fujita, S., M. Tanaka, S.  Kawame,  I. Yoshioka, T. Furuya, S. Shibata, T. Kosoda,
     M.  Makita,  Y. Fujiwara,  Y.  Ueda,  and  K.  Tokuda.  "Studies  on chronic
     bronchitis—epidemiological survey (second report)." Commun. Med. 21: 197-203,
     1969. (In Japanese).

74.  Speizer,  F. E., and  B.  G.  Ferris, Jr.   "Exposure  to automobile exhaust.  I.
     Prevalence of respiratory symptoms  and disease." Arch. Environ.  Health 26:
     313-318, 1973.

75.  Chapman,  R.  T.,  B. Carpenter,  C.  M.  Shy,  R.  G.  Iresen,  L.  Heidersheit, and
     W.  K.  Poole.  "Prevalence  of Chronic  Respiratory  Disease in Chattanooga:
     Effect of Community Exposure to Nitrogen  Oxides." In-house technical report.
     Health  Effects  Research  Laboratory, U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,
     Environmental  Research  Center,  Research Triangle Park,  North  Carolina, 1973.

-------
                                      76.   Cohen,  C.  A.,  A.  R. Hudson,  J.  L.  Clausen, and  J. H.  Knelson.  "Respiratory
                                           symptoms,  spirometry, and oxidant air  pollution in  non-smoking adults." Amer.
                                           Rev. Resp.  Disease 105: 251-261, 1972.

                                      77.   Linn, W. S., J.  D.  Hackney, E. E. Pedersen,  P. Breisacher, J. V. Patterson, C. A.
                                           Mulry, and  J.  F. Coyle. "Respiratory function and  symptoms in  urban  office
                                           workers  in  relation  to  oxidant  air pollution exposure."  Amer.  Rev.  Resp.
                                           Disease. 114: 477-483, 1976.

                                      78.   Lowry,  T., and L.  M. Schuman. " 'Silo-filler's disease'    a syndrome caused  by
                                           nitrogen dioxide." J. Amer. Med. Assoc.  162 (3): 153-160, 1956.

                                      79.   Grayson, R.  R.  "Silage  gas  poisoning:  Nitrogen  dioxide  pneumonia, a new
                                           disease  in  agricultural workers."  Ann.  Intern. Med. 45 (3):  393-408,  1956.

                                      80.   Gregory, K.  L.,  V.  F.  Malenoski,  and  C.  R. Sharp.  "Cleveland  Clinic  fire
                                           survivorship study, 1929-1965. Arch.  Environ. Health 18: 508-515, 1969.

                                      81.   Milne, J. E. H.  "Nitrogen dioxide  inhalation  and bronchitis obliterans. A review
                                           of the  literature  and  report of  a case."  J.  Occup.  Med.  11:  538-547,  1969.

                                      82.   Port,  C.  D., D. L.  Coffin, and P. Kane. "A comparative study  of  experimental
                                           and  spontaneous  emphysema." J.  Toxicol.  Environ.  Health  2:  589-604,  1977.

                                      83.   Jakimcuk,  P. P., and K. N. Celikanov.  "Materials for hygienic establishment of
                                           24  hours  maximal  permissible   concentrations of  nitrogen  dioxide  in  the
                                           atmosphere." Biological   Effect  and  Hygienic  Significance  of  Atmospheric
                                           Pollutants. Vol.  II.,  Moscow, 1958. pp. 164-171. (In Russian).

                                      84.   Mersch, J.,  B. J. Dyce, B. J. Haverback, and R. P. Sherwin. "Diphosphoglycerate
                                           content of red blood cells. Measurements in guinea pigs exposed to 0.4 ppm
                                           nitrogen dioxide." Arch. Environ. Health 27: 94-95, 1973.

                                     85.   Sherwin,  R. P.,  J. B. Margolick, and  E. A. Aguilar. "Acid  phosphatase in densite
                                           equilibrium  fractions of the lungs of guinea pigs exposed intermittently to 0.4
                                           ppm nitrogen dioxide." Fed. Proc. 33: 633, 1974. (Abstr).

                                     86.   Blair,  W. H., M. C. Henry, and  R. Ehrlich. "Chronic toxicity of nitrogen dioxide:
                                           II. Effect on histopathology of  lung  tissue." Arch. Environ. Health 19: 186-192,
                                           1969.

                                     87.   Sherwin,  R. P., and L.  J. Layfield.  "Proteinuria in  guinea pigs exposed to 0.5
                                           ppm nitrogen dioxide." Arch. Environ. Health 28: 336-341, 1974.

                                     88.   Kosmider, S. "Electrolytes and lipid  disturbances in  chronic intoxication  with
                                           nitrogen  oxides." Intern.  Arch.  Occup. Environ. Health 35:  217-232,  1975.

                                     89.   Hattori, S., R.  Tateishi, T. Horai, and T. Nakajima.  "Morphological changes  in
                                           the  bronchial alveolar system  of  mice  following continuous exposure to  N02
                                           and CO." J.  Jap. Soc. Chest Disease 10: 16-22,  1972 (In Japanese).

                                     90.   Nakajima, T., S. Kusumoto, C. Chen, and  K.  Okamoto.  "Effects of prolonged
                                           continuous  exposure to nitrogen dioxide on the quantity  of reduced glutathione
                                           in  lungs of mice   and  their  histopathological  changes.  Appendix:  Effects of
                                           nitrite  and  nitrate on the  glutathione reductase." Osaka Pretectural Pub. Health
                                           Inst.,  Res. Reports,  Labor Sanitation Series. No. 7: 35-41, 1969. (In Japanese).

                                     91.   Sherwin,  R.  P., D. Okimoto,  and  D.  Mundy. "Sequestration of  exogenous
                                           peroxidase  in the  lungs  of  animals  exposed  to continuous 0.5 ppm  nitrogen
                                           dioxide." Fed Proc.  36: 1079, 1977.

                                     92.   Aranyi, C.,  J. Fenters, and R. Ehrlich. "Scanning electron  microscopy of alveolar
                                           macrophages after  exposure to  02,  N02  and 03." Environ. Health Persp.  16:
                                           180,1976.
290

-------
 93.  Ehrlich,  R., E. Silverstein, R. Maigetter, J. D.  Renters, and D. Gardner. "Immu-
      nologic  response  in  vaccinated  mice  during  long-term  exposure  to nitrogen
      dioxide." Environ. Res.  10:  217-223,  1975.

 94.  Hattori,  S. "Alterations of broncho-alveolar system  by polluted air: Experimental
      consideration." Clinician 219: 4-8, 1973. (In Japanese).

 95.  Hattori,  S., and  K. Takemura. "Ultrastructural changes in the bronchiolar alveolar
      system  caused by  air pollution  and  smoking." J.  Clin. Electron Microsc.  Soc.
      Japan 6: 350, 1974. (In Japanese).

 96.  Ayaz,  K. L., and  A. S. Csallany. "The effect of  continuous  low  level  N02
      exposure and dietary vitamin E upon lipofuscin  pigment  concentrations and
      glutathione  peroxidase  activity  in  mice." Fed.  Proc.  36:  1079,  1977. (Abstr).

 97.  Csallany, A.  S.  "The effect of nitrogen dioxide  on the  growth of  vitamin E
      deficient, vitamin E  supplemented and DPPD supplemented mice." Fed.  Proc.
      34: 913, 1975. (Abstr).

 98.  Drozdz,   M.,  M.  Luciak,  D. Kosmider, T.   Molska-Drozdz, K.Ludyga, and  J.
      Pasiwicz. "Enzymatic and morphological changes  in the central  nervous system
      of  guinea pigs after  chronic  poisoning with nitrogen dioxide."  Bromat.  Chem.
      Toksykol 8:  241-249, 1975.  (In  Russian).

 99.  Miyoshi, Y.,  R.  Izuchi, T. Nakano, K.  Niijama, and  M. Wakabayashi.  "Scanning
      electron   microscopic observation of  trachea  mucosa in  mice exposed to  IM02
      and S02-" Nihon Kikan Shokudoka Gakkai Keriho 24: 1-8,  1973. (In  Japanese).
100.   Haydon, G.  B., G.  Freeman, and  N.  J.  Furiosi,  "Covert  pathogenesis of N02-
       induced  emphysema in the  rat."  Arch. Environ. Health  11:  776-783,  1956.

101.   Freeman, G., N. J.  Furiosi, and G. B. Haydon. "Effects of continuous exposure
       of  0.8 ppm N02  on respiration of rats." Arch.  Environ. Health  13:  454-456,
       1966.

102.   Seto,  K.,  M.  Kon, M.  Kawakami, S. Yagishita, K.  Sugita, and  M.  Shishido.
       "Effect of nitrogen  dioxide inhalation on the formation of protein in the lung."
       Igaku  To Seibutsugaku 90: 103-106, 1975. (In Japanese).

103.   Chen. C.,  S. Kusumoto, and  T.  Nakajima. "The recovery processes of  histo-
       pathological  changes in the respiratory organs  of  mice after N02  exposure with
       special reference  to chronic trachititus and bronchitis." Proc. Osaka Prefectural
       Inst.  Public  Health, Edition  of Ind.  Health  10:  43-49,  1972.  (In  Japanese).

104.   Kosmider,  S., M.  Luciak,  K.  Zajusz,  A.  Misiewicz, and J. Szygula. "Studies on
       emphysogenic action of nitrogen oxides." Patalogia Polska  24: 107-125,  1973.
       (English translation).

105.   Fenters, J. D., J. P. Findlay,  C. D. Port, R. Ehrlich, and D. L. Coffin. "Chronic
       exposure to  nitrogen dioxide: immunologic,  physiologic and pathologic effect in
       virus-challanged  squirrel monkeys.'' Arch.  Environ.   Health 27:  85-89,  1973.

106.   Drozdz,  M.,  E. Kucharz,  K. Rudyga, and T. Molska-Droxdz.  "Studies on the
       effect of  long-term exposure to nitrogen dioxide on serum and  liver proteins
       level and enzyme activity in guinea pigs." Europ. J. Toxicol. 9:  287-293, 1976.

107.   Goldstein,  B. D.,  L. Y  Lai, S.  R.  Ross, and R. Cuzzi-Spada. "Susceptibility of
       inbred mouse  strains to ozone."  Arch. Environ. Health  27:  412-413,  1973.

108.   Blair, W. H., M. C.  Henry, and R. Ehrlich. "Chronic toxicity of nitrogen dioxide:
       II.  Effect on histopathology of  lung tissue." Arch. Environ.  Health 19: 186-192
       1969.
                                                                              291

-------
                                     109.   Sherwin,  R.  P., J. Dibble, and J. Weiner. "Alveolar wall cells of the guinea pig.
                                            Increase  in  response to  2 ppm nitrogen dioxide." Arch.  Environ.  Health 24:
                                            43-47, 1972.

                                     110.   Sherwin,  R.  P., J.  B. Margolick, and S. P Azen.  "Hypertrophy of alveolar wall
                                            cells  secondary  to an  air  pollutant.  A semiautomated  quantitation."  Arch.
                                            Environ. Health 26:  297-299,  1973.

                                     111.   Furiosi, N. J.,  S. C. Crane, and  G. Freeman.  "Mixed sodium chloride  aerosol and
                                            nitrogen dioxide in  air:   Biological effects on monkeys and  rats." Arch. Environ.
                                            Health 27: 405-408, 1973.

                                     112.   Goldstien, E.,  M. C. Eagle, and P.  D. Hoeprich.  "Effect of nitrogen  dioxide on
                                            pulmonary bacterial defense mechanisms." Arch.  Environ.  Health 26:  202-204,
                                            1973.

                                     113.   Kaut, V., M.  Tusl, S.  Svorcova, and  M. Tomara. "Some  changes  in the rat
                                            organism  following  the  low nitrogen oxides concentrations inhalation." Csesk.
                                            Hyg.  11:  479-485, 1966.

                                     114.   Arner, E. C., and R. O.  Rhoades. "Long-term nitrogen dioxide exposure. Effects
                                            on lung lipids  and  mechanical  properties." Arch.  Environ. Health 26:  156-160,
                                            1973.

                                     115.   Bils,  R. F "The connective tissues and alveolar walls in the lungs of normal and
                                            oxidant-exposed  squirrel  monkeys." J.  Cell Biology  70:  318,  1976. (Abstr).


                                     116.   Palmer, M. S.,  R. W. Exley, and D.  L. Coffin, "Influence  of pollutant gases on
                                            benzypyrene hydroxylase  activity."  Arch. Environ. Health  25: 439-442,  1972.

                                     117.   Murphy,  .S.  D.,  G.  E.  Ulrich,  S.  H.  Frankhowitz, and  C.  Xintaras.  "Altered
                                            function  in animals  inhaling low concentrations of ozone and nitrogen dioxide."
                                            Am.  Ind.  Hyg.  Assoc. J. 25: 246-253, 1964.

                                     118.   Balchum, 0. J., R.  D. Buckley, R. Sherwin,  and M. Gardner. "Nitrogen dioxide
                                            inhalation and lung antibodies." Arch.  Environ.  Health  10:  274-277,  1965.

                                     119.   Csallany,  A. S.  "The effect  of nitrogen dioxide  on  the  growth of vitamin E
                                            deficient, vitamin E supplemented and  DPPD supplemented  mice."  Fed.  Proc.
                                            34: 913,  1975. (Abstr).

                                     120.   Rejthar, L.,  and  A.  Rejthar. "Histological changes of terminal bronchioles in rats
                                            during exposure to nitrogen dioxide." Exp. Path. Bd. 10:245-250, 1974.

                                     121.   Busey,  W.  M., W.  B.  Coate, and  D.  W. Badger.  "Histopathologic effects of
                                            nitrogen  dioxide exposure and heat stress  in cynomolgus monkeys." Toxicol.
                                            Appl. Pharmacol. 29: 130, 1974.

                                     122.   Coate,  W.  B., and D.  W. Badger.  "Physiological  effects  of nitrogen dioxide
                                            exposure   and   heat stress  in  cynomolgus  monkeys."  Toxicol.   and  Appl.
                                            Pharmacol. 29: 130, 1974.

                                     123.   Matsumura,  Y. "The effects of ozone,  nitrogen dioxide, and sulfur  dioxide on
                                            the  experimentally  induced  allergic  respiratory disorder  in  guinea  pigs.  I. The
                                            effect on sensitization with  an albumin through the airway." Am. Rev. Respir.
                                            D/'s.  102: 430-437, 1970a.

                                     124.   Gooch, R. C., A.  E. Luippold,  D.  A.  Creasia, and J. G.  Brewen. "Observation
                                            on mouse chromosomes  following nitrogen  dioxide inhalation." Mut.  Res.  48:
                                            117-119,  1977.
292

-------
panel
  discussion
                 293

-------
   HEALTH EFFECTS PANEL DISCUSSION
                       Elizabeth Anderson, Ph.D.
                            Roy E. Albert, Ph.D.
                    Carcinogen Assessment Group
             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

                            Richard Bates, Ph.D.
 National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences
                      National Institute of Health

                            Jean French,  Dr. PH
National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health
      Department of Health, Education and Welfare

                              Cyril Comar, Ph.D.
             Environmental Assessment Department
                  Electric Power Research Institute
                                            295

-------
                                      DR. ANDERSON:  Can  risk assessment  methodologies be  developed  that define  and
                                      accurately  predict the effects of expanded coal use on the public health? This is the
                                      question for discussion before this panel.
                                      DR. ALBERT:  My  answer to that question  is a qualified yes. For  3 years, EPA has
                                      been  in the business of risk assessment for carcinogens and during  that time has looked
                                      at about  50-odd agents.  Guidelines for  risk assessment  have been set up for  3 years.
                                      The assessment  process is two-pronged:  qualitative and quantitative.  Qualitative assess-
                                      ment is a judgment  about the likelihood of an agent  being a carcinogen and quantita-
                                      tive  assessment  is a  judgment of how much cancer the agent is likely to produce. We
                                      take  a  weight-of-evidence  approach for  qualitative judgment, and we  need  exposure
                                      estimates  and the  use of extrapolation models based on  either human or animal data
                                      for quantitative  assessment. Quantitative assessments are  made in  terms of the  average
                                      individuaJ risk, given the  exposure  levels, the maximum level of risk, and the number
                                      of cancer cases that  might occur, either per year or over the  lifetime of the individuals.
                                      Quantitative  assessment is  the  more controversial of the two. The  scientific foundation
                                      for either  qualitative or quantitative risk assessments  is actually  not  very strong. The
                                      basis for  qualitative assessment is about 25 agents that are  known to cause cancer in
                                      humans. All  except  perhaps one or two have been shown to cause cancer in  animals,
                                      particularly in rodents. So the use  of rodents is justified on that basis. We do not have
                                      information on  the  magnitude of the problem of false positives,  that is, when animal
                                      tests  show positive but the agent is really not a human carcinogen. We have a  paucity
                                      of information on  carcinogenic responses in humans.

                                            Everybody seems to  be  happy with  the qualitative judgment. Very few people
                                      are  happy about quantitative assessment. The EPA guidelines describe this assessment
                                      as a crude, ballpark affair,  designed to give the decisionmaker a feel for the magnitude
                                      of  the  hazard.  We  can check only  about half  a dozen examples  of animal  data in
                                      predicting  human  responses.  Of  these, three show that  responses  in  animals and
                                      humans are  essentially  the same.  The  other three indicate that animals overpredict
                                      the  responses in humans. I think it will be possible to develop a  better, sounder basis
                                      for the use of quantitative assessment, at  least  in terms of demonstrating that  animals
                                      do not underestimate human risk,  which will be of considerable  benefit. My  personal
                                      view is that  there  are no alternatives to quantitative assessments  as long as one recog-
                                      nizes their limitations. We are dealing  with  a  major public health  problem;  that  is,
                                      setting  up sensible,  reasonable  controls  for a large  number of environmental  carcino-
                                      gens. We cannot say we will control every one of them down to the vanishing point
                                      because there are  real uncertainties concerning how much one  is  justified  in spending
                                      on the  individual agent. In this sense, I  believe that the quantitative assessment, crude
                                      as it  is, can be of some use.

                                            Again, the answer to the question  of whether risk  assessment methodologies
                                      can be  developed to define and accurately  predict is a qualified yes.
                                       DR. BATES: You would not want  unanimity,  would you? My  answer is a qualified
                                       no. That is easy for me to say because of the inclusion of the phrase accurately predict
                                       and what  is meant by accurately. In the  business of risk assessment, if we can come
                                       within two orders  of  magnitude,  we  are doing pretty well,  but I do not think we can
                                       do that  very often. The  Can risk assessment methodologies be developed part of this
                                       question  implies that they  cannot be  developed now, but  in  the  future, which  is
                                       essentially my answer:  We  cannot now  accurately develop  them. We may, as Dr.
                                       Legator  said, be able  to  put things within broad ballparks. And, after  all, that is the
                                       kind of thing that really  forms the justification that Dr. Albert gave. If  we need to set
                                       priorities  for our  actions, we can do  that  by putting  risk estimations within  broad
                                       ranges. We do not have to get down to  absolute numbers in order  to do  so.

                                            Let  me expand a  bit. Dr.  Albert  talked only about carcinogenicity and  that
                                       has been  where most  of  my professional  life has been spent. It is difficult for a lot of
                                       us in this field to  remember that man does not  die by cancer  alone.  In  our society
                                       there are quite  a  variety  of  toxic phenomena that are energy-related or otherwise. In
                                       acute toxicity any  organ  may  be affected within  a  short time after  exposure, but in
296

-------
chronic toxicity,  the effect is not seen initially, but eventually the effect  is a degenera-
tive change: carcinogenicity, mutagenicity, teratogenicity, behavior, hypersensitivity, or
any variety of others.  How good  are our assay systems for identifying  these effects,
even on a  qualitative basis? The answer varies greatly. They  are probably pretty good
for acute  toxicity; we can identify acute effects fairly well. And experience has shown
that if we put in some sort of a safety factor of  100,  we do not get into too much
trouble in our society. We  have studied carcinogenicity longer than we have studied the
other effects.  Our models for carcinogenicity are probably  pretty good qualitatively
but  not quantitatively.  The  quantitative effects  vary  according  to the  genetics of
individuals within species  and the  genetic differences between species. Within at least
three  orders of magnitude according  to  one experiment and  two orders  of magnitude
according to many experiments, sensitivity  is also modified  by  variations in diet  and
chemical or other environmental  exposures.  There is complexity  here.  It extends to
some  of our other toxic  phenomenta  but has not been studied as  extensively as for
carcinogenicity.   Dr.  Legator thought  that  the  mutagenicity  tests  are  pretty good
qualitatively but not quantitatively. I would agree with that.

      Why was it that thalidomide,  probably the worst chemical  teratogen identified
in humans, was  not  identified  with  the usual experimental rodents? This raises ques-
tions  about how good our  qualitative  assays are  for teratogenicity. There are some
who will  disagree,  but I  think we have a way to go. Our assay systems do not take
into consideration the effects of diet  or of combined exposures,  which  our  human
data  on chronic degenerative effects,   such  as  atherosclerosis,  immunologic  defects,
and  so forth, say are  important.  I am  not at all convinced that we have very good
qualitative assays for chronic toxicity.

      After we ask  how  good the experimental model  is, we then have to ask about
our extrapolation procedures. These  give widely different answers  as we go to much
lower  doses than those in which the experiments  are done.  And,  as  I alluded  earlier,
we do  not really take into consideration the  vast effects that  synergisms can cause.
There  are  research ways out  of this, and  if we had  more time  I would  discuss them.
But we  are talking  about  our present  energy needs and not those  that  are 2 or  3
decades  from now.   Dr.  Legator talked about  studies of cytologic  and biochemical
changes  in human beings  who  are  actually exposed and affected. This is one very
useful approach  that  needs  to be followed up to a  greater extent  in the future  and
that may get us out of this bind.
 DR. COMAR: My answer  is that the question is only  partially relevant. We have a
 great capacity to  identify  and  publicize risks, although we  need to do  a  lot  more
 research.  But we  do not know  what to do with the answers when we  get them and
 that is where we  will  need more research  of a different kind. We would  all agree,
 I  think,  that environmental  decisionmaking  tends primarily and  necessarily to be
 political.  It is influenced, as it should be, by public pressures and by  public perceptions
 of risk  rather than by the  risk  itself. With a considerable degree of truth, it has been
 said that  decisions about technological options tend to be based not on the number of
 people  who are killed or who are harmed or  who are suffering, but on the number of
 people who are frightened. Thus, for example,  we are about to lose our nuclear option,
 an  option in  which probably  no  one  has been killed, probably  no  one  has been
 harmed, at least  in  the general  population,  but in which  lots of  people have been
 frightened. We are about to  embrace  a coal  option  where  lots of people have been
 killed or  suffer misery, at least in the coal  mines, but no one is frightened.  I  suppose
 in a political  system  this makes  sense because dead people do not vote, but frightened
 people do.

     We  need not only to  estimate  and define risk, but to be sure that  public percep-
 tion and  risk are reconciled. We know  that  the public  is  increasingly  well-informed
 about  risks. They are exhorted and concerned, and they  exhibit anxiety. There is great
 sensitivity. And I  suggest that  what  we need more than anything  else is to  start re-
 search to  establish the  extent to  which any  observed  effects have an  adverse  effect
 on the  public health or on the well-being of  individuals. I think that, if we  look hard
 enough at almost any  substance  and  agent  that  we  expose ourselves to—and coal
 burning is a  good example-we are going to be able to  identify effects  from many of

                                                                                297

-------
                                      them.  It is very clear in our society that, if only a few substances are harmful, we can
                                      isolate ourselves from them and reduce  risk  to zero.  But when most substances are
                                      harmful and  only  a  few are safe, then  zero risk is just unattainable if we are going to
                                      carry on the  way of life  that we  now have. What  we need  then  is a  new research
                                      approach  that parallels  the estimation  of  risk  with the estimation of  real adverse
                                      effects. Of course, this  is going to  lead us eventually to another matter,  which  is very
                                      difficult. That is the whole business of risk acceptance. And, again, we really have not
                                      developed in our society an institutional  mechanism, or even a traditional mechanism,
                                      to deal with  risk acceptance. This is something that  could be  talked about  for a long
                                      time.

                                            What  we do  is get   along with  determinations  made  by individuals, by  self-
                                      appointed  public  interest   groups,  by  judges,  by  Congressmen,  by  regulators.  We
                                      have  all of these  people with their own narrow focus-making judgments about risk
                                      acceptance.  And somehow  we  have to  have a holistic view of risk acceptance.  In  the
                                      meantime,  I  and others have suggested the  possibility of some sort of  a de minimis
                                      approach, not that one would  be presumptuous enough to say how much risk anyone
                                      else  should accept, but  it seems to me there are some levels of risk that we just  should
                                      not  worry  about.  Instead we should be worrying about other  competing  risks that are
                                      really  going to have an effect on our well-being and on the well-being of our society.
                                      DR.  FRENCH:  Although  it  has  been  said  that  the greatest  impact  on  energy
                                      development will take place  in the occupational setting, / cannot give you an estimate
                                      of what that risk  will be. How can  one assess the implication of a positive salmonella
                                      test  with something  like  benzopyrene and then relate  it to the risk of a miner in a coal
                                      mine who may or may not be a smoker, who may or may  not be in a compromised
                                      nutritional status, and who may also be in a  mine where a diesel car is used as part
                                      of the  technology to get the coal out? An additional factor is whether that miner is
                                      short or tall. A recent finding from one of our  epidemiologic studies of uranium miners
                                      showed  a  significantly greater  risk of cancer of the  lung in short miners than in tall
                                      ones. That finding  illustrates  the  complexity  of  the problem. It was thought that
                                      maybe  the shorter miner had a greater  intake of dust, that the dust settled. But our
                                      industrial hygiene studies did  not bear this out. It  has been hypothesized that possibly
                                      the  shorter miner, with  shorter arms, must work  harder to  dig out the coal and there-
                                      fore has  a greater  uptake.  I will leave  that to your good  judgment. This just shows
                                      the  complexity of  the  problem, and  I  do  not think we  should  underestimate that
                                      complexity.

                                            Because the problem is complex does not mean  that we should shy away from  it.
                                      In order to get on top of it, it will be necessary to undertake a  very integrated holistic
                                      research program. We  at NIOSH  are  trying to  identify evolving technologies and what
                                      some of  the problems might be as  they  come about.  For  example, we  are working
                                      with DOD in looking at processes that  might be used for  the  fluidized  bed. We are
                                      trying to identify problem areas, so that our control  technology can  work along with
                                      people  as  they develop  these  various approaches.  We want effective  controls  as the
                                      technology develops and not after  it is  established and  we have to  correct problems
                                      that have  been ignored.  We are also  looking at interactions  such as the effect of SC>2
                                      combined  with  lead and cadmium  in  some of our animal  models because this  is the
                                      situation in the real world. The worker out  there  is  not exposed to  a  single agent. He
                                      is exposed to a complex milieu of chemicals and  physical factors such as temperature.
                                      We  are also  looking  at nutritional deficiencies  in   animals and  then administering
                                      complex chemicals to observe the effects.

                                            I  cannot stress enough  the importance  of  epidemiology.  All too  often  people
                                      dwell on the limitations of epidemiology but not quite so strongly on the limitations
                                      of toxicology,  but they  are there. We must have all of these approaches going on con-
                                      currently,  building one on another,  and we must  piece together the  information from
                                      these various  areas.  When we  fill in all  the  boxes,  we will then have a  much better
                                      method  of coming up with some reasonable assessment of risk.

                                            A  friend  of  mine once said  that we very often  take more prudent controls when
                                      our  body of knowledge  is lacking, because we really do  not know. Thus, in order  to
298

-------
protect the  public health,  in order to be  prudent, we must  lean toward  a  more strin-
gent approach. Going from  a  very simple,  short-term  in  vitro test and  extrapolating
to the  universe can  lead only  to  a  very dangerous  risk  assessment. We  need first to
identify the complexities that  must be addressed in our research effort,  and  then  put
them together for use in a  common sense manner.

                                                                              299

-------
      questions
          &   answers
                              Robert E. Thomason
                          Occidental Oil Shale, Inc.

                                  E. V. Anderson
                              Johnson  and Higgins

                                  Carl A. Gosline
                 Manufacturers' Chemical  Association

                                      Bill Eberle
                                       Lockheed
COMMENT

     I  have some remarks on appropriate risk analysis.
I  am associated with oil shale development in western
Colorado.  Probably the  biggest risk  that I am going to
take  is  running to the  airport after  I give this message.
But  I  am very  sensitive  to  the words "cancer"  and
"death."

     For  the  benefit of  the public,  researchers  must
put their  comments into  perspective. They should  be
very  careful to make comparisons between  apples  and
apples,  not apples and  garlic.  Synthetic fuels should  be
compared  with the products of the  petroleum refining
industry.  There  are  considerable  differences  between
synthetic  fuels and unrefined  crude products. Oil  shale
differs  according  to  the process that is wed to extract
it.

     With respect to Dr.  Legator's research, biologists
can make some additional  contributions to the remarks
and add the categories of  control of hygiene and health
education  to  his conclusions.  Also,  with respect to Dr.
Clusen's remarks,  Occidental  is anxious  to get DOE,
EPA, and industry much  closer together than they  are
now. It is interesting to note that  DOE is  doing  some
bioassay research  that  categorizes  oil shale as a little
more noxious than was identified by Dr. Holland.

     In conclusion,  in reference  to  the  present  fuel
shortage and  supply, I  am  annoyed  when  I have to
siphon  gas from one of my automobiles into the  other
because I  could  not get  a  timely  place in a  gasoline
line.  It  is important that researchers  give the  public
the whole story,  the specifics behind their investigation,
so that we  can do  a  more careful  analysis and  reach
more appropriate conclusions.
                                                         301

-------
                                                  QUESTION

                                                        How do the potential risks of more nuclear develop-
                                                  ment with enclosed equipment compare with more lique-
                                                  fied coal,  on a scale  of 1 million  times  the  coke oven
                                                  scale  that we now have trouble with?

                                                  RESPONSE:  Dr. Cyril  Comar (Electric Power Research
                                                  Institute)

                                                        Many analyses show that on  a calculated  basis, the
                                                  normal  operations  of nuclear power  are  much  more
                                                  benign  than conventional  coal combustion.  This applies
                                                  especially to the situation you have raised.

                                                        With  regard to  nuclear power,  however,  there are
                                                  other considerations, such  as a different pattern of effect.
                                                  As  a  society, we have not yet come to grips with the low-
                                                  probability, highly  catastrophic accident. That  is an issue
                                                  that  must be taken  into  account.  With  nuclear power,
                                                  people  always  have the  nagging uncertainty that some-
                                                  thing may  happen  in the future.  When  a  dam breaks
                                                  and  people are killed, it  is over and we recover from it.
                                                  But  it is that  nagging  uncertainty that  bothers people. In
                                                  that  comparison, there  must be a  consideration of our
                                                  psychological approach.

                                                  QUESTION

                                                        As this is an  R&D conference, I  would like to ask
                                                  a question  with regard to risk assessment. Assuming we
                                                  could arrive at a  two-orders-of-magnitude statement  of
                                                  risk, using the holistic approach, how does the regulatory
                                                  process  manage that information, particularly with regard
                                                  to extreme probabilities that nobody really believes will
                                                  happen? Public policy can no longer be set  on the basis
                                                  of myth or fright concerning outcomes possible in some
                                                  finite, mathematical sense.  Ten years ago we were told
                                                  that  by this summer  the oceans  would  be dead.  That
                                                  environmental  myth,   based  on   misinterpretation  of
                                                  limited  laboratory  data,  spread  around  the world.  A
                                                  decade  later, we  realize, in a different context, that this
                                                  is not a zero-risk  world. If we can define the  risk, how do
                                                  we  apply the knowledge to the available resources, recog-
                                                  nizing all the problems in the environmental area?

                                                  RESPONSE:  Dr. Roy E. Albert (EPA)

                                                        The  points  of view  have not  been thought through;
                                                  the  methods of  handling  risk assessment  products have
                                                  not  been adopted  in  a uniform fashion. This  area needs
                                                  development.  Quantitative assessment  has been used  to
                                                  help  make regulatory decisions. This is only  one of many
                                                  components that go   into decisionmaking. For example,
                                                  in the case of one  pesticide, the  studies were inadequate.
                                                  It was  decided,  on the  basis of a risk assessment that
                                                  proved  to  be  exceedingly  low, that  it  would  not  be
                                                  unduly  hazardous to use the pesticide  for another year or
                                                  two  while additional  testing  was  done.   In  another
                                                  instance, the permissible limit of contamination of fish  by
                                                  a  pesticide was  set far higher than  was  commensurate
                                                  with  other  pesticides or  other   carcinogen  regulatory
302

-------
actions.  Quantitative  assessment  has  also  shown  that
subpopulations  exposed  to a  carcinogen  may have  an
unduly  high  level of  risk,  even though the  risk  to the
general population is small. Thus, although we have begun
to see  reasonable uses  of quantitative assessments, we still
have a long way to go to formulate a  solid  and rational
basis for  dealing with these assessments.

RESPONSE:   Dr. Richard Bates (NIH)

     That  is  a  very  difficult  question. We  deal  with
risks from different  sources of exposure quite differently.
There  is a wide variety  of regulatory laws. They  deal
with  risk quite  differently and require  different  levels
of safety. But we have not resolved the social  aspects of
this question.  The  science is in  its  infancy.  We are  now
asking  questions  about the environment and the  effects
of  chemicals  in  the  environment  on  ourselves  and  on
other   species.  In the  past, people polluted the  water,
air, and  land,  but there  were  few  people  and industry
was  small, so  we thought we  got  away with  it.  The
effect  was  not noticeable. More recently, we  have found
that we are not getting away with it.

     How do we deal with these risks? We do not know
for sure. We  are now able to make qualitative estimates
that a hazard  exists and  possibly  to make  some broad
quantitative  estimation. Then,  in  the absence of know-
ledge, we try to  play  it safe. As we get more knowledge,
we will  narrow  the safety margin.  We will deal  more
adequately  in the future,  but we have a long way to go.

QUESTION

     What is  the  quantitative  assessment  of the  risk
associated  with   involuntary  exposure to  carcinogens
compared with  that  of voluntary  exposure  to risk  ele-
ments  such  as  cigarettes,  hallucinatory  drugs,  and  so
forth?

RESPONSE:   Dr. Jean French (NIOSH)

     A  chapter  in  the  Surgeon General's  Report  deals
with the interaction between smoking  and  chemicals in
the workplace.  However,  that   interaction has not  been
appropriately addressed. Some  of the smoking data  have
not addressed occupational  exposure. Even when looking
at  an  occupational  setting, we  often  consider smokers
versus  nonsmokers. There may be a much higher rate of a
particular adverse effect  in smokers,  most  of  which  is
attributed to smoking. The conclusion  is that smoking is
much  more  important than occupational exposure. How-
ever,  with an  appropriate control,  where  a group  of
unexposed  smokers  and nonsmokers is compared with a
group  of exposed  smokers and nonsmokers,  the  effect
from  occupational  exposure  often  exceeds that  from
heavy  smoking,   and   the  effect   from  exposure   and
smoking  may  be  tenfold. Often the difference between
occupational  exposure  and smoking is lost  by the  way
in which the data  are  presented. Occupational exposure
has really  been  undersold at   the  expense  of cigarette
smoking  because the  data  have not been  appropriately
addressed.
                                                                  303

-------
                                                   COMMENT

                                                        Living  in  society involves  certain risks of exposure
                                                   about which  we  have no  choice: effluents  from power
                                                   plants,  radiation from  nuclear plants,  radiation  from the
                                                   sun. Occupational risks may be semivoluntary, in that one
                                                   must have a  job  and  cannot  always choose that  job.

                                                   RESPONSE:   Dr. Bates

                                                        Some studies have been made of how people accept
                                                   risks  that are  taken  voluntarily—what  level of  risk  is
                                                   acceptable voluntarily  as opposed to the risk acceptable if
                                                   imposed.

                                                   COMMENT

                                                        Some decisions are  made according to the degree of
                                                   our fear, not the degree of the  risk.  We have seen that
                                                   recently in connection with the  worst air transportation
                                                   accident in history. That accident resulted  in some very
                                                   drastic  changes. Yet the  deaths  were  equivalent to  only
                                                   two  days' worth of  automobile traffic deaths.  We are
                                                   very  much afraid of airplanes,  but we do not  fear  cars
                                                   that take many more lives.

                                                   RESPONSE:   Dr. Albert

                                                        There may  be  a misconception  involved when we
                                                   talk about reacting to things that we  fear. In the case of
                                                   the Three-Mile Island  accident,  in  which  nobody  was
                                                   killed, sensible people  react  to the fact that  though there
                                                   has been a good deal  of talk about how safe  reactors are,
                                                   now  it  turns out they are not so  safe.  If the accident had
                                                   gone  a  little further and  released large amounts  of radio-
                                                   activity, large  inhabited areas  would  have become unin-
                                                   habitable.  The fear  is related not so much to the killing
                                                   of  people by  functional  nuclear  reactors as  to evidence
                                                   that reactors can break down so seriously that the risk of
                                                   a major  escape of radioactivity  is not farfetched.
304

-------
                                          THE DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY'S  DIESEL RESEARCH  PROGRAM
                                                                                                       Tom J. Alexander
                                                                                                  Office of Environment
                                                                                               U.S. Department of Energy
  Tom J Alexander
INTRODUCTION
      The Department of Energy (DOE) has begun  a 3- to 4-year research  program to
assess the environmental  acceptability of  the  light  diesel engine.   This program  was
begun because  of growing concern  over  the  potential health hazard of diesel exhaust,
particularly  the very fine particles, or particulates, emitted from the exhaust of diesel
engines.  These particulates have been tested and shown to be mutagenic.  The DOE
program  is  designed to help determine the extent of the  diesel-exhaust health  hazard
prior  to use of  diesel in large numbers of new cars and light trucks.

      In  order  to  meet  increasingly  stringent  fuel economy  standards  through 1985,
some  automakers   introduced  diesel  engines  into their  new  models  beginning  with
the 1977 model  year.   Prior  to that time, diesels in  passenger cars were rare, being
available  only in relatively high priced cars such as the Mercedes Benz and the Peugeot.
With  the advent of the General Motors  and  Volkswagon diesel engines, diesels  may be
used  in as  many as 10%  of the new cars and light trucks sold  in the 1985 model year.
If  all  the environmental  hurdles can be successfully passed, some  researchers  foresee
that as much as 40-50% of the market may ultimately be diesels.  Since diesel  engines
today have  approximately a  25%  fuel economy advantage over comparable  gasoline
engines, the trend  toward  diesel  may significantly reduce  our  nation's consumption of
petroleum in future years.

      The diesel engine,  while  offering the advantages of fuel efficiency and reliability,
has several potentially severe drawbacks.  It starts with difficulty in  cold weather, lacks
the performance of an  equivalently-sized  gasoline engine, is noisy and odorous,  and,
most  important, may have excessively high levels of presently  unregulated but possibly
carcinogenic  (cancer-producing) exhaust pollutants.  This  last  problem  has caused the
greatest concern among  government  regulators and industry  executives, since  if these
pollutants are  found  to present an "unreasonable risk to human  health,"* the diesel
engine could be effectively banned from  use.
                                      •Section 202(a)(4)(A) of the Clean Air Act as amended in 1977 (The Act).
                                                                                                                     305

-------
HEALTH CONCERNS
               In November 1977, the Department of  Energy was notified by the Environmental
         Protection  Agency  (EPA)  of  the  mutagenicity  and  potential  carcinogenicity  of
         diesel exhaust emissions.  Following a series of public  meetings chaired by EPA to air
         the issues and discuss the problems, as well  as several meetings with EPA and Depart-
         ment of Transportation (DOT) officials, DOE  began planning in 1978 an  extended
         research program into the health effects and control technology of diesels.   Its aim is
         to supplement the research efforts at EPA and  elsewhere  as well  as to  offer  DOE
         management an assessment of the problem.

               While  the  diesel  may  also  have difficulty  with control of oxides of nitrogen
         (NOX),  a  regulated  pollutant  with possible deleterious  health effects, the principal
         concern of the DOE research is the potential  hazard to human health  posed by particu-
         lates and associated heavy hydrocarbons,  along with  possible control measures.  Com-
         pared with gasoline  spark-ignition  engines, diesels  produce a much greater amount of
         particulates, from  30 to  100 times as much by  weight.  Table  1 shows the relative
         emission levels from diesel  engines and gasoline engines at 1981  model year emission
         standards (assuming no particulate standards were in effect).
                                            Particulates from diesels  are very fine  (90% are below 3.0 ^tgm in size) and have
                                      very large  surface areas.  When inhaled, they penetrate deeply and remain in the lung
                                      for a  long time.  In addition, adsorbed on  and  associated with diesel particulates  are
                                      significant  amounts  of heavy  molecular-weight organic compounds.  Certain fractions
                                      of  these organic  compounds  have  been  chemically  analyzed and have  been  shown
                                      to  consist  of polycyclic  organic matter, including  known animal carcinogens  such as
                                      benzo(a)pyrene  [B(a)P]   Mutagenic  testing  of diesel exhaust fractions (the Ames test)
                                      has also shown positive  results in  some tests.  Thus, there is a growing concern that
                                      diesel  exhaust emission may be proven to be carcinogenic.  However, the  evidence to
                                      date  is scanty  and  inconclusive; more definitive testing and research  must be carried
                                      out before  the  risk to human health  from diesel exhaust can be  finally determined.
TABLE 1
Relative emissions levels—1981 cars
                                 HC
                               GM/MI
                       CO
                     GM/MI
                    NOX
                   GM/MI
                  Particulates
                   GM/MI
                     Benzo(a)Pyrene*
                        p. GM/MI
 GASOLINE ENGINESt

   — with catalyst


   — without catalyst


 DIESEL ENGINES

   — uncontrolled
     (GM data)

   — controlled
     research vehicle^
     (Volkswagen)
   0.41
   3.4
  1.0
 0.23-0.7


0.17-0.45
0.90-1.8
 1.0-2.5
1.2-1.8
0.4-0.5
0.007-0.011
                                                           0.24
 0.29-0.92
 0.25-0.48
1.5 with EGR
0.03-0.12
0.07 avg

0.29-5.3
2.7 avg
2.7
*  R.L. Williams and SJ. Swarin, General Motors Research Labs, "Benzo(a)Pyrene Emissions from Gasoline and Diesel Automobiles," Society of
   Automotive Engineers Paper #790419, presented at the Congress  and Exposition, Detroit, Michigan, February 26-March 2, 1979.

t  1981  Federal emission standards for HC, CO, and NOX.

$  Data base for light-weight automotive diesel  power plants, Volume I, September 1977, Report #DOT-TSC-IMHTSA-77-31.
306

-------
REGULATORY PERSPECTIVE
AND DOE ROLE
 FUEL ECONOMY STANDARDS
OBJECTIVES
      The  light  diesel engine faces several serious regulatory  hurdles before it  can  be
fully  utilized  in  the automotive  market.   On  February 1,  1979, EPA proposed total
particulates exhaust standards  that would require a phased  reduction of exhaust emis-
sions  from the  present  uncontrolled  levels  of 0.29-0.92  gram per  mile  (GPM),  as
measured on the EPA's Federal Test Procedure (FTP), to 0.6 GPM for the  1981 model
year  and 0.2  GPM  for the  1983 model  year.  Particulate standards for  model  year
1981  were mandated by Congress in  the 1977  Amendments to the Clean Air  Act.
While difficult for  larger  engines to meet, the 1981 standard is generally thought to  be
achieveable without  after-treatment  devices.   The proposed,  more stringent standards
for 1983  may   require  extensive development  of   after-treatment  devices  that  are
presently  in  their  early  stages.  The  automobile manufacturers contend  that these
devices  cannot be available in 1983 and that the standard can't be met.

      The  diesel  (and all  autos)  must also meet  a  stringent standard of 1.0 GPM for
NOx  in  1981.  This standard  is particularly  difficult  for the  diesel because the major
control   technique  needed for  NOx  exhaust  gas recirculation  (EGR)  tends to  increase
particulates while,  on the other  hand,  control of particulates tends  to  increase NOX.
Clearly,  meeting  the   1.0  GPM  NOx  standard  while  trying  to  reduce  particu-
lates  will be a great technical challenge.

      At present, no standard  is being contemplated  for controlling the organic mater-
ial  associated  with  diesel  particulates.  However, under Section 206 of The Act, engine
manufacturers must  prove  that  diesel  emissions do  not pose an "unreasonable risk
to human  health" in order to obtain  from EPA the certificate  needed  for their sale.  If
they  cannot do  so  to EPA's satisfaction, EPA could withhold  issuance of a certificate
and effectively ban  the diesel from the market.

      The  DOT  has the authority and responsibility to set fuel economy standards.  In
the past, because of the  uncertainty about the potentially  deleterious health effects of
diesel exhaust, DOT has  not considered the  use of diesel engines in its justification of
the fuel economy  standards.  However,  if these uncertainties  are resolved in favor of
the diesel, DOT  may set  standards in the future (post 1985) that would consider diesel
and,  as  a  result, might be higher than would be  the  case without the consideration of
diesels.   Therefore,  possible  future fuel economy gains may be forgone if diesels  were
not included in  the  manufacturers' plans to meet the Corporate Average Fuel Economy
(CAFE) standards.   The  DOE's role in this regulatory arena  is that of an advocate of
energy  conservation  using systems  that are environmentally acceptable.  DOE has  no
direct regulatory authority over diesel  engines  as is the case with  EPA.  As an energy
conservation  advocate, DOE wants  to ensure that  the diesel  engine's environmental
acceptability  can be  proven;  if  it  is found to  be  an  "unreasonable risk  to  human
health," then we would  probably support  any necessary  mitigative actions taken  by
EPA.

      The  principal  objective of the  DOE diesel research  program is  to develop the in-
formation  necessary to  assess the environmental acceptability of the light-duty diesel
engines,*  especially  the  potential toxicity  or carcinogenicity of particulates  emitted
by diesels.   The  research  is  directed  toward an  integrated  risk assessment  of light
diesels,   including the relative risks of diesels vs. other  light-duty engines or other health
risks.  It will  also assess the  technical features of diesels, the potential control measures
that  might be used for particulate reduction,  and advanced diesel technologies.

      The  major objectives of the DOE diesel research program are to:

   •  Determine  how  diesel  particulate  production   and   toxicity  are  influenced  by
      engine parameters,  emission control  devices, fuel, and  other factors.

   •  Resolve the  uncertainty  regarding carcinogenicity of diesel particulate emissions
      under realistic exposure conditions.
                                       *As defined by  EPA-a diesel  engine used  in passenger cars under 6,000  pounds  Gross Vehicle
                                        Weight (GVWR) and light trucks (those under 8,500 pounds GVWR).
                                                                                                                      307

-------
SCOPE OF RESEARCH
   •  Develop quantitative predictive models for estimating  human health  risks under
      specified conditions of exposure (air concentration  and duration of exposure) to
      diesel engine particulate emissions.

   «  Prepare  an integrated  assessment  describing in quantitative  terms the  human
      health risks and impacts that might be associated with large-scale deployment of
      diesel engines in light-duty vehicles  (LDVs).

   •  Provide interim  assessments on  an  annual  basis, including assessments that would
      address implications of diesel particulate emission standards applicable to LDVs.

   •  Evaluate diesel  vehicle emission control technologies, including engine modifica-
      tions and after-treatment devices.

   •  Provide  recommendations  based on the  completed integrated  assessments, re-
      garding the environmental acceptability of  LDV  diesel engines.

   •  Achieve better LDV diesel fuel economy with reduction of environmental  impact
      through combustion and advanced diesel research.

      The diesel  research program at DOE  is directed  toward  the definition  of the
potential deleterious health  impacts  of light-duty diesels, although its  results might be
applied  to  heavy-duty and stationary diesels as well.  Since industry projections  are for
a significant  increase  in capital investment in diesel production capabilities in the earjy
1980's,  interim  results  are  planned  for  1980  to  contribute  to an  expected initial
determination of the  potential  risk to human health posed by light-duty diesels.  Final
results of the research  must be  in  by  no  later than 1983.   The  research  plan  calls
for three related  and  closely  coordinated efforts within  separate offices of DOE:

   •  Health  Effects Research—Assistant Secretary for Environment (EV)

   •  Technology  Assessment and  Control Evaluation—Assistant Secretary  for Con-
      servation and  Solar Applications (CS)

   •  Basic Engine  Research  and Development—Assistant Secretary for  Energy Tech
      nology  (ET)

      Health  effects  research will  compose  the major  dollar  portion  of the diesel
research.  This  research  will determine how diesel particulate formation and toxicity
are affected  by  engine parameters,  control technology,  fuel composition, and other
factors.   Figure  1  shows the basic health-effect  research  strategy and its scope.  Initial
diesel engine exhaust  characterization data from  both  present uncontrolled engines and
           EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT
                                                           DOSE
                                                       ASSESSMENT
                                                  INHALATION TOXICITY
                                                      ASSESSMENT
    DIESEL EXHAUST
       EMISSIONS
                                EXPOSURE
                              ATMOSPHERE
                 DEPOSITION
                  AND FATE
                               POPULATION
                                 AT RISK
                                           EFFECTIVE DOSE
                                            TO SENSITIVE
                                              TISSUES
                                                                                                             HEALTH
                                                                                                             EFFECTS
                                        INTEGRATED HEALTH RISK ASSESSMENT

                                        FIGURE  -{-Inter-relationships  in  assessment of  health  effects from  diesel  exhaust
                                        emissions
308

-------
EXPOSURE/DOSE
LEVEL LINKAGE
TECHNOLOGY
EVALUATION
BASIC ENGINE R&D
possible  future  controlled engines will  be used to  develop human exposure  models.
Characterization will  include not only the amount of particulates emitted, but data on
their  detailed physical and  chemical composition and  their biological activity from
short-term tests.  The exposure model  will be developed from (a) emissions character-
istics  data,  (b) studies and models of particulate atmospheric transport, modification,
and fate, and (c) population-at-risk studies.  The  exposure model, coupled  with dose
assessment studies, will contribute to the assessment of health effects.

      Deposition  and  fate in animal and human systems of particulates and the asso-
ciated  hydrocarbon material  will be studied to calculate  effective doses of toxic mater-
ials in sensitive tissues, particularly  in the respiratory tract.  In addition, the research
will  investigate  possible  adverse  health  effects arising  from the  transport of these
materials  from the lung to other parts  of the body.   This  important  dose assessment
task will not only link exposure levels to the dose  levels  in tissues, but also link  animal
and human doses  at comparable  exposures.   Lifetime  animal  inhalation studies of
chronically exposed  mice and rats  at multiple exposure  levels will provide  information
on  the late-occurring  health effects, since  inhalation  will be  the  primary mode of
human exposure  to diesel exhaust.  Information on  life-span shortening, incidence  and
nature of disease caused  by the  exposure, respiratory clearance function, and other
effects will  be evaluated  through the tests.  From these and  other studies, predictive
models for human health  effects will be developed.

      As a final  product  of the health-effects research, a risk  assessment will be com-
pleted from information  generated in the  control technology evaluation as well as  the
health research.   Outputs from  exposure, dose, and  human-effects assessments will be
integrated to  give an evaluation of the  risk to  human health posed by the  light-duty
diesel.  The health effects research will  be conducted primarily at the  Lovelace Inhala-
tion Toxicity  Research Institute in Albuquerque, New  Mexico, with  the support of
DOE's Bartlesville Energy Technology Center in  Bartlesville, Oklahoma.

      The diesel  technology assessment  and  control  evaluation  program  is  directed
toward the testing and evaluation of light-duty  diesel engines and control technologies
to provide  input into the  health-effects  research  and  to  provide  an assessment of
control  feasibility.  In  addition,  it  will provide data  on the  effect of diesel  engine
parameters  and   control  concepts  on  particulate formation through single-cylinder
testing.   Improved diesel engines now being developed for use in future models (includ-
ing turbocharged  versions)  will  be evaluated  for particulate  formation  and  control
effectiveness.  Samples will be provided  to the Lovelace Institute for detailed character-
ization.  Ongoing advanced diesel research and development will also be accelerated to
apply advances in ceramics,  coatings, and  heat recovery  techniques being developed in
other  DOE  programs to increase the fuel economy of the diesel engine and decrease its
emissions. The technology tasks are being carried out  at the National  Aeronautics  and
Space  Administration's Lewis  Research  Center  in  Cleveland, Ohio,  and  at  DOT's
Transportation Systems Center in Cambridge, Massachusetts.

      A basic  R&D program in  combustion technology has been under way for over a
year under the direction of the Sandia Corporation at Livermore, California.  Its aim  is
to acquire basic  combustion data  using laser  diagnostic techniques, its ultimate goal
being  the design, development,  and verification of detailed computer predictive models
to help guide  future  engine  designs.  The type of data to be developed includes infor-
mation  on  in-cylinder  diagnostics, combustion  and  pollutant  kinetics, fluid dynamic
modeling, and fuel spray  formation, ignition, and combustion.  The overall goal of the
research  is  a  20% improvement  in  the efficiency  of  the basic  automotive  internal
combustion engine.   The  combustion technology program is a joint effort with indus-
try, universities,  and other  research organizations.  In addition to  the diesel engine,
it  is investigating the lean-burn  and direct-injected stratified-charge engine.  To focus
more  on diesels,  the  program will  be expanded to develop data on particulate forma-
tion and other diesel-related  research.

      The overriding  need to determine whether  or  not diesels pose  an unreasonable
risk to human health dictates that the assessment of the risk of increasing  diesel usage,
and the  balancing of that risk with the risk of not  using the diesel, be of paramount
importance in the research program.  The Act specifically did not limit to those factors
listed  in  Section  202(a)(4)(B) the criteria for determining whether an unreasonable  risk

                                                                                309

-------
 RISK ASSESSMENT
exists.   Since  Congress  was not specific in  its intent with regard to other factors, the
criteria to be used must be developed along with the basic data.

     A reasonable  approach would  seem to be that of a risk-balancing  analysis, which
would  assess not only the risks of diesels to human health, but  the potential or actual
health  risks faced by the  population exposed to other  pollutants and  sources.   How-
ever, a judgment of reasonableness comes not only from  a numerical count of proba-
bility of incurring certain types of diseases or other hazards,  but from a balancing of
the risks of continuing with the present course vs. the risks of not doing so.  Thus, the
risks both to  human  health and to public welfare and safety  must be considered.  The
energy and  economic  consequences of a decision  on  diesels,  while secondary  to  con-
siderations of  risks to  health, should also be taken into  account in that determination.
The  importance  of the  risk  assessment and  the  test of  reasonableness  cannot  be
stressed  strongly  enough.   As  more  and  more  new or  existing technologies and
products are found  to  pose possible health  or  safety problems,  the  means to judge
their potential hazard and  relative  importance is a critical need today.  If we are  to
make an  informed  and rational judgment, the data to assess risks must be available.
 SUMMARY
      The DOE's  Diesel Research Program has as its  ultimate goal the generation  of
data and  methodology to help determine whether or  not  the  light-duty diesel  engine
would "cause  or  contribute to an unreasonable risk to public health, welfare, or safety
in its operation  or function."  A comprehensive research program has been initiated  to
(a)  assess the health risks of  diesels, chiefly  from particulates and the heavy hydro-
carbons on  them; (b) evaluate potentially available control technology, either already
in use or in development;  (c) apply advanced diesel  concepts for  increased fuel  effi-
ciency and reduced  pollutant emissions; and (d) develop data and predictive models on
combustion  and  other engine phenomena through basic research. When completed  in 3
to 4 years, the program  should have  contributed significantly to the technology infor-
mation  base  needed to determine the direction of public policy on this crucial issue.
310

-------
References
1.    DOE Diesel Particulates Research Plan.  Approved, January 1979.

2.    Issues Concerning the Light-Duty Diesel, Draft. Office of the Assistant Secretary
     for Environment,  Department of Energy, June 1979.

3.    J.  F. Chalmers, et. al.  Review  of the Research Status on Diesel Emissions, Their
     Health Effects, and  Emission Control Technologies, Aerospace Report No. ATR-
     78(7716)-3,  Reissue A, prepared for the Division  of Environmental Control Tech-
     nology, Assistant  Secretary for Environment,  U.S. Department of  Energy, June
     1978.

4.    W. U.  Roessler, et. al.    Diesel  Engine  Research and  Development Status and
     Needs, Aerospace Report  No.  ATR-78(7753)-1, prepared  for the Division of
     Transportation  Energy  Conservation, Assistant  Secretary  for  Conservation and
     Solar  Applications, U.S. Department of Energy, September  1978.
                            '••'
                                           • "\
                            *&+?-;. 17..,    *<--.',•
                                                                           311

-------
panel
  discussion
                 313

-------
AUTOMOTIVE  DIESEL PANEL  DISCUSSION
                              Roger Cortesi,  Ph.D.
                 Mobile Source Research Committee

                      Richard L. Strombotne,  Ph.D.
      National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
                 U.S. Department of Transportation

                                Tom J. Alexander
    Office of the Assistant Secretary for Environment
                        U.S. Department of Energy

                                     Charles Gray
              Emissions Control Technology Division
              U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
                                            315

-------
                                      DR. CORTESI: This is a discussion to introduce the sort of worry that goes on when  a
                                      major regulatory problem  is coming  up. The question  has arisen as to whether we are
                                      going  to allow substantial  dieselization of automobiles. In a simplified manner:  basic
                                      pros  and cons  resolve themselves to  fuel saving  versus a  potential public health  risk.

                                           It is believed that a  public health risk is being caused by fifty- to one hundred-
                                      fold greater emissions of organic particles-per-mile from the diesel engine than from the
                                      catalyst-equipped  automobile.  Absorbed onto these particles are tens of thousands of
                                      organic  compounds. Though it will be disputed, I  can say that when all testing  is done,
                                      the diesel  particles will exhibit carcinogenic activity because combustion products from
                                      organic  materials have always exhibited carcinogenic behavior and there is  no reason to
                                      suspect  that  there  is something different about diesel soot. So the question is  not
                                      whether emissions are carcinogenic,  but how carcinogenic are they? If we take a  hard
                                      line attitude  on cancer, then  basically we ban  the  diesel;  if   not, then  we  have to
                                      balance  off some risks and benefits.

                                           EPA is  concerned primarily that regulations properly consider the  public health
                                      interest. Probably more than any  other division,  EPA's Emissions  Control  Technology
                                      Division is  going  to develop policies, decide whether  to  ban  or regulate  diesels, and
                                      decide  what sort of  restrictions should be imposed. The Department of Transportation
                                      (DOT)  has the responsibility for  getting out the regulations and timing  them  for the
                                      Congressionally mandated  miles-per-gallon that  future cars  will have to  meet.  The
                                      Department  of Energy (DOE)  is the  general tubthumper  for increased energy conser-
                                      vation  and  for keeping the Arabs from being too mean to us. All these  interests are
                                      not quite coincident.

                                           Some of the pressure for the diesel  car comes from General Motors. If they can
                                      dieselize 25 percent of their fleet, they estimate that  they  can pick  up  one mile-per-
                                      gallon on their fleet averages.  To  get this by other methods and still keep selling  the
                                      size cars that  they  would  like to sell, they estimate that they  would need an invest-
                                      ment of $2 billion to $3 billion to lower the weight of the automobile by the use of
                                      such  substances as  aluminum, plastic,  and so  forth. Chrysler's  cash flow over  the
                                      next  5 years  is estimated to be about $2.3 billion and General  Motors' is  estimated to
                                      be about 10  times  that.  But this raises the question of not  dieselizing to meet those
                                      fleet  averages  because dieselizing  may place very severe capital binds on  some of the
                                      less wealthy automobile manufacturing companies.
                                      DR. STROMBOTNE:We at DOT do research relating to diesel engines and diesel  engine
                                      emissions, but I  primarily want to emphasize our work on fuel  economy.  In December
                                      1975,  Congress  passed the  Energy  Policy  and  Conservation Act,  which  set  fuel
                                      economy standards for passenger automobiles for  model years  1978, 1979, and 1980
                                      at  18,  19, and 20 miles-per-gallon and for model year 1985 at 27.5 miles per gallon.
                                      Congress also requested DOT to set fuel economy  standards at the  maximum feasible
                                      level  for  model   years  1981  through  1984,  considering  technological  feasibility,
                                      economic practicability, the need of the nation  to  conserve energy, and the effect of
                                      other  Federal  standards on fuel economy. On June 30,  1977,  DOT set the standards
                                      at  22,  24,  26,   and  27 miles-per-gallon  for  model  years   1981  through  1984,
                                      respectively. When we analyzed the manufacturers' capability to improve fuel economy
                                      for 1981 through  1984, we consciously set standards at levels  that would not include
                                      diesel  engines. We did this because we were uncertain about  their  marketability and
                                      their ability to meet the fairly  tough  oxides of  nitrogen standards of 1 gram-per-mile
                                      required  in  model  year  1981.  Also  the  question  of  possible unanticipated adverse
                                      health effects of diesel engine emissions was raised and, therefore we will continue to
                                      set fuel economy  standards at levels  that do not  include diesel engines until we get
                                      better  information  about health consequences. We have  also set standards through
                                      model  year  1981  for what EPA terms light  duty trucks and  DOT calls light trucks.
                                      This  summer we  plan  to propose standards for model  years  1982 through  1984 or
                                      1985.
                                           The diesel  engine has a fuel  economy  advantage  of  approximately 25 percent
                                      over  the spark ignition engine when the comparison is  made on an  equal power basis.
                                      Diesel  engines are therefore  interesting for reasons of  both energy  conservation and
316

-------
fuel  economy.  From our present research,  it is possible that even further improvements
may be  available.  For example, turbo-charged  diesel  engines may exhibit a 10- to
15-percent improvement  over  nonturbo-charged  diesel engines.  Mercedes  Benz now
makes  a  turbo-charged  diesel  engine.  Two  years  ago,  under  a research contract,
Volkswagen delivered to DOT an experimental turbo-charged diesel Rabbit that had 50
to 55  or  60 miles-per-gallon  on the  EPA driving  cycle  and a  2,250-pound inertia
weight. That  is a very respectable fuel economy.

     Another possible technology for automobile application  is direct injection instead
of a prechamber type engine.  Again,  it  may  be possible to  get  a  10- to  15-percent
improvement  in fuel for  passenger car engines  but that is, however, strictly in  the
research  phase.  Before  1985 we do not expect  to see fuel economy savings  that are
due  to the use of diesel engines because we expect the average fuel economy standards
will  be met but probably  not exceeded  by very  much. Since the standards  apply to a
manufacturer's average  production, not to  individual vehicles, the manufacturer has a
wide range of options as  to what choices and  what technologies or approaches he uses
to meet  the  standards.  He can reduce weight,  change the mix  of car  sizes, reduce
aerodynamic  drag, increase efficiency of engines, improve his transmissions, or  bring in
alternative  engines such as the diesel. There are many options,  and different  companies
are using different  approaches.  To clarify  the statement that  there will  not  be fuel
savings,   diesel  engines  seem  to  exhibit  better  performance  on the  road  when  a
comparison is made between them and the spark  ignition engines at the same EPA fuel
economy rating, and  they also get better fuel  economy. There is some discrepancy in
preliminary data from DOE. Their surveys  indicate that the discrepancy for the diesel
engine  is about half as great  as it is  for the spark  ignition  engine. To  the  extent,
therefore, that diesel engines are used  rather than  spark ignition engines, there would
be some  fuel  savings.

     For our  part,  we are looking at what could be done in the future to  improve
fuel  economy. We  would  expect to bring  diesel  engines into our thinking in setting
fuel  economy standards that would apply  at the earliest after 1985. As we assess  the
manufacturers' future capability to improve fuel economy and  we have better informa-
tion  about the health effects of diesel  engines, it may  be appropriate to include diesels
among the things that manufacturers will be able  to use. We made estimates as  to what
fuel  savings  we could  get with a 25-percent usage  rate for diesel engines,  and  we
estimated an  increase at a linear rate from 1980 to 1985, winding up at 25  percent in
1985, and  then holding steady. The fuel  savings  would then be about 300,000 barrels
per day  in the early  1990's, with total savings to the  year 2000  at about  1J/2 billion
barrels.

     In  1978, automotive diesel engines accounted for 0.8  percent of the market. The
market,  now at 2.4  percent is  growing quite  rapidly,  but is supply-limited. The manu-
facturers  are  able  to  sell all  their  engines  and they have a  long  waiting list  of
customers. In  this  country, they  are  currently  being marketed by General  Motors,
Volkswagen,  Mercedes Benz, and Peugeot.  General Motors' sales  already exceed more
than half of  the total diesel market. Mercedes Benz relies very heavily on diesel engine
sales. In  this country, over 75  percent of their sales are diesel engines. General  Motors,
at the  moment, has made the  largest commitment to diesel engines and has two sizes,
a  350-cubic-inch engine  and a  260-cubic-inch engine.  They.are planning to introduce
other sizes in the future. They  expect  that by 1983 the diesel engine will account for
about 13 percent of their sales  and by  1985 perhaps 16 percent.

     There are some uncertainties in  the market. It  is known  that buyers  of diesel
engines   are not typical  of all  car buyers. There  is  the question of what  effect the
growing  difficulties in getting good quality diesel  fuel will have on  buyers. There is still
some question  about the  general acceptability of diesels because  of the problems with
odor, noise,  high cost, and cold temperature starting. We have projected  that diesels
may account for  about  9 percent of the total  market by  1985,  but that  is based
strictly on  manufacturers' plans  and not on market surveys.

MR. ALEXANDER: The diesel  has  become a  matter of  great  public  debate  and
DOE was  pulled into it  because of its  role  as an  advocate  of energy conservation.
In the   Diesel  Research  Program  we  expect to supplement the  work  being  done
                                                                               317

-------
                                     by  EPA  and, at the  same  time  for  DOE  management, to  assess the  diesel for
                                     both  short-term  and  long-term  policy determinations.  EPA  is  the primary  regula-
                                     tory  body.  We  along  with  other  parts  of  government  will  be  involved  in  a
                                     policymaking   decision,   but  for   policy  determination  as  far  as  emissions  are
                                     concerned,  the  responsibility ultimately  lies  with  EPA. DOT  is responsible for
                                     fuel economy  under sections 202 and 206 of the act.

                                           Our role is not as a diesel  advocate, but as an energy conservation advocate. To
                                     the extent that diesels can show an  incremental reduction in fuel consumption and can
                                     be  shown to be environmentally acceptable, we  would support the diesel. I  think that
                                     is a very large caveat. Since I represent the Office  of the  Environment,  our principal
                                     concern is the environmental  acceptability of the diesel.  But if the hurdle of the EPA
                                     regulations  can  be jumped, we should presumably  support the diesel and  its use  in
                                     meeting the  fuel economy standards.

                                           In the  DOE  Diesel   Research  Program,  we are  principally responsible for
                                     determining  the  potential  carcinogenicity or  health  hazard,  in  particular,  of the
                                     particulates emitted  by  the  diesel. The end  product  of our  program will be an
                                     integrated  risk assessment that we  hope we will  have for policy determination within
                                     3 or  4 years  of this program.  We  recognize that decisions have  to be  made in the
                                     short term and consequently hope to have interim results  by the early 1980's.

                                           From our DOE program plan describing our research I  would  like  to  read  some
                                     of  our objectives and show how they relate to  both  EPA's program  and this policy
                                     determination. In the order  of accomplishment, these objectives are:

                                         •  To determine  how diesel particulate production and toxicity  are influenced by
                                           engine emission control devices, fuel, and other factors.

                                         •  To  resolve the uncertainty regarding the carcinogenicity of  diesel   particulate
                                           emissions under realistic exposure conditions.

                                         •  To  develop quantitative predictive  models for estimating human  health  risks
                                           under specified conditions of exposure and  diesel emissions.

                                         •  To  prepare an  integrated assessment  describing  in  quantitative terms  human
                                           health  risks and impacts that  might be associated with a  large-scale deployment
                                           of diesel engines in light duty vehicles.

                                         •  To  make  recommendations,  based on  the  completed  integrated  assessments,
                                           regarding the environmental acceptability of light duty diesel engines.

                                           The  research  has  been initiated  and is being carried out under three  separate
                                     offices of DOE:

                                         •  Health effects  research is primarily under our Office of the  Environment.

                                         •  Control  technology evaluations and sample generations are  done by the Office of
                                           Conservation and Solar Application.

                                         •  Basic  research  on combustion phenomena, which have been  going on  for a year
                                           and which  are expected to continue for the  next several  years, are  under the
                                           Energy Technology Group.

                                            Our health effects program starts by characterizing  existing and potential  engines,
                                      such as the turbo-charged  version  or advanced  engines  being developed today by the
                                      automakers  for  use in  the   1983-1984  period.  From  there  we  would  define the
                                      exposure atmosphere  and  the atmospheric transformation and transport phenomena
                                      that  diesel particulates  might be exposed to, as well  as the population-at-risk model.
                                      We would couple that,  for dose assessment purposes, with a deposition and fate  study
                                      of the particulates and  their associated hydrocarbons in the body. We would then look
                                      at effective doses to sensitive tissues,  either in  the  lung through  inhalation studies or
                                      in other parts of the  body where there  is transport of the materials. We would finally
318

-------
integrate all of these to determine the health effects and to make an  integrated health
risk assessment. Our  program involves (1) short-term bioassays and chemical characteri-
zation of the particulates and hydrocarbons and  (2) long-term multiple-exposure animal
studies to look at the late-occurring chronic effects of diesels. Because of late-occurring
effects, the animal studies would be carried out over the next 3  years and therefore we
would not have  the  results  from the interim sacrifices of animals and other types of
tests  to enable  us to help develop a DOE  position on diesels  over the  next 2 years.

      To reiterate, DOE is concerned that the diesel be  environmentally acceptable and
that the environmental acceptability be  proven under the case set forth in the act. The
act says specifically that no device—presumably the diesel would fall  under this—shall
pose  an  unreasonable risk  to  public health,  welfare, or safety  and that, among other
factors, the control  technology, technical feasibility, and so on must be considered.

      The roles of both  quantitative  and qualitative assessments of the risk are  very
critical items. We  cannot assess by a strict quantitative estimate of what the  probability
of cancer would  be from various devices or tests under  certain conditions; there has  to
be a  risk balancing approach. Basically  the  assessment is the risk  of continuing  with
the increased use  of  diesel engines for most  of  the light  duty fleet versus the risk  of
not using diesels in the  automotive fleet. This assessment of comparative risks  is  very
critical. The diesel can potentially offer  a rather significant effect on our fuel conserva-
tion goals  over the  next  decade  or two. If not available, we would  presumably lose
those 300,000 barrels and  have to make them up from some other source.

      In summary, the role of DOE  is not only as an energy conservation advocate, but
also for both  our purposes and EPA's, to make sure that the diesel engine is environ-
mentally acceptable before its large-scale use. On  either hand, we want to ensure that
the case for or against the diesel be  reasonably made.
MR.  GRAY:  EPA  is concerned  about the environmental  implications of the diesel,
especially considering its projected  widespread use in the automobile market. Perhaps
25  percent  of passenger car production could be diesel-powered by  as early as  1985.
We are,  of  course,  aware that in the same weight  car the diesel engine offers a fuel
economy improvement over the gasoline engine. Just to clarify this point, even General
Motors has  testified that the  diesel would  not be used to reduce fuel consumption in
this country, but would only  be used  as a more inexpensive way to meet the corporate
average fuel economy standards.  It would take a  policy decision by  DOT to set more
stringent fuel  economy  standards to take advantage of the  diesel engine. So,  in and of
itself,  the  position  of  the  industry  is that the diesel  will not be used to reduce fuel
consumption.

      Diesels  have  other  advantages  besides  fuel  economy potential,  even  in  the
emissions area. They tend to have inherently  low regulated emissions,  although not as
low as those of gasoline engines equipped with catalytic control systems. But the diesel
engine is not as sensitive to in-use deterioration of emission  performance.
      Mass  particulate  emissions  from diesels are significantly higher than those from
gasoline  engines.  For   example,  diesels today emit  from  0.2  to  0.1 gram-per-mile
particulates while  a catalyst-equipped gasoline vehicle will emit somewhat less than
0.03  grams-per-mile. The  composition of particulates differs also.  Particulates from
catalyst-equipped gasoline vehicles consist mostly  of  sulfates or sulfuric acid, with small
quantities of  high  molecular weight  hydrocarbons.  Early  this year in  response  to the
Clean  Air  Act amendments,  EPA reported to Congress  that the quantity  of sulfates
emitted  from  catalyst-equipped  gasoline vehicles is not  expected to be  an environ-
mental  problem. On the other  hand, diesel  particulate emissions  consist of chains  of
carbonaceous  spheres with  associated organics that  are at least mutagenic and possibly
carcinogenic.

      Two  regulatory  activities currently  under  way  in  EPA  address the  light duty
diesel, and  a  number  of research  programs  address the carcinogenic  concerns.  First,
last February  EPA  proposed  light duty diesel total particulate  mass standards of  0.6
gram-per-mile  and 0.2  gram-per-mile effective for 1981 and 1983. Section 202 of our
                                                                                319

-------
                                        Clean Air Act requires EPA to set standards no later than the  1981 model year. These
                                        standards  represent what EPA feels  is the greatest degree of emission control feasible
                                        within  that  same  time frame  and  will  help to ensure that the ambient air  quality
                                        standard  for total  suspended particulates is attained and maintained. Diesel particulates
                                        are composed  of such small particles that they penetrate the innermost portions of the
                                        lung.  As  compared  with  other  particles  that  make up  the  total  urban  suspended
                                        particulates,  there are more than 1,000 times unit particles per unit mass. For example,
                                        it would  take 5,000 micrograms  of  coal-fired power plant  particulates to contain the
                                        same number  of particles  as one microgram  of diesel particulates.  EPA is especially
                                        concerned about  this  and   recently  held public  hearings and  received  a number of
                                        comments. The proposed standards are being finalized at this time.

                                             There  is a possibility of  relaxing the current  NOX  standard by 50 percent  and
                                        extending it  up to  1985.  The waiver request  submitted  by General Motors,  Volks-
                                        wagen, and  Mercedes  Benz demonstrates this  necessity  and  EPA must decide that
                                        to  grant  the  waiver  is in the best  interest of the country. EPA  is also doing  major
                                        research to determine whether  diesel paniculate emissions result  in an unreasonable
                                        carcinogenic  risk.  There is  a wide range  of efforts under  way. We are focusing on an
                                        initial risk assessment in  the very near term, followed by  perhaps two additional  risk
                                        assessments as  more information is  obtained.  We feel the urgency of  this  potential
                                        problem  because beginning  this  fall,  General  Motors, in  particular,  is for the  next  2
                                        to  3 years  planning to  make  a massive investment  in diesels. It  is critical for  the
                                        Federal government  to take a  position at this time so that such massive investments
                                        will  not be wasted if studies indicate that the diesel is a risk and its production  should
                                        be  limited. Over the last year EPA has clearly expressed  the position that before  the
                                        manufacturers  commit  themselves to the diesel  engine, they should provide  assurance
                                        that their new  engines do  not  pose a serious  cancer  threat. The burden of  proof of
                                        their  safety belongs with the manufacturers who  will profit from their use.
320

-------

                   questions
                         & answers
                                Mr. David Jopling
             Florida Power and Light Company, Miami

                                 Mr. Mike Russin
                       American Petroleum Institute

                               Mr. William Martin
            Integrated  Energy Systems, Chapel Hill, NC
QUESTION

     Are any panel members aware of tests or plans for
tests  of  coal-based   liquids  for  automotive  fuels,
particularly diesel?

RESPONSE:  Mr. Tom Alexander (DOE)

     I know of no plans for automotive fuels. Under our
alternative fuels program we are looking at a program of
stationary  applications for large marine diesels which have
very  low  speeds compared  with high-speed automotive
engines.

COMMENT

     The  Electric  Power Research  Institute speculated
about whether  SRC-2 can function as a diesel fuel. A lot
of unwanted   things  in traditional  diesel fuel can  be
removed from SRC-2 because it is highly refined. If plants
are  constructed to produce coal-based liquid to compete
head-to-head  as boiler  fuel and if there is  a market for it
as automotive fuel, the competition for available produc-
tion might be very stiff.

RESPONSE: Mr. Alexander

     The  Department  of Energy  is now starting  an
assessment of  synthetic fuel  development and  also has
under way an alternative fuels group within the  Office of
Conservation and Solar Application. Ultimately  each one
of the synthetic  and the natural fuels will  have a place
that  is most advantageous. For example, oil shale is better
than natural petroleum for diesel fuels because it seems to
have a larger cut of middle distillates. Synthetic fuels can
also  be blended  with  other  fuels in a  regular refinery
process to produce the desired  product. I think all of
those  are being assessed  individually and collectively.
Better information  should be available within  the next
year or two.
                                                         321

-------
                                                  RESPONSE: Mr. Charles Gray  (EPA)

                                                       EPA definitely has  plans to test the emissions from
                                                  diesel  engines burning coal-based  fuel. If there are any
                                                  ready sources of the fuel, we would be glad to begin a test
                                                  program right away.

                                                  QUESTION

                                                       There are, I understand, substantial differences not
                                                  just in  emissions from diesel versus gasoline  engines, but
                                                  in  the  distribution and manufacture of those  fuels that
                                                  have varying  environmental effects. For  example, being
                                                  much more volatile, gasoline tends  toward high-lead con-
                                                  centrations, unless expensive controls are put into higher
                                                  evaporative  losses.  Likewise,  gasoline  generally   takes
                                                  considerably  more  energy to produce.  Do  any  of the
                                                  panelists have any comments on this or on whether these
                                                  effects are being quantitatively determined?

                                                  RESPONSE: Mr. Gray

                                                       The  effect of  the different costs  of processing has
                                                  been taken into consideration in establishing the way of
                                                  expressing the diesel fuel  economy figure, the  miles per
                                                  gallon equivalent. It  includes not only the different energy
                                                  content of a gallon of diesel fuel, but also the difference in
                                                  energy  consumption  necessary to produce that  gallon of
                                                  diesel fuel. To that  extent, it has already been taken into
                                                  consideration.

                                                  RESPONSE: Mr. Alexander

                                                       DOE has  assessed, in fact,  four  studies  done by the
                                                  petroleum refining  industry. I  believe they were Amoco,
                                                  Mobil,  Exxon,  and  one other.  Each one  of  these has a
                                                  different result, on both price and energy effect.  The auto
                                                  industry,   I   understand,   has  canvassed  the petroleum
                                                  refining  industry for the price effect of the  diesel under
                                                  increasing  scenarios  of its use. The results are  that price
                                                  parity  of diesel  fuel  with  gasoline  will  probably  be
                                                  reached  if diesel  fuel  production  becomes  greater than
                                                  about 40 percent of the total  automotive fuel production.
                                                  We might  then  see an  increase in the price both of diesel
                                                  fuel relative to gasoline and of  energy intensity.

                                                  QUESTION

                                                       /  am conducting a  study for  the Swiss government
                                                  and I  estimate  that  reaching  a level  of 40-percent to
                                                  50-percent dieselization of the fleet of passenger cars in a
                                                  European  city  would  drive the population  out simply
                                                  because of the problems of soot, deposit,  visibility, et
                                                  cetera. Perhaps it can be called an aesthetic problem. I am
                                                  aware that European cities may be built differently than
                                                  American  cities, but we  know from complaints that  by
                                                  having just that number of diesel buses and diesel  trucks
                                                  on  the roads we are  going to have a serious odor problem.
                                                  What has  been done in  terms of  the nuisance problem
                                                  associated with emissions  from  diesel engines?
322

-------
RESPONSE: Dr. Roger Cortesi (EPA)

      If we do not take a ban-the-diesel approach, control
technology fixes are  implied. It is possible that these fixes
will  indeed reduce  the odor the  same  way a catalyst
would knock  out odors. Some of the fixes actually have
catalysts in the forward  part. I cannot speak for how the
agency will regulate the soot or what the timetable will be,
but I  will be  very surprised  if we do  not end up with an
even tighter number than that mentioned by Mr. Gray. We
feel that would help  alleviate the soot problem.

RESPONSE: Mr. Gray

      The particular  standards that have been proposed
should be sufficient  to reduce at least the visibility prob-
lem with the  diesel vehicle. There  is  hope that the strict
hydrocarbon control standards in this country will reduce
the amount of odor emitted from a diesel vehicle. All we
plan to do at this stage is to monitor  that aspect to see if
it does develop into a problem.

QUESTION

      Because  of the mutagenic and possibly carcinogenic
effects,  humans  cannot  be  exposed to  diluted  diesel
exhaust.  Has  'there  been  any chemical analysis  of the
diesel  exhaust and  has  that proceeded far enough for
determining what  tends to  be predominant particles or
respirable particluates or gases? One possible combination
would be a carbon and possibly NO2 as a gas. Where does
that type of study stand with respect to those pollutants
that humans could be exposed to  for determining a model
effect of diesel exhaust?

RESPONSE: Dr. Cortesi

      At levels we are concerned  about, carcinogenicity is
the low  level  threat. Skipping the carcinogenic effect, we
are concerned about  the  possible respirable  effects  of
particles themselves.  We  believe we are coping with those
problems via  studies about  the  effects  of  carbonaceous
particles on  the human for other regulatory  programs
such  as the ambient air standards. To see what the effects
are,  we  also do chronic animal studies and acute clinical
studies on human  beings. That aspect  of it is being coped
with  in other  programs.  The carcinogenic endpoint is our
current concern.
                                                                   323

-------

-------
                                                                                   participants'  index
Abbott, James         .            Page 103
EPA/IERL
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
919/541-2925

Albert, Ph.D., Roy         .        Page 295
EPA/Carcinogen Assessment
 Group
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
202/755-3968

Alexander, Tom              .     Page 305, 315
DOE
20 Massachusetts Ave., NW
Washington, DC 20545
202/376-9073

Anderson, Ph.D., Elizabeth.         Page 295
EPA/Carcinogen Assessment
 Group
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
202/755-3968

Barber, Walter     .  .              Page 29
EPA/OAQPS
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
919/541-5315

Bates, Ph.D., Richard.      .        Page 295
HEW/NIEHS
Bethesda, MD 20205
301/496-3511

Baucus, The Honorable Max .        Page 7
United States Senate
Washington, DC 20510

Bowen, D.  Eng., Joshua.     .       Page 69
EPA/IERL
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
919-541-2470

Clusen, Ruth                      Page 23
Assistant Secretary for
 Environment
DOE
20 Massachusetts Ave., NW
Washington, DC 20545
202/376-4185

Comar, Ph.D., Cyril.                Page 295
Electric Power Research Institute
Palo Alto, CA 94303
Cortesi, Ph.D., Roger.        .   .   Page 315
E PA/OH EE
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC  20460
202/755-9210

Davis, Swep.      .          .  .    Page 33
EPA/OWPS
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC  20460
202/755-0402

Drehmel,  Ph.D.,  Dennis     . .       Page 103
EPA/IERL
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
919/541-2925

Eisenhower, William   . .     .       Page 251
Oak Ridge National Laboratory
Oak Ridge, TN 37830
615/574-0684

Elder, H.William                  Page 147
TVA/Emission Control
 Development Projects
Muscle Shoals, AL  35660
205/383-4631

Freedman, Ph.D., Steven    .        Page 135
DDE/Division of Fossil
 Fuel Utilization
Washington, DC  20545
301/353-2800

French, Ph.D., Jean.   .         . .   Page 295
HEW/NIOSH
5600 Fishers Lane
Rockville,  MD 20857
301/443-6377

Gardner, Ph.D.,  Donald .         .   Page 261
EPA/HERL
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
919/541-2531

Gipson, Larry . .                  Page 251
P.O.  Box Y
Oak Ridge National Laboratory
Oak Ridge, TN 37830
615/574-0684

Glass, Ph.D., Gary.         .       .Page 223
EPA/ERL
6201 Congdon Blvd.
Duluth, MN  55804
218/727-6692
                                                                                                             327

-------
Glass, Ph.D., Norman	
EPA/Terrestrial Systems
 Division
200 SW 35th Street
Corvallis, OR 97330
503/757-4671

Graham, Judith	
EPA/HER L
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
919/541-2531
Page 223
Gray, Charles .
EPA/Emission Control
  Technology  Division
2565 Plymouth Road
Ann Arbor, Ml 48105
313/668-4204
 Harmon, D.  L. . .
 EPA/IERL
 Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
 919/541-2925

 Harvey, William  .       .  .    . .
 DDE/Division of Fossil
  Fuel Utilization
 Washington,  DC 20545
 301/353-2810
 Hess, Ph.D., Wilmot.
 NOAA/ERL
 325 Broadway
 Boulder, CO 80303
 303/499-1000
Page 261
 Page 315
Page 103
Page 135
Page 162
 Holland, D.V.M, Ph.D., Michael.  .
 Oak Ridge National Laboratory
 Oak Ridge, TN 37830
 615/574-0678

 Jones, Julian        	
 EPA/IERL
 Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
 919/541-2489

 Kerr, Ph.D., Donald	
 DOE/Energy Technology
 Washington, DC 20585
 202/252-6850

 Lyons, Ph.D., Walter
 Mesomet, Inc.
 190 North State Street
 Chicago, IL 60601
 312/263-5921

 Martin,  George Blair  . .   .
 EPA/IERL
 Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
 919/541-2235
Page 251
Page 117
Page 11
Page 189
Page 69
 Maxwell, Michael    	   Page 49
 EPA/IERL
 Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
 919/541-2578
McKinney, Ph.D., B. G	
Electric Power Research Institute
516 Franklin Building
Chattanooga, TN 37411
615/899-0072
                                                                     Page 147
Menzel, Ph.D., Daniel	
P.O. Box 3813 Medical Center
Duke University
Durham, NC 27710
919/684-3915

Mills, Ph.D.,  Michael
Teknekron Research, Inc.
2118 Milvia Street
Berkeley, CA 94704
617/890-6270

Plehn, Steffen.      	
EPA/OSW
401 M Street, SW
Washington,  DC 20460
202/755-9170
Princiotta, Frank.
EPA/I EPD
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
202/755-2737
                                                                                                      Page 261
                                                                     Page 233
                                                                     Page 37, 41
                                                                                                      Page 147
Rennie, Ph.D., Peter
Canadian Forestry Service
Environment Canada
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada KLA-OH7
819/997-3004

Reznek, Ph.D., Steven      ....
EPA/OEET
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
202/755-4858

Richards, Ph.D., Norman .
EPA/ERL
Sabine Island
Gulf Breeze, FL 32561
904/932-5311
                                                                                                      Page 223
Page 3
                                                                     Page 171
Shapiro, Michael . .   . .
DOE/Division of Fossil
 Fuel Utilization
Washington, DC 20545
301/353-2843
                                                                      Page 49, 147
328

-------
Smith, Lawton ..............
P.O. Box Y
Oak Ridge National Laboratory
Oak Ridge, TN 37830
615/574-1276

Smith, Ph.D.,  Lowell ..........
EPA/OEET
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
202/755-2737

Sparks, Ph.D., Leslie ..........
EPA/IERL
Research Triangle Park, NC 2771 1
919/541-2925

Stephens, Thomas ............
P.O. Box Y
Oak Ridge National Laboratory
Oak Ridge, TN 37830
615/574-0684

Strombotne, Ph.D.,  Richard .....
DOT/NHTSA
400 7th Street, SW
Washington, DC 20590
202/426-0846

Whitaker, Mary ..............
P.O. Box Y
Oak Ridge National Laboratory
Oak Ridge, TN 37830
615/574-0684

Wilson, Ph.D., William .........
EPA/ESRL
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
919/541-2551
Page 251
Page 233
Page 103
Page 251
Page 315
Page 251
Page 211
                                                                            329

-------
                                    federal  agency  acronyms
                                     DOE       Department of Energy

                                     EPA       Environmental Protection  Agency

                                               EMSL     Environmental  Monitoring and Support Laboratory
                                               ERL       Environmental  Research  Laboratory
                                               ESRL     Environmental  Science Research  Laboratory
                                               HERL     Health Effects  Research  Laboratory
                                               I ERL      Industrial  Environmental Research  Laboratory
                                               OEET     Office of Environmental  Engineering and Technology

                                     HEW       Department of Health, Education and Welfare

                                               NIEHS     National  Institute of  Environmental Health Sciences
                                               NIOSH     National  Institute of  Occupational  Safety and Health

                                     HUD       Department of Housing and Urban Development

                                     NASA     National Aeronautics and  Space Administration

                                     TVA       Tennessee  Valley Authority

                                     USDA     U.S. Department of Agriculture

                                               ESCS      Economics, Statistics  and Cooperative  Service
                                               FS        Forest Service
                                               SCS      Soil  Conservation Service
                                               SEA/CR   Science and Education Administration, Cooperative Research
                                               SEA/FR   Science and Education Administration, Federal Research

                                     USDC     U.S. Department of Commerce

                                               NBS      National Bureau  of Standards
                                               NOAA    National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
                                               OEA      Office of Environmental  Affairs

                                     USDI       U.S. Department of Interior

                                               BOM      Bureau of Mines
                                               FWS      Fish and  Wildlife Service
                                               USGS    U.S. Geological Survey
330
                                                              i U. S.  GOVERNMENT PRINTING DFFTPr

-------